Subscribe to the Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal Subscribe Now!

Refund — Tax deposited by the assessee in compliance with order of Tribunal — Fresh assessment not made and becoming time-barred — Assessee entitled to refund of amount with statutory interest deducting admitted tax liability

84 BMW India Pvt Ltd vs. Dy. CIT

[2023] 450 ITR 695 (P&H)

A. Y.: 2009-10

Date of order: 5th July, 2022

Section 237 of ITA 1961

Refund — Tax deposited by the assessee in compliance with order of Tribunal — Fresh assessment not made and becoming time-barred — Assessee entitled to refund of amount with statutory interest deducting admitted tax liability

For the A.Y. 2009-10, the assessee filed an appeal before the Tribunal against the order under section 143(3) of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The Tribunal stayed the order subject to the condition that the assessee deposited an amount of Rs. 10 crores in two instalments and remanded the matter back for fresh assessment. The assessee complied with the order and deposited the amount. The issue with respect to the depreciation amount disallowed was not raised and was conceded by the assessee. According to the remand order dated 21st February, 2014 the authorities were required to pass fresh order before 31st March, 2017.

The assessee filed a writ petition claiming refund of Rs. 10 crores after deduction of tax liability on the admitted depreciation disallowance on the ground that the assessment proceedings had become time-barred. The Punjab and Haryana High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“The assessee was entitled to refund of the excess amount deposited by it after deduction of the tax liability against the disallowance of depreciation which stood admitted by the assessee before the Tribunal with the statutory interest on the refund amount for the period starting from April 1, 2017 till the date of actual payment.”

Infrastructure facility — Special deduction under section 80-IA(4)(iii) of ITA 1961 — Construction of technology park — Finding recorded by the Tribunal in earlier assessment years that the assessee had not leased more than 50 per cent of area to single lessee — Notification to be issued by CBDT is only a formality once approval is granted by Government — Order of Tribunal deleting disallowance need not be interfered with

83 Principal CIT vs. Prasad Technology Park Pvt Ltd

[2023] 450 ITR 564 (Karn)

A. Y.: 2014-15

Date of order: 17th October, 2022:

Section 80-IA(4)(iii) of ITA 1961

Infrastructure facility — Special deduction under section 80-IA(4)(iii) of ITA 1961 — Construction of technology park — Finding recorded by the Tribunal in earlier assessment years that the assessee had not leased more than 50 per cent of area to single lessee — Notification to be issued by CBDT is only a formality once approval is granted by Government — Order of Tribunal deleting disallowance need not be interfered with

The assessee constructed and set up a technology park. For the A.Y. 2014-15, the AO disallowed its claim for deduction under section 80-IA(4)(iii) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 on the grounds that the assessee had leased out more than 50 per cent of the allocable industrial area to a single lessee which was in contravention of the Industrial Park Scheme, 2002.

The Commissioner (Appeals) allowed the assessee’s appeal following the order in the assessee’s own case for the A.Ys. 2007-08 and 2008-09 and his order was upheld by the Tribunal.

On appeal by the Revenue, the Karnataka High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

“i)    The Tribunal was correct in holding that the assessee was entitled to deduction under section 80-IA(4)(iii) and that the notification issued by the CBDT was only a formality once the approval was granted by the Government. For the A. Y. 2008-09 in the assessee’s own case the Tribunal had called for a remand report by the Commissioner (Appeals) and recorded a finding that the assessee had not leased out more than 50 per cent of the total area in favour of any one of the lessees. Based on that finding, the Tribunal had allowed the assessee’s appeal.

ii)    The questions of law are answered in favour of the assessee and against the Revenue.”

Income — Accrual of income — Time of accrual — Retention money — Payment contingent on satisfactory completion of contract — Accrued only after obligations under contract were fulfilled — Cannot be taxed in year of receipt

81 Principal CIT vs. EMC Ltd

[2023] 450 ITR 691 (Cal)

A. Y.: 2014-15

Date of order: 25th July, 2022

Section 4 of Income-tax Act, 1961

Income — Accrual of income — Time of accrual — Retention money — Payment contingent on satisfactory completion of contract — Accrued only after obligations under contract were fulfilled — Cannot be taxed in year of receipt

The assessee was a contractor. For the A.Y. 2014-15, since the contractee had deducted tax under section 194C of the Income-tax Act, 1961 and the assessee followed the mercantile system of accounting, the AO treated the retention money withheld by the contractee as income in accordance with the terms of contract.

The Commissioner (Appeals) held that the retention money was to be excluded from the income in the A.Y. 2014-15 but the tax deducted at source claimed by the assessee relatable to such retention money was to be allowed in the year in which the assessee declared the retention money as its income. The Tribunal held that the right to receive the retention money accrued only after the obligations under the contract were fulfilled and the assessee had no vested right to receive in the A.Y. 2014-15, and that therefore, it could not be taxed as income of the assessee in the year in which it was retained.

On appeal by the Revenue, the Calcutta High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

“i)    The Commissioner (Appeals) and the Tribunal on consideration of the undisputed facts had applied the correct legal position and had granted relief to the assessee holding that the retention money of  Rs. 142.53 crores did not arise in the relevant A.Y. 2014-15. The Department had not made out any ground to interfere with the order passed by the Tribunal.

ii)    Accordingly, the appeal filed by the Revenue is dismissed and the substantial questions of law are answered against the Revenue.”

Business deduction — Loss — Loss on forward contracts for foreign exchange — Transactions to hedge against risk of foreign exchange fluctuations falling within exceptions of proviso (a) to section 43(5) — Loss not speculative and to be allowed

80 Principal CIT vs. Simon India Ltd

[2023] 450 ITR 316 (Del)

A. Y.: 2009-10

Date of order: 2nd December, 2022

Sections 37(1) and 43(5) proviso (A) of ITA 1961

Business deduction — Loss — Loss on forward contracts for foreign exchange — Transactions to hedge against risk of foreign exchange fluctuations falling within exceptions of proviso (a) to section 43(5) — Loss not speculative and to be allowed

The assessee provided engineering consultancy and related services such as engineering designing, construction and commissioning of plants and installations. For the A.Y. 2009-10, the AO was of the view that the loss on forward contracts claimed by the assessee was a speculative loss under section 43(5) and was liable to be disallowed in terms of the CBDT Instruction No. 3 of 2010, dated 23rd March, 2010. He held that since the forward contracts had not matured, the losses were required to be considered as notional losses and accordingly made a disallowance.

The Commissioner (Appeals) set aside the disallowance. The Tribunal held that the loss on account of forward contracts was allowable under section 37(1) and was covered as a hedging transaction under proviso (a) to section 43(5).

On appeal by the Department the Delhi High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

“i)    In terms of the CBDT Instruction No. 3 of 2010, dated March 23, 2010 Assessing Officers were instructed to examine the “marked to market” losses. The instruction explained “marked to market” as a concept where financial instruments are valued at market rate to report their actual value on the date of reporting. Such “marked to market” losses represent notional losses and are required to be added back for the purposes of computing taxable income under the Income-tax Act, 1961. The CBDT also instructed Assessing Officers to examine whether such transactions were speculative transactions where losses on account of foreign exchange derivative transactions arise on actual transaction. However, it is well settled that the CBDT instructions and circulars which are contrary to law are not binding.

ii)    In CIT v. Woodward Governor India P. Ltd. [2009] 312 ITR 254 (SC) the Supreme Court referred to Accounting Standard-11 in terms of which exchange rate differences arising on foreign currency transactions are to be recognized as income or expenses in the period in which they arise, except in cases of exchange differences arising on repayment of liabilities for acquiring fixed assets.

iii)    The forward contracts were entered into by the assessee to hedge against foreign exchange fluctuations resulting from inflows and outflows in respect of the underlying contracts for provisions of consultancy and project management. Concededly, the assessee did not deal in foreign exchange. The transactions fell within the exceptions of proviso (a) to section 43(5). There was no allegation that the assessee had not been following the system of accounting consistently. The assessee had stated that it was reinstating its debtors and creditors in connection with execution of contracts entered into with foreign entities on the basis of the value of the foreign exchange. Therefore, the loss on account of forward contracts would require to be recognized as well. The assessee computed its income by taking into account the foreign exchange value as it stood on the due date.

iv)    The orders of the Commissioner (Appeals) and the Tribunal that the loss, on account of forward contracts could not be considered as speculative and that the Assessing Officer had erred in disallowing it were not erroneous. No question of law arose.”

Article 13(4A) of India – Singapore tax treaty – Tax authorities cannot go behind TRC issued by Singapore tax authorities. Gain on sale of shares acquired prior to 1st April, 2017 is not taxable in India.

18 Reverse Age Health Services Pte Ltd vs. DCIT
[TS-67-ITAT-2023(Del)]
 [ITA No: 1867/Del/2022]
A.Y.: 2018-19
Date of order: 19th February, 2023

Article 13(4A) of India – Singapore tax treaty – Tax authorities cannot go behind TRC issued by Singapore tax authorities. Gain on sale of shares acquired prior to 1st April, 2017 is not taxable in India.

FACTS

The assessee, a tax resident of Singapore, sold shares of an Indian Company (ICO). It claimed a refund of TDS on the grounds that capital gain income is not taxable in India as per Article 13 of India – Singapore DTAA3. AO denied benefit under Article 13(4A) of the India – Singapore DTAA on the grounds that the assessee had no economic or commercial substance and that it was a “shell” or a “conduit” company as per Article 3(1) of protocol to India-Singapore DTAA4. DRP upheld AO’s order.

Being aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal to ITAT.

HELD

  •     ITAT placed reliance on Delhi High Court decision in the case of Black Stone Capital Partners5 which held that Indian tax authorities cannot go behind TRC issued by Singapore tax authorities.

ITAT took note of the following facts and documents and granted benefit of capital gains exemption under Article 13 of DTAA.

The assessee furnished TRC for relevant year issued by Singapore Tax authorities.

Two of the shareholders of assessee were also tax residents of Singapore.

Audited financial statements, return of income filed and tax assessment orders by Singapore Tax Authority.

GAAR provisions are not applicable as the tax on the gains was less than Rs 3 crores6 as also the fact that investment was made prior to 1st April, 2017 which is grandfathered7. 

 

3   Shares
were acquired by the assessee prior to 31st March, 2017. As per Article 13(4A)
gains from the alienation of shares acquired before 1st April, 2017 in a
company which is a resident of a Contracting State shall be taxable only in the
Contracting State in which the alienator is a resident.

4   Article
24A(1) of amended India- Singapore DTAA

5   W.P.(C)
2562/2022 decided on 30.01.2023

6   Rule
11U(1)(a)

7   Rule 11U(1)(d)

 

Article 12 of India – Singapore tax treaty – Uplinking and Playout Services are not royalty or FTS

17 Adore Technologies (P) Ltd vs. ACIT

[ITA No: 702/Del/2021]

A.Y.: 2017-18

Date of order: 19th December, 2022

Article 12 of India – Singapore tax treaty – Uplinking and Playout Services are not royalty or FTS

FACTS

The assessee, a tax resident of Singapore provides satellite-based telecommunication services. He earned income from disaster recovery uplinking and playout services1. The AO held that the disaster recovery uplinking service of the assessee is nothing but a part of a process wherein signals are taken from the playout equipment and sent to the satellite for broadcasting them to cable operators/direct to home operators. The AO relied on Explanation 6 to section 9(1)(vi) to assess the remittance as process royalty. Further, playout services were held to be inextricably linked with uplinking services and were taxable as FTS under Act and DTAA. DRP upheld order of AO. Being aggrieved, the assessee appealed to ITAT.

 

 

1   Uplinking service is a process wherein
signals are taken from the playout equipment and sent to the satellite for
broadcasting them to cable operators / direct to home operators. The disaster
recovery playout service involves provision of uninterrupted availability of
the playout service at a predetermined level.

 

 

HELD

Up-linking services

  •     The term ‘process’ in definition of royalty under the treaty has been used in the context of’ know-how’ and intellectual property.

 

  •     Royalty in relation to ‘use of a process’ envisages that the payer must use the ‘process’ on its own and bear the risk of its exploitation. If the ‘process’ is used by the service provider himself, and he bears the risk of exploitation or liabilities for the use, then service provider makes his own entrepreneurial use of the process.

 

  •     Considering the following facts, ITAT held that income cannot be considered as royalty.

 

  •     Satellite-based telecommunication services provided by the assessee are standard services. There is no ‘know how’ or ‘intellectual property’ involved.

 

  •     Services do not envisage granting the use of, or the right to use any technology or process to the customers.

 

  •     The assessee is responsible for maintaining the continuity of the service using its own equipment and facilities since the possession and control of equipment is with the assessee.

 

  •     Customers are merely availing a service from the assessee and are not bearing any risk with respect to exploitation of the assessee’s equipment involved in the provision of such service.

 

  •     Explanation 6 to section 9(1)(vi) of the Act is not applicable for interpretation of definition of royalty under DTAA. Reliance was placed on undernoted decisions2.

.


2 New Skies Satellite BV ((382 ITR 114) and NEO  Sports Broadcast Pvt Ltd. (264 Taxmann.com 323)

 

PLAYOUT SERVICES

 

  •     Playout service involves broadcasting and/ or transmission of channels by the assessee for its customers, without any involvement in decision-making with respect to the playlists and the content being broadcasted. The assessee does not have a right to edit, mix, modify, remove or delete any content or part thereof as provided by the customer.

 

  •     Services are not in nature of FTS as envisaged under Article 12(4)(a) of the DTAA as they are not ancillary or subsidiary to disaster recovery uplinking and allied services.

 

  •     Services also do not make available any technical knowledge, experience, skill, knowhow, or process or consist of the development and transfer of any technical plan or technical design.

 

  •     The taxpayer is accordingly not chargeable to tax in respect of entirety of its income towards uplinking and playout services.

 

Article 13 of India – UK DTAA – Where payment for use of the software is not taxable, services intricately and inextricably associated with use of software are also not taxable.

16 TSYS Card Tech Ltd vs. DCIT

[TS-36-ITAT-2023(Del)]

[ITA No: 2006/Del/2022]

A.Y.: 2019-20

Date of order: 24th January, 2023

Article 13 of India – UK DTAA – Where payment for use of the software is not taxable, services intricately and inextricably associated with use of software are also not taxable.

FACTS

The assessee, a tax resident of the UK, earned income from the sale of software licenses, provision of implementation services, enhancement services, annual maintenance services and consultancy services. The assessee relying upon provisions of the DTAA claimed income was not taxable in India.

AO taxed income as royalty and FTS under provisions of Act as also the DTAA. DRP, following decision of Supreme Court in Engineering Analysis Centre of Excellence (P) Ltd. vs. CIT [2021] 281 Taxman 19, ruled that payment for software license is not taxable in India. However, the implementation services, enhancement services, annual maintenance services and consultancy services, as per request of Indian customers, were held to be separate from software license, and were taxable under the Act and Article 13 of DTAA. It appears from the observations of the ITAT that AO and DRP merely relied upon the words “Make Available” found in the agreement with Indian customers to hold that make available clause stood satisfied under Article 13 of treaty. Being aggrieved, assessee filed an appeal to ITAT. Dispute before ITAT only related to services income earned by the assessee.

HELD

  •     Services like training and updates are in connection with utilization of the base software licenses. As software income is not taxable, training and related activities concerned with utilization and installation cannot be taxed as FTS.

 

  •     Mere use of ‘make available’ in agreement does not satisfy the requirement of Article 13(4)(c) in DTAA. Burden is on tax authorities to satisfy that requirement of make available clause are satisfied.

S.68 read with S.153A –When cash deposited post-demonetization by assessee was out of cash sales which had been accepted by Sales Tax/VAT Department and not doubted by the AO and when there was sufficient stock available with the assessee to make cash sales then the said fact was sufficient to explain the deposit of cash in the bank account and could not have been treated as undisclosed income of assessee and accordingly, impugned addition made by the AO was not justified.

63 Smt. Charu Aggarwal

[2022] 96 ITR(T) 66 (Chandigarh – Trib.)

ITA No.:310 & 311 (CHD.) OF 2021

A.Y.: 2017-18

Date of order: 25th March, 2022

S.68 read with S.153A –When cash deposited post-demonetization by assessee was out of cash sales which had been accepted by Sales Tax/VAT Department and not doubted by the AO and when there was sufficient stock available with the assessee to make cash sales then the said fact was sufficient to explain the deposit of cash in the bank account and could not have been treated as undisclosed income of assessee and accordingly, impugned addition made by the AO was not justified.

FACTS-I

The assessee was a limited liability partnership engaged in the business of resale of jewellery, diamond and other related items. A search operation was conducted in the K group of cases. Notice under section 153A was issued to the assessee and in response to the notice, the assessee filed its return of income declaring an income of Rs. 22.53 lakhs.

During the course of assessment proceedings the AO observed that the assessee had deposited Rs. 2.90 crores post-demonetization in its account and that during the course of search, books of account and sales bill books relating to the demonetization period and pre-demonetization period were verified which revealed that the assessee was maintaining its books of account in the computer of its accountant. The AO further observed that on examination of the digital data it was noticed that there were two sets of books of account, i.e., one in the computer of the accountant and another in the pen drive of the accountant. On comparison of the two accounts it was found that there was a difference in the sale figures for the month of October, 2016 as cash sales were increased in one set of books of account. The statement of the accountant was recorded during the course of search wherein he admitted that he had changed the sale figures of October, 2016 by increasing cash sales after demonetization to generate cash in hand in the books of account. The AO asked the assessee to furnish documentary evidence regarding the source of the cash deposits in its bank accounts, but did not find merit in the submission of the assessee and made an addition of Rs. 2.19 crores.

On appeal, the Commissioner (Appeals) after considering the submissions of the assessee allowed relief of Rs. 15 lakhs and sustained the addition of Rs. 2.05 crores by observing that the net profit of 1.57 per cent had been declared by the assessee in the books of account and that the profit had already been disclosed on the sales of Rs. 2.19 crores which was added by the AO.

Aggrieved by the order of CIT(A), the assessee filed further appeal before the ITAT.

HELD-I

The Tribunal noticed that the assessee was maintaining the sales bills which were recorded in the regular books of account maintained in regular course of business by the assessee. No discrepancy was found in the quantitative details of the stock reflected in the stock register. In the instant case when there was a search at the premises of the assessee on 12th April, 2017, no discrepancy in respect of cash or stock was found which was evident from the assessment order dated 27th March, 2019 for the succeeding A.Y. 2018-19 wherein the addition of Rs. 1.02 lakhs only was made on account of difference in the stock in various items, which was negligible. The assessee was also filing regular returns with the VAT Department, copies of which were placed in the assessee’s compilation. In those VAT Returns also no difference/defect was pointed out which clearly showed that the stock available with the assessee in the form of opening stock and purchases had been accepted by the Department as well as the VAT Department. The Tribunal opined that the amount received by the assessee from the customer after selling the goods/jewellery out of the accepted stock (opening stock and purchases) cannot be considered as the income outside the books of account.

On the other hand, the Department had not brought any material on record to substantiate that the amount received by the assessee by selling the jewellery/goods out of the opening stock and the purchases was utilized elsewhere and not for depositing in the Bank account.

Furthermore, the opening stock, purchases & sales and closing stock declared by the assessee has not been doubted. The sales were made by the assessee out of the opening stock and purchases and the resultant closing stock has been accepted. The sales had not been disturbed either by the AO or by the sales tax/VAT Department and even there was no difference in the quantum figures of the stock at the time of search on 12th April, 2017. Therefore, the sales made by the assessee out of the existing stock were sufficient to explain the deposit of cash (obtained from realization of the sales) in the bank account and cannot be treated as undisclosed income of the assessee.

Accordingly, the impugned addition made by the AO and sustained by the Commissioner (Appeals) was not justified and therefore the same is liable to be deleted.

S.142A –When difference between valuation shown by the assessee and estimated by DVO was less than 10 per cent then the AO was not justified in substantiating the valuation determined by DVO in respect of cost shown by the assessee.

FACTS-II

During the course of assessment proceeding the AO confronted the assessee with the difference in the cost of construction of showroom as estimated by the departmental valuer and as shown by the assessee in the books of account. The AO came to conclusion that there was a difference in the valuation to the tune of Rs. 18.72 lakhs and accordingly made an addition of 7.97 lakhs in the hands of the assessee and the remaining addition of Rs. 10.75 lakhs in the hands of the other co-owner.

On appeal, the Commissioner (Appeals) sustained the addition made by the Assessing Officer.

Aggrieved by the order of CIT(A), the assessee filed further appeal before the ITAT.

HELD-II

It was submitted by the assessee that he had asked for the benefit of 10 to 15 per cent on account of self-supervision but the valuation officer had given a benefit of only 3.75 per cent and even the valuation officer applied the Central Public Works Department (CPWD) rates instead of local Public Works Department (PWD) rates. The CPWD rates were higher than the PWD rates. The contention of the assessee was based on a well settled principle of law that in the place of the CPWD rates, the local PWD rates were to be applied and adopted to determine the cost of construction which was pronounced by the Apex Court in the case of CIT vs. Sunita Mansingha [2017] 393 ITR 121.

Accordingly, the Tribunal, keeping in view the ratio laid down by the Apex Court in the aforesaid case, observed that the Valuation Officer ought to have applied the local PWD rates instead of CPWD rates which were on the higher side.

Further, it was also observed that on the similar issue, various Benches of the Tribunal have taken a consistent view that when the difference in valuation shown by the assessee and estimated by the DVO is less than 10 per cent then the AO was not justified in substantiating the valuation determined by the DVO in respect of cost shown by the assessee.

Consequently, it was held that the impugned addition made by the AO and sustained by the Commissioner (Appeals) on account of difference in the valuation as determined by the DVO and shown by the assessee in its regular books of account was liable to be deleted.

S.10(38) –Where the assessee furnished all details to the AO with regards to long term capital gain arising from sale of shares on which securities transaction tax was paid, the the AO cannot deny exemption claimed under section 10(38) in respect of the said long term capital gain.

62 Mukesh Nanubhai Desai vs. ACIT
[2022] 96 ITR(T) 258 (Surat – Trib.)
ITA No.:781 (SRT) OF 2018
A.Y.: 2012-13
Date of order: 6th May, 2021

S.10(38) –Where the assessee furnished all details to the AO with regards to long term capital gain arising from sale of shares on which securities transaction tax was paid, the the AO cannot deny exemption claimed under section 10(38) in respect of the said long term capital gain.

FACTS-I

During the year under consideration, the assessee being an individual earned long term capital gain from sale of shares on which securities transaction tax was paid by him and claimed it as exempt under section 10(38). During the course of the assessment proceedings, the exemption was denied and the long-term capital gain was added to the total income of the assessee.

During the course of the first appellant proceedings, the AO furnished his remand report stating therein that contract notice/ledger accounts furnished by the assessee though matched with the data furnished by the stock exchange, it was however discovered that the directors of the broker companies, through whom the assessee undertook transaction of sale of shares, were banned by SEBI for market manipulation. Therefore, the AO derived a conclusion that the said companies did not have potential that the assessee could earn enormous capital gain.

On the basis of the same, the Commissioner (Appeals) held that although the basis for making the addition did not survive but there was a probability that allotment of shares and their eventual sale was a pre-planned scheme to convert unaccounted income into exempt income and accordingly the additions made by the AO were upheld. Aggrieved by the order of CIT(A), the assessee filed further appeal before the ITAT.

HELD-I

The assessee contended that he had, during the course of the assessment proceedings as well as first appellate proceedings furnished all the documentary evidences in support of his claim of exemption such as books of accounts showing the credit of sale considerations of shares and details of various scrips of the shares with their date of purchase and its sales. It was also stated by the assessee that the purchase of the shares was accepted in the assessment completed for earlier years under section 143(3).

Despite production of documentary evidences by the assessee, the AO denied the exemption claimed under section 10(38) on the grounds that the Director of one of the broker companies was banned from trading by SEBI for market manipulation during the Initial Public Offer. The AO also stated that the director of the other broker company was also banned from trading by SEBI for market manipulation through artificially increasing the sale price and concluded that both the companies were not having potential so as to allow the assessee to earn enormous capital gain.

It was observed by the Tribunal that once it is accepted by the AO in his remand report that all the transactions of the assessee reflected in the contract notice/ledger accounts furnished by the assessee are matching with the data furnished by the stock exchange and the Commissioner (Appeals) had also taken a view that the basis for making addition did not survive, then addition cannot be sustained.

Further, in respect of the allegations of the AO with regard to ban from trading imposed upon the directors of the broker companies, the Tribunal had observed that the assessee had purchased shares much prior to the orders of SEBI. Accordingly, there was no live link between the order of the SEBI and the transactions by way of sale of shares undertaken by the assessee. Such an order of SEBI cannot be read against the assessee in the absence of anti-corroborative evidence.

Accordingly, the addition of long-term capital gain made to the total income of the assessee was deleted by the Tribunal.

S.10(2A) – Where assessee had furnished complete details of firm, details of partners with their PAN, copy of returns of firm with computation of income then assessee could not be denied exemption claimed under section 10(2A) in respect of income by way of share of profit received from firm.

FACTS-II

The assessee was a partner in a firm. He had received certain amount of income as remuneration, interest and share of profit from firm. The assessee had claimed exemption in respect of share of profit received from the firm under section 10(2A).The AO clubbed this exempt income with the LTCG and denied exemption in respect of the share of profit received from firm. On appeal, the Commissioner (Appeals) also upheld the same.
Aggrieved by the order of CIT(A), the assessee filed further appeal before the ITAT.

HELD-II

The assessee submitted that in the computation of income he had claimed exemption under section 10(2A) in respect of income by way of share of profit received from firm.

The Tribunal observed that the AO instead of examining the facts and the evidences furnished by the assessee, clubbed this income with the exempt long term capital gain claimed by the assessee. The Commissioner (Appeals) also upheld the action of the AO.

The Tribunal noted that the income by way of share of profit received from the firm is separate and independent income component earned by the assessee which is claimed as exempt under section 10(2A).

The Tribunal held that the AO ought to have examined the documentary evidences furnished by the assessee in support of his claim for exemption such as return of income of firm, details of partners, and their PAN. If the AO would have examined these evidences then the exemption under section 10(2A) would not have been denied.

Accordingly, the addition made to the total income of the assessee to the extent of income by way of share of profit received from firm stands deleted.

Income — Capital or revenue receipt — Race club — Membership fees received from members — Capital receipt

82 Principal CIT vs. Royal Western India Turf Club Ltd

[2023] 450 ITR 707 (Bom)

A. Y. 2009-10

Date of order: 22nd December, 2021

Section 4 of ITA 1961

Income — Capital or revenue receipt — Race club — Membership fees received from members — Capital receipt

 

The assessee ran a race course. It received membership fees from its members. For the A. Y. 2009-10, the AO disallowed the amount credited by the assessee as general reserve and claimed to be capital receipt, by treating it as revenue receipt.

The Commissioner (Appeals) held it to be capital receipt. The Tribunal held that from the date of incorporation of the assessee in the year 1925 onwards, the entrance fees received from the members of the assessee were treated as capital in nature and majority of these orders were passed under section 143(3) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 and relying on the judgment in CIT vs. Diners Business Services Pvt Ltd [2003] 263 ITR 1 (Bom) held that any sum paid by a member to acquire the rights of a club was a capital receipt.

On appeal by the Revenue, the Bombay High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

“The Tribunal had not committed any perversity or applied incorrect principles to the given facts and when the facts and circumstances were properly analysed and correct test was applied to decide the issue at hand, no question of law arose.”

Conditional Gifts Vs. Senior Citizens Act

INTRODUCTION

A gift is a transfer of property, movable or immovable, made voluntarily and without any consideration from a donor to a donee. This feature, in the past, has examined whether a gift which has been made, can be taken back by the donor? In other words, can a gift be revoked? There have been several instances where parents have gifted their house to their children and then the children have either not taken care of their parents or ill-treated them. In such cases, the parents wonder whether they can take back the gift on grounds of ill-treatment? The position in this respect is not so simple and the law is clear on when a gift can be revoked. Recently, the Supreme Court faced an interesting issue of whether a gift made by a senior citizen can be revoked by having resort to the Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens Act, 2007 (“Senior Citizens Act”)?

LAW ON GIFTS

The Transfer of Property Act, 1882 (‘the Act’) deals with gifts of property, both immovable and movable. Section122 of the Act defines a gift as the transfer of certain existing movable or immovable property made voluntarily and without consideration, by a donor, to a donee. The gift must be accepted by or on behalf of the donee during the lifetime of the donor and while he is still capable of giving. If the donee dies before acceptance, then the gift is void. In Asokan vs. Lakshmikutty, CA 5942/2007 (SC), the Supreme Court held that in order to constitute a valid gift, acceptance thereof is essential. The Act does not prescribe any particular mode of acceptance. It is the circumstances of the transaction which would be relevant for determining the question. There may be various means to prove acceptance of a gift. The gift may be handed over to a donee, which in a given situation may also amount to a valid acceptance. The fact that possession had been given to the donee also raises a presumption of acceptance.

This section is also clear that it applies to gifts of movable properties also. A gift is also a transfer of property and hence, all the provisions pertaining to transfer of property under the Act are applicable to it. Further, the absence of consideration is the hall mark of a gift. What is consideration has not been defined under this Act, and hence, one would have to refer to the Indian Contract Act, 1872. Section 2(d) of that Act defines ‘consideration’ as follows: ~ “when, at the desire of one person, the other person has done or abstained from doing, or does or abstains from doing, or promises to do or to abstain from doing, something, such act or abstinence or promise is called a consideration for the promise.”

HOW ARE GIFTS TO BE MADE?

Section 123 of the Act answers this question in two parts. The first part deals with gifts of immovable property while the second part deals with gifts of movable property. Insofar as the gifts of immovable property are concerned, section 123 makes transfer by a registered instrument mandatory. This is evident from the use of word “transfer must be effected”. However, the second part of section 123 dealing with gifts of movable property, simply requires that gift of movable property may be effected either by a registered instrument signed as aforesaid or “by delivery”. The difference in the two provisions lies in the fact that in so far as the transfer of movable property by way of gift is concerned the same can be effected by a registered instrument or by delivery. Such transfer in the case of immovable property requires a registered instrument but the provision does not make delivery of possession of the immovable property gifted as an additional requirement for the gift to be valid and effective. This view has been upheld by the Supreme Court in Renikuntla Rajamma (D) By Lr vs. K.Sarwanamma (2014) 9 SCC 456.

CONDITIONAL GIFTS

In Narmadaben Maganlal Thakker vs. Pranjivandas Maganlal Thakker, (1997) 2 SCC 255 a conditional gift of an immovable property was made by the donor without delivering possession and there was no acceptance of the gift by the donee. There was no absolute transfer of ownership by the donor in favor of the donee. The gift deed conferred only limited right upon the donee and was to become operative after the death of the donor. The donor permanently reserved his rights to collect the mesne profit of the property throughout his lifetime. After the gift deed was executed, the donee violated certain conditions under the deed. Hence, the Supreme Court held that the donor had executed a conditional gift deed and retained the possession and enjoyment of the property during his lifetime. Since the donee did not satisfy the conditions of the gift deed, the gift was void.

In K. Balakrishnan vs. K Kamalam, (2004) 1 SCC 581 the donor gifted her share in land and a school building. However, the gift deed provided that the management of the school and income from the property remained with the donor during her lifetime and thereafter would be vested in the donee. The Supreme Court upheld the gift without possession and held that it was open to the donor to transfer by gift title and ownership in the property and at the same time reserve its possession and enjoyment to herself during her lifetime. There is no prohibition in law that ownership in a property cannot be gifted without its possession and right of enjoyment. It examined section 6(d) of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 which states that an interest in property restricted in its enjoyment to the owner personally cannot be transferred by him. However, the Supreme Court held that Clause (d) of section 6 was not attracted to the terms of the gift deed being considered by the Court because it was not merely an interest in a property, the enjoyment of which was restricted to the owner personally. The donor, in this case, was the absolute owner of the property gifted and the subject matter of the gift was not an interest restricted in its enjoyment to herself. The Court held that the gift deed was valid even though the donor had reserved to herself the possession and enjoyment of the property gifted.

However, the Larger Bench of the Supreme Court settled the above issue by the decision in the case of Renikuntla Rajamma vs. K. Sarwanamma, (2014) 9 SCC 445. In this case, the donor made a gift of an immovable property by way of a registered gift deed, which was duly attested. However, the donor retained the possession of the gifted property for enjoyment during her life time, and also the right to receive the rents of the property. The question before the Court was that since the donor had retained the right to use the property and receive rents during her life time, whether such a reservation or retention or absence of possession rendered the gift invalid?

The Supreme Court upheld the validity of the gift. It held that a conjoint reading of sections 122 and 123 of the Transfer of Property, 1882 Act made it abundantly clear that “transfer of possession” of the property covered by the registered instrument of the gift duly signed by the donor and attested as required, was not a sine qua non for the making of a valid gift under the provisions of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882. Section 123 has overruled the erstwhile requirement under the Hindu Law/Buddhist Law of delivery of possession as a condition for making of a valid gift. Transfer by the way of gift of immovable property requires a registered instrument but the provision does not make delivery of possession of the immovable property gifted as an additional requirement for the gift to be valid and effective. Absence of any such requirement led the Court to conclude that the delivery of possession was not essential for a valid gift in the case of immovable property. The Court also distinguished on facts, its earlier decision in the case of Narmadaben Maganlal Thakker. It held that in that case, the issue was of a conditional gift whereas the current case dealt with an absolute gift. It accepted the ratio laid down in the latter case of K. Balakrishnan. Thus, the Supreme Court established an important principle of law that a donor can retain possession and enjoyment of a gifted property during his lifetime and provide that the donee would be in a position to enjoy the same after the donor’s lifetime.

REVOCATION OF GIFTS

Section 126 of the Act provides that a gift may be revoked in certain circumstances. The donor and the donee may agree that on the happening of certain specified event that does not depend on the will of the donor, the gift shall be revoked. Further, it is necessary that the condition should be expressed and specified at the time of making the gift. A condition cannot be imposed subsequent to giving the gift. In Asokan vs. Lakshmikutty, supra, the Supreme Court held that once a gift is complete, the same cannot be rescinded. For any reason whatsoever, the subsequent conduct of a donee cannot be a ground for rescission of a valid gift.

However, it is necessary that the event for revocation is not dependent upon the wishes of the donor. Thus, revocation cannot be on the mere whims and fancies of the donor. For instance, after gifting, the donor cannot say that he made a mistake, and now he has a change of mind and wants to revoke the gift. A gift is a completed contract and hence, unless there are specific conditions precedent which have been expressly specified there cannot be a revocation. It is quite interesting to note that while a gift is a completed contract, there cannot be a contract for making a gift since it would be void for absence of consideration. For instance, a donor cannot enter into an agreement with a donee under which he agrees to make a gift but he can execute a gift deed stating that he has made a gift. The distinction is indeed fine! It needs to be noted that a gift which has been obtained by fraud, misrepresentation, coercion, duress, etc., would not be a gift since it is not a contract at all. It is void ab initio.

DECISIONS ON THIS ISSUE

In Jagmeet Kaur Pannu, Jammu vs. Ranjit Kaur Pannu AIR 2016 P&H 210, the Punjab & Haryana High Court considered whether a mother could revoke a gift of her house in favor of her daughter on the grounds of misbehaviour and abusive language. The mother had filed a petition with the Tribunal under the Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens Act, 2007 which had set aside the gift deed executed by the mother. It held that the deed was voidable at the mother’s instance. The daughter appealed to the High Court which set aside the Tribunal’s Order. The High Court considered the gift deed which stated that the gift was made voluntarily, without any pressure and out of natural love and affection which the mother bore towards the daughter. There were no preconditions attached to the gift. The High Court held that the provisions of s.126 of the Act would apply since this was an important provision which laid down a rule of public policy that a person who transferred a right to the property could not set down his own volition as a basis for his revocation. If there was any condition allowing for a document to be revoked or cancelled at the donor’s own will, then that condition would be treated as void. The Court held that there have been decisions of several courts which have held that if a gift deed was clear and operated to transfer the right of property to another but it also contained an expression of desire by the donor that the donee will maintain the donor, then such an expression in the gift deed must be treated as a pious wish of the donor and the sheer fact that the donee did not fulfil the condition could not vitiate the gift.

Again, in the case of Syamala Raja Kumari vs. Alla Seetharavamma 2017 AIR (Hyd) 86 a similar issue before the High Court was whether a gift which was made without any preconditions could be subsequently revoked? The donor executed a gift deed in favor of his daughters out of love and affection. He retained a life interest benefit and after him, his wife retained a life interest under the said document. However, there were no conditions imposed by the donor for gifting the property in favor of the donees. All it mentioned was that he and his wife would have a life-interest benefit. Subsequently, the donor executed a revocation deed stating that he wanted to cancel the gift since his daughters were not taking care of him and his wife, and were not even visiting them. The Court set aside the revocation of the gift. It held that once a valid unconditional gift was given by the donor and accepted by donees, the same could not be revoked for any reason. The Court held that the donees would get absolute rights in respect of the property. By executing the gift deed, the donor had divested his right in the property and now he could not unilaterally execute any revocation deed for revoking the gift deed executed by him in favor of the plaintiffs.

Similarly, in the case of Sheel Arora vs. Madan Mohan Bajaj, 2007 (6) BomCR 633, the donor executed a registered gift deed of a flat in favor of a donee. Subsequently, the donor unilaterally executed a revocation deed cancelling the gift. The Bombay High Court held that after lodging the duly executed gift deed for registration, there was an unilateral attempt on the part of the donor to revoke the said gift deed. Section 126 of the Act, provides that revocation of gift can be only in cases specified under the section and the same requires participation of the donee. In the case in hand, there was no participation of the donee in an effort on the part of the donor to revoke the said gift deed. On the contrary, an unilateral effort on the part of the donor by execution of a deed of revocation itself disclosed that the donor had clearly accepted the legal consequences which were to follow on account of execution of a valid gift deed, and presentation of the same for registration.

However, in the case of S. Sarojini Amma vs. Velayudhan Pillai Sreekumar 2018 (14) SCALE 339, the Supreme Court considered a gift, where in expectation that the donee would look after the donor and her husband, she executed a gift deed. The gift deed clearly stated that, gift would take effect after the death of the donor and her husband. Subsequently, the donor filed a Deed of Cancellation of the Gift Deed. The Supreme Court observed that a conditional gift became complete on the compliance of the conditions mentioned in the deed. Hence, it allowed the revocation.

CANCELLATION VS. SENIOR CITIZENS ACT

Recently, the Supreme Court in the case of Sudesh Chhikara vs. Ramti Devi, Civil Appeal No. 174 of 2021; Order dated 6th December, 2022 was faced with a very interesting issue as to whether a senior citizen can cancel a gift of lands made to her children on grounds that their relationship was strained. Accordingly, she filed a petition under section 23 of the Senior Citizens Act for the cancellation of the gift. The Maintenance Tribunal constituted under the Act (which adjudicates all matters for maintenance, including provision for food, clothing, residence and medical attendance and treatment) upheld the cancellation on the grounds that her children were not taking care of her.

Section 23 of this Act contains an interesting provision. If any senior citizen has transferred by way of gift or otherwise, his property, on the condition that the transferee shall provide the basic amenities and basic physical needs to the transferor and such transferee refuses or fails to provide such amenities and physical needs, then the transfer of property shall be deemed to have been made by fraud or coercion or under undue influence and shall at the option of the transferor be declared void by the Tribunal. This negates every conditional transfer if the conditions subsequent are not fulfilled by the transferee. Property has been defined under the Act to include any right or interest in any property, whether movable/immovable, ancestral/self-acquired, tangible/intangible.

The Supreme Court in Sudesh Chhikara (supra) held that the Senior Citizens Act was enacted for making effective provisions for the maintenance and welfare of parents and senior citizens guaranteed and recognized under the Constitution of India. The Maintenance Tribunal was established to exercise various powers under this Act. This Act provided that the Maintenance Tribunal, had to adopt such summary procedure while holding inquiry, as it deemed fit. The Court held that the Tribunal exercised important jurisdiction under Section 23 of the Senior Citizens Act and for attracting Section 23, the following two conditions must be fulfilled:

a)    The transfer must have been made subject to the condition that the donee / transferee shall provide the basic amenities and basic physical needs to the senior citizen transferor; and

b)    the transferee refuses or fails to provide such amenities and physical needs to the transferor.

The Apex Court concluded that if both the aforesaid conditions are satisfied, the transfer shall be deemed to have been made by fraud or coercion or undue influence. Such a transfer then became voidable at the instance of the transferor and the Maintenance Tribunal has the jurisdiction to declare the transfer as void.

The Court held that when a senior citizen parted with his property by executing a gift deed / release deed in favor of his relatives, the senior citizen does not make it conditional to taking care of him. On the contrary, very often, such transfers were made out of natural love and affection without any expectations in return. Therefore, the Court laid down an important proposition that when it was alleged that the conditions mentioned in section 23 were attached to a transfer, existence of a conditional gift deed must be clearly brought out before the Maintenance Tribunal. If a gift was to be set aside under section 23, it was essential that a conditional gift deed / release deed was executed, and in the absence of any such conditions, section 23 could not be attracted. A transfer subject to a condition of providing the basic amenities and basic physical needs of the senior citizen transferor was a sine qua non (essential condition) for applicability of section 23. Since in this case, there was no such conditional deed, the Apex Court did not set aside the release deed executed by the senior citizen.

CONCLUSION

Donor beware of how you gift, for gift once given cannot be easily revoked! If there are any doubts or concerns in the mind of the donor then he should refrain from making an absolute unconditional gift or consider whether to avoid the gift at all! This is all the more true in the case of old parents who gift away their family homes and then try to claim the same back since they are being ill-treated by their children. They should be forewarned that it would not be easy to revoke such a gift. Remember a non-conditional gift / release is like a bullet which once fired cannot be recalled!!

Assessment order passed in the name of non-existing entity is null and void ab initio. The decision of SC in Mahagun Realtors (P.) Ltd cannot be interpreted to mean that even in a case where factum of amalgamation was put to the notice of the AO, still the assessment made in the name of amalgamating company i.e. non-existing company is valid in law.

61 DCIT vs. Barclays Global Service Centre Pvt Ltd (formerly Barclays Shared Services Pvt Ltd)

[TS-29-ITAT-2023(PUN)]

A.Y.: 2014-15

Date of Order: 2nd January, 2023

Assessment order passed in the name of non-existing entity is null and void ab initio. The decision of SC in Mahagun Realtors (P.) Ltd cannot be interpreted to mean that even in a case where factum of amalgamation was put to the notice of the AO, still the assessment made in the name of amalgamating company i.e. non-existing company is valid in law.

FACTS

The assessee company, engaged in the business of providing Information Technology Enabled Services (ITES) to Barclays Bank PIc, United Kingdom (BBPLC) and its affiliates, filed its return of income for the A.Y. 2014-15 declaring a total income of Rs. 1,13,02,89,902 after claiming deduction under section 10AA of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (‘the Act’). The appellant company also reported international transactions entered with its AEs. On noticing the international transactions, the AO referred the matter to the Transfer Pricing Officer (‘TPO’) for the purpose of benchmarking the international transactions. The TPO vide order dated 30th October, 2017 suggested the TP adjustment of Rs. 95,88,72,618/-. On receipt of the draft assessment order, the appellant had not chosen to file objection before the DRP and the final assessment order dated 20th March, 2018 was passed by the AO after making disallowance of the excess deduction claimed under section 10AA amounting to Rs. 8,92,33,721.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) where it interalia contended that the assessment is null and void as the assessment order is passed in the name of non-existing entity i.e. M/s Barclays Shared Services Pvt Ltd instead of Barclays Global Service Centre Pvt Ltd. The CIT(A) had dismissed the said ground i.e. challenging the very validity of the assessment on the grounds that when the notice under section 143(2) was issued, the amalgamating company was very much in existence. On merits, the issue was decided partly in favour of the assessee.

Aggrieved, by the relief granted on merits, the revenue preferred an appeal to the Tribunal and assessee filed cross objections being aggrieved by the validity of the assessment made in the name of amalgamating company i.e. M/s Barclays Shared Services Pvt Ltd which was a non-existing entity.

HELD

The Tribunal noted that the assessee company Barclays Shared Services Pvt Ltd was amalgamated with Barclays Technology Centre India Pvt Ltd vide order dated 2nd November, 2017 passed by NCLT. The appointed date for amalgamation was 1st April, 2017 but became effective only on filing of Form INC-28 along with prescribed fee before the Registrar of Companies. The return of income was filed in the name of amalgamating company as the process of amalgamation was not complete. During the course of assessment proceedings under consideration, the assessee company had brought to notice of the AO that the fact of amalgamation vide letter dated 15th December, 2017 along with copies of the amalgamation scheme dated 26th December, 2017. In-spite of this, the AO passed the assessment order in the name of amalgamating company.

The Tribunal observed that the issue that arises for its consideration is whether or not an assessment order passed in the name of amalgamating company i.e. non-existing company, is valid in the eyes of law. Despite knowing very well that the amalgamating company was not in existence at the time of passing the assessment order, still the AO had chosen to pass an assessment order in the name of the amalgamating company i.e. Barclays Shared Services Pvt Ltd.

The Tribunal held that the ratio that can be discerned from the decision of the Supreme Court in PCIT vs. Maruti Suzuki India Ltd. [416 ITR 613 (SC)] is that consequent upon the amalgamation, the amalgamating company ceases to exist, therefore, it cannot be regarded as a “person”. The assessment proceedings against an entity which had ceased to exist were void ab initio. The fact that the assessee had participated in the assessment proceedings cannot operate as an estoppel against law.

The Tribunal also noted the ratio of the decision of the Jurisdictional High Court in the case of Teleperformance Global Services Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT [435 ITR 725 (Bom.)]; Alok Knit Exports Ltd. vs. DCIT [446 ITR 748 (Bombay)] and Vahanvati Consultants (P.) Ltd. vs. ACIT [448 ITR 258 (Bom.)].

The Tribunal having noted that the decision of the Apex Court in PCIT vs. Mahagun Realtors (P.) Ltd. [443 ITR 194 (SC)] was rendered in the peculiar facts of that case held that this decision is not an authority of proposition, that an assessment can be made in the name of non-existing entity, even though the AO was put on notice of factum of amalgamation.

In the present case, since the fact of amalgamation was brought to the notice of the AO, the ratio of the decision of the Apex Court in Mahagun Realtors (P) Ltd. will not apply. Therefore, the Tribunal held the assessment order passed by the AO in the name of non-existing entity to be null and void ab initio and quashed the assessment order. Cross objections filed by the assessee were allowed.

Where the assessee mentioned residential status in original return as resident in India and in return filed under section 153A mentioned residential status as Non-resident which was uncontroverted fact, then merely mentioning the residential status as resident in original return of income, does not make the assessee a resident in India. Once the assessee is a non-resident then income or deposit in foreign bank account is not taxable in India

60 Ananya Ajay Mittal vs. DCIT

ITA Nos. 6949 & 6950/Mum/2019 and

576/Mum/2021

A.Ys: 2010-11 to 2012-13

Date of Order: 29th December, 2022

Where the assessee mentioned residential status in original return as resident in India and in return filed under section 153A mentioned residential status as Non-resident which was uncontroverted fact, then merely mentioning the residential status as resident in original return of income, does not make the assessee a resident in India.

Once the assessee is a non-resident then income or deposit in foreign bank account is not taxable in India

FACTS

The assessee in previous year relevant to A.Y. 2008-09 went to the US for studies. A search and seizure action was carried out in the case of the assessee’s father when during the course of search certain documents containing details of foreign bank account of Ananya Mittal. This foreign bank account was not declared by the assessee in the return of the income filed by him. In the course of post search assessment proceedings it was submitted by the assessee before the AO that the assessee was in the US for his post-graduation was to stay in there for four years. As a student pursuing studies in the US, it was mandatory for him to open a bank account in the country. All expenses of the assessee in USA were exclusively borne by a family friend of Mittal family, Dr. Prakash Sampath based in the USA. The assessee being a non-resident has not maintained records of his foreign bank account.

The AO held that the contention that assessee is a non-resident is an after thought since in the original return of income residential status has been stated as `resident’. It is only that this foreign bank account has been detected in the course of search that the assessee in the return of income filed in response to notice issued under section 153A has stated the residential status to be non-resident. However, the AO in the assessment order did mention the number of days the assessee was outside India. The AO taxed the entire credit of Rs.3,20,133 reflected in foreign bank account u/s 68 by holding that gift from family friend did not fall under section 56(2)(v) of the Act.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) confirmed the action of the AO on the grounds that the assessee had not explained the source of deposits in foreign bank account which was unearthed during the course of search and details of which were obtained by AO through Foreign Tax and Tax Research (FTTR).

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal. The Tribunal decided the appeal of the assessee for A.Y. 2010-11 and 2011-12 vide order dated 23rd March, 2022 wherein additions made on certain credits in foreign bank account were confirmed. The assessee filed Miscellaneous Application (MA) and pointed out that an important fact that the assessee is a non-resident and therefore no addition could have been made has been omitted to be considered. The Tribunal recalled the earlier order.

HELD

The Tribunal noted that before CIT(A) the issue that assessee was a non-resident was specifically raised and CIT(A) has not refuted this submission of the assessee. The Tribunal also noted that the assessee was a non-resident which fact has not been refuted by either of the lower authorities. The Tribunal held that merely mentioning the status as resident in the original return of income does not make the assessee a resident in India. The present assessment was under section 153A of the Act and the assessee had in the return filed in response to notice issued under section 153A mentioned the residential status as non-resident. The AO in the assessment order has also stated the status to be non-resident. Therefore, this cannot be a ground for treating the assessee as a resident. Once the assessee is non-resident, then income or deposit in the foreign bank account of the assessee who is not resident in India cannot be taxed in India. Therefore, on this ground the entire additions cannot be sustained.

This ground of appeal filed by the assessee was allowed.

Qualification in A Limited Review Report Regarding Non-Compliance of Ind As 115 (Revenue From Contracts With Customers)

Emphasis of Matter/s for allegations made by a short seller on the company and
some other group entities and other matters

EKI ENERGY SERVICES LTD
(PERIOD ENDED 31ST DECEMBER, 2022)

From Limited Review Report

Qualified Opinion

As detailed in Note 3 to the accompanying Statement, we report that the Company has recognized revenue from contracts with few customers during the quarters ended 31st December, 2022, 30th September, 2022 and nine-month period ended 31st December, 2022. However, based on our review, we could not obtain sufficient and appropriate evidence regarding satisfaction of performance obligation for delivering the verified carbon units. Accordingly, in our view recognition of revenues together with the corresponding cost to fulfil the performance obligations is not consistent with the accounting principles as stated in Ind AS 115, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Had the Company applied the principles as stated in Ind AS 115, revenues would have been lower by Rs. 1,818 lakhs, Rs. 10,162 lakhs and Rs. 19,011 lakhs, cost would have been lower by Rs. 1,140 lakhs, Rs. 3,950 lakhs and Rs. 7,971 lakhs and the profit before tax would have been lower by Rs. 679 lakhs, Rs. 6,212 lakhs and Rs. 11,040 lakhs for the periods stated above.

FROM NOTES TO RESULTS

The management entered into a few contracts with customers wherein the company agreed to deliver consultancy services and Verified Carbon Units. The management is of the opinion that it has duly satisfied the performance obligations under these arrangements and has accrued corresponding revenue and cost in accordance with the terms of the contract. However, in the opinion of the statutory auditors as referred in their review report, the following items of the standalone financial results would have been lower as summarized below. The management shall evaluate the statutory auditor qualification further and take necessary steps to resolve them.

Particulars Quarter ended
(in
Rs.)
Nine months ended (in Rs.)
31.12.2022 30.09.2022 31.12.2022
Revenue from operations 1,818.29 10,162.00 19,011.06
Purchase of stock in trade 1139.62 3950.22 7971.13
Profit after tax 498.78 4650.11 8251.44
Impact on EPS
Basic (Rs. In absolute) 1.81 16.91 30.01
Diluted (Rs. In absolute) 1.80 16.82 29.84

ADANI ENTERPRISES LTD (PERIOD ENDED 31ST DECEMBER, 2022) (CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL RESULTS)

From Limited Review Report

Emphasis of Matter

We draw attention to Note 6 to the unaudited consolidated financial results, with respect to allegations made by a short seller on the Company and some other entities of the Adani Group companies which has been refuted by the management of the Adani Group. The Management of the company has internally assessed the impact of such allegations made and has represented to us that there is no material impact on the financial position and performance of the company for the quarter and nine months ended 31st December, 2022. Our conclusion on the statement is not modified in respect of the above matter.

We draw attention to the fact that certain of the subsidiary companies are incurring losses in continuous over past several years and have a negative net current asset position. However, the accounts of such subsidiary companies have been prepared on a going concern basis financial support provided by the Parent and other fellow subsidiaries within the Group. The above does not have material financial impact on the financial position of the Group as whole.

We further draw attention to Note 9 of the accompanied Unaudited Consolidated Financial Results. There are certain investigations and enquiries which are pending with regards to one of the subsidiaries of the Group. The Management of the said subsidiary has not received any chargesheet filed in this particular case. The financial implication if any, is not known pending investigation. The component auditors of this subsidiary have issued a modified view conclusion in this matter.
Auditors of other subsidiary included in the Statements have inserted an Emphasis of Matter paragraph in their Review Report stating that management of the particular company is of the opinion that the facility fees paid to Yes Bank Limited including Stamp Duty will be recovered.

From Notes to Results

Note 6

Subsequent to the quarter ended 31st December, 2022, a short seller has issued a report, alleging certain issues against some of the Adani Group entities which have been refuted by the company in its detailed resport submitted to the stock exchanges on 29th January, 2023. The management of the company has assessed that no material financial adjustment arises to the standalone financial results for the quarter and nine months ended 31st December, 2022 with respect to these allegations.

Note 9

Certain investigations and enquiries have been initiated by the Central Bureau of Investigation, the Enforcement Directorate and the Ministry of Corporate Affairs against one of its acquired stepdown subsidiary Mumbai International Airport Ltd (MIAL), its holding company GVK Airport Holdings Ltd and the erstwhile promoter director of MIAL for the period prior to 27th June, 2020. The CBI has filed a chargesheet during the hearing at Juridisctional Magistrate Court. However, MIAL or its officials have neither received summons nor the chargesheet filed, and the management of MIAL is in the process of obtaining the same. Considering the pendency of these proceedings, the resultant financial or other implications if any, would be known and considered upon receipt of the charge sheet on MIAL’s evaluation of the charges, facts, and circumstances.

ADANI PORTS AND SPECIAL ECONOMIC ZONE LTD (PERIOD ENDED 31ST DECEMBER, 2022)

From Limited Review Report

Emphasis of Matter

We draw your attention to Note 17 to the Statement where Management has provided its assessment of the impact of the allegations made in the report of short-seller issued post the reporting date in the standalone financial results for the quarter and nine months ended December 31, 2022.

We draw attention to Note 6 to the Statement, which describes the matter relating to delay in achievement of scheduled commercial operation date (COD i.e. December 03, 2019, as stipulated under the concession agreement) of the international deep-water multipurpose seaport being constructed by Adani Vizhinjin Port Pvt Ltd (AVPPL) at Vizhinjam, Kerala (the Project). The matter has been referred to arbitration proceedings by AVPPL to resolve disputes relating to force majeure events and failure of the Authority of the concession to fulfil its obligations under the concession agreement, which AVPPL contends, contributed to the delay in achieving COD. Based on an evaluation of the evidence supported by legal advice obtained by AVPPL, no provision has been made in this regard by the Group.

From Notes to Results

Note 17

Subsequent to the quarter ended 31st December, 2022, a short seller has issued a research report, alleging certain issues against some of the Adani promoted entities which have been refuted . The management has assessed that no financial adjustments arise to the financial results of the company for the quarter and nine months ended 31st December, 2022 with respect to these allegations, The management will further evaluate an independent assessment of the matter, if required.

Note 6

Adani Vizhinjam Port Pvt Ltd (AVPPL), a wholly owned subsidiary of the company was awarded the Concession Agreement (CA) dated 17th August, 2015 by the Government of Kerala for development of Vizhinjam International Deepwater Multipurpose Seaport (Project). In terms of the CA, the scheduled Commercial Operation Date (COD) of the project was 3rd December,2019, extendable to 30th August, 2020 with certain conditions. As at reporting date, the project development is still in progress although COD is past due in terms of CA. In respect of delay in COD, AVPPL has made several representations to Vizhinjam International Sea Port Ltd and the Department of Ports, Government of Kerala in respect to difficulties face by AVPPL including reasons attributable to the Government authorities and Force Majeure events such as Ockhi Cyclone, high waves, National Green Tribunal Order and COVID 19 pandemic etc. which led to delay in development of the project and AVPPL not achieving COD.

As on 31st December, 2022, resolution of the disputes with the VISL/ Government authorities and the arbitration proceedings is still in progress. The Government authorities continue to have the right to take certain adverse action including termination of the Concession Agreement and levying liquidated damages at a rate of 0.1 per cent of the amount of performance security for each day of delay in project completion in terms of the CA.

The management represents that the project development is in progress with revised timelines which has to be agreed with the authorities. AVPPL’s management represents that it is committed to develop the project and has tied up additional equity and debt funds and also received extension in validity of the environmental clearance from the Government for completion of the project. Based on the above developments and on the basis of favorable legal opinion from the external legal counsel in respect of likely outcome of the arbitration proceedings, the management believes it is not likely to have significant financial impact on account of the disputes which are required to be considered for the purpose of these financial results.

ADANI POWER LTD (PERIOD ENDED 31ST DECEMBER, 2022)

From Limited Review Report

Emphasis of Matter

We draw attention to Note 20 to the unaudited consolidated financial results, relating to allegations made by a short seller report on matters involving some of the Adani promoted entities, including the Company. The management of the Company is evaluating an independent assessment to look into the issues and compliance with applicable law and regulations, transaction specific issues, etc. The unaudited standalone financial results for the quarter ended December 31 2022, and year to date from April 1 2022 to December 31 2022, do not carry any adjustment.

From Notes to Results

Note 20

Subsequent to the quarter ended 31st December, 2022, a short seller has issued a report, alleging certain issues against some of the Adani promoted entities, including the Company. The Company has denied the allegations.

To uphold the principles of good corporate governance, the management of Adani promoters’ entities is evaluating an independent assessment to look into issues and compliance of applicable laws and regulations, transaction specific issues, etc. The management of the company is confident that no material adverse impact on the financial results is expected to arise upon such evaluation.

ADANI TRANSMISSION LTD (PERIOD ENDED 31ST DECEMBER, 2022)

From Limited Review Report

Emphasis of Matters

We draw attention to Note 8 to the Statement where Management has provided its assessment of the impact of the allegations made in the report of the short-seller issued post the reporting date, on the standalone financial results for the quarter and nine months ended December 31 2022.

From Notes to results

Note 8 – Subsequent to the quarter ended December 31, 2022, a short seller has issued a report which contains certain allegations relating to specific Adani promoted entities, which have been denied. Management has assessed that no adjustment arises to the financial results of the Company for the quarter and nine months ended December 31 2022 with respect to these allegations.

ADANI GREEN ENERGY LTD (PERIOD ENDED 31ST DECEMBER 2022)

From Limited Review Report

Emphasis of Matter

We draw attention to Note 20 to the unaudited consolidated financial results, relating to allegations made by a short seller report on matters involving some of the Adani Group entities, including the Company. The management of the Company is evaluating an independent assessment to look into the issues and compliance with applicable law and regulations, transaction specific issues, etc. The unaudited standalone financial results for the quarter ended December 31 2022, and year to date from April 1 2022 to December 31 2022, do not carry any adjustment.

From Notes to Results

Note 20 –

Subsequent to the quarter ended 31st December, 2022, a short seller has issued a report, alleging certain issues against some of the Adani promoted entities, including the Company. The Company has denied the allegations.

To uphold the principles of good corporate governance, the management of Adani Group entities is evaluating an independent assessment, on the basis of the requisite corporate approvals, to look into issues and compliance of applicable laws and regulations, transaction specific issues, etc. The management of the company is
confident that no material adverse impact on the financial results is expected to arise upon such evaluation, if any thereafter.

ADANI TOTAL GAS LTD (PERIOD ENDED 31ST DECEMBER, 2022)

From Limited Review Report

Emphasis of Matter

We draw attention to Note 8 to the unaudited consolidated financial results, with respect to allegations made by a short seller which contains certain allegations against some of Adani Group Companies which it has denied. Management of the Company has assessed that no adjustment arises to the financial results of the Company and its subsidiaries and for the corporate governance measure, the management of Adani Group is further evaluating an independent assessment of the matter. Our conclusion on the statement is not modified in respect of the above matter.

From Notes to results

Note 8

Subsequent to 31st December, 2022, a report was issued by a short seller which contains certain allegations relating to specific Adani-promoted entities, one of the ATGL Promoters, which have been duly denied. The management has assessed that no adjustments arises to the financial results of the Company and its subsidiaries for the quarter and nine months ended 31st December, 2022 with respect to these allegations. However, as an added corporate governance measure, the management of Adani Group is further evaluating an independent assessment of the matter.

AMBUJA CEMENTS LTD (PERIOD ENDED 31ST DECEMBER 2022)

From Limited Review Report

Emphasis of Matter

As explained in Note 10 to the consolidated financial results for the quarter ended 31st December, 2022 and year to date from 1st January, 2022 to 31st December 2022, the company is considering appointment of an independent firm to evaluate the allegations and compliance with applicable laws and regulations, related party transactions and internal controls of the Company and the financial results for the quarter ended 31st December, 2022 and year to date from 1st January, 2022 to 31st December, 2022 do not carry any adjustment.

We draw your attention to Note 3 of the Statement which describes the uncertainty related to the outcome of ongoing litigations with the Competition Commission of India.

From Notes to Results

NOTE 10

Subsequent to the quarter ended 31st December, 2022, a short seller has issued a research report, alleging certain issues against some of the Adani Group entities. The Adani Group entities have denied the allegations.

To uphold the principles of good governance, the management of Adani Group entities is considering the appointment of independent firm(s)/ agencies, basis the requisite corporate approvals, to assess/look into the issues and compliance of applicable laws and regulations, related party transactions, internal controls, etc. While the management is confident that no material adverse impact on the financial results is likely to arise on completion of such evaluation, the management will assess the necessary actions required, if any.

Note 3

The Competition Committee of India (CCI) vide, its order dated 31st August , 2016 had imposed a penalty of Rs. 1163.91 crores on the company. On the company’s appeal, the Competition Appellate Tribunal (COMPAT), subsequently merged with National Company Law Tribunal (NCLAT), vide its interim Order had granted stay against the CCI’s Order with the condition to deposit 10 per cent of the penalty amount, which was deposited and if the appeal is dismissed, interest at 12 per cent p.a., would be payable on the balance amount from date of the CCI order. NCLAT, vide its Order dated 25th July, 2018 dismissed the Company’s appeal and upheld the CCI’s order. Against this, the Company appealed to Hon’ble Supreme Court, which by its order dated 5th October, 2018, admitted the appeal and directed to continue the interim order passed by
the NCLAT.

In separate matter, pursuant to a reference filed by the Director, Supplies and Disposals, Government of Haryana, the CCI vide its Order dated 19th January, 2017, had imposed a penalty of R29.84 crores on the company. On the company’s appeal, COMPAT has stayed the operation of CCI’s order. The matter is pending for hearing before NCLAT.

Based on the advice of external legal counsel, the company believes it has good grounds on merit for a successful appeal in both the aforesaid matters. Accordingly, no provision is recognized in the financial results.

Provisions of section 115JC are applicable to projects approved before the introduction of the section 115JC.

59 DCIT vs. Vikram Developers and Promoters

TS-21-ITAT-2023(PUN)

ITA No. 608/Pune/2020

A.Y.: 2014-15

Date of Order: 10th, January, 2023

Provisions of section 115JC are applicable to projects approved before the introduction of the section 115JC.

FACTS

The assessee, a non-corporate entity, filed its return of income wherein it claimed deduction under section 80IB(10). In the return of income filed, the assessee did not give effect to the provisions of section 115JC. In the course of assessment proceedings, the AO held that the provisions of section 115JC which have been introduced w.e.f. 1st April, 2013 are applicable to the case of the assessee and accordingly the assessee is liable to pay taxes under 115JC for the year under consideration. Accordingly, the AO worked out the Adjusted Total Income and taxed it in accordance with the provisions of section 115JC of the Act.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) and contended that the Pune Bench of the Tribunal has in the assessee’s own case, for the assessment year 2013-14, decided the issue in favour of the assessee. The CIT(A), relying on the said order of the Tribunal, decided the issue in favor of the assessee.

Aggrieved, the revenue preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal noted that the recent decision of the co-ordinate bench in the case of Yash Associates [ITA.No.159/ PUN./2018 & C.O.No.1/PUN./2022 decided on 5th August, 2022 goes against the assessee. The Tribunal quoted the ratio of the decision in this case where considering the fact that section 115JC starts with a non-obstante clause and section 115JC(2)(i) stipulates adjustment(s) in an assessee’s total income “as increased by deductions claimed, if any, under any section (other than section 80P) included in Chapter VI-A under the heading C – Deduction in respect of certain incomes” and held that very clearly it is not the approval or completion of the residential project but the deduction claim only which has to be added under section 115JC(2)(i) of the Act. The Tribunal adopted stricter interpretation in light of the non-obstante provision and rejected the assessee’s contentions as per of decisions of the apex court in CIT vs. Calcutta Knitwears, Ludhiana [(2014) 6 SCC 444 (SC)], CCE vs. Dilip Kumar [(2018) 9 SCC 1 (SC) (FB)] and PCIT vs. Wipro Ltd [(2022) 140 taxmann.com 223 (SC)].

The Tribunal held that the co-ordinate bench deciding the case of the assessee in an earlier assessment year did not examine the ambit and scope of section 115JC of the Act so as to form a binding precedent in line with CIT vs. B. R. Constructions [(1993) 202 ITR 222 (AP)]. The Tribunal adopting the stricter interpretation held that the provisions of section 115JC would apply to the case of the assessee. The appeal filed by the Revenue was allowed.

Mere non-furnishing of the declaration by the deductee to the deductor in terms of proviso to Rule 37BA(2) cannot be reason to deny credit to the person in whose hands income is included.

58 Anil Ratanlal Bohra vs. ACIT
2023 (1) TMI 862 – ITAT PUNE
ITA No. 675/Pune/2022
A.Y.: 2021-22
Date of Order: 19th January, 2023

Mere non-furnishing of the declaration by the deductee to the deductor in terms of proviso to Rule 37BA(2) cannot be reason to deny credit to the person in whose hands income is included.

FACTS

Assessee, an individual, filed his return of income wherein he interalia claimed credit for TDS of Rs.2,80,456 being proportionate amount deducted at source by State Bank of India from the interest on fixed deposits placed by his wife with the State Bank of India. This amount of Rs.2,80,456 was in respect of interest attributable to fixed deposits which were placed by the wife of the assessee with State Bank of India out of the funds gifted by the assessee to her. Accordingly, in terms of section 64 of the Act, the income thereon was includible in total income of the assessee. The assessee included such income in the return of income and also claimed corresponding credit.

The CPC, in intimation denied credit of TDS claimed since the same was not reflected in Form No. 26AS of the assessee.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal to CIT(A) who held that the provisions of Rule 37BA(2) were not complied with and as a result, the assessee was not entitled to the credit for deduction of tax at source.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal noted the provisions of section 199 and observed that sub-Rule (2) of Rule 37BA is significant for deciding the appeal.

It noted that a careful perusal of sub-rule (2) indicates that where the income, on which tax has been deducted at source, is assessable in the hands of a person other than deductee, then credit for the proportionate tax deducted at source shall be given to such other person and not the deductee. The proviso to sub-rule (2) provides for deductee filing a declaration with the deductor giving particulars of the other person to whom credit is to be given. On receipt of such declaration, the deductor shall issue certificate for the deduction of tax at source in the name of such other person.

The crux of section 199 read with Rule 37BA(2) is that if the income, on which tax has been deducted at source, is chargeable to tax in the hands of the recipient, then credit for such tax will be allowed to such recipient. If, however, the income is fully or partly chargeable to tax in the hands of some other person because of the operation of any provision, like section 64 in the extant case, the proportionate credit for tax deducted at source should be allowed to such other person who is chargeable to tax in respect of such income, notwithstanding the fact that he is not the recipient of income.

It is with a view to regularise the allowing of credit for tax deducted at source to the person other than recipient of income, that the proviso to Rule 37BA(2) has been enshrined necessitating the furnishing of particulars of such other person by the recipient for enabling the deductor to issue TDS certificate in the name of the other person. The proviso to Rule 37BA(2) is just a procedural aspect of giving effect to the mandate of section 199 for allowing credit to the other person in whose hands the income is chargeable to tax.

One needs to draw a line of distinction between substantive provision [section 199 read with Rule 37BA(2) without proviso] and the procedural provision [proviso to Rule 37BA(2)]. Non compliance of a procedural provision, which is otherwise directory in nature, cannot disturb the writ of a substantive provision.

The Tribunal held that merely because the assessee’s wife did not furnish declaration to the bank in terms of proviso to Rule 37BA(2), the amount of tax deducted at source, which is otherwise with the Department, cannot be allowed to remain with it eternally without allowing any corresponding credit to the person who has been subjected to tax in respect of such income. As the substantive provision of section 199 talks of granting credit for tax deducted at source to the other person, who is lawfully taxable in respect of such income, we are satisfied that the matching credit for tax deducted at source must also be allowed to him.

The Tribunal held that the credit for Rs. 2,80,656 actually deducted on interest income of Rs. 37.42 lakh be allowed to the assessee who has been taxed on such income.

Equity Vs. Financial Liability

Classification, measurement and presentation of financial instruments as financial liabilities or equity will give information to users of financial statements about the nature, timing and amount of future cash flows of the entity. Reclassification of a financial instrument from equity to financial liability or vice-versa would not only affect its presentation in the balance sheet but also its measurement (equity is not remeasured whereas financial liabilities are) and, may result in a remeasurement gain or loss.

This article deals with the issue of whether reclassification between financial liabilities and equity instruments should be required or prohibited for changes in the substance of contractual terms without a modification to the contract.

FACT PATTERN

An entity issues a four-year convertible bond, where the holder has the option to convert it into the issuer’s equity shares after the first year, but where the conversion ratio is only fixed at the end of the first year at the lower of R6 and 120 per cent of the equity share price. Should an instrument be reclassified when the original classification might have changed but the contractual terms have not?

RESPONSE

Technical literature

Ind AS 32, Financial Instruments, Presentation

Paragraph 17 “……. a critical feature in differentiating a financial liability from an equity instrument is the existence of a contractual obligation of one party to the financial instrument (the issuer) either to deliver cash or another financial asset to the other party (the holder) ………”

Paragraph 15 “The issuer of a financial instrument shall classify the instrument, or its component parts, on initial recognition as a financial liability, a financial asset or an equity instrument in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement and the definitions of a financial liability, a financial asset and an equity instrument.”

Ind AS 109, Financial Instruments

Paragraph 3.3.1 “An entity shall remove a financial liability (or a part of a financial liability) from its balance sheet when, and only when, it is extinguished – i.e., when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged or cancelled or expires.”

RESPONSE

In the described fact pattern, the instrument is a financial liability since there is a contractual obligation to pay cash, should the holder decide not to exercise his option to convert the instrument into equity. Additionally, the holder has a right to convert the instrument into equity which is an embedded derivative. Because the number of shares into which the bond could be converted is variable at inception, the conversion option is recognised on initial recognition, as a separate embedded derivative (financial liability). At the end of the first year, under the contract’s original terms, the conversion ratio is fixed, and so the embedded derivative no longer meets the definition of a financial liability. The question is, should the embedded derivative (financial liability) be reclassified from financial liability to equity, when the original classification as financial liability might have changed without the contractual terms having undergone any change?

Ind AS is not clear on whether an entity should reclassify an instrument if the contractual terms have not changed. Ind AS 32 and Ind AS 109 appears to have contradictory requirements. Ind AS 32 only prescribes that an entity should classify the instrument, or its component parts, on initial recognition. For example, paragraphs 15 and 17 are applied at inception. On the other hand, paragraph 3.3.1 of Ind AS 109 states that an entity should remove a financial liability from its balance sheet when it is extinguished; that is, the obligation specified in the contract is discharged or is cancelled or expires.

Consequently, there are two views that can be considered.

VIEW A

In considering the guidance in Ind AS 32, the change in the conversion ratio, from variable to fixed at the end of year 1, would not result in reclassification, because the assessment of whether the embedded derivative feature is a financial liability or equity would be based only on the terms at inception of the contract.

View B

In considering the guidance in Ind AS 109 (paragraph 3.3.1), the conversion option would be reclassified from a derivative liability to equity, because the obligation to deliver a variable number of shares on conversion expires, and the obligation to then deliver a fixed number of shares meets the definition of equity.

Both treatments can be supported; an entity should determine an appropriate accounting policy and apply it consistently.  If an entity does elect to reclassify an instrument from financial liability to equity, the below accounting policy choice exists in how to account for the change (which should be consistently applied and disclosed properly):

  • An entity can apply the same accounting treatment as when the convertible debt is converted into shares, where the existing debt’s carrying value is transferred to equity, and no gain or loss is recorded on conversion.
  • The exchange of an existing debt instrument of the issuer with new equity instruments could be viewed as an extinguishment of the existing financial liability. The original debt instrument is de-recognised, and the new equity instruments that are issued are recognised at fair value. The difference is recognised as a gain or loss in the profit or loss, in accordance with Appendix D of Ind AS 109 Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity Instruments.

CONCLUSION

The International Finanical Reporting Intepretation Committee (IFRSIC) in earlier discussions has not provided any conclusive point of view on this matter. The International Accounting Standards Boards (IASB) will be resolving this issue in its current project Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Equity. The author believes that View B is more appropriate since it reflects the substance of the change and is in consonance with the broad principles of Ind AS 32 and Ind AS 109.

What is applicable for TDS should also be applicable for TCS and merely because there is no Rule identical to Rule 37BA(2)(i) of the Rules with reference to TCS provisions, it cannot be the basis for the Revenue to deny the legitimate claim for credit of TCS made by an assessee

57 Hotel Ashok Garden vs. ITO  

ITA Nos. 12 to 15 / Bang./2023

A.Ys.: 2016-17 to 2019-20

Date of Order: 6th February, 2023

What is applicable for TDS should also be applicable for TCS and merely because there is no Rule identical to Rule 37BA(2)(i) of the Rules with reference to TCS provisions, it cannot be the basis for the Revenue to deny the legitimate claim for credit of TCS made by an assessee.

FACTS

The assessee, a firm, engaged in the business of liquor bar and restaurant, claimed credit of TCS paid at the time of purchase of liquor in each of the four assessment years under consideration. The TCS certificate was in the name of Raju Shetty, a partner of the assesse firm, who held the license in the business of selling liquor. Since Raju Shetty held the license, the Karnataka State Beverages Corporation Ltd, (KSBCL) from whom liquor was purchased issued the certificate of TCS in the name of Raju Shetty but the credit wherefor was claimed by the assessee firm in the return of income filed by it.

In an intimation, the credit for TCS claimed by the assessee firm was denied. The assessee filed an application for rectification under section 154 of the Income tax Act, 1961 (Act) contending that the credit ought to be granted to the assessee firm. Along with the application, indemnity of the partner, Raju Shetty was also furnished. The AO rejected the application.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) who dismissed the appeal interalia on the grounds that this is a debatable issue which could not have been rectified under section 154 of the Act.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal where on behalf of the assessee, reliance was placed on the decision of the Jaipur Bench of the Tribunal in the case of Jai Ambey Wines vs. ACIT, order dated 11th January, 2017 where an identical issue came up for consideration with regard to the claim of TCS in the hands of the partnership firm when the licence stands in the name of the partners. The Tribunal after considering the statutory provisions held that the assessee firm should be given credit for TCS made in the hands of the partner.

The common issue in these four appeals was as to whether the lower authorities were justified in not granting credit for TCS as claimed by the assessee.

HELD

The Tribunal noted the ratio of the decision of the co-ordinate bench in the case of Jai Ambey Wines (supra). As regards the decision of the CIT(A) that the issue under consideration could not have been decided in an application under section 154 of the Act, the Tribunal held that if the ultimate conclusion on an application under section 154 of the Act can only be one particular conclusion, then even if in reaching that conclusion, analysis has to be done then it can (sic cannot) be said that the issue is debatable which cannot be done in proceedings under section 154 of the Act. The Tribunal held that the conclusion in the present case can only be one namely, that one person alone is entitled to claim credit for TCS and it is only the assessee who has claimed credit for TCS and not the licencee. In such circumstances, the application under section 154 of the Act ought to have been entertained by the Revenue. The Tribunal held that the assessee is entitled to claim credit for TCS when it is only the assessee who has claimed credit for TCS and not the licencee. In such circumstances, the application under section 154 of the Act ought to have been entertained by the Revenue.It also observed that the very basis of the decision of the Jaipur Bench of ITAT in the case of Jai Ambey Wines (supra) is based on the facts that what is applicable for TDS should also be applicable for TCS and merely because there is no Rule identical to Rule 37BA(2)(i) of the Rules with reference to TCS provisions, it cannot be the basis for the Revenue to deny the legitimate claim for credit of TCS made by an assessee.

The Tribunal allowed the appeal filed by the assessee and directed the AO to grant credit for TCS to the assessee.

Audit Trail under the Companies Act, 2013

The term ‘Audit trail’ has not been defined in the Companies Act, 2013 (Act) or the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014 (“Accounts Rules”), It implies a chronological record of the changes that have been made to the data. The Ministry of Corporate Affairs (“MCA”), in its continuing drive to improve transparency and reinforce the integrity of financial reporting, has amended the Accounts Rules requiring companies to ensure that the accounting software used to maintain books of accounts has the following features and attributes:

  • Records an audit trail of each and every transaction;
  • Creates an edit log of each change made in the books of account along with the date when such changes were made;
  • Ensuring that the audit trail is not disabled.

The Companies (Audit and Auditor) Rules, 2014 (“Audit Rules”) have been correspondingly amended wherein auditors are now required to report, as part of the auditor’s report (in the section ‘Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements’, as to whether,

(a)    the accounting software used by the company being audited has the feature of recording audit trail (edit logs),

(b)    the audit trail feature was operational throughout the financial year and had not been “tampered” with and

(c)    such audit trails have been retained for the period as statutorily prescribed.

The MCA has notified that the aforesaid amendments will be effective from April 1, 2023, which implies that the accounting software employed by companies will need to be compliant with the Accounts Rules from FY 2023-24 onwards. The requirement was initially made applicable for the financial year commencing on or after the 1st day of April 2021, however the applicability was deferred to the financial year commencing on or after April 1, 2022 and thereafter to April 1, 2023.

The relaxations by way of deferment of the Accounts rules twice by the MCA ought to be leveraged by the companies to assess whether the accounting software has the requisite functional parameters and attributes which would be considered as being compliant with the Accounts Rules and where necessary, engage with their service providers to ensure compliance.

In today’s environment, accounting software used for maintaining books of accounts is hosted and maintained in India or outside India, on-premises or on the cloud, or through subscribed Software as a Service (SaaS) application. Also, there are multiple other software or infrastructure elements involved in processing end-to-end transactions like Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), Web Portals, Applications, use of End User Applications like Excel, Email Systems, Mobile Applications, Ticketing Applications, Consolidation Solutions, and others.

Considering the requirements detailed above and the said complexities involved, it is important to understand the challenges and aspects which require careful consideration both by the companies as well as by the auditors. The amendments to the Accounts Rules and Audit Rules (collectively referred to as “Rules”) could be relevant as an absolute audit trail that would be critical to establishing accountability and may act as an impediment to the falsification and manipulation of accounting records. However, the Rules are in certain respects ambiguous, and this may lead to divergence in the interpretation and application of the Rules by auditees and auditors. The objective of this article is to outline the aforesaid aspects which require clarity, enhanced responsibilities of the management and the auditor, and to discuss key implementation challenges.

APPLICABILITY OF RULES

Section 128 read with Rule 3 of The Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014 prescribes books of accounts etc. to be kept by the company. These are applicable to all the companies registered under the Companies Act, 2013. The reporting requirements for the auditors have been prescribed for the audit of financial statements prepared under the Act. Accordingly, auditors of all classes of companies including section 8 companies would be required to report on these matters. As per Companies (Registration of Foreign Companies) Rules, 2014 the provisions of Audit and Auditors (i.e., Chapter X of the 2013 Act) and Rules made there under apply, mutatis mutandis, to a foreign company as defined in Companies Act, 2013. Accordingly, one may take a view that reporting requirements would be applicable to the auditors of foreign companies as well.

WHAT IS AN ‘AUDIT TRAIL’?

The term ‘audit trail’ can be defined as a chronological sequence of the history of a particular transaction, tracking who created/changed a record, what record, what time etc. Audit trails amongst others may help in investigating frauds, system breaches etc. and can be considered an essential tool of monitoring for organisations. Many organisations use it today as well because it is critical for certain applications. However, all businesses or organisations may not be fully equipped or invested in best-class IT systems. Also, the cost of these IT systems does not involve only one-time costs. They also include expensive upgrades, security systems, etc.

So, what is the change for those companies which are already using audit trails? The change is that companies which earlier had a choice of deciding what type of IT systems to use depending on their needs and also a choice on deciding the type of data which they needed an audit trail for, now have limited choices.

AUDIT TRAIL – EXCLUSION AND INCLUSIONS?

The Rules do not specify the fields or data sets for which audit trails are required to be maintained. In relation to a transaction, data would comprise two types:

  • transactional data (e.g., amount, accounting date, ledger accounts, narration for the transaction)
  • data pertaining to the recording of the transaction (e.g., the identity of the user accounting for the transaction or the time on which the transaction was posted).

The companies would need to ensure that the audit trail captures changes to each and every transaction; changes that need to be captured may include the following

  • when changes were made,
  • who made those changes,
  • what data was changed,

For example, if a transaction is deleted or edited, apart from logging information about who effected the deletion/edit, the audit trail may include sufficient information to either view or trace the transaction which had been deleted. This aspect may be clarified by the MCA or the ICAI.

BOOKS OF ACCOUNT – FOR AUDIT TRAIL

Section 2(13) of the Companies Act 2013 defines Books of Account as below:

“Books of account” includes records maintained in respect of—

i.    all sums of money received and expended by a company and matters in relation to which the receipts and expenditure take place;

ii.    all sales and purchases of goods and services by the company;

iii.    the assets and liabilities of the company; and

iv.    the items of cost as may be prescribed under section 148 in the case of a company which belongs to any class of companies specified under that section

It is a very broad definition which encompasses every record maintained in respect of financial statements. So, inventory records, production records, expense records, asset records etc. would be part of books of account and would need to be covered and for which audit trail would need to be maintained.

ACCOUNTING SOFTWARE – COVERAGE

The term ‘software’ has not been defined in the Act or in the Rules. It may be noted that any software used to maintain books of account will be covered within the ambit of these rules. For e.g. if sales are recorded in a standalone system and only consolidated entries are recorded on a monthly basis into the General Ledger ERP, the sales system may also have an audit trail. The companies as well as auditors would need to evaluate whether such systems would also be covered within the meaning of the term accounting software. Accordingly, it appears that any software that maintains records or transactions that fall under the definition of Books of Account as per section 2(13) of the Act will be considered accounting software for this purpose. MCA or ICAI may clarify this matter.

MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES

In order to demonstrate that the audit trail feature was functional, operated and was otherwise preserved, a company may have to design and implement specific internal controls (predominantly IT controls) which in turn, would be evaluated by the auditors, as appropriate. A company may leverage its existent internal control systems and processes to design internal controls around the audit trail.

The management will be responsible for compliance with the requirement of the rules including to:

  • identify the records and transactions that constitute books of account under section 2(13) of the Act;
  • identify the software i.e., IT environment (including applications, web portals, databases; Interfaces, or any other IT component used for processing and or storing data for the creation and maintenance books of accounts
  • ensure such software have the audit trail feature;
  • ensure that the audit trail captures changes to each and every transaction recorded in the books of account;
  • ensure that the audit trail feature is always enabled (not disabled);
  • ensure that the audit trail is appropriately protected from any modification; and
  • ensure that the audit trail is retained as per statutory record retention requirements.
  • ensure that controls over maintenance and monitoring of the audit trail and its feature are designed and operating effectively throughout the period of reporting.

In the case of accounting software supported by service providers, the company management and the auditor may consider leveraging independent auditors’ report of a service organisation, if available (e.g., SOC 2/SAE 3402, Assurance reports on controls at a service organisation) for compliance with audit trail requirements.

It is important for the companies to discuss and evaluate the applicability of the rules pending issuance of guidance from the MCA or the ICAI.

AUDITOR’S REPORTING REQUIREMENTS 

Globally, no similar reporting obligation exists for the auditors and accordingly, it becomes imperative that MCA or ICAI prescribe specific guidance to enable the auditor to obtain assurance and report accordingly under these requirements.

Unlike reporting on internal financial controls, the provisions require the auditor to report that the feature of recording audit trail (edit log) facility has “operated throughout the year for all transactions recorded in the accounting software”.

The auditor would be expected to verify the following:

  • whether the trail feature configurable (i.e., if it can be modified)?
  • whether the feature enabled/operated available throughout the year and not tampered with?
  • whether all transactions1 recorded in the software covered in the audit trail feature?
  • whether the audit trail been preserved as per record retention requirements?

1. Proviso to Rule(1) of Companies (Accounts) Rules 2014 prescribes requirement of audit trail only in the context of books of account by stating that accounting software should be capable of creating an edit log of “each change made in books of account.” The auditors’ responsibilities have been prescribed for “all transactions recorded in the software”

Considering the amendment has been made to the Rules, the non-compliance with the mandatory provisions would imply contravention with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013. Further, based on procedures performed the auditor may evaluate the reporting implications in case of non-compliance and consider the requirements specified in Standards on Auditing 250, Consideration of Laws, and Regulations in an Audit of Financial Statements. In respect of the audit trail following could be the expected scenarios:

Management may maintain an adequate audit trail as required by the law.

Management may not have identified all records/transactions for which an audit trail should be maintained.

The accounting software does not have the feature to maintain an audit trail, or it was not enabled throughout the audit period.

Scenarios mentioned against (ii) or (iii) may indicate non-compliance with the requirements prescribed in the rules resulting in the inclusion of a modified comment by the auditor against this clause. ICAI may issue guidance on this aspect.

REPORTING UNDER CLAUSE (G) OF RULE 11 VIS-À-VIS SECTION 143(3)(I)

Section 143(3)(i) of the Act, where applicable under the provisions of the Act, requires the auditor to state in his audit report whether the company has an adequate internal financial controls system in place and the operating effectiveness of such controls. Reporting on internal financial controls is not covered under the Standards on Auditing and no framework has been prescribed under the Act and the Rules thereunder for the evaluation of internal financial controls. Guidance in this regard was specified vide Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting.

Accordingly, where the feature of the audit trail has not operated throughout the year, the auditor would need to evaluate and perform further testing/examination as may be required to conclude the wider impact on the reporting implication.

However, the mere non-availability of an audit trail may not necessarily imply failure or material weakness in the operating effectiveness of internal financial control over financial reporting. ICAI may guidance on this aspect.

PRESERVATION OF THE AUDIT TRAILS

Section 128(5) of the Act requires books of accounts to be preserved by the companies for a minimum period of eight years. Since the requirement of an audit trail has been made effective from April 1, 2023, it seems that the provision of audit trail retention will apply from April 1, 2023, onwards.

The auditor is also required to report whether the audit trail has been preserved by the company as per the statutory requirements for record retention. Considering this reporting requirement, the auditor is expected to perform appropriate audit procedures to assess if the logs have been maintained for the period required and are retrievable in case of a need.

WRITTEN REPRESENTATIONS FROM THE MANAGEMENT

The auditor will be required to obtain written representations from management acknowledging management’s responsibility for establishing and maintaining adequate controls for identifying, maintaining, controlling, and monitoring of audit trails as per the requirements on a consistent basis.

AUDIT DOCUMENTATION

The auditor may also document the work performed on the audit trail such that it provides a sufficient and appropriate record of the basis for the auditor’s reporting requirement; and evidence that the audit was planned and performed in accordance with this implementation guide, applicable Standards on Auditing and applicable legal and regulatory requirements. In this regard, the auditor may comply with the requirements of SA 230 “Audit Documentation” to the extent applicable.

TIMELY PLANNING AND ABILITY OF COMPANIES TO INVEST IN SUCH SOFTWARE SYSTEMS

Since the rules are applicable with effect from April 1, 2023, onwards, it is important for companies to monitor the implementation of the amended rules. Long-term maintenance of audit logs can prove challenging for many organizations because it can occupy extensive storage space that may not be readily available in desktop applications. Also, with the amendment made in the Account Rules about the mode of keeping books of account and other books and papers in electronic mode, companies are required to keep back-up of books of account and other relevant books and papers maintained in electronic mode (including at a place outside India) in servers physically located in India on daily basis, instead of periodic basis. Existing software might not be able to support it. It may not be easy to reconstruct the database transaction order if the old software doesn’t have an audit trail.

WAY FORWARD

Considering that compliance with the amended rules will require significant efforts for the companies, it would be advisable for Companies to keep an eye out for any guidance from the MCA and/or the ICAI in this regard. At the same time, enabling audit trails may not be a simple task for companies that use simple accounting software, which typically doesn’t have an audit trail functionality. Companies may have to effect significant changes to their existing software or implement a different software altogether.

Apart from the compliance by the companies, the auditors of the company are required to report on the audit trail feature of the accounting software. Therefore, auditors will need to consider the extent of efforts required in testing an audit trail as part of their planning activities and the extent of audit procedures. The auditor may also discuss with those charged with governance/audit committee/ board of directors about the new reporting requirements and the possible reporting implications.

The Risks Posed to Chartered Accountants by the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002

INTRODUCTION

The role of Chartered Accountants has increased exponentially in the modern-day business environment. Gone are the days when the question of whether a Chartered Accountant conducting an audit was expected to be a watchdog or a bloodhound. The enlarged scope of audit/ compliance and the multifaceted advisory services rendered in today’s complex business environment by Chartered Accountants have opened them up to numerous regulatory and compliance-related challenges. We can see that Chartered Accountants are being called in for questioning by investigating agencies when a client’s affairs are the subject matter of investigation. Much unlike a Lawyer, the communication between a client and a Chartered Accountant does not get covered within the ambit of ‘legal privilege/privileged communication’ even though modern-day Chartered Accountants render a raft of quasi-legal services. With mushrooming of various tribunals before which Chartered Accountants has the right to represent, the risks they are exposed to in dispensing quasi-legal services need to be looked into given the numerous statutory laws that can cause an individual or professional firm to land in hot waters.

The last decade has witnessed sea changes in the regulation of economic activities. A number of legislations have now granted mandates to specialized agencies to detect and prevent economic offences. Much water may have flown under the bridge since the judgment of the Supreme Court in the State of Gujarat v. Mohanlal Jitmalji Porwal (1987) 2 SCC 364 wherein economic offences were compared with even a crime as unforgivable as murder. However, the judiciary still considers economic offences very seriously. It has now been established without a doubt that economic offences are to be regarded as a class unto themselves. The Serious Fraud Investigations Office, the Directorate of Enforcement, and the Income Tax authorities as mandated by the Prohibition of Benami Transaction Law in addition to other investigating agencies including the local police all operate in the field of investigating economic offences. Economic offences do not exist in silos. There is always the possibility of an overlap or an interplay. Investigation of economic offences invariably involves, inter alia, following the trail of money. Consulting and accounting professionals thus suddenly may find themselves in the epicenter of these investigations. No matter what the final verdict is, the taint of being accused of an economic offence often leaves an indelible mark on a person.

While studying for Master’s degree in law, a curious question was posed by a professor: “What can be done about bad advice?” This question was raised over a decade ago, and much water has flown under the bridge since then. Advice no longer needs to be bad to land a professional in hot water. In the Indian context, we have seen auditors hauled onto the coals for mistakes and frauds perpetuated by clients. It may very well be that in some cases professionals are complicit in those crimes due to professional pressure, however, more often than not it is likely that an auditor or a consultant from this august profession has unwittingly and unfortunately been dragged into controversy for no fault of his. This begs the question, “What can be done if good advice has unintended consequences? What can be done if a client does not follow the advice? What is the extent of the advisor’s liability? Chartered Accountants being arrested under the provisions of the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 (PMLA) (“Act”) are no longer unheard of. Though much has already been discussed about this harsh law with a client-centric focus, today this article shifts the focus onto professionals.

THE RELEVANT PROVISIONS OF THE ACT

One of the most important sections in any Act is the section that contains definitions. More often than not these definitions are contained in section 2 of an Act. The PMLA is no exception and defines proceeds of crime in section 2(1)(u) of the Act while section 3 itself defines the offence of money laundering. Both are reproduced below for clarity.

Section 2(1)(u) – “proceeds of crime means any property derived or obtained, directly or indirectly, by any person as a result of criminal activity relating to a scheduled offence or the value of any such property [or where such property is taken or held outside the country, then the property equivalent in value held within the country [or abroad].

[Explanation – For the removal of doubts, it is hereby clarified that “proceeds of crime” include property not only derived or obtained from the scheduled offence but also any property which may directly or indirectly be derived or obtained as a result of any criminal activity relatable to the scheduled offence.]”

Section 3 reads as follows-

“Whoever directly or indirectly attempts to indulge or knowingly assists or knowingly is a party or is actually involved in any process or activity connected with the [proceeds of crime including its concealment, possession, acquisition or use and projecting or claiming] it as untainted property shall be guilty of offence of money-laundering.

Explanation- For the removal of doubts, it is hereby clarified that, –

(i) a person shall be guilty of offence of money-laundering if such person is found to have directly or indirectly attempted to indulge or knowingly assisted or knowingly is a party or is actually involved in one or more of the following processes or activities connected with proceeds of crime, namely: –

(a) concealment; or

(b) possession; or

(c) acquisition; or

(d) use; or

(e) projecting as untainted property; or

(f) claiming as untainted property,

in any manner whatsoever,

(ii) the process or activity connected with the proceeds of crime is a continuing activity and continues till such time as a person is directly or indirectly enjoying the proceeds of crime by its concealment or possession or acquisition or use or projecting it as untainted property or claiming it as untainted property in any manner whatsoever.]”

ANALYSING THE RISK

A conjoint reading of both sections clearly shows that the Act casts an extremely wide net. This seems to be deliberate and by design. An immediate red flag for Chartered Accountants can be the term ‘knowingly assisted’ which can be easily imported to both, the act of commission as well as an omission by professionals. Some solace therefore can be sought from the inclusion of the word ‘knowingly’ before ‘assisted’, as it establishes the requirement of mens rea for an offence to be made out. The absence of mens rea will certainly be invoked as a defense if any accusations are made under the act, however, mens rea itself is not very easy to prove at the outset and often requires evidence to be lead which equates to one being subject to the rigors of an ignominious criminal trial. It is incredibly difficult to prove the absence of criminal intent before the trial commences unless it is apparent from the face of the record that the accused professional may indeed ex-facie have no criminal intent. A complication that one encounters is the fact that the Economic Case Information Report (ECIR) is not a public document and does not need to be handed over to the accused at the time of the arrest. It may be produced before the special court that shall conduct the trial if required as held in Vijay Madanlal Choudhary v. Union of India 2022 SCC Online SC 929; [2022] 140 Taxmann.com 610 (SC). The Court has held that the ECIR is an internal document of the Directorate and not equivalent to the First Information Report (FIR) which is provided for in the Criminal Procedure Code. This poses a significant increase in the challenge of drafting a bail application. Be that as it may, obtaining bail in PMLA prosecutions is whole together a different challenge by itself, even if the ECIR copy is supplied to the accused. The infamous twin conditions (of the court being satisfied that there are reasonable grounds for believing that the accused is not guilty of the offence and that he is not likely to commit any offence while on bail) fulfill the same role that the mythological Cerberus did when it comes to the grant of bail for those accused under the PMLA. The jurisprudence regarding bail under PMLA has been a roller coaster ride much akin to the plot of a gripping thriller novel, what with the Supreme Court in Nikesh Tarachand Shah v. Union of India (2018) 11 SCC 1 striking down the twin conditions, just for Vijay Madanlal Choudhary v. Union of India (supra) to uphold their revival post the 2018 amendment to the Act. Just like any other movie as of today, the story ends on a cliffhanger with the Supreme Court agreeing to review aspects of the Vijay Madanlal Choudhary judgment. That being said, as of today, the twin conditions are good law.

The red flag is not merely knowingly assisted. The explanation to section 3 lists out the processes or activities which shall constitute the offence of money laundering in wide terms such as ‘concealment, possession, acquisition, use, projecting as untainted property, or claiming as untainted property in any manner whatsoever’. This gamut of activities, despite the standard caveat of mens rea, is enough to cause considerable headaches to Chartered Accountants who are regularly called upon to assist in structuring transactions, helping out in complex business decisions, or auditing books of accounts. To precipitate matters, the definition includes the phrase “actually involved in any process or activity connected with the proceeds of crime.” It is incredibly easy for a Chartered Accountant to be accused of the crime of money laundering. The activity of money laundering, being a continuous activity, also leaves one susceptible to the wrath of the law long after one’s association with the clients concerned may have ceased. Yes, it is true that there are various defenses that may be available to a Chartered Accountant, but a defense is not the same as immunity. I’m sure many will agree that in this particular context, prevention is infinitely better than cure.

The definition of ‘proceeds of crime’ is also amorphous enough to cause sufficient headaches for a Chartered Accountant. Technically, a fee that is received from a client who is involved in the process of money laundering could easily fall within the four corners of the definition of proceeds of crime. This is due to the broad language employed by section 2(1)(u) where property derived even indirectly by a person as a result of criminal activity is to be considered as proceeds of crime, even though it may not by itself be derived or obtained from the scheduled offence. If a client is involved in the commission of a scheduled offence and he pays a fee to a Chartered Accountant, who is unaware of the occurrence of such a scheduled offence, arguably, the fee received could still be claimed to be proceeds of crime even though the offence of money laundering may not be made out. The Supreme Court in Vijay Madanlal Choudhary v. Union of India (supra) has held that the offence of money laundering is an independent offence and that the involvement of a person in any one of the processes or activities provided for in section 3 would constitute the offence of money laundering which would otherwise have nothing to do with the criminal activity relating to a scheduled offence except that the proceeds of crime may be derived or obtained as a result of that crime.

The Appellate Tribunal set up under the PMLA in the case of Vinod Kumar Gupta v. Joint Director, Directorate of Enforcement 2018 SCC On Line ATPMLA 27 has decided an appeal where the Appellant received consultation fees from a party accused of offences under the PMLA and the Appellant took up a defense that he had no way of knowing that he had received consultation fees which may be part of proceeds of crime. The Tribunal observed that all professionals such as Advocates, Solicitors, Consultants, Chartered Accountants, Doctors, and Surgeons receive their professional charges from their respective clients against the service provided. Neither can the presumption under section 5(1)(a) of the PMLA (section 5 deals with provisional attachment of proceeds of crime) be drawn ipso facto that they have the proceeds of crime received as professional charges in their possession nor on the basis of presumption can their movable and immovable properties be attached unless a link and nexus directly or indirectly towards the accused or the crime is established within the meaning of section 2(1)(u) of the Act. In the absence of such a link, the professionals are to be treated as innocent persons as unless a link and nexus of proceed of crime are established under section 2(1)(u), the proceeding under the Act cannot be initiated. A caveat here is advisable, the orders of the Adjudicating Authority and Appellate Tribunal are only with respect to Attachment – these orders are not binding upon the special court that actually tries the offence of money laundering. The Special Court is neither bound, governed nor influenced by any order passed by the Enforcement Authorities and has to act independently on the basis of evidence led before it. Various other High courts have held that the decisions of the Adjudicating Authorities are not binding upon the Special Court where the Special Court has independently applied its mind.

There are various ways in which a professional may be pulled into an investigation under the PMLA by the Directorate of Enforcement some examples that come to mind are:

(i)    Chartered Accountants are privy to sensitive information about their clients and therefore may find themselves receiving summons during an investigation.

Section 50 of the PMLA grants certain authorities of the Directorate the power to summon any person whose attendance they consider necessary to give evidence or to produce any records during the course of any investigation or proceeding under the PMLA. All the persons so summoned shall be bound to attend in person or through authorized agents, as such officer may direct, and shall be bound to state the truth upon any subject respecting which they are examined or make statements and produce such documents as may be required. This would not be a cause of concern for most Chartered Accountants as their role would be confined to assisting the Directorate with their investigation and as such, giving evidence. As mentioned earlier Chartered Accountants do not enjoy the protection of privilege as is enjoyed by lawyers under section 126 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872. That being said, in Nalini Chidambaram v. Directorate of Enforcement 2018 SCC Online Mad 5924, the Madras High Court, where the concerned Senior Advocate had appeared through an authorized representative before the Directorate of Enforcement, permitted the Directorate to issue fresh summons to the Senior Advocate.

(ii)    Chartered Accountants may find themselves involved in strategizing/planning company structures etc. and may find themselves being entangled in the offence of money laundering.

It would considerably be riskier for a Chartered Accountant if a transaction that he has consulted upon attracts the offence of money laundering. A blanket stand that this was done unknowingly or without mens rea may not be sustainable at the outset, because both commissions and omissions of the Chartered Accountant would need to be considered and the Directorate can always take the stand that this would be a subject matter of evidence to be considered at trial. The directorate may also always take a stand that evidence would need to be led to establish the lack of mens rea or the innocence of the Chartered Accountant. Professionals may need to increase their due diligence with regard to the transactions that they consult upon with their client in order to avoid being unwittingly pulled into this web and ensure proper documentation.

(iii)    Chartered Accountants may find themselves certifying documents or statements and may find themselves being entangled in the offence of money laundering.

In Murali Krishna Chakrala v. The Deputy Director Criminal Revision Case No. 1354 of 2022 and Crl. M. P. No. 14972 of 2022, dated 23rd November 2022, the High Court of Madras held that when issuing certain certificates, a Chartered Accountant is not required to go into the genuineness or otherwise of the documents submitted by his clients and he cannot be prosecuted for granting the certificate based on the documents furnished by the clients.

However, the Madras High Court decision may not come to the aid of Chartered Accountants when they are required to exercise due care while issuing certificates without taking the same at face value. This judgment arguably may not aid auditors who are required to report whether the books of accounts reflect a true and fair view of the financial condition of the audited entity and to what extent an Auditor or a Chartered Accountant certifying a particular document is required to go into the accuracy of the data provided to them (which takes us back to the watchdog versus the bloodhound debate). The risk could always be higher for the internal auditors of an entity. There can be no clear-cut answers as to which commissions and the omissions of a certifying Chartered Accountant would entail scrutiny. It would be advisable to have an iron-fist adherence to the relevant auditing standards and checklists while also ensuring that the client similarly adheres to the relevant accounting standards. It may be tempting to make qualifications when undecided, if for no other reason than to cover one’s own risk. This may be an additional factor in the mind of an auditor or a Chartered Accountant issuing a certificate. It is always preferable to err on the side of caution when risk is involved. One may not need to be actually involved in any dubious activity to incur the wrath of this draconian law.

CONCLUSIONS

This article by itself cannot be considered to be exhaustive. It is meant to be indicative and to inform the Chartered Accountant fraternity that their roles are now under more scrutiny than ever before and so is the risk associated with it. As the business environment and transactions get increasingly complex while some of the scheduled offences remain by and large generic, it may prove impossible for a Chartered Accountant to mitigate all risks. The offences included in the schedule are wide-ranging, spanning from legislation regarding drug trade and human trafficking to offences under certain intellectual property legislations! The most dangerous are the generic offences under the India Penal Code for example -cheating – something that can be invoked easily and is generic enough to include a variety. This takes us back once again to the watchdog and bloodhound conundrum. In today’s modern world perhaps, the bloodhound side shall weigh heavily in the mind of a Chartered Accountant.

The diligence with regard to the documentation needs to start right at the start – from the engagement letter itself. A clearly defined scope of work can help mitigate risk as far as the question of the authorities as to why a specific issue has not been dealt with. Checklists can specify the depth of the scrutiny. An exhaustive and complete audit file for auditors is more important than ever. It may clearly need to be made out and disclaimers may be made out to the effect that the scope of the certification/audit or advice is limited to the commercials involved and that the client must ensure adherence to all relevant local and central laws. The scope of preventive documentation is not exhaustive. It is meant to ensure that the scope of engagement of Chartered Accountants as well as the actual work carried out by them are well defined in order to ensure that no aspersions can be cast upon the role of professionals in any manner. It is not possible for a Chartered Accountant to ensure that the client has not indulged in any of the scheduled offence, indeed, that is not their function unless they come across them while fulfilling the scope of their work. Increased diligence, erring on the side of caution, and extensive documentation are the key to mitigating risk. The margin of discretion in audit qualification has reduced drastically. Going through the schedule of the PMLA is highly recommended, you may be surprised at certain offences that are included therein!

Revisiting Non-Discrimination Clause of The India – Us Tax Treaty in Light of India’s Corporate Tax Rate Reduction

Tax complexity itself is a kind of tax – Max Baucus, US Senator

This Article seeks to juxtapose the principle of non-discrimination with Article 14(2) of the India – US tax treaty and analyse its fallout. The combined reading of the two provides for the applicability of different tax rates imposed on a permanent establishment of a US corporation vis-à-vis a domestic corporation in India. However, the treaty posits that the tax rate differential shall not exceed fifteen percentage points. In this Article, the author argues that with the reduction of the corporate tax rate in India (albeit through an election), the concession of fifteen percentage points provided by the United States stands breached. Sequitur, the full force of principles of non – discrimination may be applicable notwithstanding the carve-out of Article 14(2).

I. INTRODUCTION

On September 20, 2019 the Government of India enacted a significant reduction of the corporate income tax rate for domestic corporations. On the statute, it was introduced as an election where the domestic corporations could elect to be taxed at 22 per cent1 which was earlier either 25 per cent or 30 per cent2 effective taxable year beginning April 1, 2019. On making this election, the corporation would forgo majority of the tax exemptions and incentives. If the domestic corporation is engaged in manufacturing activity, subject to certain conditions like company formation and commencement of operations, then it could elect a tax rate of 15 percent3. On the other hand, tax rate for a foreign corporation or a Permanent Establishment (“PE”) of a foreign corporation was left unaltered at 40 per cent4.

Article 26 of the India-US Tax Treaty (“Treaty”) enlists the principle of non-discrimination which enjoins nationals of a Contracting State to not be subjected to any taxation that is ‘other or more burdensome’ or ‘less favourable’ than that taxation of nationals in ‘same circumstances’ in the other Contracting State. Article 26(5) of the Treaty creates a carve-out from the general principle in terms of Article 14(2) – Permanent Establishment Tax. To give some context, Article 14 concerns itself with the imposition of a permanent establishment or branch tax5. Article 14(2) while deviating from the general principle of non-discrimination provides for the taxation of United States resident at a tax rate higher than applicable to domestic companies in India. However, the Article posits that the difference in tax rate shall not exceed the ‘existing’ difference of 15 percentage points. The Article therefore, in a certain way, creates a positive obligation on the Contracting State, India, to adhere the domestic tax rates in line with the treaty obligations. Curiously, this is an obligation on the Contracting State and not the taxpayers who are usually stuck in fulfilling conditions for treaty benefits!


1    Effective tax rate of 25.17% including peak surcharge and cess.
2    Effective tax rate of 34.94% including peak surcharge and cess.
3    Effective tax rate of 17.16% including peak surcharge and cess.
4    Effective tax rate of 43.68% including peak surcharge and cess.
5    See, Tech. Ex. to the Convention between United States and India (1991).

This article concerns itself with the above treaty obligation and the gamut of questions that arise therefrom. However, in absence of any previous steep tax rate reduction, this obligation has not been extensively examined by the Judiciary. Nonetheless, an attempt is made to put India’s corporate tax rate reduction in context with the non-discrimination principles and try to shed some perspective on whether the obligation is breached, and if so, the effect of such breach.

II. CONTEXTUALIZING DOMESTIC TAX REGIME WITH TREATY OBLIGATIONS

A. Headline Rate v. Concessional Tax Rate as a base to measure the 15 per cent differential

The subject of how much tax corporations pay in India is a complicated one. Over the last decade, the statutory rate or the headline has fallen down from 35 per cent to 30 per cent and in cases where a certain turnover threshold is met to 25%. Sections 115BAA and 115BAB of the (Indian) Income-tax Act, 1961 (“Act”) accord an election to the taxpayer to elect the tax rate at 22 per cent or 15 per cent respectively for domestic corporations and domestic corporations engaged in manufacturing activities (collectively, “concessional tax regime”). This concessional rate is further increased by a surcharge of 10 per cent and a cess of 4 per cent and the concessional tax regime is applicable from the financial year 2019 – 2020. Once this election is made it cannot be revoked. Further, the corporations opting for the election are exempt from tax liability under Minimum Alternate Tax (“MAT”). The downside, as it were, to this election is forgoing majority of the tax incentives and exemptions. Some of these exemptions may be claimed by foreign corporations too (through their PE’s). The domestic corporations, therefore, undertake a cost-benefit analysis and either elect to be taxed at a concessional rate or maintain status-quo in light of their existing exemptions and incentives (which reduce their effective tax rate below the concessional rate).

The first question which arises in the calculation of the differential tax rate of 15 per cent is whether such rate would be inclusive of surcharge and cess. While generally for this purpose, the definition of ‘taxes covered’ under Article 2 of the Treaty would be inquired into – implying a rate inclusive of surcharge and cess should be considered. However, it is a well-established principle of law in regard to the interpretation of agreements that such interpretation adopted should effectuate the intention of the parties and not defeat it. The term used in Article 14(2) consciously puts an upper cap on percentage points caveating it to the ‘existing’ differential, making historical analysis of the tax rate at the time of signing of the Treaty imperative.

For the assessment year 1990-91 pertaining to the taxable year 1989-90 the rate of tax on the domestic companies was 50 percentage points and the surcharge was payable at the rate of 8 percentage points. The rate of tax in the case of companies other than domestic companies was 65 percentage points. The Treaty takes note of the difference in the tax rates of domestic companies and foreign companies at 15 percentage points. Therefore, the Treaty in measuring the tax rates disregards the surcharge and cess6.


6    The rate of tax referred to in the agreement is the rate of tax chargeable under Article 270 of the Constitution of India. The surcharge is the additional tax, which was not intended to be taken into account for the purpose of placing a limit in the levy of tax in the case of foreign companies, Bank of America v. Deputy Commissioner of Income-tax, [2001] 78 ITD 1 (Mumbai). This view in the context of India – US DTAA/ Treaty has been reiterated by the High Court of Uttarakhand in CIT v. Arthusa Offshore Company, ITA 46 of 2007 decision dated 31.03.2008.

Having analysed the above, the logical question that follows is whether a concessional regime may be taken as a base for measuring the differential? Because only if the concessional regime can be taken as a base would the argument of breach of treaty obligation survive. Otherwise, the headline rate in the Act still remains 30%/ 25% and in either case, 15% rate differential would not get breached in such a scenario.

To put it in perspective, under the terms of the Act, the Assessing Officer is mandated to carry out an assessment of the taxpayer in accordance with the provisions of the Act. The Treaty has statutory recognition under section 90 of the Act. Section 4 of the Act, which is a charging provision, provides that where a Central Act enacts that income-tax it shall be charged at that rate or those rates in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Act. A concessional tax regime forms part of the Act and as such if elected the charging provision provides for levying tax at a specified (concessional) rate.

However, because the concessional tax regime is not available to foreign companies, they are unable to elect such a rate. This asymmetry merits consideration in light of the principle of ‘quando aliquid prohibetur ex directo, prohibetur et per obliquum’, which means ‘you cannot do indirectly what you cannot do directly’. Accordingly, such an approach, on the first principles, would be unsound in as much as it is well settled in law that the treaty partners ought to observe their treaties, including their tax treaties, in good faith.

B. Invoking Article 26 of the Treaty to provide parity to the rate of tax applicable to US companies

A non-discrimination clause in a tax treaty essentially prevents any discrimination afforded between two taxpayers on the basis of country of origin. There may be various types of protection against discrimination typically provided in tax treaties, that is, inter alia, nationality-based non-discrimination, situs-based non-discrimination, or ownership-based discrimination.

The Pune Bench of the Tribunal in the case of Automated Securities Clearance Inc. v. ITO7, has observed that principles of non-discrimination clause would be available in case of a non-resident in case the different treatment meted out by the other state is considered as unreasonable, arbitrary or irrelevant. However, the rigors laid down in Automated Securities (supra) were overruled by a Special Bench verdict in the case of Rajeev Sureshbhai v. ACIT8. The Tribunal relied upon the following principles to settle the controversy:

  • For the application of Article 26(2) of the Treaty, it is sufficient to show that the non-resident taxpayer is engaged in the same business and is treated less favourably, the different circumstances in which the business is being performed are irrelevant;
  • There is no scope for “reasonable” discrimination and the concept is alien to treaty law;
  • If certain exemptions and deductions are available only for Indian taxpayers and not available for non-resident taxpayers, the same is to be construed as a less favourable treatment.

Flowing from above, the principle of pacta sunt servanda9, disallowing a favourable taxation regime to companies situated in ‘same circumstance’10 may ipso facto be a ground for invocation of the non-discrimination principles11 justifying the need of a carve-out under Article 14(2) in the first place. While there is a carve-out in Article 26(5) of the Treaty, for the rate of tax, the general principles of non-discrimination in Article 26 of the Treaty are still in force. The application of general principles is not estopped but is only subject to the carve-out. Thus, principles under Article 26(1) and (2) still apply. This implies that the Contracting State, i.e., India is still obliged to provide taxation which is not ‘other or burdensome’ or ‘less favourable’ to the residents of the United States. Discrimination is to be seen not only from the viewpoint of Indian law but what the two sovereigns agreed on at the time of signing of the Treaty. This includes ‘indirect’ discrimination12, which appears to be precisely the fallout of adopting a concessional tax regime13 only for domestic taxpayers; putting the residents of the other Contracting State at a significant disadvantage. This prima facie seems to violate the non-discrimination provisions of the Treaty notwithstanding the carve-out.


7    118 TTJ 619

8    129 ITD 145 (Ahd. Trib. – SB)

9    Supreme Court of India recognized the customary status of the Vienna Convention despite India not having ratified the convention yet. The courts in India have been leaning towards the principles of pacta sunt servanda and general rules of interpretation of a treaty, as contained in the Vienna convention to embrace good faith compliance. See, Ram Jethmalani v. Union of India, (2011) 9 SCC 751

10    Non-Indian banks carry out the same activity as Indian banks, ABN Amro Bank N.V v. JCIT, ITA 692/Cal./2000

11    OECD MTC 2017 C-24, para 44, 45 – “As such measures are in furtherance of objectives directly related to the economic activity proper of the State concerned, it is right that the benefit of them should be extended to permanent establishments of enterprises of another State which has a double taxation convention with the first embodying the provisions of Article 24, once they have been accorded the right to engage in business activity in that State, either under its legislation or under an international agreement (treaties of commerce, establishment conventions, etc.) concluded between the two States….It should, however, be noted that although non-resident enterprises are entitled to claim these tax advantages in the State concerned, they must fulfil the same conditions and requirements as resident enterprises.”

12    Id., para 1, 56 “When the taxation of profits made by companies which are residents of a given State is calculated according to a progressive scale of rates, such a scale should, in principle, be applied to permanent establishments situated in that State”

13    Id., para 15 Subject to the foregoing observation, the words “...shall not be subjected...to any taxation or any requirement connected therewith which is other or more burdensome ...” mean that when a tax is imposed on nationals and foreigners in the same circumstances, it must be in the same form as regards both the basis of charge and the method of assessment, its rate must be the same and, finally, the formalities connected with the taxation (returns, payment, prescribed times, etc.) must not be more onerous for foreigners than for nationals.

C. Explanation 1 to section 90 of the Act – whether valid a defence?

Explanation 1 to section 90 of the Act inserted in 2001 with retrospective effect from April 1, 1962, envisages that rate of tax cannot by itself imply less favourable (term used by the Act, akin non-discrimination in the Treaty) treatment to a non-resident. Should this explanation be accepted it would amount to a treaty override. As originally inserted the Explanation acknowledged its existence owing to the difference in the tax treatment of a domestic corporation (in that the domestic corporations in addition to corporate tax pay dividend distribution tax) vis-à-vis a foreign corporation (which only pays corporate tax). Since then the position has changed and the Explanation has been amended. Now it does not mention any ‘reason’ for such treatment.

OECD in its 1989 report on treaty override specifically states that domestic legislation (whether inserted before or after the commencement of the Treaty) in no way affects the continuing international obligation of a State unless it has been specifically denounced14. In this context, the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India in the famous Azadi Bachao15 case held that that a Treaty overrides the provisions of the Act in the matter of ascertainment of income and its chargeability to tax, to the extent of inconsistency with the terms of the Treaty. This view has been reiterated by the judiciary multiple times16. The reasoning behind this principle is to curtail amendments to an international obligation through unilateral measures – something that we have been grappling with in the digital space!


14    See, OECD Report of 1989 on Tax treaty override, para 12

15    Azadi Bachao Andolan v. Union of India, (2003) 184 CTR (SC) 450

16    By virtue of Clause 24(2) of the said agreement and the statutory recognition thereof in section 90(2) of the Act, the permanent establishment of a Japanese entity in India could not have been charged tax at a rate higher than comparable Indian assessees carrying on the same activities. Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi Ltd. v. Commissioner of Income-tax [2019] 108 taxmann.com 242 (Calcutta), para 5

Pertinently, the Andhra Pradesh High Court in the case of Sanofi Pasteur Holding SA v. Department of Revenue, Ministry of Finance: 354 ITR 316 (AP) gave due consideration to the question whether a retrospective amendment in the domestic law could be considered in interpretation of the tax treaty. The Court while holding tax treaty supremacy referred to the general rule of interpretation postulated in the Vienna Convention and observed as under:

“…Treaty-making power is integral to the exercise of sovereign legislative or executive will according to the relevant constitutional scheme, in all jurisdictions. Once the power is exercised by the authorized agency (the legislature or the executive, as the case may be) and a treaty entered into, provisions of such treaty must receive a good faith interpretation by every authorized interpreter, whether an executive agency, a quasi-judicial authority or the judicial branch. The supremacy of tax treaty provisions duly operationalised within a contracting State [which may (theoretically) be disempowered only by explicit and appropriately authorized legislative exertions], cannot be eclipsed by employment of an interpretive stratagem, on misconceived and ambiguous assumption of revenue interests of one of the contracting States. Where the operative treaty’s provisions are unambiguous and their legal meaning clearly discernible and lend to an uncontestable comprehension on good faith interpretation, no further interpretive exertion is authorized; for that would tantamount to usurpation (by an unauthorized body – the interpreting Agency/Tribunal), intrusion and unlawful encroachment into the domain of treaty-making under Article 253 (in the Indian context), an arena off-limits to the judicial branch; and when the organic Charter accommodates no participatory role, for either the judicial branch or the executors of the Act.”

On the other hand, it may be argued at the instance of the Revenue that Explanation 1 to section 90 is a specific provision aimed at providing different tax regimes for domestic companies vis-à-vis foreign companies. In Chohung Bank17, the Tribunal accepted that there is no conflict between Explanation 1 to section 90 and the India-Korea Tax Treaty. The Court inter-alia observed that the Explanation confirms the proposition that rates of taxes, which are provided under the Finance Act, as opposed to the Act, are out of the purview of the general rule under the Act – provisions to the extent they are more beneficial shall apply to a taxpayer.


17    12 SOT 301 (Mum – Trib.) relying on previous Tribunal order in ITA No. 4948/Mum/05

However, it may not be out of place to mention that the annual tax rates, which are decided as per section 4 of the Act, provide that where a Central Act enacts that income-tax it shall be charged at that rate or those rates in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Act. Thus, the rates of taxes are subject to the provisions of the Act.

In an AAR Ruling Transworld Garnet Co. Ltd., In Re18 it was observed that terms “taxation” and “tax” are not interchangeable. The AAR went on to observe that the object clause of every agreement uses the expression “taxation” and “tax” where the purpose is stated to be “avoidance of double taxation and prevention of fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on income or wealth”. Further, drawing contradistinction between the two expressions, the AAR held that where the rate of tax is the focus, the language used is “tax so charged shall not exceed”. The discrimination against taxation, therefore, means the procedures by which tax is imposed. While I may not entirely agree with the said proposition, it would still aid the taxpayer since Article 14(2) of the Treaty specifically uses the term “tax rate”.

In Sampath Iyengar’s Law of Income Tax19, the learned author has enunciated that giving effect to Explanation 1 contained in section 90 of the Act, would tantamount to a breach of the non-discrimination clause where the tax treaties themselves mention the differential tax rates. The author has observed:

“…This is a live issue, since a mere provision in domestic law will hardly help without such clarification in the anti-discrimination clause in the Agreement, where India has such an agreement. The solution lies in incorporating this understanding to be explicitly made as part of the Agreement to avoid such controversy. In other words, the Agreement, should itself indicate, whether discrimination is only with reference to nationality or otherwise and whether the differential rate of tax on residents would construe discrimination.”


18. 333 ITR 1
19. 12 Edn. at page 8562

It may further be apposite to state that in the context of discrimination on account of rate of tax, tax treaties signed by India with certain countries such as the UK, Germany, Canada, Russia etc. specifically permit taxation of PE at a rate higher than the rate applicable to domestic companies. In certain tax treaties, however, the tax treaties themselves provide an upper limit/ place a cap on the tax rate. Refer Annexure for the relevant Articles of the respective tax treaties.

Thus, where the Treaty itself acknowledges that the tax rate differential shall not exceed 15 percentage points, following the precedents as laid down by the Supreme Court, the taxpayer has a good case to defend that Explanation 1 shall not override the provisions of the Treaty20. Good faith interpretation as enunciated by VCLT necessitates the treaty provisions to be good law.

D. Prescribed Arrangement under section 2(22A) of the Act – an open question

The Mumbai Bench of the Tribunal in the case of ITO v. Decca Survey Overseas Ltd21 had observed that in absence of a notified “prescribed arrangement” as provided under section 2(22A) of the Act, Explanation 1 to section 90 would not come in the way for the non-resident companies to claim tax rates equal to the resident companies. Thereafter, Rule 27 of the (Indian) Income-tax Rules, 1962 (“the Rules”) was inserted.


20    The priority of two provisions of the same rank can be achieved by the interpretation rules of lex specialis derogate legi generali and lex generalis posterior non-derogat legi speciali priori. The tax treaty provision is seen as the more special provision.

21    ITA No. 3604/Bom/94 dated 27.02.2004

Rule 27 has been reproduced below for easy reference:

“Prescribed arrangements for declaration and payment of dividends within India.

27. The arrangements referred to in sections 194 and 236 to be made by a company for the declaration and payment of dividends (including dividends on preference shares) within India shall be as follows:

(1) The share register of the company for all shareholders shall be regularly maintained at its principal place of business within India, in respect of any assessment year from a date not later than the 1st day of April of such year.

(2) The general meeting for passing the accounts of the previous year relevant to the assessment year and for declaring any dividends in respect thereof shall be held only at a place within India.

(3) The dividends declared, if any, shall be payable only within India to all shareholders.”

The same has been relied upon by the Mumbai Bench of the Tribunal in the case of Shinhan Bank v. DCIT22 to hold that a foreign company could carry out the “prescribed arrangement” to be eligible to be classified as a domestic corporation and hence held that there was no discrimination per se in differential rates of tax.

The observation of the Tribunal are as under:

“As a matter of fact, the terminology used, so far as the tax rate for companies is concerned, in the finance Acts is “domestic company” and “a company other than a domestic company?. Under section 2(22A), a domestic company is defined as “an Indian company or any other company, which in respect of its income liable to tax in India makes prescribed arrangements for declaration and payment of dividends within India”, and Section 2(23A), a foreign company is defined as a company “which is not a domestic company” i.e. which has not made prescribed arrangements for declaration and payment of dividends in India. The basis of different tax rates being applied is thus not the situs of fiscal domicile or incorporation but simply the arrangement for making arrangements for the declaration of payment of dividends within India.”

“If a non-resident company can make arrangements for the declaration and payment of dividends, out of income earned in India, in India, that non-resident company will be subjected to the same rate of tax which is levied on the Indian companies. The taxation of the foreign companies at a higher rate therefore at a higher rate vis-à-vis the domestic companies is thus not considered to be discriminatory vis-à-vis the foreign companies. The sharp contrast in the definition of a foreign company under section 2(23A) vis-à-vis the definition of a non-resident company under section 6(3) makes it clear that so far as the charge of tax is concerned, the critical factor is the situs of the control and management of a company, but so far as the rate of tax is concerned, the critical factor is the arrangements for the declaration of dividends out of income earned in India. Clearly, thus, the mere fact that a company which has not made “arrangements for the declaration of dividends out of income earned in India” is charged at a higher rate of tax in India vis-à-vis domestic company, cannot be treated as discrimination on account of the fact that the enterprise belonged to the other Contracting State, i.e. Korea.”

At first glance, the prescribed arrangement does not seem “other or more burdensome” since even domestic companies are required to withhold tax on dividend payments. However, the above reasoning leaves many open questions:

  • The US Company would arguably consolidate its earnings at the US level, it would merit consideration whether the US or any other country of residence of such shareholder grants Foreign Tax Credit (“FTC”) on account of taxes withheld in India.

To elaborate, say a US Company has shareholders which are either US-based or based outside the US, Canada for instance. The US company enters into a prescribed arrangement to withhold taxes on account of dividend payments to its shareholders (qua income derived from India), however would the residence country of the shareholders (Canada in this case) grant FTC to these shareholders on account of taxes withheld in India? Or would the same be in accordance with the Convention between US and Canada (in our illustration). Without the grant of FTC, this arrangement may palpably result in double taxation, which is the first objective, the Tax Treaty is aimed to mitigate!

  • Where the US Company enters into the prescribed arrangement and is classified as a domestic company, Revenue in India may allege that as a domestic company, the US Company is not entitled to the benefits of the Treaty.
  • Since dividend payments are taxable at the level of the shareholder (as opposed to perhaps a dividend distribution tax) is the prescribed arrangement proportionate to the object sought to be achieved? Especially since payment of tax on dividends is a vicarious liability for the US Company.
  • Since Rule 27 would apply regardless of the tax treaty in question, there may be a situation where the corporate law, in the other Contracting State, may restrict moving the share register/ holding a general meeting for passing the accounts, outside that jurisdiction, which is the essence under Rule 27. In that situation, fulfillment of conditions specified in Rule 27 may become an impossibility. Would Rule 27, in that case, be read down?

A similar controversy is pending before the Hon’ble Delhi High Court in the case of Gokwik Commerce Solutions v. DCIT23 wherein the taxpayer has contended that it was a recently incorporated entity and hence could not fulfill the strict conditions, for obtaining lower withholding certificate, specified under Rule 28AA which require the filing of financial statements for four previous years.

E. Effect of breach of the treaty obligation

Tax Treaties do not usually provide for remedies in cases of breach24 since treaties are essentially agreements entered into by sovereign states25. In Sanchez-Llamas v. Oregon,26 the Supreme Court of the United States opined that “where a treaty does not provide a particular remedy, either expressly or implicitly, it is not for the federal courts to impose one on the States through law making of their own.”27. Closer home, in T Rajkumar v. Union of India28, the issue under consideration before the Hon’ble Madras High Court was the constitutional validity of section 94A of the Act and notification and circular issued thereunder, specifying Cyprus as a notified jurisdiction area for the purposes of section 94A of the Act. As per the provisions under section 94A, the executive is empowered to notify any country as a notified jurisdictional area having regard to the other country’s lack of effective exchange of information.

The petitioners in the case, inter alia, argued that basis the doctrine of pacta sunt servanda, the executive could not invoke municipal/ internal law to annul the provisions of a tax treaty. The Court did not entertain the said plea where there was a breach of an obligation from a treaty partner. The Court, inter alia, observed:

“88. But, even if we invoke the rule of Pacta Sunt Servanda contained in Article 26 of the Vienna Convention, on the basis that the same was part of the customary international law, the petitioners would not be better off. This is for the reason that Article 26 of the Vienna Convention obliges both the contracting parties to perform their obligations in good faith. As pointed out earlier, one of the four purposes for which, an agreement could be entered into by the Central Government under Section 90(1), is for the exchange of information. If one of the parties to the Treaty fails to provide necessary information, then such a party is in breach of the obligation under Article 26 of the Vienna Convention. The beneficiary of such a breach of obligation by one of the contracting parties (like the assessee herein) cannot invoke the Vienna Convention to prevent the other contracting party (India in this case) from taking recourse to internal law, to address the issue.”


22    ITA No. 2227 & 2229/Mum/2017 and 139 taxmann.com 563
23    WP (C) No. 199/202, order dated 09.01.2023
24    Lord Arnold McNair, The Law of Treaties 574 (1961)
25    Id.
26    Sanchez-Llamas v. Oregon, 126 S. Ct. 2669 (2006)
27    Id. at 2680
28    239 Taxman 283 (Mad.)

Therefore, while the Treaty does not enlist any repercussion/ fall out of breach of a tax treaty by a Contracting State, an inference may be drawn from the above precedent in T Rajkumar (supra), that the other Contracting State (in this case, United States) is free to utilize its domestic law to remedy the situation and the same would not fall foul of international commitments.

View 1: In light of the preceding, once the ostensible breach takes place and is continuing it may logically follow that the corporate tax rate afforded to a US corporation operating in India should be equal to the domestic (concessional) tax rate as adjusted by the differential as provided in Article 14(2) of the Treaty.

View 2: Article 14(2) is akin to a proviso to Article 26 of the Treaty. Essentially, a concession given by the United States to India on a good-faith basis. The words used, as described in preceding paragraphs, is ‘[the] existing tax rate’, implying thereby that the differential was needed to be maintained with reference to the time of the entry of the Treaty29.


29    Bank of America v. Deputy Commissioner of Income-tax, [2001] 78 ITD 1 (Mumbai)

To take an analogy, in cases of commercial contracts, the offending parts would be severed and the rest would stand up. More generally called the blue pencil doctrine. It owes its existence in the time when Courts were called in question to adjudge equities, where the Court would not re-write the contract but severe the unenforceable clauses. Though the blue pencil doctrine is not an absolute proposition it is generally applied in commercial contracts and finds its statutory basis in the Indian Contract Act, 1872.

The offending part is the proviso to Article 26 and therefore till the existence or continuance of the breach, a view may be taken that the proviso, since it is severed, has no legal effect. In other words, and to borrow constitutional law principles, the clause stands eclipsed till the time the breach is remedied. Once remedied the clause may spring back, however, till such time, the clause has no legal validity.

Assuming therefore, once the ostensible breach takes place and is continuing it would follow that the corporate tax rate afforded to a US corporation operating in India should be equal to the domestic tax rate. This rate should not automatically be adjusted by 15 percentage points since the existence of this particular clause stands severed till the time the breach continues. Sequitur, parity should subsist and the full breadth and scope of the non-discrimination clause should apply to US corporations in ‘same circumstances’ as their domestic counterparts.

The US may adopt the above route/ interpretation and may issue a notification for the same, and in accordance with the precedent in T Rajkumar (supra) till the time the treaty breach survives the said notification would be valid.

III. CONCLUSION

This commentary remains a work in progress and only scratches the surface. The heart of the matter is on first principles – ensuring non-discrimination. The non-discrimination clause of a tax treaty is one of the most important protections that is afforded to non-resident investors. As Rowlatt J. wrote ‘in taxing statute one has to merely look at what is clearly said’30. I hope we start to see more through the lens of the great judge. In the same measure, a global convergence is required in principles of tax treaty interpretation and following observations of the Tribunal in the case of Meera Bhatia v. ITO31 serve as a ready reckoner to that ideal:

“7. In legal matters like interpretation of international tax treaties and with a view to ensure consistency in judicial interpretation thereof under different tax regimes, it is desirable that the interpretation given by the foreign courts should also be given due respect and consideration unless, of course, there are any contrary decisions from the binding judicial forums or unless there are any other good reasons to ignore such judicial precedents of other tax regimes. The tax treaties are more often than not based on the models developed by the multilateral forums and judicial bodies in the regimes where such models are being used to get occasions to express their views on expressions employed in such models. It is only when the views so expressed by judicial bodies globally converge towards a common ground that an international tax language as was visualized by Hon’ble Andhra Pradesh High Court in the case of CIT v. Vishakhapatnam Port Trust [1983] 144 ITR 1461, can truly come into existence, because unless everyone, using a word, or a set of words, in a language, does not understand it in the same manner, that language will make little sense.”


30    Cape Brandy Syndicate v I.R.C. (1 KB 64, 71)
31    38 SOT 95 (Mum. – Trib.)

Annexure

  • India – UK Tax Treaty provides:

“ARTICLE 26

NON-DISCRIMINATION

1. The nationals of a Contracting State shall not be subjected in the other Contracting State to any taxation or any requirement connected therewith which is other or more burdensome than the taxation or any requirement connected therewith which is other or more burdensome than the taxation and connected requirements to which nationals of that other State in the same circumstances are or may be subjected.

2. The taxation on a permanent establishment which an enterprise of a Contracting State has in the other Contracting State shall not be less favorably levied in that other State than the taxation levied on enterprises of that other State carrying on the same activities in the same circumstances or under the same conditions. This provision shall not be construed as preventing a Contracting State from charging the profits of a permanent establishment which an enterprise of the other Contracting State has in the first-mentioned State at a rate of tax which is higher than that imposed on the profits of a similar enterprise of the first-mentioned Contracting State, nor as being in conflict with the provisions of paragraph 4 of Article 7 of this Convention.”

  • India – Germany Tax Treaty carries similar verbiage:

“ARTICLE 24

NON-DISCRIMINATION

1. Nationals of a Contracting State shall not be subjected in the other Contracting State to any taxation or any requirement connected therewith which is other or more burdensome than the taxation and connected requirements to which nationals of that other State in the same circumstances and under the same conditions are or may be subjected. This provision shall, notwithstanding the provisions of Article 1, also apply to persons who are not residents of one or both of the Contracting States.

2. The taxation of a permanent establishment which an enterprise of a Contracting State has in the other Contracting State shall not be less favourably levied in that other State than the taxation levied on enterprises of that other State carrying on the same activities. This provision shall not be construed as preventing a Contracting State from charging the profits of a permanent establishment which a company of the other Contracting State has in the first-mentioned State at a rate of tax which is higher than that imposed on the profits of a similar company of the first-mentioned Contracting State, nor as being in conflict with the provisions of paragraph 3 of Article 7 of this Agreement. Further, this provision shall not be construed as obliging Contracting State to grant to residents of the other Contracting State any personal allowances, reliefs and reductions for taxation purposes which it grants only to its own residents.”

  • India – Canada Tax Treaty provides a cap on rate of tax:

“ARTICLE 24

NON-DISCRIMINATION

1. Nationals of a Contracting State shall not be subjected in the other Contracting State to any taxation or any requirement connected therewith, which is other or more burdensome than the taxation and connected requirements to which nationals of that other State in the same circumstances are or may be subjected.

2. The taxation on a permanent establishment which an enterprise of a Contracting State has in the other Contracting State shall not be less favourably levied in that other State than the taxation levied on enterprises of that other State carrying on the same activities.

3. Nothing in this Article shall be construed as obliging a Contracting State to grant to residents of the other Contracting State any personal allowances, reliefs and reductions for taxation purposes on account of civil status or family responsibilities which it grants to its own residents.

4. (a) Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as preventing Canada from imposing on the earnings of a company, which is a resident of India, attributable to a permanent establishment in Canada, a tax in addition to the tax which would be chargeable on the earnings of a company which is a national of Canada, provided that any additional tax so imposed shall not exceed the rate specified in sub-paragraph 2(a) of Article 10 of the amount of such earnings which have not been subjected to such additional tax in previous taxation years. For the purpose of this provision, the term ‘earnings’ means the profits attributable to a permanent establishment in Canada in a year and previous years after deducting therefrom all taxes, other than the additional tax referred to herein, imposed on such profits by Canada.

The provisions of this sub-paragraph shall also apply with respect to earnings from the disposition of immovable property situated in Canada by a company carrying on a trade in immovable property without a permanent establishment in Canada but only insofar as these earnings may be taxed in Canada under the provisions of Article 6 or paragraph 2 of Article 13.

(b) A company which is a resident of Canada may be subject to tax in India at a rate higher than that applicable to Indian domestic companies. The difference in tax rate shall not, however, exceed 15 percentage points.”

  • India – Russia Tax Treaty provides a similar cap though more beneficial to the taxpayer:

“PROTOCOL

TO THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF INDIA AND THE GOVERNMENT OF THE RUSSIA FEDERATION FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBLE TAXATION WITH RESPECT TO TAXES ON INCOME

The Government of the Republic of India and the Government of the Russian Federation, Having regard to the Agreement between the Government of the Republic of India and the Government of the Russian Federation for the avoidance of double taxation with respect to taxes on income signed today (in this Protocol called “the Agreement”),

Have agreed as follows :

1. …………….

3. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 2 of Article 24 of this Agreement, either Contracting State may tax the profits of a permanent establishment of an enterprise of the other Contracting State at a rate which is higher than that applied to the profits of a similar enterprise of the first-mentioned Contracting State. It is also provided that in no case the differences in the two rates, referred to above will exceed 12 percentage points.”

High Hits and Hard Hits of the Finance Bill 2023

On 1st February 2023, the Finance Minister (FM) presented the last full-fledged Union Budget of the present Government as India will go to polls in early 2024. The current Budget was against the backdrop of major global disruptions in the supply chain due to the Ukraine War, economic sanctions imposed by the USA, the Pandemic, and other natural calamities. The good part is that despite all odds, the Indian economy is showing signs of resilience and faring better than other large economies. It was an opportune time for the Government to consolidate the measures taken so far and build on them to lay a solid foundation for a developed India. Cross sections of society were expecting some relief from the Budget. The January 2023 Editorial made an appeal to the Government to provide much-deserved relief to the Middle-class population of India which was hard hit during the Pandemic and is currently reeling under rising inflation. It is heartening to note the Government chose to provide some relief to the Middle-class and endeavored to enhance the Ease of Living in India.

However, it is observed over the years that all good intentions mentioned in the Budget speech may not be reflected in the fine print of the Finance Bill. In the words of Nani A. Palkhivala “India is the fabled land of contrasts, but there is no disparity so glaring and costly as that between the prized ends solemnly pronounced in the budget speech every year and the provisions of the annual Finance Bill which are so admirably calculated to frustrate those objectives.”

With this background let us discuss some of the “high hits and hard-hitting” provisions of the Finance Bill, 2023.

One of the high hits of the Finance Bill is an increase in the limit of the rebate of income tax under section 87A for individuals from Rs. 5 Lakhs to Rs. 7 Lakhs under the new regime of taxation for individuals, which is now the default regime (old regime is optional). It is accompanied by the withdrawal of various tax incentives/deductions from the Gross Total Income. The objective as stated by the Government is to let people decide where to invest their money, rather than to invest compulsorily to save taxes. Thus, withdrawal of tax rebates/deductions for premiums on life insurance policies, PF & PPF contributions, medical insurance premia, donations to charitable trusts, etc. to get the lower tax rates will have far-reaching and long-term consequences.

Let us look at the macro impact. The government started spending on infrastructure and capital projects in a big way since 2020, – during the Pandemic and continues to do so. Private spending/investments on capital projects have increased manifold in the recent past. This will result in a substantial increase in production. This would necessitate a corresponding increase in consumption as well. According to the reply by the Government in the Lok Sabha on 13th February 2023, the total number of individual taxpayers with annual income between Rs. 5 lakhs to Rs. 10 lakhs for AY 2021-2022 were about 1.4 crores. Assume that one crore assesses opt for the new tax regime with a tax-free income of up to Rs. 7 lakhs without any tax incentive-linked savings. This is likely to make available an additional amount of about Rs. 2 lakh crores in the hands of the middle-class taxpayers which they are most likely to spend on consumer durables, necessities of life and other semi-luxury products, etc. This will generate demand for goods, add to the exchequer by way of GST and boost the Indian economy with an increased GDP. However, this may reduce savings in the country with a consequent impact on private-sector capital investment. Along with the Middle-class, the role and contribution of the MSME sector have also been recognized and given some relief too.

Coming to the high hits of the Union Budget, one finds that the FM has laid down clear paths and priorities in seven important areas of the economy, termed as ‘Saptarishi,’ to guide the country through the Amrit Kaal with an eye on India @ 100 in 2047. The focus of the government would be on inclusive growth of all sections of society, promotion of green growth and environment-friendly lifestyle, investments and infrastructure, technology, empowering youth, and financial sector reforms. Thus, when we look at the Union Budget, we find a sincere attempt to address all sections of society with a grand vision for years to come.

However, there are also some serious hard-hitting provisions in the Finance Bill.

The proposed increase in the TCS rates from 5% to 20% under section 206C (1G) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“Act”) in respect of remittances under the Liberalised Remittance Scheme or for overseas tour packages of any amount and other cases, except for education and medical treatment exceeding Rs. 7 lakhs, will cause genuine hardship to people. TCS should be used only for tracking a transaction and not as a revenue generation mechanism. In the recent past, the burden of TCS and TDS has increased manifold, especially on individuals and the MSME sector. A holistic relook at various provisions of TDS/TCS is the need of the hour, with the objective of reducing compliances and encouraging ease of doing business.

Another hard-hitting proposal is with respect to the proposed amendment of section 115TD which seeks to tax the accreted income, of a charitable trust or an institution, being the difference between the fair market value of all the assets as reduced by the liabilities if the trust or institution fails to make an application under section 10(23C) or 12A within the specified time period. The proposed amendment does not provide any leeway even in a case where the delay may be due to any reasonable cause or for a very short period for justified reasons. The irony is that the provision mandates paying the tax on such accreted income within 14 days from the end of the concerned previous year in which such failure has occurred. This is against the principle of natural justice. An elaborate procedure for the opportunity to condone the delay in genuine cases and issuance of show cause notice before such an action should be provided. It is suggested that a one-time EXIT SCHEME should be introduced with a reasonable tax rate for all trusts/institutions which do not wish to claim exemption owing to onerous compliance burden or otherwise. The reason being that trusts/institutions holding properties for ages will not have the cash flow to pay taxes on the fair market values of their assets.

Another disturbing provision in the recent past was regarding the denial of exemption under sections 10(23C) or 11, 12 if the return of income is filed late even by a day. Small trusts/NGOs do not have qualified or paid staff to look after accounts and compliances. Therefore, denial of exemptions and taxing trusts on their accreted income at the maximum marginal rate will be a death blow to small and medium-sized trusts/NGOs.

In recent years, the regime for taxation of charitable trusts and other charitable institutions in India has witnessed unprecedented changes and an increase in compliance burden, virtually strangulating the sector. Therefore, the entire law relating to trusts/NGOs should be rewritten to make it simple. Small trusts should be subjected to bare minimum compliances. All in all, trusts/NGOs should be dealt with more dignity and respect, as they are contributing immensely by providing relief to the poor and downtrodden masses. (Read the Editorial in BCAJ, October 2022 issue, titled “Uncharitable Treatment to Charities?). I think the time has come for providing “Ease of Social Services in India”.

Section 10(10D) read with section 56 of the Act is sought to be amended to provide the taxability of maturity sum on life insurance policies with an annual premium exceeding Rs. 5 Lakhs as income from other sources. One fails to understand why such maturity sum is sought to be taxed under section 56 as income from other sources rather than as capital gains as in the case of ULIPs. It is stated that the amendment is to tax High Net worth Individuals (HNIs). Why deprive HNIs of securing their future in a country which is a welfare state for only selected classes of society? Alternatively, introduce a passbook system for the HNIs to pay them pensions in their old age in proportion to their contribution to the exchequer. To quote Nani A. Palkhivala, “in trying to achieve the objective of levelling of income, our annual budgets merely succeed in widening the gulf between the dishonest rich and the poor and narrowing the gap between the honest rich and the poor.”

What is heartening to see is the sincerity with which the government has planned to implement the Budget Proposals. Prime Minister, Mr. Narendra Modi, conducting 12 webinars on Budget implementation is unprecedented. Barring a few unreasonable proposals, the Budget is in the right direction and if implemented well, can lead India to greater heights. Let’s hope and trust that these provisions will be suitably modified before they are passed by Parliament. The need of the hour is to build trust between the bureaucracy and the people at large by enforcing provisions of laws in a just, fair and humane manner!

Best Regards,

Dr. CA Mayur B. Nayak, 

Editor

J. P. NAIK

In this series, I am trying to introduce to the readers the great personalities who deserve our Namaskaars. These personalities included freedom fighters, scientists, social reformers, entrepreneurs and so on. They laid the foundation for our country’s all-round development. Without a good education, the development of a country is difficult. In this article, I am going to write about one of the greatest educational thinkers of the world Mr. J. P. Naik.

UNESCO has made a list of 100 great educationists of last 25 centuries. Three Indian names are included in that list – Mahatma Gandhi, Ravindranath Tagore and J. P. Naik. Very few of us would have even heard Mr. J. P. Naik’s name!

His real name was Viththal Hari Ghotge. In the year 1930, during Gandhiji’s movement of non-co-operation, he went underground and changed his name to Jayant Pandurang Naik (J. P. Naik). Born on 5th September, 1907 in the village Bahire Wadi, Ajra Taluka of Kolhapur district in Maharashtra, he passed away on 30.08.1981. He was a great humanist, freedom fighter, polymath, encyclopedic thinker and socialist educationist. He was known as an institution maker. In the year 1948, he founded the Indian Institute of Education. He served as Member Secretary of the Indian Education Commission between 1964 to 1966 and worked as Educational Adviser to the Government of India.

He joined the Civil Disobedience Movement of Mahatma Gandhi in 1932, was arrested and put in Bellari Jail for about 18 months. He studied medicine in jail and practised it by nursing prisoners, patients etc. He was UNESCO consultant for the development plan for the provision of universal elementary education. He was the chief architect of the comprehensive report of the Indian Education Commission.

In 1974, he was awarded ‘Padma Bhushan’ and a commemorative postal stamp of Rs.5/- was issued in his name on 5th September, 2007. He had many other achievements and honours to his credit.

He made a fundamental contribution to the fields of primary and secondary education, rural education, educational administration, the economics of education, research in education, the Indian Council of Social Science Research (ICSSR), research in social studies, non-formal education, educational problems of underdeveloped and developing countries, health, town planning and so on. Influenced by the work of Mahatma Phule, Gandhiji and Marx; he wrote many books on these subjects.

During the emergency years of 1975 to 1977, under the leadership of Shri Jayprakash Narayan, he worked as a member of a study group of 40 educationists and prepared a 75-page report on the education of Indian people. Jayprakash Narayan wrote a foreword to this report. His last book; ‘Education Commission and thereafter’ is a philosophical guide on education for future generations. He says educational reforms are not effective without social and economic development. For bringing about changes in the educational system, society has to incur costs in terms of not only money but taking and implementing hard and unpleasant decisions, Education system cannot arise and function in a vacuum; it is a sub-system of a socio-eco-political system. It often differentiates between the elite and the poor; which is not good. He advocated strong value systems.

Our humble Namaskaar to this great educational thinker!

OTHER MISCONDUCT

Shrikrishna: Arjun, you look quite relaxed today. I am sure you have uploaded all audited accounts comfortably.

Arjun: Yes, Bhagwan. At the time of every signing and uploading, I used to chant your name!

Shrikrishna: Why?

Arjun: At the time of signing, I pray that the blunders committed by us should not be exposed; and at the time of uploading, I pray that the technology should not fail. It is a task in itself!

Shrikrishna: Why do you think of blunders? You got so much time.

Arjun: True, but no accounts in today’s world can ever be perfect! Too much work at a time, no competent assistants, clients own imperfection and indifference; too much of regulation; and above all, our own ignorance and inefficiency, some error or other is inevitable and can be held as ‘negligence’.

Shrikrishna: Professional misconduct! But today, I heard something about ‘other misconduct’.

Arjun: You mean section 22 of the CA Act?

Shrikrishna: Yes, now even other misconduct is largely codified in the sense that Part IV of First Schedule and Part III of Second Schedule of CA Act provide for the ‘other misconduct’.

Arjun: Yes, – for example, you are held guilty by some other civil or criminal court, and the prescribed punishment is of ‘imprisonment’.

Shrikrishna: And also, bringing disrepute to the profession.

Arjun: What case you heard of other misconduct?

Shrikrishna: In one of the CA firms, a partner retired at 65 as per their deed of partnership.

Arjun: Then?

Shrikrishna: He signed the settlement of accounts – based on audited financial statements. But after a few months, when his accounts were to be explained in his income tax scrutiny, he noticed that he had introduced about Rs. 20 lakhs into the firm, and the same had not been credited to his account!

Arjun: Oh! Then where had it gone?

Shrikrishna: To some other account.

Arjun: Surprising! Then what happened?

Shrikrishna: He wrote to his ex-partners; and pointed out the discrepancy. He asked for that amount to be paid to him.

Arjun: Naturally! The partners would have immediately accepted.

Shrikrishna: No, my dear! The partners said, since you have signed the settlement sheet, now you won’t get it!

Arjun: Disgusting! Shameful!

Shrikrishna: Poor fellow has been following up with them for the last 5 years! They are not even responding.

Arjun: It is really a disgrace to our profession. In fact, it is against basic human courtesy. Forget about the profession.

Shrikrishna: True. But there are members like this!
Arjun: And what about auditors?

Shrikrishna: Obviously, they had signed the tax audit. So, the person wrote to the auditors as well.

Arjun: And what was their response?

Shrikrishna: Same thing. No response at all!

Arjun: This is really unbecoming of a professional. How can a CA behave like this with another CA? and that also, with own ex-partner?

Shrikrishna: True, that is why I had often told you that you people are utterly lacking in unity. Since there is no unity amongst yourself, people take advantage. Ultimately the profession suffers.

Arjun: Yes, we should come out of this mindset of distrust, and there should be more cordiality and cooperation among all of us or else we are ourselves to suffer.

Shrikrishna: If your own partner does not pay your legitimate dues, how a client will pay you promptly and smoothly. Think it over seriously and act soon. It is high time you all introspect and improve your ways.

SOME INTERESTING WEBSITES

In this issue, we cover some interesting websites useful for daily use to increase our productivity.

PEXELS.COM

 

We often need to use photos from the web in our presentations, blogs, brochures or websites. Looking up images online and using them is always fraught with copyright and proprietary risks. You never know when you could be sued!

Pexels is a free stock photo and video website and app that helps designers, bloggers, and everyone looking for visuals to find great photos and videos that can be downloaded and used for free. If you see an image or video you like, simply download it – no strings attached! All photos and videos on Pexels are free for commercial use also. The only condition is that you should not profess that the projected pictures endorse your product or service. Of course, you cannot sell the photos or videos unless you have edited them or added value to the original.

If you wish, you could create your account at Pexels, which would help you create collections, follow photographers you love and get a customized, curated homepage depending on your preferences. And, if you’d like to contribute your work to Pexels, they accept photos and videos from everyone.

So go ahead and get world famous with your pics and videos!

Website: https://pexels.com  
Android: https://bit.ly/3uOKzke       
iOS: https://apple.co/3BeoZad

REMOVE.BG


This very simple website does what it says – it just removes the background from any of your photos. More often than not, when we have wonderful pics, they are marred by the background, and it is painfully difficult to remove.

In such cases, you need to head to https://remove.bg and upload your pic there, and within seconds, you can get the same pic without the background. The AI engine that drives the entire process is very efficient and can instantly give you the pic with a transparent background. You could use this for portraits, pets and even objects.

And, if you want more than the original with a transparent background, you may automatically turn that image into a design with another elaborate background with a single click! With various embellishments available, you can surprise yourself and your friends with an excellent pic with a background of your choice!

Website: https://www.remove.bg/

EMICALCULATOR.NET


 
This is a very simple and efficient EMI calculator online. Just enter the principal amount, interest rate, and loan period, and you will instantly get the EMI. It also gives you the calculations and the working for the entire calculation, the principal amount repaid, the interest you are paying each year, and their totals over the entire loan period.

If you are working for a bank or financial institution and have to do these calculations daily, they have a mobile-friendly EMI Calculator widget that you can install on your phone.

If you have a Banking or Financial Website developed on WordPress, they also provide you with a WordPress plugin which you could incorporate directly on your website and allow your users to do the calculations right on your WordPress website.

Website: https://emicalculator.net/
Android: https://bit.ly/3HNrz9B      
iOS: https://apple.co/3rGfA86

MANUALSLIB.COM


 
In this modern age, we purchase and use many devices and gadgets in our homes and offices. They all come with a warranty and a manual. The manual is invariably misplaced and difficult to find when the warranty is over. And after five years, the company website may not have the required manual or may be very difficult to locate.

In comes ManualsLib.com, with manuals of over 3.9 million products belonging to more than 1,07,000 brands. Just type in the Brand Name, Product and Model Number, and you will instantly get a pdf version of the manual you are looking for, no lengthy multi-level searches which may take a while.

They also have an Android App which performs the same function – you may also add manuals and guides to your ‘My Manuals’ list, create folders for easy access and even search inside a document!

A very valuable tool to get your manual instantly at your fingertips.

Website: https://www.manualslib.com/
Android : https://bit.ly/3BinKGX

IPO FINANCING – RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

Initial Public Offers (IPO), as public issues of shares/securities are commonly known, have been in the news for several reasons. One is the handsome profits made by allottees in many cases due to the shares listing at a price far higher than the issue price (though some showed losses too). Then expectedly linked to this is that many IPOs have been oversubscribed many times. The other factor is the rapid rise of IPO financing, which also incidentally came to attention recently due to an alleged abusive call made by a prospective borrower to a bank officer who allegedly failed to provide the promised IPO finance. What became widely known was the enormous leverage being available through IPO financing to subscribers. SEBI has also decided to amend some IPO related provisions in the SEBI ICDR Regulations. Finally, the Reserve Bank of India has recently decided to place some very stringent restrictions on IPO financing by NBFCs, so much so that it is very likely that IPO financing could drop down to a miniscule level of what exists today. Further, the question repeatedly raised is whether there is an IPO bubble, that IPOs are priced too high and that the market boom is being taken advantage of by making IPOs. This subject generally also has a colourful history, and it is worth seeing some aspects of the past and the most recent developments.

EARLIER BOOMS IN IPOs
Many may remember the massive rise in IPOs during the Harshad Mehta times. The boom in the stock market also made new issues by companies attractive. Numerous IPOs were oversubscribed. There was actually a grey market for IPOs functioning, albeit with no legal backing, and the grey market quotes were often published in pamphlets and quoted elsewhere. To increase the odds of getting allotment in shares, it was commonly known that people resorted to multiple applications by using names of their family members and even staff and making applications in different combinations of names of such persons. The technology at that time was not advanced enough to weed out such multiple applications. Of course, those were also the times when many companies with dubious backgrounds made IPOs and then ‘vanished’.

DEMATERIALISATION OF SHARES
Dematerialisation of shares and other changes eliminated the earlier practice of multiple applications by the same person. However, a new abuse came to light, particularly surrounding the SEBI rules mandating allocation for retail investors. It was found that lakhs of Demat accounts were opened in Benami or even fake names. Amusingly, for this purpose, some names with photographs were reported to have been picked up from matrimonial sites! Applications were made in such names, financed by others. When shares were allotted, they were sold, and the sale proceeds with the profits paid to the financier. These cases became famous by one of the allegedly involved – Roopalben Panchal. Such persons whose name is ‘borrowed’ for carrying out transactions in shares by others now even have a term – ‘mules’. SEBI’s action in such cases, which saw prolonged litigation though, supplemented with other efforts such as know-your-client verification, stronger penal provisions for using fake names, etc., dealt with this abuse.

CURRENT BOOM IN IPOS AND RESPONSE OF SEBI
Very large amount of money is being raised through IPOs of several companies in recent times. New age web-based companies have finally come to roost, and some of them have offered shares to the public at a significant premium. Apart from this, several other companies have joined the party. What has been particularly notable has been the generally massive response to such issues from the public. Several public issues have seen applications that are many times the issue size.

SEBI has long moved from having a say in determining the pricing of issues. The emphasis is on due disclosure of information sufficient for the investor to make an informed decision, supported by due diligence by merchant bankers and others. Other safeguards include eligibility requirements, minimum holding and lock-in requirements, etc. But other than that, the issue price is generally not controlled.

However, this time, considering factors such as there being offers for sale by existing holders too and for other reasons, SEBI has decided to make certain amendments to the SEBI ICDR Regulations at its Board Meeting held on 28th December, 2021, followed up by formal amendments to the Regulations. The following are some of the important amendments:

a. If an object of the issue is for future inorganic growth, but specific acquisition or investment targets are not identified, in that case, the amount raised for such objects, including for ‘general corporate purposes’ shall not exceed 35% of the total amount being raised. Of this, the amount earmarked for such use for inorganic growth shall not exceed 25% of the issue size.

b. In the case of an offer for sale by companies without a track record, certain limits have been laid down for specific categories of existing shareholders. A shareholder (along with persons acting in concert) who holds more than 20% of the pre-issue shareholding (on a fully diluted basis) shall not offer more than 50% of his pre-issue shareholding. Other shareholders cannot offer more than 10% of their pre-issue shareholding.

c. Credit Rating Agencies will now act as Monitoring Agencies in place of presently recognized monitoring agencies. They will monitor the use of issue proceeds until 100% is utilized, compared to the present 95%.

d. For Anchor Investors, the lock-in now will be 30 days for 50% of shares allocated to them and 90 days for balance shares. This will apply for issues opening on or after 1st April 2022.

e. Modifications have been made to the allocations made regarding Non-Institutional Investors with effect from 1st April 2022.

The amendments thus appear to be intended to ensure only partial exit for existing shareholders in some instances or to anchor investors and generally make other fine-tuning.

HIGHLY LEVERAGED IPO FINANCING AND RESERVE BANK OF INDIA’S RECENT RESTRICTION
Earlier, we referred to financing persons who acted merely as front or were even fake to subscribe for IPOs, which is an abuse of the law. However, what is widely prevalent is also financing by lenders to subscribers to IPOs. The objective of obtaining such finance can be many. One is to acquire a higher quantity of shares of a company whose issue price is perceived by the subscriber/borrower as low, leaving scope for quick profits. However, considering that many issues are heavily oversubscribed, applying for a larger quantity of shares boosts the chances of getting a higher quantity of shares than otherwise. IPO financing thus has become quite common. Thanks to the ever-shortening gap between the date of application for shares and payment and allotment/refund, IPO financing is thus for a very short period – about a week or so. This increases the attractiveness of the finance since the attendant costs are also lower. Further, lenders have shown willingness to lend an amount that is many times the amount contributed by the borrower. Thus, there is enormous leverage. The consequence is that the profits would also be magnified, and so would the losses. The risk of losses is as much to the borrower as is to the lender since if there are huge losses (owing to, say, the price of the allotted shares being quoted far below the issue price), there could be concerns of recovery if there is not adequate other collateral.

The matter of borrowing and lending is under the purview of the Reserve Bank of India, which has taken a strong – and possibly drastic – action. It has issued guidelines dated 22nd October, 2021, stating that, from 1st April 2022, “There shall be a ceiling of Rs. 1 crore per borrower for financing subscription to Initial Public Offer (IPO). NBFCs can fix more conservative limits.”. Thus, non-banking financial companies (‘NBFCs’) shall lend a maximum of Rs. 1 crore per borrower for IPO. While Rs. 1 crore by itself does sound to be a significant sum, considering that IPO financing has been of massive amounts, this would significantly affect IPO financing. To take just one example, in the recent case referred to earlier, which came widely in the news because of an abusive call allegedly made, the amount of IPO financing said to be involved in just this one case was Rs. 500 crores that too for one single IPO. The absolute limit of Rs. 1 crore stated by the Reserve Bank of India thus sounds relatively puny in comparison. Of course, questions are raised about the interpretation of the guidelines. Whether the limit is per IPO and hence a borrower can raise Rs. 1 crore separately for each IPO? Whether the IPO is per NBFC and hence the borrower can borrow Rs. 1 crore each from different NBFCs? And so on. While clarity on this may hopefully come from RBI before the date when it will come into effect, the fact remains that the amount of IPO financing may go down substantially. The concerns of RBI are, of course, valid – that giving of huge financing may be risky for the sector itself, apart from allowing borrowers to take huge unhealthy risks. But whether the answer to this was to place such an absolute limit or whether other solutions were possible? For example, the limit could have been placed in the form of margin – say, 50% whereby the borrower would have to put in as much amount himself as he borrows. Alternatively, the borrower could provide adequate collateral of such nature that may not present difficulties in realizing if recovery has to be made. One will have to see whether RBI makes any changes before the rule comes into effect.

CONCLUSION
There are views that, retail investors are more involved in the stock market, particularly due to the pandemic with numerous people working from home. Apart from acquiring shares in the secondary market, acquisition through IPOs has also seen a rapid rise. Time only will tell us whether this is a bubble or not. But if the restriction on IPO finance comes into effect, that would also contribute to a reduction in amounts subscribed through IPOs.

IBC AND LIMITATION

INTRODUCTION
The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 (“the Code”) provides for the insolvency resolution process of corporate debtors and connected persons, such as guarantors. The Code gets triggered when a corporate debtor commits a default in paying a debt, which could be financial or operational. The initiation (or starting) of the corporate insolvency resolution process under the Code may be done by a financial creditor (in respect of default of financial debt) or an operational creditor (in respect of default of an operational debt) or by the corporate itself (in respect of any default).

One of the crucial aspects of the Code is whether a period of limitation applies for initiating proceedings against the corporate debtor that is very relevant since a time bar would scuttle claims against the company. This provision has seen a great deal of judicial development in recent times. Let us analyse this provision in greater detail.

THE LIMITATION ACT

Before we delve into whether a period of limitation applies to claims under the Code, it is essential to get an understanding of the Limitation Act, 1963 (“the Act”). This is a Central statute that provides for the law of the limitation for initiating suits and other proceedings.

The phrase ‘period of limitation’ is defined under the Act to mean the period of limitation prescribed for any suit, appeal or application by the Schedule. The phrase ‘prescribed period’ means the period of limitation computed under the provisions of this Act.

S.3 of the Act states that every suit instituted, appeal preferred, and the application made after the prescribed period shall be dismissed, although limitation has not been set up as a defence.

APPLICABILITY TO THE CODE

A question that arises is whether the provisions of the Limitation Act can apply to the Code? An answer to this question is given under s.238A of the Code which was incorporated in the Code by the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code (Second Amendment) Act, 2018 with effect from 6th June, 2018. It states that the provisions of the Limitation Act, 1963 shall, as far as may be, apply to the proceedings or appeals under the Code filed before the National Company Law Tribunal / National Company Law Appellate Tribunal / the Debt Recovery Tribunal or the Debt Recovery Appellate Tribunal, as the case may be. Thus, it is very clear that the Act’s provisions apply to claims filed under the Code.

The decision of the Apex Court in Sesh Nath Singh & Anr. vs. Baidyabati Sheoraphuli Co-operative Bank Ltd. & Anr. [LSI-179-SC-2021(NDEL)] has held that there is no specific period of limitation prescribed in the Limitation Act, 1963 for an application under the Code before the NCLT. Accordingly, an application for which no period of limitation is expressly provided under the Act, is governed by Article 137 of the Schedule to the Limitation Act. Under Article 137 of the Schedule to the Limitation Act, the period of limitation prescribed for such an application is three years from the date of accrual of the right to apply. It held that the provisions of the Limitation Act applied mutatis mutandis to proceedings under the IBC in the NCLT/NCLAT. It also held that the words ‘as far as may be’ found in s.238A were to be understood in the sense in which they best harmonised with the subject matter of the legislation and the object which the Legislature had in view. The Courts would not give an interpretation to those words, which would frustrate the purposes of making the Limitation Act applicable to proceedings in the NCLT / NCLAT.

In Gaurav Hargovindbhai Dave vs. Asset Reconstruction Co. (India) Ltd. [2019] 109 taxmann.com 395 (SC), it was held:—

‘6. ……The present case being “an application” which is filed under Section 7, would fall only within the residuary Article 137.’

In Jignesh Shah vs. Union of India [2019] 156 SCL 542 (SC) the Court established the proposition that the period of limitation for making an application under Section 7 or 9 of the Code was three years from the date of accrual of the right to sue, i.e., the date of default.

In B.K. Educational Services (P.) Ltd. vs. Parag Gupta [2018] 98 taxmann.com 213 (SC), the Supreme Court held:—

‘……“The right to sue”, therefore, accrues when a default occurs. If the default has occurred over three years prior to the date of filing of the application, the application would be barred under Article 137 of the Limitation Act, save and except in those cases where, in the facts of the case, Section 5 of the Limitation Act may be applied to condone the delay in filing such application.’

Again in Sesh Nath Singh (supra), it was held that it was well settled that the NCLT/NCLAT has the discretion to entertain an application/appeal after the prescribed period of limitation. The condition precedent for exercise of such discretion was the existence of sufficient cause for not preferring the appeal and/or the application within the period prescribed by limitation. Section 5 of the Limitation Act, 1963 enables this extension. That section enables a Court to admit an application or appeal if the applicant or the appellant, as the case may be, satisfied the Court that he had sufficient cause for not making the application and/or preferring the appeal within the time prescribed.

EXCLUDE TIME BEFORE WRONG FORUM
Part III of the Limitation Act lays down the manner of computation of the period of limitation. An important provision in this respect is laid down in s.14 of the Act. It states that in computing the period of limitation for any suit the time during which the plaintiff has launched civil proceedings in another Court, then such time shall be excluded provided that those proceedings relate to the same matter have been launched in good faith in a Court which cannot entertain it since it has no jurisdiction to do so. In other words, if the first Court did not have jurisdiction to entertain the plea and if such plea was filed by the plaintiff in good faith, then the time taken for such plea would be excluded in computing the period of limitation. In Commissioner, M.P. Housing Board vs. Mohanlal & Co. [2016] 14 SCC 199, it was held that s.14 of the Limitation Act had to be interpreted liberally to advance the cause of justice. S.14 would be applicable in cases of mistaken remedy or selection of a wrong forum. The Supreme Court in Sesh Nath Singh (supra) has held that:

‘There can be little doubt that Section 14 applies to an application under Section 7 of the IBC. At the cost of repetition, it is reiterated that the IBC does not exclude the operation of Section 14 ….’

Again in Dena Bank vs. C Shivakumar Reddy [2021] 129 taxmann.com 60 (SC) it was held that that default in payment of a debt triggered the right to initiate the Corporate Resolution Process. A Petition under Section 7 or 9 of the Code was required to be filed within the period of limitation prescribed by law, which would be three years from the date of default by virtue of Section 238A of the Code read with Article 137 of the Schedule to the Limitation Act.

EXCLUSION OF PROCEEDINGS UNDER SARFAESI ACT
Another legislation with similar objectives as the Code is the Securitization and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest Act, 2002 (“SARFAESI Act”). The SARFAESI Act also provides mechanisms for the recovery of debts by banks and financial institutions. This Act enables secured creditors to take possession of secured assets without going to Court.

In the case of Sesh Nath Singh (supra), the bank had resorted to action under the SARFAESI Act in respect of a loan default by a debtor. This debtor challenged this action by filing a Writ Petition before the Court and the Court granted an interim stay. While the Writ was pending, the bank filed a claim under the Code against the corporate debtor. This action was challenged by the corporate debtor contending that the NCLT should not have entertained the application filed by the financial creditor as the same was barred by the period of limitation. This issue reached the Supreme Court. Hence, the moot point before the Supreme Court was whether prior proceedings under the SARFAESI Act qualified for the exclusion of time under Section 14 of the Limitation Act since they were not civil proceedings before a Court?

Upholding the exclusion of time spent under SARFAESI, the Supreme Court held that it was wrong to say that s.14 could never be invoked until and unless the earlier proceedings had actually been terminated for want of jurisdiction or other cause of such nature. It held that s.14 excluded the time spent in proceeding in a wrong forum, which was unable to entertain the proceedings for want of jurisdiction or other such cause. Where such proceedings had ended, the outer limit to claim exclusion under Section 14 would be the date on which the proceedings ended. The Court observed that in the case on hand, the proceedings under the SARFAESI Act had not been formally terminated. The High Court stayed the proceedings by an interim order. The writ petition was not disposed of even after almost four years. The carriage of proceedings was with the Corporate Debtor. The interim order was still in force, when proceedings under Section 7 of the IBC were initiated, as a result of which the Financial Creditor was unable to proceed further under the SARFAESI Act.

Accordingly, it concluded that since the proceedings in the High Court were still pending on the date of filing of the application under s.7 of the Code in the NCLT, the entire period after the initiation of proceedings under the SARFAESI Act could be excluded. If the period from the date of institution of the proceedings under the SARFAESI Act till the date of filing of the application under s.7 of the Code in the NCLT was excluded, the application in the NCLT was well within the limitation of three years. Even if the period between the date of the notice under SARFAESI and the date of the interim order of the High Court staying the proceedings was excluded, the proceedings under Section 7 of IBC were still within limitation of three years.

It also held that the proceedings under the SARFAESI Act, 2002 were undoubtedly civil proceedings. There was no rationale for the view that the proceedings initiated by a secured creditor against a borrower under the SARFAESI Act for taking possession of its secured assets were intended to be excluded from the category of civil proceedings. Even though the SARFAESI Act enabled a secured creditor to enforce the security interest created in its favour, without the intervention of the Court, it did not exclude the intervention of Courts and/or Tribunals altogether. Hence, the Court held that keeping in mind the scope and ambit of proceedings under the Code before the NCLT / NCLAT, the expression ‘Court’ in s. 14 of the Limitation Act would be deemed to include any forum for a civil proceeding including any Tribunal or any forum under the SARFAESI Act.

EXCLUSION OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BY DEBTOR
Another important provision while computing the limitation period is s.18 of the Limitation Act. This states that if an acknowledgement of liability has been made in writing signed by the debtor against whom such property or right is claimed, a fresh period of limitation shall be computed from the time when the acknowledgement was so signed.

In Dena Bank vs. C Shivakumar Reddy [2021] 129 taxmann.com 60 (SC), the Apex Court, while explaining the essence of this provision held that as per s.18 of Limitation Act, an acknowledgement of a present subsisting liability, made in writing in respect of any right claimed by the opposite party and signed by the party against whom the right is claimed, had the effect of commencing a fresh period of limitation from the date on which the acknowledgement is signed. Such an acknowledgement need not be accompanied by a promise to pay expressly or even by implication. However, the acknowledgement must be made before the relevant period of limitation has expired. It further held that even if the writing containing the acknowledgement was undated, evidence might be given of the time when it was signed. An acknowledgement may be sufficient even though it was accompanied by refusal to pay, deliver, perform or permit to enjoy or was coupled with claim to set off, or was addressed to a person other than a person entitled to the property or right. The term ‘signed’ was to be construed to mean signed personally or by an authorised agent.

In Sesh Nath Singh (supra), the Court held that the Code did not exclude the application of s.18 or any other provision of the Limitation Act. Again, in Laxmi Pat Surana vs. Union Bank of India & Anr. [LSI-176-SC-2021(NDEL)], the Supreme Court held that there was no reason to exclude the effect of Section 18 of the Limitation Act to proceedings initiated under the IBC.

The issue before the Apex Court in Dena Bank (supra) was whether an offer for one-time settlement signed by the debtor would lead to an exclusion of time under s.18? The Court held that it saw no reason why an Offer of One-Time Settlement of a live claim, made within the period of limitation, should not also be construed as an acknowledgement to attract Section 18 of the Limitation Act. To sum up, an application under s.7 of the IBC would not be barred by limitation, on the ground that it had been filed beyond a period of 3 years from the date of declaration of the loan account of the Corporate Debtor as a Non Performing Asset, if there was an acknowledgement of the debt by the Corporate Debtor before expiry of the period of limitation of 3 years, in which case the period of limitation would get extended by a further period of 3 years.

CONCLUSION
Thus, it is clear that the Limitation Act applies with all its exclusions, even to the Code. Courts are very quick to support this principle and would be wary in holding otherwise.  

S. 195 – Deduction at source – Non-resident – Lower deduction of tax – Indexation – Binding precedent – Order of Tribunal is binding on lower Authorities – Capital gains – Cost of acquisition of the property in the hands of seller is deemed to be the cost for which the said property was acquired by previous owner – Excess tax paid by the Petitioner was directed to be refunded with interest.

12 Rohan Developers Pvt. Ltd. vs. ITO (IT) (Bom.)(HC); [W.P No. 1005 of 2008; Date of order: 6th January, 2022 (Bombay High Court)]

S. 195 – Deduction at source – Non-resident – Lower deduction of tax – Indexation – Binding precedent – Order of Tribunal is binding on lower Authorities – Capital gains – Cost of acquisition of the property in the hands of seller is deemed to be the cost for which the said property was acquired by previous owner – Excess tax paid by the Petitioner was directed to be refunded with interest.

Petitioner filed an application under Section 195(2) of the Act requesting him to issue a low tax rate Certificate for Deduction of Tax at Source in respect of consideration for the purchase of immovable property from the seller. According to the Petitioner, the cost of acquisition under Section 49(1)(ii) of the Act in the hands of the seller is deemed to be the cost for which the said property was acquired by Late Mrs. Dolly Jehangir Gazdar. It is also Petitioner’s case that under clauses (29A) and (42A) of Section 2, the period of holding of late Mrs. Dolly Jehangir Gazdar, Mrs. Rhoda Rustom Framjee and Mr. Rustom Framjee is also to be included in the period of holding of the seller for ascertaining whether the said property is held by him as a short-term capital asset or as a long-term capital asset. Therefore, in its application under Section 195(2) of the Act, Petitioner annexed a copy of the draft computation of long-term capital gains of the seller in respect of the transfer of the said property. While computing the capital gains, the Petitioner took the benefit of the option provided in the provisions of Section 55(2)(b)(ii) of the Act, which provides that where a capital asset became the property of the assessee by any of the modes specified in Section 49(1) of the Act and the capital asset became the property of the previous owner before the 1st day of April 1981, cost of acquisition means the cost of the capital asset to the previous owner or the fair market value of the asset on the 1st day of April 1981 at the option of the assessee. Based on the scheme of the Act as is provided in Section 49(1)(ii), clauses (29A) and (42A) of Section 2 and Section 55(2)(b)(ii) of the Act, Petitioner claimed that indexation of the cost of acquisition under the second proviso to Section 48 should be available from the financial year 1981- 82. The Petitioner relied on the Judgement of Special Bench in the case of DCIT vs. Manjula J. Shah (2009) 126 TTJ 145 (SB) (Mum.)(Trib). The application for lower tax was rejected. The Petitioner paid the tax under protest and filed the writ for rejection of application for lower rate of tax.

The Court held that the mere fact that the order of the appellate authority is not acceptable to the department or is the subject matter of an appeal cannot be a ground for not following it unless its operation has been suspended by a competent Court. This has been reiterated by this Court in its order Karanja Terminal & Logistic Private Limited vs. CIT (WP No. 1397 of 2020 dated 31st January, 2022) (Bom.)(HC).

The Court noted that the above decision of ITAT Spl Bench had been affirmed by the Bombay High Court; therefore, the issue is now settled in favour of the Petitioner and therefore directed the department to accept the computation of the capital gains after taking into consideration the index cost and cost of the previous owner. The Court following the Apex Court in Union of India vs. Tata Chemicals Limited [2014] 363 ITR 658 (SC) also directed the revenue to pay interest under Section 244A(1)(b) of the Act for the period from the date of payment of tax, i.e., 7th January, 2011 till date.

Revision — (i) Powers of Commissioner — Reassessment — Order of AO dropping reassessment proceedings after issuance of notice and considering assessee’s objections — Order of AO not administrative order — No jurisdiction in Commissioner to examine correctness of decision taken by AO; (ii) Export — Exemption — Disqualification where shareholding of assessee changes — Documents showing shareholding pattern in assessee continued to be same and share transfers were without beneficial interest — AO dropping reopening proceedings — Finding that shares transferred only to comply with legal requirements and beneficial ownership never transferred — Revision not sustainable

47 CIT vs. Barry-Wehmiller International Resources (P.) Ltd. [2021] 440 ITR 403 (Mad) A.Y.: 2001-02; Date of order: 3rd August, 2021 Ss.10A(9), 147, 148 & 263 of ITA, 1961

Revision — (i) Powers of Commissioner — Reassessment — Order of AO dropping reassessment proceedings after issuance of notice and considering assessee’s objections — Order of AO not administrative order — No jurisdiction in Commissioner to examine correctness of decision taken by AO; (ii) Export — Exemption — Disqualification where shareholding of assessee changes — Documents showing shareholding pattern in assessee continued to be same and share transfers were without beneficial interest — AO dropping reopening proceedings — Finding that shares transferred only to comply with legal requirements and beneficial ownership never transferred — Revision not sustainable

For the A.Y. 2001-02 the assessment of the assessee was reopened. After receiving the response from the assessee, the Assessing Officer dropped the proceedings holding that there was no change in the beneficial shareholding of the company in terms of section 10A(9) of the of the Income-tax Act, 1961 . The Commissioner after examining the records issued notice u/s 263 proposing to revise the order dropping the reassessment proceedings because the Assessing Officer failed to appreciate that the beneficial shareholding of the company had changed with the acquisition of shares in M Inc., U.S.A. company, which owned 100 per cent shares of a Mauritius company, which was the holding company of the assessee.

The Tribunal allowed the assessee’s appeal.

On appeal by the Revenue, the Madras High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

“i) The Commissioner had no jurisdiction to invoke his power u/s. 263 of the Act to examine the correctness of the decision taken by the Assessing Officer dropping the reopening proceedings after issuance of notice u/s. 148 of the Act and after considering the objections filed by the assessee.

ii) The U.S.A. company had addressed the Registrar of Companies in Chennai conveying its no objection to the change of name. The assessee had explained its organisational structure stating that 100 per cent. of the equity capital of MWS was held by MAPL, a company incorporated in Mauritius, that the shareholding pattern in the assessee continued to be the same, that all the shares in the assessee were held by MAPL, Mauritius and that during 2000-01, no share transfers occurred, that only 2 shares were transferred to BW Inc., USA in March 2002 and that too without beneficial interest in the shares and that MAPL continued to hold the beneficial interest in the shares. This was duly supported by necessary records. These facts were taken note of and the Assessing Officer had dropped the reopening proceedings. Thus, it was on an opinion formed by the Assessing Officer and after being satisfied that there was no case made out for reopening and after recording that the ownership or beneficial interest of the assessee had not changed and continued to be with the Mauritius company and therefore, section 10A(9) of the Act was not attracted and accordingly, proceedings under section 147 of the Act were dropped.

iii) The Tribunal was right in coming to the conclusion that the shares were transferred only to comply with the legal requirements and the beneficial ownership was never transferred. Hence, the order passed by the Tribunal did not call for any interference.”

CREDIT BLOCKADES FOR CONVEYANCES

INTRODUCTION
Global economies have banked on tax collections from the Mobility Industry, which has inevitably placed them at the higher end of the tax spectrum. In a VAT chain, taxes collected would be retained by Governments only when the input tax credit is blocked to the subsequent users. Socialist economies have always viewed motor vehicles as ‘luxury’, making the industry a soft target for tax collections. In addition, administrators are aware of the likely diversion of automobiles for personal use even though business enterprises own them. These ideologies have directed stringent tax provisions for motor vehicles and conveyances.

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY

Credit in respect of motor vehicles was blocked during the CENVAT regime. Motor vehicles were excluded from the definition of ‘inputs’ irrespective of the purpose for which they were used. As ‘capital goods’, credit was originally permitted to service providers only in limited cases – (a) tour operators, (b) courier agencies, (c) cab-rent operators, (d) outdoor caterers, (e) goods transporters, and (f) pandal or shamiana operators. In 2010, this list was extended to dumpers and tippers (registered in the name of service provider) used for site formation or mining activities. Components, spares, and accessories for the above listed motor vehicles were considered as permitted credits. In 2012, with the shift from a ‘positive list’ service taxation to a ‘negative list’ taxation, the entire provision was substituted by permitting credits on the basis of end-use (i.e. service description to which the said vehicles were put to use), delinking them from category-based eligibility. In addition, credit was permitted to manufacturers in respect of all motor vehicles, except the following HSNs:

8702

MOTOR
VEHICLES FOR THE TRANSPORT OF TEN OR MORE PERSONS

8703

MOTOR
CARS AND OTHER MOTOR VEHICLES PRINCIPALLY DESIGNED FOR THE TRANSPORT OF
PERSONS (OTHER THAN THOSE OF HEADING 8702), INCLUDING STATION WAGONS AND
RACING CARS

8704

MOTOR
VEHICLES FOR THE TRANSPORT OF GOODS

8711

MOTORCYCLES
(INCLUDING MOPEDS) AND CYCLES FITTED WITH AN AUXILIARY MOTOR, WITH OR WITHOUT
SIDE-CARS

In effect, goods carriers (i.e. dumpers and tippers), special purpose motor vehicles (such as Tractors, Crane Lorries, Concrete-Mixers lorries, Work Trucks, etc.) were permitted as ‘Capital Goods’ credit for manufacturers. This position continued until the sub summation of the Central Excise provisions. Some important observations emerging here are as follows:

(a) There has been a constant progression in granting credit to motor vehicles which have been directly used for value-added activity either by a manufacturer or a service provider.

(b) Passenger vehicles were blocked credits except where they were used as commercial passenger vehicles.

(c) HSN was adopted for describing the nature of motor vehicles that are eligible/ ineligible for CENVAT credit. Even if the ‘principal design’ of the vehicle met the description, credits were permissible.

(d) Under the HSN system, Motor-cycles were a distinct category from Motor-Vehicles.

(e) Use Test was not prominently visible in the provisions, and the reliance on HSN classification contained a presumption that the actual use and registered use were the same.

On the other hand, VAT laws permitted credits only if the goods were either re-sold or used as a direct input in manufacturing activity. In all other cases, Motor vehicles and conveyances were treated as ‘non-creditable goods’.

LEGAL CONTEXT – ORIGINAL LAW

Originally enacted section 17(5) blocked credit in respect of motor vehicles and conveyances (‘blocked conveyances’) except when they were used for making specified supplies (collectively referred to as ‘credit qualifying supplies’):

a) supply of such motor vehicles or conveyances

b) transportation of passengers

c) imparting training of such conveyances

In addition, such conveyances were eligible for credit when used for transportation of goods either on own account or as part of any supply (‘qualifying use’). The law was silent on the admissibility of input tax credit on ancillary costs (such as insurance, repair, maintenance, etc.) incurred in respect of such blocked conveyances.

2019 AMENDMENT
In 2018 (w.e.f. 1st February, 2019) the provisions were substituted resulting in the following:

(a) Blocked conveyances list was narrowed to passenger motor vehicles (below 13 capacity), vessels and aircraft. Other modes of conveyances were removed from the blocked list.

(b) Passenger motor vehicles and vessels/ aircraft fell under differently worded provisions.

(c) Clause specifying ‘qualifying use’ for motor vehicles was deleted and merged into the ‘blocked conveyances’ clause – in effect qualifying the nature of the motor vehicles itself rather than specifying a separate qualifying use test.

(d) Credit in respect of the ancillary services (such as insurance, repair and maintenance) were specifically blocked in respect of ‘blocked conveyances’ except when such blocked conveyances were used for credit qualifying supplies.

(e) Credit was made available to manufacturer or insurers of such blocked conveyances as long as they are in the business relatable to such blocked conveyances.

Summary of the eligibility matrix on account of the amendment would be tabulated as follows:

Criteria

Pre-2019 – All Conveyances

Post 2019 – Motor Vehicles

Post 2019 – Aircraft and Vessels

Blocked Conveyances

All motor vehicles & conveyances

Motor vehicles for transportation of passengers

Vessels and Aircraft

Credit Qualifying Supplies

Identical

Identical

Identical

Qualifying Use

Transportation of Goods

Merged in 1st criteria

Transportation of Goods

With the amendment in 2019, the use test for motor vehicles has been merged into the Conveyance Test, while the original provisions have been retained for aircraft and vessels (refer subsequent analysis).

INTER-PLAY – USED VS. INTENDED TO BE USED
Section 16(1) grants input tax credit on all inward supplies based on two entry points (a) use or (b) intention of use. Section 17(5) operates as an exception to the general rule of grant of credit and uses the phrase ‘used’ while enabling credit based on the ‘onward supply test’. Is the overriding nature of 17(5) coupled with the absence of the phrase ‘intention of use’ having an impact on credit eligibility of goods used for onward supply?

Section 17(5) expresses that credit in respect of blocked conveyances (say motor vehicles) would be denied. This first level denial is absolute, implying that all blocked conveyances are ineligible for input tax credit – let’s call it a blanket ban. Having placed a banket ban on blocked conveyances, the law now states that it shall permit a narrow escape route when such blocked conveyances are ‘used’ for credit qualifying supplies. Consequently, while a taxable person may have availed credit of blocked conveyances on ‘use’ or even ‘intention of use’, the only escape route to retain the credit is after establishing that such blocked conveyances have been ‘used’ for credit qualifying supplies. This format of the provisions places a larger onus on the taxable person claiming credit on blocked conveyances. However, this stringent test does not appear to be applicable to non-specified conveyances (such as goods vehicles) not featuring as blocked conveyances. Therefore, while goods vehicles are permitted for input tax credit on mere ‘intention of use’ of such vehicles, passenger vehicles may have to undergo the rigour of whether they have been ‘used’ for the specified purpose.

Some may call this interpretation as hyper-technical and defeating the purpose of granting credit at the time of purchase and deferring it until the goods are actually used. No doubt this interpretation appears to be onerous on the taxpayer, and one would weigh the precedents on this. At this juncture, one may recall the decision of the Supreme Court in BPL Display Devices Ltd. vs. CCE1 where it was held that the exemption which was dependent on usage goods should also be interpreted to include intention of use. Despite the goods being lost in transit, the courts granted the benefit of exemption on the basis that use included intention of use. While this decision is attractive to apply, one may also have to consider the context of section 16(1) r/w 17(5). A reasonable interpretation to resolve this deadlock would be to hold that blocked conveyances which are worded under over-riding provisions would not be eligible for input tax credit. Credit would be permitted only on they been used for permitted purposes. Though this test is narrow in comparison to the wide scope of section 16(1), the effect of this test is only to place the onus on the taxpayer to establish the usage when called upon to do so. This test should not be interpreted as a pre-condition to availment of the credit itself. This fine inter-play of words can be framed into a three-layer water-fall test.

3-LAYER WATER-FALL TEST

 

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

1     2004
(174) E.L.T. 5 (S.C.)

ANALYSIS OF 17(5)(a) – CONVEYANCE TEST
Conveyance test blocks input tax credit on motor vehicles for transportation of persons having approved seating capacity of not more than thirteen persons. The phrase ‘motor vehicles for transportation of persons’ has not been enlisted anywhere. One may examine the HSN tariff entry for the inclusions/ exclusions to the phrase ‘motor vehicles for transportation of persons’. Vehicles specified in HSN 8702 and 8703 appear to be part of ‘motor vehicles for transportation of persons’. Tractors (8701), Motor Vehicles for transport of goods (8704), Special purpose motor vehicles (8705), Motorcycles (8711), etc appear to fall outside the scope of the said phrase.

Alternatively, motor vehicles can also be understood from the Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, which defines ‘motor vehicles’ as follows:

“(28) “motor vehicle” or “vehicle” means any mechanically propelled vehicle adapted for use upon roads whether the power of propulsion is transmitted thereto from an external or internal source and includes a chassis to which a body has not been attached and a trailer; but does not include a vehicle running upon fixed rails or a vehicle of a special type adapted for use only in a factory or in any other enclosed premises or a vehicle having less than four wheels fitted with engine capacity of not exceeding twenty-five cubic centimeters”

The said definition brings within its ambit any motor vehicle (including tractors, cranes, special purpose motor vehicles, motorcycles, etc) used upon roads and includes chassis or trailers. The coverage of the term under the Motor Vehicle Act, 1988 is wider than the scope envisaged under the HSN schedule, and this may pose some interpretational issues between the taxpayer and the revenue. The HSN schedule appears to be more proximate and contextual reference for understanding ‘motor vehicles for passengers’ on account of its framework and listing based on (a) seating capacity (of thirteen persons) (b) principal design of motor vehicles, and (c) their probable usage. Further, historical background of CENVAT provisions also suggests such a reference.

ANALYSIS OF 17(5)(aa) – CONVEYANCE TEST
Clause (aa) applies to vessels and aircraft when used for further supply of such vessels and aircraft or imparting training of such vessels and aircraft. One of the key effects of the 2019 amendment was that aircraft and vessels were carved out from the motor vehicles provisions and drawn up separately. While fresh provisions were drafted for motor vehicles, aircraft and vessels continued under the pre-amendment wordings. On a close comparative analysis, one could narrow down the difference to the qualification on the ‘nature of the conveyance’. For motor vehicles, the law makers have qualified the conveyance based on the purpose of use (i.e. passenger motor vehicles v/s goods motor vehicles) but for aircraft/ vessels, no such qualification has been made. A separate use test has been prescribed for eligibility of input tax credit on aircraft and vessels based on whether they have been used for the transportation of goods.

DE-JURE USE VS. DE-FACTO USE
This directs us to derive the rationale for distinct provisions for motor vehicles and for aircraft/ vessels. One may consider the ‘de-jure use’ (as per principal design and transport office records) or ‘de-facto use’ (actual use) as a reconciliation of the variance. In the case of motor vehicles, there are instances when passenger vehicles are modified with additional functions or features, though they are legally registered as passenger vehicles (refer vanity van case study below). The question arises whether the vehicles used beyond their registered use are permissible for credit as they are not just passenger vehicles after their modification.

The amendment by merging the use criteria with the blocked conveyance criteria seems to emphasise that this would not be permissible. In effect, the amendment is placing a blanket ban based on the de-jure use of the vehicles (i.e. as a passenger transport vehicle) and does not enable the person to avail credit based on ‘actual use’ of the passenger vehicle for goods transportation purposes.

But this is not the case for aircraft and vessels. The use criteria for aircraft and vessels is independently stated in a separate clause and does not qualify the aircraft or vessels itself i.e. the primary provision does not distinguish between cargo aircraft and passenger aircraft. Blanket ban on credit is placed without consideration of the primary purpose/ design. By way of a separate exclusion, the provision permits credit of aircrafts when used for transportation of goods, overcoming the criteria that they may also be passenger aircrafts. The probable reason could be that aircraft and vessels are subject to strict regulations and also have a separate enclosure of carriage of cargo, in addition to passenger seating facility. Therefore, dually designed aircrafts and vessels which are equipped for multiple use would be eligible for credit.

ANALYSIS OF 17(5)(a) (A), (B) & (C) – ONWARD SUPPLY TEST
Onward supply test permits credit on blocked conveyances by listing the credit qualifying supplies. It is essential that the motor vehicles are used for making further supplies. It is important to note that ‘self or incidental use’ would not make them as credit qualifying supplies. One would have to establish an activity of the specified nature (i.e. further supply or transportation or persons or training), qualifying under section 7, in order to fall within the narrow window to escape the blocked credits. By implication, the ‘identity of the motor vehicle’ on the inward leg of supply and that of the outward leg of supply should be directly co-relatable.

Clause (A) – What are the forms of supply i.e., either goods or services or both, which qualify for credit. In other words, does clause 17(5)(a)(i) permit input tax credit only for ‘automobile dealers’ (who are engaged in trading of motor vehicles) or can it also be applied to car rental or leasing companies. Under the GST scheme, the supply of motor vehicles can be in the form of supply of goods or the form of supply of services. Lawmakers have been explicit about the character of supply (i.e. goods or services) when a differential treatment was intended under such a consolidated law. In the absence of any differential treatment in 17(5)(a), the law appears to be covering both supply of motor vehicles as goods or services for the purpose of enabling input tax credit. Accordingly, cab-rental companies, leasing companies etc that purchase motor vehicles for the purpose of leasing, hiring, etc should be permitted to avail input tax credit on their purchases.

Clause (B) permits input tax credit on motor vehicles which are used for further supply of transportation of passengers. As stated above, mere transportation of persons would not meet the permissive criteria for availment of input tax credit. A factory transporting its own employees in an own vehicle would not be permitted to avail input tax credit unless the factory effects a ‘supply’ in the form of recovering a transportation fee from its employees. A tour operator, in the absence of an identifiable supply of transportation of passenger, may not be entitled to input tax credit even-though it performs transportation of passengers as an element of the overall supply. Though the revenue may claim that only SAC 9964 – Passenger transport services qualifies as ‘credit qualifying supply’, this does not emerge from the literal provisions of law. As long as there appears to be an onward supply from the passenger vehicle, the input tax credit may be available.

Clause (C) permits input tax credit on motor vehicles that are used for imparting training or driving such motor vehicles. This clause is oriented towards training schools etc. that purchase motor vehicles for use in training against a training fee. Supply principles discussed in clause (B) would also be applicable here.

Cumulatively clause (A), (B) and (C) are oriented towards a commercial value-added activity, which involves direct use of motor vehicles and excludes those cases where motor vehicles for transportation are on own account.

PARTIAL USE VS. COMPLETE USE
Instances also arise where the passenger motor vehicles are partially used for ‘passenger transportation services’ as well as ‘own purposes’. The law does not provide any guidance on attributability of such credit towards own purpose and commercial purpose. If the literal wordings are to be sole guiding factor, one could take the view that as long as they are used for passenger transportation activity, albeit partially, full credit should be permissible on such passenger motor vehicles based on the actual use criteria. Until the lawmakers do not provide any attribution methodology, a reversal for partial use towards own purposes does not seem to be expected from taxable persons.

ANALYSIS OF 17(5)(ab)
Section 17(5)(ab) blocks input tax credit on general insurance services and repair and maintenance of motor vehicles. However, credit is not blocked on services in respect of such conveyances, which are otherwise eligible for input tax credit. In addition, manufacturers and general insurance companies are also permitted to avail input tax credit on insurance and repair and maintenance activity for all motor vehicles, including passenger vehicles where they are engaged in the direct activity of such motor vehicles.

Importantly, the blockage of input tax credit is only on the ‘service activity’ of repair and maintenance. As an industry practice vide Circular No. 47/21/2018-GST dated 8th June, 2018, automobile dealers bifurcate their spare parts and labour work into goods and services, and taxes are applied accordingly. Applying the classification at the supplier’s end as conclusive of the nature of activity involved, it appears that the procurement of spare parts as part of repair and maintenance activity would be a supply of goods and hence outside the ambit of the said provisions.

One may note that the said provisions were introduced only during the 2019 amendment. Until then, there was ambiguity on whether ancillary activities pertaining to motor vehicles, such as repair and maintenance, were permissible input tax credit. The amendment fortifies the stand that prior to the amendment, such support services or goods availed on spare parts or repair were permissible credit for all motor vehicles (passenger and goods) without any specific bar u/s 17(5). This also derives support from the fact that the amended section 17(5)(b) specifically provides for blocking input tax credit on motor vehicles that have been obtained on lease, hire or rent. If section 17(5)(a) were to be interpreted to block input tax credit on all inward supplies having a direct or indirect connection with a motor vehicle, section 17(5)(b) would be redundant. Both these aspects would affirm the view that section 17(5)(a) prior to amendment did not block credit on repair, maintenance and insurance services.

SECTION 17(5)(b)
Associated to the aspect of credit, section 17(5)(b) blocks input tax credit on leasing, renting and hiring of conveyances. Two exceptions have been carved out in cases where (a) such inward supply is an element of an outward supply of the same category or a composite category; (b) such inward supply was necessitated on account of statutory provisions.

‘Leasing, renting and hiring’ has not been defined in the law specifically. The SAC/rate notifications provide rates/ exemptions on leasing, renting and hiring. The law has covered all three scenarios for using motor vehicles for purposing of blocked credits. Interestingly availment of passenger transport service (which is a separate SAC) does not feature in the said listing. Thus, where an enterprise avails of services of air or road travel under the passenger transportation category, section 17(5)(b) does not block the credits. In addition, if inward supply forms part of an outward supply, even as an element, the same would be eligible for credit on the basis that the inward supply has generated an onward value-added activity.

CASE STUDIES FOR APPLICATION OF LAW
Case 1 Hotel Cab – A Hotel purchases motor vehicles to transport guests and charges a fee as part of the overall accommodation package. In many cases, such activity is provided as a complimentary package to the accommodation services. Section 17(5)(a) states that motor vehicles are eligible under the Onward Supply Test when generating a passenger transportation activity. The hotel certainly has an element of passenger transportation service bundled in a composite package, but the invoice does not explicitly adopt the corresponding SAC for such activity. A literal reading of the provisions suggests that there must be a ‘taxable supply’ of transportation of passengers. Unless the service activity is taxed as a passenger transportation service credit should not be permissible. However, unlike section 17(5)(b)2, the said provision does not mandate a category-to-category correlation between input and output activity. Therefore, a purposive interpretation of the law could suggest that credit should be eligible in respect of motor vehicles if it is bundled as part of the overall service activity.

Case 2 Vanity Van – A celebrity purchases a vanity van registered as a passenger vehicle with modifications to store its vanity materials. The registered use is a passenger vehicle, but the actual use is for storing and transporting the vanity set-up for use by the celebrity. Section 17(5)(a) does not expressly differentiate between registered use or actual use. The HSN schedule however classifies motor vehicles based on the principal design or principal purpose. Where the motor vehicle is principally designed for transportation of passenger they would be classifiable under 8703 and probably the same test would have to be applied for purpose of section 17(5)(a). Therefore, the vanity van being principally designed for transportation of passengers and registered as a passenger vehicle may not be eligible for claim u/s 17(5)(a).

_____________________________________________

2     “Provided
that the input tax credit in respect of such goods or services or both shall be
available where an inward supply of such goods or services or both is used by a
registered person for making an outward taxable supply of the same category of goods or services or both
or as an element of a taxable composite or mixed supply”

3     2008
(232) E.L.T. 475 (Tri. – Del.)

Case 3 Intention to Resale – A Company purchases a motor vehicle for itself to be used for official purposes and has a policy to dispose the same (on payment of taxes) after a period of 1 year or crossing a particular odometer reading. While the Company has an intention at the time of purchase for making a further supply of such vehicles, the same is at a future undecided date. Section 17(5)(a) refers to actual use of such motor vehicles for further supply of such motor vehicles. If one views the said provision as applicable only at the time of availment, credits would not be available in such cases. Subsequent change in use or application to the permitted purposes does not appear to be envisaged in section 17(5)(a). One may consider the decision in Brindavan Beverages Pvt. Limited vs. CCE3 and the decision in CCE vs. Surya Roshni Ltd4 which hold that the eligibility of credit should be examined at the time of availment, and subsequent change in use would not alter the credit position. But alternatively, if the provision is to be interpreted as an end-use test, one may be tempted to claim that since the end purpose of resale, a.k.a. supply has taken place at a future date, credit should be available to the Company.

Case 4 – Automobile dealers purchase ‘Demo Cars’ for demonstration to the prospective customers at the showroom. These demo cars are first registered (either permanently or temporarily) and then sold after extensive usage to the end customers at lower prices. While the cars are initially intended for own use (i.e. demonstration to prospective customers) they do not expressly fall within the ‘permitted use’ list. Though there may be an intention for resale the same to end customers, credit u/s 17(5)(a) is permissible on actual use of the motor vehicles. Moreover, if the erstwhile law principles of testing conditions of eligibility at the time of original availment, are adopted, credit may be a contentious issue. While there are divergent advance rulings on this aspect, it appears the literal wordings of the provisions do not permit credit on subsequent adoption of the goods for the permitted uses.5 The favourable advance ruling holds that since the cars are eventually sold by the automobile dealer, credit should be permissible and the contrary ruling apply the literal provisions of law at the time of purchase without regard to the future use.

Case 5 – Cash Management Company purchase cash carry vans which are customized with high security features for transportation of invaluable items. Pre-2019, the credit was eligible only on transportation of goods. This raised an issue of whether motor vehicles used for transportation of ‘money’ which were not goods was eligible for input tax credit. While the initial advance ruling6 held that input tax credit is not eligible, the appellate advance ruling authority on remand has directed that input tax credit on the same would be available at par with motor vehicles used for transportation of goods7. Post 2019, such vans are outside the blocked conveyance list at the threshold itself and hence eligible for credit.

________________________________________________

4. 2003 (155) E.L.T. 481 (Tri. – Del.) affirmed
in 2007 (216) E.L.T. 133 (Tri. – LB)

5   It
may be noted that there are divergent advance rulings on this aspect – A.M.
Motors [2018 (10) TMI 514]; Chowgule Industries Private Limited [2019 (7) TMI
844]; Khatwani Sales and Services LLP [2021 (1) TMI 692]; Platinum Motocorp LLP
[2019 (3) TMI 1850]

6   CMS
INFO SYSTEMS LTD. [2018 (5) TMI 649] and reversed in 2020 (6) TMI 643

7   Recommendations
made during the 28th meeting of the GST Council on 21st July, 2018

Case 6 – Oil mining companies procure accommodation barges for lodging their employees at on-site drilling locations which are on high-seas. These accommodation barges are vessels that are used for transportation of passengers and for providing accommodation at high-seas. In many cases, these vessels are obtained on lease and do not strictly meet the onward supply test of ‘transportation of passengers’. As discussed above, vessels are governed by the original philosophy and credit is enabled only on onward supplies and/or actual usage for transportation of goods. In the said facts, these accommodation barges are not involved in an onward supply of transportation of passengers and also not involved in the transportation of goods. Therefore, it appears such cases would be blocked from availing input tax credit.

Case 7 – Cost of ownership and operation of Motor Vehicles may also include expenses towards parking or rental space. If a limited scope is attributed to the phrase ‘in respect of motor vehicles’ u/s 17(5)(a), one may contend that ancillary services of motor vehicles should not be blocked for credit purposes. The revenue would be inclined to interpret the said phrase as being wide enough to cover all credits pertaining to motor vehicles, including costs of operation and maintenance. Going by the preceding analysis and the 2019 amendment, one may take the stand ancillary services are not blocked until they are specifically specified u/s 17(5).

Case 8 Charter of Aircraft – Companies avail aircraft on a charter basis for transportation of their executives. The chartered flight operator charges the company based on the actual flying hours, and in many cases, provides the Company exclusive access to the aircraft. The industry follows the divergent practice of either charging GST as (a) hiring/ renting of aircraft – 9966; or (b) passenger transport service – 9964. Under section 17(5)(b), credit is blocked for hiring or renting of aircraft but permitted for passenger transport service.

The explanatory notes to the service classification explain 9966 as being renting of transport vehicles where the service recipient defines how and when the vehicle will be operated, schedules, routes and other operational considerations. 9964 has been explained to include scheduled as well as non-scheduled air transport of passengers. In the present facts, there appears to be a wafer-thin line of difference between 9966 and 9964. Having said this, from an input tax credit perspective, it is settled law that the classification by the supplier cannot be altered by the recipient unless the supplier either admits to such alteration or the results of legal proceedings warrant such alteration at the supplier’s end (CCE vs. Sarvesh Refractories (P) Ltd8). Therefore, as a recipient of service, the taxable person ought to claim the credit only of invoices classified as 9967 and would have to reverse the credit on invoices classified as 9964. While this may seem unfortunate, such a practice would ensure stability in tax classifications over the longer run.

CONCLUSION
The automobile sector has been the catalyst of economic growth and a major contributor to the tax exchequer. The visible impact of a high GST tax rate and such credit blockades increases the transportation costs of business enterprises. The Government has recognized this and been progressive in liberalizing this input credit stream. While at the policy level, attempts are being made to widen the credit space, the provisions should not be interpreted as a block credit for all motor vehicles without adhering to the purpose of use of the conveyance. 

_____________________________________________
8. 2002 (139) E.L.T. 431 (Tri. – Kolkata)
affirmed in 2007 (218) ELT 488 (SC)

Recovery of tax — Provisional attachment u/s 281B — Condition precedent for attachment — Authority must form opinion on basis of tangible material that it is necessary to do so for protecting interest of government revenue and that assessee not likely to fulfil demand if raised — Order merely stating likelihood of huge liability being raised and necessary to provisionally attach fixed deposit of assessee — Cryptic, unreasoned, non-speaking and laconic — Specific assertion by assessee that it owned immovable property of substantial value — Apprehension that assessee might not make payment unfounded and without any basis — Orders liable to be quashed

46 Indian Minerals and Granite Co. vs. Dy. CIT [2021] 440 ITR 292 (Karn) Date of order: 12th August,2021 S. 281B of ITA, 1961

Recovery of tax — Provisional attachment u/s 281B — Condition precedent for attachment — Authority must form opinion on basis of tangible material that it is necessary to do so for protecting interest of government revenue and that assessee not likely to fulfil demand if raised — Order merely stating likelihood of huge liability being raised and necessary to provisionally attach fixed deposit of assessee — Cryptic, unreasoned, non-speaking and laconic — Specific assertion by assessee that it owned immovable property of substantial value — Apprehension that assessee might not make payment unfounded and without any basis — Orders liable to be quashed

Pursuant to the search said to have been conducted by the respondents in respect of the petitioner-assessees u/s 132 of the said Act of 1961, assessment proceedings were initiated u/s 153A by the Assessing Officer. During the course of the said proceedings, Assessing Officer passed orders u/s 281B, thereby provisionally attaching the fixed deposits of the petitioners.

The assessee filed writ petition and challenged the orders. The Karnataka High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“i) Mere apprehension on the part of the Department that huge tax demands are likely to be raised on completion of the assessment is not sufficient for the purpose of passing a provisional order of attachment. Having regard to the fact that the provisional attachment order of a property of a taxable person including the bank account of such person is draconian in nature and the conditions which are prescribed by the statute for the valid exercise of power must be strictly fulfilled, the exercise of power for order of provisional attachment must necessarily be preceded by formation of an opinion by the authorities that it is necessary to do so for the purpose of protecting the interest of Government revenue. Before an order of provisional attachment is passed, the Commissioner must form an opinion on the basis of tangible material available for attachment that the assessee is not likely to fulfil the demand for payment of tax and it is therefore necessary to do so for the purpose of protecting the interest of the Government revenue. In addition, before passing the provisional attachment order, it is also incumbent upon the authorities to come to a conclusion based on tangible material that without attaching the provisional attachment, it is not possible in the facts of the given case to protect the revenue and that the provisional attachment order is completely warranted for the purpose of protecting the Government revenue.

ii) Except for merely stating that since there was a likelihood of huge tax payments to be raised on completion of assessment and that for the purpose of protecting the revenue, it was necessary to provisionally attach the fixed deposit of the assessee, the other mandatory requirements and preconditions had neither been complied with nor fulfilled or followed prior to passing the order. In view of the fact that the orders were cryptic, unreasoned, non-speaking and laconic, they deserved to be quashed.

iii) In the light of the undisputed fact that the proceedings u/s. 153A of the Act had already been initiated coupled with the fact that section 281 of the Act contemplates that any alienation of any property belonging to the assessee would be null and void, in addition to the specific assertion made by the assessee that it owned and possessed immovable property to the tune of more than Rs. 300 crores, the apprehension of the Department that in the event huge tax payments were to be raised as against the assessee, the assessee might not make payment thereof thus causing loss to the Revenue, was clearly unfounded and without any basis.

iv) The impugned orders dated 26th March, 2021 passed by respondent No. 1 are hereby quashed.”

Reassessment — Notice — Sanction of prescribed authority — To be obtained prior to issue of notice — Approval granted after issue of notice — No valid explanation by cogent material that physical approval was granted before issuance of notice — Approval saying merely “yes, I am satisfied” — Non-application of mind on part of specified authority — Notice not valid

45 Svitzer Hazira Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT [2021] 441 ITR 19 (Bom) A.Y.: 2014-15; Date of order: 21st December, 2021 Ss. 147, 148 & 151 of ITA, 1961

Reassessment — Notice — Sanction of prescribed authority — To be obtained prior to issue of notice — Approval granted after issue of notice — No valid explanation by cogent material that physical approval was granted before issuance of notice — Approval saying merely “yes, I am satisfied” — Non-application of mind on part of specified authority — Notice not valid

For the A.Y. 2014-15, the Assessing Officer digitally issued a notice u/s 148 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 against the assessee and furnished the reasons for reopening. The notice was uploaded at 2.40 p.m. on 31st March, 2019 on the portal under the digital signature of the Assessing Officer and the copy of the approval u/s 151 was signed at 2.55 p.m. on 31st March, 2019 by the specified authority.

The assessee filed a writ petition and challenged the validity of notice on the ground that the notice u/s 148 was issued without prior sanction u/s 151 and that sanction had been granted without application of mind by the specified authority. The Bombay High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“i) Prior approval of the superior officer as contemplated by section 151 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 operates as a shield against arbitrary exercise by the Assessing Officer of the power conferred on him u/ss. 147 and 148. The power to grant prior approval has been conferred on the superior officer so that the superior officer shall examine the reasons, material or grounds and adjudicate whether they are sufficient and adequate to the formation of necessary belief on the part of the Assessing Officer. Therefore, it is necessary for the superior officer to apply his mind and record his reasons howsoever brief so that the Assessing Officer’s belief is well reasoned and bona fide.

ii) The remark on the part of the superior authority must indicate application of mind by giving reasons for prior approval. The expression “no notice shall be issued” cannot be construed to mean post facto approval. The expression “no notice shall be issued” reflects the intention of the Legislature to indicate that prior approval is the sine qua non before issuance of notice u/s. 148. The sanction to be granted by the authority u/s. 151 has to be prior in point of time of issuance of notice u/s. 148.

iii) There was no prior sanction granted u/s. 151 by the Joint Commissioner before issuance of notice u/s. 148. Therefore, the jurisdictional condition of complying with section 151 was not satisfied. The explanation furnished in the order disposing of the objections of the assessee by the Assessing Officer that initially physical approval was granted and thereafter online approval was granted was not supported by any material on record. In the absence of valid explanation by cogent material the explanation in the order disposing of the objections of the assessee by the Assessing Officer that physical approval was granted before issuance of notice under section 148 could not be accepted.

iv) In his order of sanction, the Joint Commissioner had merely recorded his approval as “Yes, I am satisfied”. There was non-application of mind on the part of the Joint Commissioner while granting sanction u/s. 151.”

Reassessment — (i) Notice u/s 148 — Conditions precedent — New tangible material to show that income has escaped assessment and reason to believe — Notice on ground that assessee did not offer to tax interest and bonus received on surrender of life insurance policy before maturity — Original assessment without scrutiny not relevant — Reopening of assessment unsustainable; (ii) Exemption — Receipt of interest and bonus on surrender of life insurance policy before maturity — Conditions stipulated u/s 10(10D) — Department to prima facie establish which condition was not fulfilled by assessee — Assessee not receiving from insurer under contract of annuity plan — Provision of s. 80CCC(2) not applicable

44 Ami Ashish Shah vs. ITO [2021] 440 ITR 417 (Guj) A.Y.: 2012-13; Date of order: 22nd March, 2021 Ss.143(1), 147, 148, 10(10D) & 80CCC(2) of ITA, 1961

Reassessment — (i) Notice u/s 148 — Conditions precedent — New tangible material to show that income has escaped assessment and reason to believe — Notice on ground that assessee did not offer to tax interest and bonus received on surrender of life insurance policy before maturity — Original assessment without scrutiny not relevant — Reopening of assessment unsustainable; (ii) Exemption — Receipt of interest and bonus on surrender of life insurance policy before maturity — Conditions stipulated u/s 10(10D) — Department to prima facie establish which condition was not fulfilled by assessee — Assessee not receiving from insurer under contract of annuity plan — Provision of s. 80CCC(2) not applicable

The assessee, a non-resident individual, for the A.Y. 2012-13, declared income from house property. After a period of four years, the Assessing Officer issued a notice u/s148 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 to reopen u/s 147, the assessment made u/s 143(1) and recorded reasons that information was received from the Deputy Director (Investigation) to the effect that the assessee had obtained a life insurance policy on 28th June, 2006 on payment of an annual premium up to the F.Y. 2010-11, that the total amount paid by the assessee was Rs. 50 lakhs and the sum assured was Rs. 50 lakhs and the date of the last premium was 28th June, 2020, that the assessee surrendered the policy prematurely on 15th April, 2011 and received the surrender value which included an amount of accretion on account of interest and bonus on the credit of the assessee in the policy fund and that the assessee did not offer the accretion value to tax which resulted in income escaping assessment. The assessee raised objections on the grounds that any sum received under life insurance, including the sum allocated by way of bonus on life insurance policies did not form part of total income u/s 10(10D) if it did not fall under Exception sub-clauses (a) to (d) provided under such section and that the provisions of section 80CCC(2) was not applicable as he did not claim deduction u/s 80CCC(1) in his return. The objections were rejected.

The Gujarat High Court allowed the writ petition filed by the assessee and held as under:

“i) Even where the proceedings u/s. 147 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 are sought to be initiated with reference to an intimation u/s. 143(1), the ingredients of section 147 are required to be fulfilled. Therefore, such an assessment cannot be reopened unless some new or fresh tangible material comes into the possession of the Assessing Officer, subsequent to the intimation u/s. 143(1) and there should exist “reason to believe” that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment. According to the Explanatory Notes on the provisions of the Direct Tax Laws (Amendment) Act, 1987, contained in Circular No. 549, dated 31st October, 1989, issued by the CBDT no distinction u/s. 147 is contemplated between a scrutiny assessment u/s. 143(3) and the assessment u/s. 143(1) and tangible material is necessary to reopen even an assessment made without scrutiny.

ii) Reference to section 80CCC(2) by the Department was misconceived for two reasons: first, section 80CCC dealt with annuity plans whereas the assessee’s case was concerned with life insurance policy; secondly, section 80CCC(2) made any sum received by the assessee from the insurer towards contract for any annuity plan, taxable, provided premium paid for such plan was claimed as allowable deduction u/s. 80CCC(1) . There was no such averment or findings that the amount of premium paid by the assessee had been claimed and allowed as deduction u/s. 80CCC(1). According to section 10(10D) as on 1st April, 2021 as applicable for the A.Y. 2012-13, all that was required for an insurance policy to meet the requirements of section 10(10D) were that: (i) it should be a life insurance policy; (ii) it should be taken by the assessee on his/her life, and (iii) for insurance policies issued after 1st April, 2003, premium payable for any of the years during the term of the policy should not exceed 20 per cent. of the actual capital sum assured. Once these criteria were fulfilled, any sum received under such life insurance policy including bonus (accretions over and above the premiums paid) was exempt income. This amount was nothing, but, bonus, which was otherwise covered u/s. 10(10D). However, for this amount to be taxable, the Department had to prima facie indicate as to which of the conditions of section 10(10D) were not fulfilled or how the amount in question was not exempted under this section. Hence, in the absence of any new tangible material in the possession of the Assessing Officer, subsequent to the intimation u/s. 143(1), the reopening u/s. 147 was unsustainable.”

Penalty — Concealment of income — Search proceedings and income-tax survey — Subsequent addition to income returned — Returns accepted — No concealment of income — Penalty could not be levied

43 Principal ClT vs. Shreedhar Associates [2021] 440 ITR 547 (Guj) A.Y.: 2013-14; Date of order: 14th September, 2021 S. 271 of ITA, 1961

Penalty — Concealment of income — Search proceedings and income-tax survey — Subsequent addition to income returned — Returns accepted — No concealment of income — Penalty could not be levied

The assessee, a partnership firm was involved in the business of real estate development and construction, where it had come out with a scheme “Shreedhar Residency” in the first year 2012-13. The survey u/s 133A of the Income-tax Act, 1961 was conducted on 9th January, 2013 as a part of search operations in Rashmikant Bhatt Group along with other assessees belonging to the very group. The total disclosure was made of Rs. 20 crores, of which Rs. 3.80 crores was of the assessee firm. This was offered as an additional income of a year under survey and the return which was filed by the assessee for the A.Y. 2013-14 on 29th September, 2013. The total income disclosed and declared was Rs. 4,26,92,360 which was inclusive of the said sum of Rs. 3.80 crores. The assessment order was passed u/s 143(3) on 28th December, 2015 without any addition, whereby the return filed by the assessee was accepted. However, the Assessing Officer had initiated the penalty proceedings u/s 271(1)(c) on the ground of concealment. The stand of the assessee is that the amount of Rs. 3.80 crores cannot be treated as concealed income since the same had been declared in the return filed by the assessee. This was not accepted by the Assessing Officer and a penalty was imposed u/s 271(1)(c) at the rate of 100 per cent tax on the income to the tune of Rs. 3.80 crores.

The Commissioner (Appeals) cancelled the penalty. The Tribunal concurred with the Commissioner (Appeals).

On appeal by the Revenue, the following question was raised.

“Whether in the facts and circumstances of the case, the learned Income-tax Appellate Tribunal has erred in law and on fact in deleting the penalty levied u/s. 271(1)(c) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, amounting to Rs. 1,18,00,000 despite the fact that penalty was levied on admitted net undisclosed income of Rs. 3.80 crores received as ‘on money’, which was unearthed based on diary found and impounded by Investigation Wing during survey proceedings and also admitted by one of the partners in the statement recorded u/s. 131(1A) of the Act and the said ‘on money’ income was not accounted for in the regular books of account of the assessee on the date of survey?”

The Gujarat High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

“i) The Income-tax survey had taken place on 9th January, 2013 as a part of search operation of the entire group and out of additional Rs. 20 crores disclosed, Rs. 3.80 crores was attributed to the assessee-firm. The return was filed u/s. 139 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 by the assessee for the A.Y. 2013-14 on 29th September, 2013, which was about eight months after the survey which was conducted. The books of account were not closed and it was not a case of any revised return being filed by the assessee. In such circumstances, the Assessing Officer also had not added any other income as the amount of Rs. 3.80 crores had already been declared in the return itself.

ii) There was no concealment of income and hence penalty could not be imposed.”

Method of accounting — Assessee a builder and developer and not construction contractor — AS 7 applicable only in case of contractors — Assessee adopting completed contract method for A.Y. 2006-07 — No income offered in subsequent A.Y. 2007-08 — Result revenue neutral

42 CIT vs. Varun Developers [2021] 440 ITR 354 (Karn) A.Ys.: 2006-07 and 2007-08; Date of order: 8th February, 2021 Ss.80-IB(10), 145 of ITA, 1961

Method of accounting — Assessee a builder and developer and not construction contractor — AS 7 applicable only in case of contractors — Assessee adopting completed contract method for A.Y. 2006-07 — No income offered in subsequent A.Y. 2007-08 — Result revenue neutral

The assessee was a builder and developer and not a construction contractor simpliciter. Assessee adopted completed contract method for the A.Y. 2006-07 onwards. Following the said method the assessee did not offer any income for the A.Y. 2007-08. The Assessing Officer rejected the assessee’s claim and made addition applying the percentage completion method.

The Tribunal allowed the assessee’s claim.

In appeal by the Revenue, the following question was raised before the High Court.   

“Whether on the facts and in the circumstances of the case, the Tribunal was right in holding that the income of the assessee from project ‘Mantri Sarovar’ has to be computed for the A.Y. 2006-07 on the basis of ‘Project completion method’ without appreciating that as per AS-7 and AS-9, the assessee has to follow percentage completion method as the assessee is a builder and developer?”

The Karnataka High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

“i) U/s. 145(1) of the Act, the income chargeable under the head “Profits and gains of business” shall be computed in accordance with either the cash or mercantile system of accounting regularly employed by the assessee. The general provision was subject to accounting standards that the Central Government may notify.

ii) The assessee was a builder and developer and not a construction contractor simpliciter. Accounting Standard 7, titled construction contracts, was applicable only in case of contractors and did not apply to the case of developers and builders as evident from the opinion rendered by the expert advisory committee of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. No income from the project was offered for the A.Y. 2007-08 on the basis of the project completion method and either method of accounting finally would lead to the same results in terms of profits and therefore, was revenue neutral.

iii) The substantial question of law is answered against the Revenue and in favour of the assessee.”

Business expenditure — Capital or revenue expenditure — Tests — Ware-house business — Expenditure incurred to raise floor level of existing godown to avoid damage to goods and to retain customers — No new asset created — Expenditure incurred for carrying on and conducting business and forming integral part of profit-earning process — Deductible revenue expenditure

41 Jetha Properties Pvt. Ltd. vs. CIT [2021] 440 ITR 524 (Bom) A.Y.: 1991-92; Date of order: 9th December, 2021 S. 37 of ITA, 1961

Business expenditure — Capital or revenue expenditure — Tests — Ware-house business — Expenditure incurred to raise floor level of existing godown to avoid damage to goods and to retain customers — No new asset created — Expenditure incurred for carrying on and conducting business and forming integral part of profit-earning process — Deductible revenue expenditure

The assessee was a warehouse keeper. Due to flooding during the rains, when the customer’s goods which were clothing material manufactured for export got damaged the customer cautioned the assessee that if no remedial measure was taken it would have to change its business arrangement with the assessee. Therefore, the assessee raised the floor height to preserve the goods of its customers. Thereafter, the customer raised the warehousing charges from Rs. 1.20 per sq. ft. per week to Rs. 1.50 per sq. ft. per week.

On the question whether the expenditure incurred by the assessee for raising the floor height was revenue expenditure as claimed by the assessee or capital expenditure as claimed by the Department, the Bombay High Court held as under:

“i) The test to be applied whether an expenditure is revenue expenditure or not depends on whether the expenditure is related to the carrying on or conduct of the business and is an integral part of the profit-earning process. If the expenditure is so connected with the carrying on of the business that it may be regarded as an integral part of the profit-earning process, the expenditure cannot be treated as a capital expenditure but is revenue expenditure.

ii) The expenditure was incurred by the assessee wholly and solely to ensure that the existing business with the customer, which offered attractive returns to it was continued uninterrupted. The expenditure incurred by the assessee had direct relation to the business with the customer because the assessee had also received corresponding increased compensation from the customer. The expenditure did not bring into existence any new asset. There was a benefit by way of continuing business with the customer or increase in compensation from the customer. The assessee had achieved both these objectives by incurring the expenditure. The assessee had satisfactorily explained that the expenditure was for the purpose of conducting its business and increase in profit. The expenditure so incurred was related to the carrying on or conducting of warehouse business of the assessee and hence, it was as an integral part of the profit-earning process. The expenditure, therefore, could not be treated as capital expenditure but should be treated as revenue expenditure.”

Assessment — Faceless assessment — Grant of personal hearing where there is variation of income and requested by assessee — Failure to grant personal hearing requested by assessee on passing of draft assessment order — Assessment order and consequential demand and penalty notices set aside — Matter remanded to AO to grant personal hearing through video conferencing

40 Civitech Developers Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT [2021] 440 ITR 398 (Del) A.Y.: 2018-19; Date of order: 22nd July, 2021 Ss. 143(3), 144B(7) of ITA, 1961

Assessment — Faceless assessment — Grant of personal hearing where there is variation of income and requested by assessee — Failure to grant personal hearing requested by assessee on passing of draft assessment order — Assessment order and consequential demand and penalty notices set aside — Matter remanded to AO to grant personal hearing through video conferencing

The assessee was in real estate business. For the A.Y. 2018-19, a notice was issued against the assessee proposing to make addition to its income. The assessee filed a response and sought personal hearing through video conferencing. Another notice was served with the draft assessment order reducing the addition in response to which the assessee filed a detailed reply with documents and again sought a personal hearing through video conferencing to explain the issues which were complex in nature to the Assessing Officer in correct perspective with the layout plan, the disputed land and the towers which were incomplete. However, no personal hearing was allowed and assessment order was passed u/s 143(3) read with section 144B of the Income-tax Act, 1961 enhancing the income and consequential demand and penalty notices were issued.

The Delhi High Court allowed the writ petition filed by the assessee and held as under:

“Section 144B(7) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 provides an opportunity for a personal hearing, if requested by the assessee. As the option to opt for personal hearing was not enabled, the assessee due to technical glitches could not request for personal hearing on the e-portal. Consequently, it could not be said that the assessee did not opt for personal hearing. Therefore, the assessment order passed u/s. 143(3) read with section 144B and the consequential demand and penalty notices were set aside.”

The matter was remanded back to the Assessing Officer to grant an opportunity of personal hearing to the assessee through video conferencing.

Section 90 of the Act; Protocol to India-Spain DTAA – Protocol containing MFN clause is an integral part of DTAA and gets imported on notification of DTAA itself and does not require separate notification. This condition of Circular is contrary to section 90(1) of the Act read with DTAA and hence not binding on the taxpayer. Also, it cannot have retroactive applicability

7 GRI Renewable Industries SL vs. ACIT  [TS – 79 – ITAT – 2022 – (Pune)] ITA No: 202/Pun/2021 A.Y.: 2016-17; Date of order: 15th February, 2022

Section 90 of the Act; Protocol to India-Spain DTAA – Protocol containing MFN clause is an integral part of DTAA and gets imported on notification of DTAA itself and does not require separate notification. This condition of Circular is contrary to section 90(1) of the Act read with DTAA and hence not binding on the taxpayer. Also, it cannot have retroactive applicability

FACTS
Assessee, a tax resident of Spain, received FTS and royalty income from India. Relying upon MFN clause in India-Spain DTAA read with Article 12 of India-Portugal DTAA assessee claimed taxation at 10% as against 20% provided in India-Spain DTAA. CIT(A) affirmed AO’s order. AO rejected the assessee’s claim on the ground that the MFN clause could not be applied automatically as section 90 requires separate notification. DRP affirmed the order of AO.

Being aggrieved, the assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD
• India entered DTAA with Portuguese (a member of OECD Country) vide notification dated 16th June, 2020. Article 12 of India-Portuguese DTAA provides a tax rate of 10% for FTS and royalty.

•    India-Spain DTAA was signed on 8th February, 1993, entered into force on 12th January, 1995 and was notified on 21st April, 1995. Protocol containing the MFN clause was stated in DTAA to be an integral part of DTAA. It was also signed on 8th February, 1993.

•    CBDT Circular No.3/2022 dated 3rd February, 2022 mandates issuing separate notification for importing of benefits of a treaty with second State into the treaty with the first State by relying on section 90(1) of the Act.

•    This condition of Circular is contrary to section 90(1) of the Act read with DTAA, which treats protocol as an integral part of the DTAA.

•    On notifying the DTAA, all its integral parts get automatically notified. There is no need to notify the individual limbs of the DTAA again to make them operational one by one.

•    Circular issued by CBDT is binding on AO and not on the assessee.

•    Circular prescribing additional stipulation that creates disability cannot operate retrospectively to transactions taking place in any period anterior to its issuance.

Method of valuation of shares adopted by the assessee could be challenged by Assessing Officer only if it was not a recognized method of valuation as per Rule 11UA(2)

30 Him Agri Fesh (P.) Ltd. vs. ITO  [2021] 90 ITR(T) 95 (Amritsar – Trib.) ITA No.: 224 (Asr.) of 2018 A.Y.: 2014-15  Date of order: 7th July, 2021

Method of valuation of shares adopted by the assessee could be challenged by Assessing Officer only if it was not a recognized method of valuation as per Rule 11UA(2)

FACTS
In the course of assessment proceedings, the Assessing Officer doubted the quantum of the premium received on the issue of shares.

During the course of assessment proceedings, though the Assessing Officer asked the assessee to file a certificate as per Rule 11UA but, the assessee had submitted that Rule 11UA was not applicable to the case of the assessee.

Since the assessee failed to comply with provisions of Rule 11UA, the Assessing Officer calculated the Fair Market Value and made an addition on that basis, u/s 56(2)(viib). The CIT (A) dismissed the assessee’s appeal.

Consequently, the assessee filed an appeal before the ITAT.

HELD
The ITAT observed that during the course of assessment proceedings, the assessee was not able to submit the report as made by the Chartered Accountant as per Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) method due to the negligence of the counsel. However, it had filed the copy of the said valuation report with the CIT(A) but the same was neither considered by her nor any comment was given on the same.

The ITAT was of the opinion that once the assessee had opted for valuation of shares under Rule 11 UA by following the DCF method, then it was not open for the assessing officer or the CIT(A) to adopt a different method of valuation, for determining the fair market value. As per Rule 11UA, the choice is given to the assessee and not to the assessing officer. The assessing officer is duty-bound to examine the working of the DCF method but has no right to change the method of calculating the fair market value of the shares. Once an assessee had exercised its option of opting for the DCF method, then the said method is required to be applied; however that the assessing officer has the power to review the calculations and correct adoption of the parameters applied by the assessee for the purpose of arriving at valuation of the shares by applying the DCF method.

It held that the law has specifically conferred an option upon the assessee that for the purpose of section 56(2)(viib) of the Act, an assessee can adopt any of the methods mentioned u/r 11UA(2). Therefore, in the instant case also, the assessee was free to choose any of the methods mentioned u/r 11UA(2). The method of valuation could be challenged by the Assessing Officer only if it was not a recognized method of valuation (as per Rule 11UA(2)) since the very purpose of certification of DCF valuation by a merchant banker or (at the relevant time) by a chartered accountant was to ensure that the valuation is fair and reasonable.

Since, in the instant case, the CIT (A) had not examined the method adopted by the assessee, the same could not be rejected. On this reasoning, the matter was remanded back to the file of the Assessing Officer with a direction to consider the report filed by the assessee.

It was also directed that the Assessing Officer was bound by the decision rendered in the case of Innoviti Payment Solutions (P.) Ltd. vs. ITO [2019] 102 taxmann.com 59/175 ITD 10 (Bang. – Trib.) wherein it was held that the AO can scrutinize the valuation report and if the AO is not satisfied with the explanation of the assessee, he has to record the reasons and basis for not accepting the valuation report submitted by the assessee and only thereafter- he can adopt his own valuation or obtain fresh valuation report from an independent valuer and confront the assessee. But he has no power to change the method of valuation opted by the assessee if it is one of the methods recognised u/r 11UA(2).  

Expenditure incurred on a new project of starting a hotel chain for expansion of an existing business of real estate development and financing was to be considered as expenditure for the purpose of carrying on existing business and thus allowable as revenue expenditure u/s 37(1)

29 ITO vs. Blue Coast Infrastructure Development Ltd.  [2021] 90 ITR(T) 294 (Chandigarh – Trib.) ITA No.: 143 (Chd) of 2019 A.Y.: 2013-14 Date of order: 23rd July, 2021

Expenditure incurred on a new project of starting a hotel chain for expansion of an existing business of real estate development and financing was to be considered as expenditure for the purpose of carrying on existing business and thus allowable as revenue expenditure u/s 37(1)

FACTS
Assessee-company was engaged in the business of real estate development and financing. It expanded its business into starting a hotel chain. It incurred certain expenses like professional fees in connection with the said project and claimed the same u/s 37 of the Act. However, the Assessing Officer disallowed the same. The CIT (A) deleted the disallowance on the grounds that the business of the assessee was in existence and the expenses were incurred in connection with the expansion of business.

Aggrieved, the revenue filed appeal to the ITAT.

HELD
The ITAT dismissed the revenue’s appeal on the following grounds:

The ITAT observed that the CIT (A) had made findings that the assessee’s business was an existing business, whose expansion was under consideration and expenses for the same were incurred. There was no change in management, and there was interlacing of funds, and the genuineness of the expenses was not doubted. The expenses incurred were in the same line of the existing business of the assessee.

The ITAT held that the decision of the CIT (A) was based on the ratio laid down by the Delhi High Court in CIT vs. SRF Ltd. [2015] 59 taxmann.com 180/232 Taxman 727/372 ITR 425, the Mumbai ITAT in Reliance Footprint Ltd. vs. Asstt. CIT [2014] 41 taxmann.com 553/63 SOT 124 (URO) as also in decision of the co-ordinate bench in DSM Sinochem Pharmaceuticals India (P) Ltd. vs. Dy. CIT [2017] 82 taxmann.com 316 (CHD – Trib.).

In Sinochem Pharmaceuticals (supra), the ITAT relied on Calcutta High Court decision in Kesoram Industries & Cotton Mills Ltd. [1992] 196 ITR 845 (Cal.), wherein it was held that if the expenses are incurred in connection with the setting up of a new business, such expenses will be on capital account but where the setting up does not amount to starting of a new business but expansion or extension of the business already being carried on by the assessee, expenses in connection with such expansion or extension of the business must be held to be deductible as revenue expenses. In that case, the expenditure was not related to the setting up a new factory; it pertained to exploring the feasibility of expanding or extending the existing business by setting up a new factory in the same line of business. Thus, since there was an expansion or extension of the existing business of the assessee, the same was to be considered as revenue expenditure.

To conclude, since the CIT (A) relied on the cases referred to above including the decision of co-ordinate bench, the ITAT upheld the findings of the CIT (A) and dismissed the appeal of the revenue.

HOW PREVALENT IS THE CONCEPT OF DE FACTO CONTROL?

INTRODUCTION
An investor with less than a majority of the voting rights may have rights that are sufficient to give it power and the practical ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee unilaterally: typically known as ‘de facto control’. Concluding whether an entity has de facto control over another entity can at times be highly judgemental and challenging. This article considers the requirements of Ind AS 110 Consolidated Financial Statements, analyses them and lucidly summarizes the principles using live examples of de facto control applied by companies.

Extracts of Ind AS 110 Consolidated Financial Statements
B41 An investor with less than a majority of the voting rights has rights that are sufficient to give it power when the investor has the practical ability to direct the relevant activities unilaterally.

B42 When assessing whether an investor’s voting rights are sufficient to give it power, an investor considers all facts and circumstances, including:

(a) the size of the investor’s holding of voting rights relative to the size and dispersion of holdings of the other vote holders, noting that:

(i) the more voting rights an investor holds, the more likely the investor is to have existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities;

(ii) the more voting rights an investor holds relative to other vote holders, the more likely the investor is to have existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities;

(iii) the more parties that would need to act together to outvote the investor, the more likely the investor is to have existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities;

(b) potential voting rights held by the investor, other vote holders or other parties;

(c) rights arising from other contractual arrangements; and

(d) any additional facts and circumstances that indicate the investor has, or does not have, the current ability to direct the relevant activities at the time that decisions need to be made, including voting patterns at previous shareholders’ meetings.

B43 When the direction of relevant activities is determined by majority vote and an investor holds significantly more voting rights than any other vote holder or organised group of vote holders, and the other shareholdings are widely dispersed, it may be clear, after considering the factors listed in paragraph B42 (a)–(c) alone, that the investor has power over the investee.

Application examples

Example 4

An
investor acquires 48 per cent of the voting rights of an investee. The
remaining voting rights are held by thousands of shareholders, none
individually holding more than 1 per cent of the voting rights. None of the
shareholders has any arrangements to consult any of the others or make
collective decisions. When assessing the proportion of voting rights to
acquire, on the basis of the relative size of the other shareholdings, the
investor determined that a 48 per cent interest would be sufficient to give
it control. In this case, on the basis of the absolute size of its holding
and the relative size of the other shareholdings, the investor concludes that
it has a sufficiently dominant voting interest to meet the power criterion
without the need to consider any other evidence of power.

 

Example 5

Investor A holds 40 per cent of the voting rights of an
investee and

twelve other investors each hold 5 per cent of the
voting rights of the

investee. A shareholder
agreement grants investor A the right to appoint, remove and set the
remuneration of management responsible for directing the relevant activities.
To change the agreement, a two- thirds majority vote of the shareholders is
required. In this case, investor A concludes that the absolute size of the
investor’s holding and the relative size of the other shareholdings alone are
not conclusive in determining whether the investor has rights sufficient to
give it power. However, investor A determines that its contractual right to
appoint, remove and set the remuneration of management is sufficient to
conclude that it has power over the investee. The fact that investor A might not
have exercised this right or the likelihood of investor A exercising its
right to select, appoint or remove management shall not be considered when
assessing whether investor A has power.

B44 In other situations, it may be clear after considering the factors listed in paragraph B42 (a)–(c) alone that an investor does not have power.

Application example

Example 6

Investor A holds 45 per cent
of the voting rights of an investee. Two other investors each hold 26 per
cent of the voting rights of the investee. The remaining voting rights are
held by three other shareholders, each holding 1 per cent. There are no other
arrangements that affect decision-making. In this case, the size of investor
A’s voting interest and its size relative to the other shareholdings are
sufficient to conclude that investor A does not have power. Only two other
investors would need to co-operate to be able to prevent investor A from
directing the relevant activities of the investee.

B45 However, the factors listed in paragraph B42 (a)–(c) alone may not be conclusive. If an investor, having considered those factors, is unclear whether it has power, it shall consider additional facts and circumstances, such as whether other shareholders are passive in nature as demonstrated by voting patterns at previous shareholders’ meetings. This includes the assessment of the factors set out in paragraph B18 and the indicators in paragraphs B19 and B20. The fewer voting rights the investor holds, and the fewer parties that would need to act together to outvote the investor, the more reliance would be placed on the additional facts and circumstances to assess whether the investor’s rights are sufficient to give it power. When the facts and circumstances in paragraphs B18–B20 are considered together with the investor’s rights, greater weight shall be given to the evidence of power in paragraph B18 than to the indicators of power in paragraphs B19 and B20.

Application example

Example 7

An investor holds 45 per cent of the voting rights of
an investee. Eleven

other shareholders each hold 5 per cent of the voting
rights of the investee. None of the shareholders has contractual arrangements
to consult any of the others or make collective decisions. In this case, the
absolute size of the investor’s holding and the relative size of the other
shareholdings alone are not conclusive in determining whether the investor
has rights sufficient to give it power over the investee. Additional facts
and circumstances that may provide evidence that the investor has, or does
not have, power shall be considered.

 

Example 8

An investor holds 35 per
cent of the voting rights of an investee. Three other shareholders each hold
5 per cent of the voting rights of the investee. The remaining voting rights
are held by numerous other shareholders, none individually holding more than
1 per cent of the voting rights. None of the shareholders has arrangements to
consult any of the others or make collective decisions. Decisions about the
relevant activities of the investee require the approval of a majority of
votes cast at relevant shareholders’ meetings—75 per cent of the voting
rights of the investee have been cast at recent relevant shareholders’
meetings. In this case, the active participation of the other shareholders at
recent shareholders’ meetings indicates that the investor would not have the
practical ability to direct the relevant activities unilaterally, regardless
of whether the investor has directed the relevant activities because a
sufficient number of other shareholders voted in the same way as the
investor.

B46 If it is not clear, having considered the factors listed in paragraph B42 (a)–(d), that the investor has power, the investor does not control the investee.

ANALYSIS OF THE DE FACTO CONTROL EXAMPLES
As can be seen from the above provisions, the requirements are set out more like principles, and there are no bright-line tests, making the decision on de facto control extremely judgemental. When it is not clear whether the investor has de facto control, the default position is that the investor does not control the investee.

The following conclusions can be drawn from the examples provided under Ind AS 110:

• In Example 4, the investor holds 48% voting rights, and the remaining 52% is widely spread. Here, the conclusion is straightforward. In practice, the starting point for determining de facto control is 45% voting rights, when the remaining 55% is widely spread. However, that does not mean that a 40% voting right with the remaining 60% voting rights widely spread will straight-away disqualify. A 40% voting right may qualify as de facto control if other facts and circumstances indicate that the investor has the practical ability to direct the relevant activities unilaterally of the other entity. For example, the investor may have some formal agreements of support from other major investors, or it may have contractual rights to appoint, remove and remunerate the key management personnel. Here, the emphasis is on contractual rights and not that the investor appoints, removes or remunerates the key management personnel, even without those contractual rights.

• In Example 5, the investor has 40% voting rights, with the remaining 60% voting rights held by 12 investors equally, i.e. 5% each. Typically, the investor in such circumstances will not have de facto control. However, in this example, the investor has contractual rights to appoint, remove and remunerate the decision-makers of the investee and therefore exercises control through a combination of 40% voting rights and contractual rights. Sometimes, contractual rights may be to appoint and remove a majority of the board of directors that drive the relevant activities of the company, which would certainly provide the investor with control. Those contractual rights may either be entered into with all other investors or embedded in the articles of association or other constitutional documents, such as the shareholder’s agreement.

• In Example 6, the investor has 45% voting rights, with two other investors having 26% voting right each. If these two investors get together, the investors voting rights of 45% will not be sufficient to trump the 52% combined voting rights of the other two investors. It does not matter whether the two investors have an agreement or not between themselves to vote against the 45% investor. However, if the 45% investor has an agreement with one of the 26% investors to act in concert, then either the 45% investor or the 26% investor would have control which will depend upon which investor has agreed to support which other investor.

• In Example 7, an investor has 45% voting rights, and the remaining voting rights are held 5% each by 11 other investors. Additionally, there are no other contractual arrangements or matters that change the fact pattern. Here, the 45% investor cannot assume that two other investors holding 5% voting rights each may co-operate with him or have co-operated with him in the past, and as a result, the 45% investor has de facto control. In this example, the 45% investor would not have de facto control, despite a significant size of the investment, absent other facts and circumstances that may change the decision. Although the 45% size is large enough, it cannot be seen in isolation. When seen in the context of the shareholding of the other investors, and the dispersion, and absent any contractual arrangements, the accounting conclusion is that the 45% investor does not have control.

• In Example 8, the investors voting rights of 35% is considered to be of a small size in the context of significant participation by other shareholders in the general body meetings, as well as the existence of three major investors holding 5% each, with which the investor does not have any contractual arrangements. It does not matter that the investor has been able to exercise his voting powers to his advantage for several years; but that alone will not mean that the investor can consolidate the investee as a subsidiary. If this example was extended such that 34% other investors vote at general body meetings, it may indicate the 35% investor exercising control (35% > 34%, total voting is 69%). However, it is highly unlikely that the investee would qualify as a subsidiary for the 35% investor, given that the size of the investment is relatively very low and the presence of other significant investors. Even if the significant investors did not exist, the 35% investor would not qualify for de facto control, unless for example, there is absolutely poor participation at the general body meeting, say other investors holding not more than 10% voting rights vote, and there is no precedence in the past, of that having exceeded 15%.

As can be seen from the above, the principles of de facto control have to be applied to each fact pattern very carefully. Just because an investor is able to exercise his voting powers to his advantage, it does not on its own suggest that the investor should treat the investee as its subsidiary.

EXAMPLES OF DE FACTO CONTROL
A perusal of the examples below suggests that the investors holding should be significant to reach the de facto threshold; in most cases, it is around 45% or more. Other facts and circumstances would have also played a critical role in deciding on de facto control. In the absence of that information, it may not be appropriate to conclude basis the examples exhibited below.

CHOLAMANDALAM
FINANCIAL HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

The Company holds 45.47% of
the total shareholding in CIFCL as at March 31, 2021 (45.50% as at March 31,
2020) and has de-facto control as per the principles of Ind AS 110 and
accordingly CIFCL has been considered as a subsidiary in Ind AS Financial
Statements.

(Source:
2020-21 Annual Report)

TATA
COMMUNICATIONS

 

Tata Sons Pvt Limited is
controlling Tata Communication by virtue of holding 48.90%.

 

On 28 May 2018, Tata Sons
Private Limited (‘TSPL’) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Panatone Finvest
Limited (‘Panatone’), increased their combined stake in the Company to 48.90%
there by gaining de-facto control as per Ind-AS. Accordingly, the Company has
classified TSPL and Panatone as “Controlling Entities” and disclosed
subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates of Controlling Entities and their
subsidiaries as the ‘Affiliates’ of the Controlling entities, effective this
date.

(Source:
2019-20 Annual Report)

 

GODREJ
INDUSTRIES LIMITED

 

During the year, Godrej
Properties Limited has allotted 25,862,068 equity shares (Previous Year:
22,629,310 equity shares) of face value of Rs 5 each through Qualified
Institutions Placement. This has resulted in the dilution of equity holding
of the Company from 49.36% to 44.76%. The Company (GIL) has power and de
facto control over Godrej Properties Limited (GPL) (even without overall
majority of shareholding and voting power). Accordingly, there is no loss of
control of GIL over GPL post the QIP and GIL continues to consolidate GPL as
a subsidiary.

(Source:
2020-21 Annual Report)

RPSG
VENTURES

 

Parent- under de facto
control as defined in Ind-AS 110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Source:
2020-21 Annual Report)

 

BOMBAY
BURMAH TRADING CORPORATION LIMITED

 

The Company along with its
Subsidiaries holds 39.67% of the paid up Equity Share Capital of Bombay
Dyeing & Manufacturing Corporation (BMDC), a Company listed on the Bombay
Stock Exchange. Based on legal opinion and further based on internal
evaluation made by the Company, there is no de facto control of the Company
over BDMC.

(Source:
2019-20 Annual Report)

 

BRITISH
AMERICAN TOBACCO

 

Investments in associates
and joint ventures – On 30 July 2004, the Group completed the agreement to
combine the US domestic business of Brown & Williamson (B&W), one of
its subsidiaries, with R.J. Reynolds. This combination resulted in the
formation of RAI, which was 58% owned by R.J. Reynolds’ shareholders and 42%
owned by the Group. The Group has concluded that it does not have de facto
control of RAI because of the operation of the governance agreement between
the Group and RAI which ensures that the Group does not have the practical
ability to direct the relevant activities of RAI; in particular, the Group
cannot nominate more than five of the Directors (out of 13 or proportionally
less if there are less than 13 Directors) unless it owns 100% of RAI or some
other party owns more than 50%. In addition, there are no other contractual
arrangements which would give the Group the ability to direct RAI’s
operations. Manufacturing and cooperation agreements between RAI and the
Group have been agreed on an arm’s length basis.

(Source:
2015 Annual Report)

CONCLUSION
In India, several companies have significant promoter ownership, though the promoters may not hold a clear absolute majority, such as a shareholding greater than 50%. Therefore, the concept of de facto control becomes all the more important. As can be seen from the above discussion, even if a promoter is able to exercise his voting powers to his advantage, it may not be appropriate to conclude that the investee is a subsidiary with respect to that promoter unless the absolute and relative size of the holding held by the promoter is substantial, and there are other facts and circumstances including the extent of dispersion of other holdings or contractual arrangements, that suggest that the promoter has control over the investee.  

FRESH CLAIM IN A RETURN FILED IN RESPONSE TO A NOTICE ISSUED UNDER SECTION 148

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION
In Volume 53 of BCAJ (January, 2022), we covered the issue of the validity of a fresh claim, made otherwise than by way of revising the return of income. Such fresh claim can be in respect of any deduction, exemption etc., which has not been claimed in the return of income already filed. Yet another facet of this controversy is sought to be addressed here. When it is found that an income chargeable to tax has escaped the assessment, the Assessing Officer is empowered to reopen the case and reassess the income under Section 147. In such cases, the assessee has to be served with a notice u/s 148 requiring him to furnish his return of income. The question that frequently arises, for consideration of the courts, is as to whether the assessee can furnish a return of income in response to the notice issued u/s 148, declaring an income lesser than what has already been declared/assessed prior to issuance of the notice by making a fresh claim for an allowance or deduction therein.

In the case of CIT vs. Sun Engineering Works (P) Ltd. 198 ITR 297, the Supreme Court held that it was not open to the assessee to seek a review of the concluded item, unconnected with the escapement of income, in the reassessment proceeding. Following this decision, several High Courts, including the Madras, Bombay and Calcutta High Courts, have taken the view that the income returned in response to the notice issued u/s 148 cannot be lesser than the amount of income originally declared/assessed. However, recently, the Karnataka High Court has taken a contrary view on the issue after considering the Supreme Court’s decision in the case of Sun Engineering Works (P) Ltd. (supra).

SATYAMANGALAM AGRICULTURAL PRODUCER’S CO-OPERATIVE MARKETING SOCIETY LTD.’S CASE

The issue had earlier come up for consideration of the Madras high court in the case of Satyamangalam Agricultural Producer’s Co-operative Marketing Society Ltd. vs. ITO 40 taxmann.com 45.

The assessment years involved in this case were 1997-98, 1998-99 and 1999-2000. The assessee was dealing with the marketing of agricultural produce of members, sale of liquor and consumer goods. It had filed its returns of income for the assessment years under consideration and the returns filed were also processed u/s 143(1)(a). Later, the Assessing Officer issued notices u/s 148 on noticing that deduction u/s 80P was wrongly claimed regarding income derived from the sale of liquor. In response to the notices issued u/s 148, the assessee society filed returns of income wherein it also claimed deduction u/s 80P(2)(d) in respect of its interest income on investments with co-operative banks, which was not claimed in filing the first return of income. This being a fresh claim made by the assessee in the returns filed in response to the notice issued u/s 148, it was rejected by the Assessing Officer by relying on the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Sun Engineering Works (P) Ltd. (supra).

The Commissioner (Appeals), as well as the ITAT, confirmed the Assessing Officer’s order. Before the High Court, the assessee contended that the claim made in response to the notice u/s 148 could not have been rejected at the threshold itself since it was never assessed earlier and their returns only processed u/s 143(1); since the proceedings were completed u/s 143(1), the claims made were never considered initially; the assessments to be made u/s 147 were required to be considered as the regular assessments under which such claims could have been made. The assessee relied upon the decision of the Supreme Court in the case ITO vs. K.L. Srihari (HUF) 250 ITR 193.

The High Court held that when there was no dispute that the claim made by the assessee about the interest income on investment was not made in the original return, and only a fresh claim was made for the first time in the return filed in pursuance of notice u/s 148, such fresh claims could not be allowed as the proceedings u/s 147 were for the benefit of the Revenue. The High Court relied upon the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Sun Engineering Works (P) Ltd. (supra) and decided the issue against the assessee.

A similar view has been taken by the High Courts in the following cases –

• CIT vs. Caixa Economica De Goa 210 ITR 719 (Bom)

• K. Sudhakar S. Shanbhag vs. ITO 241 ITR 865 (Bom)

• CIT vs. Keshoram Industries Ltd. 144 Taxman 1 (Calcutta)

THE KARNATAKA STATE CO-OPERATIVE APEX BANK LTD.’S CASE

The issue, recently, came up for consideration before the Karnataka High Court in the case of The Karnataka State Co-Operative Apex Bank Limited vs. DCIT 130 taxmann.com 114.

In this case, for A.Y. 2007-08, the assessee had filed its return of income on 31st October,2007, declaring a total income of Rs. 40,77,27,150. No assessment u/s 143(3) was made for that year. The Assessing Officer issued a notice u/s 148 on 31st March, 2012. The assessee filed the return of income in response to the aforesaid notice on 13th September, 2012 and declared a lower income of Rs. 32,56,61,835 claiming a loss on sale of securities to the extent of Rs. 8,28,65,052, not claimed in the first return of income. Thereafter, the Assessing Officer passed an order u/s 143(3) r.w.s 147 determining the assessee’s income at Rs. 51,71,70,670 and made the following additions:

a) disallowance of contributions made to funds – Rs. 10,86,43,782; and

b) denial of set-off of loss claimed on sale of securities – Rs. 8,28,65,052.

The CIT (A) as well as tribunal did not grant relief regarding the additional claim of loss made by the assessee on account of the sale of securities on the ground that the aforesaid additional claim was not made in the original assessment proceeding. The assessee preferred the further appeal before the High Court raising the following substantial questions of law –

1) Whether the Tribunal is right in applying the ratio of the decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in CIT vs. Sun Engineering (P.) Ltd. 198 ITR 297 (SC) and holding that concluded issue in the original proceeding cannot be reagitated in reassessment proceedings even though the case of the appellant is distinguishable inasmuch as there was no original assessment proceedings on the facts and circumstances of the case?

2) Whether the Tribunal was justified in law in not appreciating that the notice u/s 148 of the Act was issued to “assess” the income and thus all contentions in law remained open for the appellant to agitate by filling a return in response to the notice u/s 148 of the Act on the facts and circumstances of the case?

3) Whether the Tribunal is justified in law in holding that the appellant is not entitled to make additional claim of loss incurred of Rs. 8,28,65,052/- in the reassessment proceedings under section 147 of the Act on the facts and circumstances of the case?

4) Whether the Tribunal is right in not holding that the appellant is entitled to the additional claim of actual loss incurred of Rs. 8,28,65,052/- on account of sale of government securities on the facts and circumstances of the case?

Before the High Court, the assessee submitted that there was no original assessment for the same assessment year, and only an intimation u/s 143(1) was issued to the assessee. The said intimation u/s 143(1) was not an order of assessment as held by the Supreme Court in the case of ACIT vs. Rajesh Jhaveri Stock Brokers (P.) Ltd. 291 ITR 500. Therefore, the issue of loss on sale of securities was not considered by the Assessing Officer and has not reached finality. The assessee also urged that the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Sun Engineering Works (P) Ltd. (supra) should not be applied in its case on the ground that in that case the original order of assessment had attained finality and, therefore, it was held that the assessee could not agitate the issues in reassessment proceedings. Further, reliance was placed on the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of V. Jagan Mohan Rao vs. CIT & Excess Profit Tax 75 ITR 373 in which it was held that the original assessment got effaced upon issuance of notice of reassessment and the subsequent assessment proceedings has to be done afresh. The assessee also relied upon the decisions of the Supreme Court in ITO vs. Mewalal Dwarka Prasad 176 ITR 529 (SC) and ITO vs. K.L. Sri Hari (HUF) 250 ITR 193 (SC) as well as on the decisions of the Karnataka High Court in CIT vs. Mysore Iron & Steel Ltd. 157 ITR 531, Nitesh Bera (HUF) vs. Dy. CIT [IT Appeal No. 585 of 2016, dated 17th February, 2021] and CIT vs. Avasarala Automation Ltd. [Writ Appeal Nos. 1411-1413 of 2004, dated 5th April, 2005].

On the other hand, the revenue relied upon the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Sun Engineering Works (P.) Ltd. (supra) and argued that it still held the field. It was submitted that Section 148 of the Act provided a remedy to the revenue and not to the assessee. If the assessee discovered any omission or any wrong statement in the original return filed after the time limit to revise u/s 139(5) expired, the only remedy which was available to the assessee was to file a return and to seek condonation of delay in filing the return u/s 119 where the time for completion of assessment was not over.

The High Court referred to the decision of a three-judge bench of the Supreme Court in the case of V Jagan Mohan Rao (supra) wherein it was held that when there was a reassessment or assessment u/s 147, the original assessment proceeding, if any, got effaced and the reassessment or assessment has to be done afresh. The High Court also referred to the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Mewalal Dwarka Prasad (supra) in which it was held that once proceeding u/s 148 of the Act was initiated, the original order of assessment got effaced. The court noted that in Sun Engineering Works (P.) Ltd. (supra), it was held that in a proceeding for reassessment, the issues forming part of the original assessment could not be agitated, whereas, in Mewalal Dwarka Prasad (supra), it was held that once proceeding u/s 148 was initiated, original order of assessment got effaced.

The High Court further referred to the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of K.L. Srihari (HUF) (supra), in which the matter was referred to a three judges bench considering divergence of view so taken in the earlier cases. The relevant portion from the decision of the Supreme Court as reproduced in its order by the Karnataka High Court is as follows –

1. By order dated 19th November, 1996, these special leave petitions have been directed to be placed before the three-judge Bench because it was felt that dissonant views have been expressed by different Benches of this court on the scope and effect of reopening of an assessment under section 147 of the Income-tax Act, 1961. It has been pointed out before us that the matter has earlier been considered by a Bench of three judges in V. Jagan Mohan Rao vs. CIT and EPT and the observations in the said case came up for consideration before two judges’ Benches of this court in ITO vs. Mewalal Dwarka Prasad [1989] 176 ITR 529 and in CIT vs. Sun Engineering Works (P.) Ltd. [1992] 198 ITR 297 and that there is a difference in the views expressed in said later judgments.

2. We have heard Shri Ranbir Chandra, learned counsel appearing for the petitioners, and Shri Harish N. Salve, learned senior counsel appearing for the respondents. We have also perused the original assessment order dated 19th March, 1983, as well as the subsequent assessment order that was passed on 16th July, 1987, after the reopening of the assessment under section 147. On a consideration of the order dated 16th, July, 1987, we are satisfied that the said assessment order makes a fresh assessment of the entire income of the respondent-assessee and the High Court was, in our opinion, right in proceeding on the basis that the earlier assessment order had been effaced by the subsequent order. In these circumstances, we do not consider it necessary to go into the question that is raised and the same is left open. The special leave petitions are accordingly dismissed.

In view of the above, the High Court held that, in the case of the assessee, there was no original assessment order and it was only an intimation u/s 143(1), which could not be treated to be an order in view of the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Rajesh Jhaveri (supra). Therefore, the proceeding u/s 148 was the first assessment and the same could have been done after taking into consideration all the claims of the assessee including the one made in filing the return in response to the notice u/s 148. It was held that the decision rendered by the Supreme Court in Sun Engineering Works (P.) Ltd. had no application to the fact of the case. It was also held that even if an intimation u/s 143(1) was considered to be an order of assessment, in the subsequent reassessment proceedings, the original assessment proceeding got effaced and the Assessing Officer was required to conduct the proceedings de novo and to consider the fresh claim of the assessee.

Accordingly, the High Court decided the issue in favour of the assessee and remitted the matter to the Assessing Officer for adjudication of the fresh claim made by the assessee in its return filed in response to the notice issued u/s 148.

OBSERVATIONS
The scope of assessment in a case where a notice is issued u/s 148 is governed by section 147 which provides as under (as it existed prior to its substitution by the Finance Act, 2021) –

If the Assessing Officer has reason to believe that any income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment for any assessment year, he may, subject to the provisions of sections 148 to 153, assess or reassess such income and also any other income chargeable to tax which has escaped assessment and which comes to his notice subsequently in the course of the proceedings under this section, or recompute the loss or the depreciation allowance or any other allowance, as the case may be, for the assessment year concerned (hereafter in this section and in sections 148 to 153 referred to as the relevant assessment year).

In Sun Engineering Works (P.) Ltd.’s case (supra), the Supreme Court held that the reference to ‘such income’ here would mean the income chargeable to tax which has escaped assessment as referred in the initial part of the section and, therefore, the scope of assessment u/s 147 is limited only to the income which has escaped the assessment for which the proceeding has been initiated by issuing notice u/s 148. The only other income other than such escaped income which also can be included is any other escaped income which comes to the notice of the Assessing Officer subsequently in the course of the proceeding and which is not forming part of the reasons recorded for the issuance of notice u/s 148.

In the case of V. Jaganmohan Rao (supra), the Supreme Court was dealing with the case wherein the assessment was reopened with regard to the escaped income which accrued to the assessee as a result of the decision of the Privy Council in a dispute related to title of the property. While finally assessing the income, the Assessing Officer not only taxed such escaped income accruing as a result of the decision of the Privy Council but also assessed the other portion of the income which accrued to the assessee in accordance with the judgement of the High Court. The assessee contested it on the ground that at the time when the original order of assessment was passed, the ITO could have legitimately assessed the other income which was due to be assessed as per the judgment of the High Court and that there was, therefore, an escapement only to the extent of the income accruing as a result of the decision of the Privy Council. It is in this context, the Supreme Court held as under –

Section 34 in terms states that once the Income-tax Officer decides to reopen the assessment he could do so within the period prescribed by serving on the person liable to pay tax a notice containing all or any of the requirements which may be included in a notice under section 22(2) and may proceed to assess or reassess such income, profits or gains. It is, therefore, manifest that once assessment is reopened by issuing a notice under sub-section (2) of section 22 the previous under-assessment is set aside and the whole assessment proceedings start afresh. When once valid proceedings are started under section 34(1)(b) the Income-tax Officer had not only the jurisdiction but it was his duty to levy tax on the entire income that had escaped assessment during that year (emphasis supplied).

Subsequent to this decision of the Supreme Court in the case of V. Jaganmohan Rao, several High Courts took the view that the assessee can seek relief even during the course of the reassessment proceeding by relying on the Supreme Court’s observation that the whole assessment proceeding would start afresh in case of reassessment. Later, this issue of whether the assessee can claim reliefs to his benefit during the course of the reassessment proceeding reached the Supreme Court in the case of Sun Engineering Works (P.) Ltd. (supra) in which it was held as under –

37. The principle laid down by this Court in V. Jaganmohan Rao’s case (supra) therefore, is only to the extent that once an assessment is validly reopened by issuance of notice under section 32(2) of the 1922 Act (corresponding to section 148 of the 1961 Act), the previous under-assessment is set aside and the ITO has the jurisdiction and duty to levy tax on the entire income that had escaped assessment during the previous year. What is set aside is, thus, only the previous under-assessment and not the original assessment proceedings. ………..The judgment in V. Jaganmohan Roa’s case (supra), therefore, cannot be read to imply as laying down that in the reassessment proceedings validly initiated the assessee can seek reopening of the whole assessment and claim credit in respect of items finally concluded in the original assessment. The assessee cannot claim recomputation of the income or redoing of an assessment and be allowed a claim which he either failed to make or which was otherwise rejected at the time of original assessment which has since acquired finality. Of course, in the reassessment proceedings it is open to an assessee to show that the income alleged to have escaped assessment has in truth and in fact not escaped assessment but that the same had been shown under some inappropriate head in the original return, but to read the judgment in V. Jaganmohan Roa’s case (supra) as if laying down that reassessment wipes out the original assessment and that reassessment is not only confined to ‘escaped assessment’ or ‘under-assessment’ but to the entire assessment for the year and start the assessment proceedings de novo giving right to an assessee to reagitate matters which he had lost during the original assessment proceeding, which had acquired finality, is not only erroneous but also against the phraseology of section 147 and the object of reassessment proceedings. Such an interpretation would be reading that judgment totally out of context in which the questions arose for decision in that case. It is neither desirable nor permissible to pick out a word or a sentence from the judgment of this Court, divorced from the context of the question under consideration and treat it to be the complete ‘law’ declared by this Court. The judgment must be read as a whole and the observations from the judgment have to be considered in the light of the questions which were before this Court.

38. …..

39. As a result of the aforesaid discussion we find that in proceedings under section 147 the ITO may bring to charge items of income which had escaped assessment other than or in addition to that item or items which have led to the issuance of notice under section 148 and where reassessment is made under section 147 in respect of income which has escaped tax, the ITO’s jurisdiction is confined to only such income which has escaped tax or has been under-assessed and does not extend to revising, reopening or reconsidering the whole assessment or permitting the assessee to reagitate questions which had been decided in the original assessment proceedings. It is only the under-assessment which is set aside and not the entire assessment when reassessment proceedings are initiated (emphasis supplied). The ITO cannot make an order of reassessment inconsistent with the original order of assessment in respect of matters which are not the subject matter of proceedings under section 147. An assessee cannot resist validly initiated reassessment proceedings under this section merely by showing that other income which had been assessed originally was at too high a figure except in cases under section 152(2). The words ‘such income’ in section 147 clearly refer to the income which is chargeable to tax but has ‘escaped assessment’ and the ITO’s jurisdiction under the section is confined only to such income which has escaped assessment.

Keeping in view the object and purpose of the proceedings under section 147 which are for the benefit of the revenue and not an assessee, an assessee cannot be permitted to convert the reassessment proceedings as his appeal or revision, in disguise, and seek relief in respect of items earlier rejected or claim relief in respect of items not claimed in the original assessment proceedings, unless relatable to ‘escaped income’, and reagitate the concluded matters. Even in cases where the claims of the assessee during the course of reassessment proceedings related to the escaped assessment are accepted, still the allowance of such claims has to be limited to the extent to which they reduce the income to that originally assessed. The income for purposes of ‘reassessment’ cannot be reduced beyond the income originally assessed.

The Karnataka High Court, in the case of The Karnataka State Co-operative Apex Bank Ltd. (supra), observed that divergent views had been taken by the Supreme Court in these two cases i.e. Sun Engineering Works (P.) Ltd. (supra) and Mewalal Dwarka Prasad (supra). The High Court also by referring to the decisions of the Supreme Court in the case of V. Jagmohan Rao, Mewalal Dwarka Prasad and K.L. Srihari (HUF) (supra) observed that once proceeding u/s 148 was initiated, the original order of assessment got effaced.

In the case of Mewalal Dwarka Prasad (supra), the notice u/s 148 was issued for income escaping the assessment w.r.t three different cash credit entries in the assessee’s books during the year. When the assessee challenged the validity of the notice before the High Court, the High Court upheld its validity but only with respect to one of the cash credit entries, and for the balance two entries, the notice was held to be invalid. The revenue disputed these findings and argued that the High Court should not have examined the tenability of the assessee’s contention with regard to the other two transactions and that aspect should have been left to be considered by the ITO while making the reassessment as it was open to the ITO to examine not only the three items referred to in the notice but also whatever came within the legitimate ambit of an assessment proceeding. In this context, the Supreme Court held that it was not for the High Court to examine the validity of the notice u/s 148 regarding the two items if the High Court concluded that the notice was valid at least in respect of the remaining item. Whether the ITO, while making his reassessment, would take into account the other two items should have been left to be considered by the ITO in the fresh assessment proceeding.

In our respectful submission, in the case of Mewalal Dwarka Prasad (supra), the Supreme Court had dealt with the limited issue about whether the High Court should have considered the validity of notice on the basis of the other items of income when it was held to be valid at least for one of the items of escaped income. In this context, the Supreme Court referred to the decisions of several High Courts and also to its own decision in the case of V. Jaganmohan Rao wherein it was held that when a notice is issued u/s 148 based on a certain item of income that had escaped assessment, it is permissible for the income-tax authorities to include other items in the assessment, in addition to the item which had initiated and resulted in issuance notice u/s 148. As far as the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of K.L. Srihari (HUF) (supra) is concerned, in its final order dated 25th March, 1998, a reference has been made to its earlier order dated 19th November, 1996 (in the same case) whereby the SLPs have been directed to be placed before the three-judges bench on the ground that dissonant views have been expressed in the cases of Sun Engineering Works (P.) Ltd. and Mewalal Dwarka Prasad.

The Calcutta High Court in the case of Keshoram Industries Ltd. (supra) has considered the impact of the Supreme Court’s decision in the case of K.L. Srihari (HUF) (supra) and held as under:

8. True as contended by Mr. Khaitan in ITO vs. K.L. Srihari (HUF) [2001] 250 ITR 193 (SC), a three-judges Bench considered the following judgments:

(1)  CIT vs. Sun Engg. Works (P.) Ltd. [1992] 198 ITR 2971 (SC);
(2)  ITO vs. Mewalal Dwarka Prasad [1989] 176 ITR 529 (SC); and
(3)  V. Jaganmohan Rao vs. CIT and CEPT [1970] 75 ITR 373 (SC).

but observed that:

“In these circumstances we do not consider it necessary to go into the question that is raised and the same is left open…”. (p. 194)…………..

12. Having heard learned counsel for the respective parties, we are respectfully of the view that in ITO vs. K.L. Srihari (HUF) 250 ITR 193, the Supreme Court did not consider it necessary to go into the views expressed by different Benches of the Supreme Court on the scope and effect of reopening of an assessment under section 147 of the Income-tax Act. We, respectfully, are, therefore, of the view that the judgment of the Supreme Court in CIT vs. Sun Engg. Works (P.) Ltd. [1992] 198 ITR 2971 has neither been dissented from nor overruled.

13. No doubt as contended by Mr. Khaitan, the judgment in CIT vs. Sun Engg. Works (P.) Ltd.[1992] 198 ITR 297 1 (SC), is a two-judges Bench judgment. By the said judgment, the three-judges Bench judgment in V. Jaganmohan Rao vs. CIT/CEPT [1970] 75 ITR 373 (SC), has not been and could not have been overruled. As noticed supra, the Supreme Court in CIT vs. Sun Engg. Works (P.) Ltd. [1992] 198 ITR 2971 has explained the principle laid down in V. Jaganmohan Rao vs. CIT/CEPT[1970] 75 ITR 373 (SC).

The decision of the Karnataka High Court has thrown open some very pertinent and interesting issues, some of which are listed hereunder:

•    Whether an assessment made u/s 143(3) r.w.s 147 is a fresh assessment or re-assessment where it is made in pursuance of an intimation u/s 143(1) or where no assessment was made.

•    Whether there was any conflict of views between the four decisions of the Supreme Court referred to and analyzed by the Karnataka High Court.

•    Whether the three decisions of the Supreme Court, other than the decision in the case of Sun Engineering Works (supra), held that the original assessments which were made got effaced and therefore an altogether fresh assessment is to be made as per the provisions of law.

•    Whether the decision in Supreme Court, being the latest in line, and delivered by the larger bench of three judges, could be said to have laid down the law permitting an assessee to make a fresh claim, when the court confirmed the decision of the Karnataka High Court, 197 ITR 694, which had held that the interest levied u/s 139(8) and 217 in original assessment was required to be deleted.

•    Whether the proceedings for re-assessment are necessary for the benefit of revenue.

• Whether the purpose and objective of the Income Tax Act are to levy tax on real income whenever assessed under the Act.

The decision of the Karnataka High Court, by opening a new possibility for the taxpayers, has thrown a serious challenge for the revenue. It would be better for the Supreme Court to examine the issue afresh and reconcile its views in the four decisions rendered by it, over a period of time, preferably by constituting a larger bench.

S. 179 r.w.s. 264 – Non speaking order – without any reasons – Orders set aside

11 Bhavesh Mohan Lakhwani vs. Pr. Commissioner of Income Tax-12 & Anr; [W.P. No. 560 of 2021;  Date of order: 31st January, 2022 (Bombay High Court)]  

S. 179 r.w.s. 264 – Non speaking order – without any reasons – Orders set aside

The Petitioner had challenged the order dated 3rd March, 2020 passed by the Pr. CIT  u/s 264 of the Act rejecting the Petitioner’s Application filed u/s 264. The Petitioner had filed an application u/s 264 of the Act before Pr.CIT challenging the order u/s 179 of the Act dated 28th September, 2018  passed by the  Assessing Officer, against the  Petitioner for recovery of tax demand of Rs. 2,77,01,520 arising out of the assessment of M/s. Laxmi Realty & Advisory Pvt Ltd. The Petitioner being one of the directors of the said M/s. Laxmi Realty & Advisory Pvt Ltd during the relevant A.Y. 2015-16, therefore the Assessing officer had initiated and passed order u/s 179 of the Act against the Petitioner for recovery of tax demand of the said company.

The Hon. Court observed that both the orders under Section 179(1) and Section 264 of the said Act are without giving any reasons. In the order passed u/s 179(1), the Income Tax Officer simply says that there was a reply received from Petitioner, but the same is not being accepted. In the order passed under Section 264 of the said Act, the Principal Commissioner of Income Tax has not even dealt with the submissions made by the Petitioner.

In the circumstances, the Hon. Court set aside both the orders, i.e., the order dated 27th February, 2020, passed under Section 264 of the said Act and the order dated 28th September, 2018, passed under Section 179(1).

The Hon. Court further directed that the Assessing Officer  consider afresh the response filed by Petitioner and pass an order under Section 179(1) of the said Act in accordance with law and before any order is passed, the Petitioner shall be given a personal hearing, and notice of personal hearing shall be communicated to Petitioner at least two weeks in advance. If the Assessing Officer wishes to rely on any judgments or order passed by any Court or Tribunal, he shall provide a copy thereof to the Petitioner and allow him an opportunity to deal with those judgments or distinguish those judgments and those submissions of the Petitioner shall also be dealt with in the order.

Section 43CA does not apply in a situation where allotment letters are issued and part payments received prior to 1st April, 2013

28 Spenta Enterprises vs. ACIT  [TS-63-ITAT-2022(Mum.)] A.Y.: 2014-15; Date of order: 27th January, 2022 Section: 43CA

Section 43CA does not apply in a situation where allotment letters are issued and part payments received prior to 1st April, 2013

FACTS
In the course of assessment proceedings of the assessee, carrying on the business of builders, developers and realtors, the Assessing Officer (AO) noted that there was a difference between agreement value and market value in respect of some of the properties. He issued a show cause to the assessee. In response, the assessee submitted that only in two cases the stamp duty value on the date of allotment was in excess of their respective agreement values. He further submitted that since allotment letters were issued and initial amounts received prior to coming into force of section 43CA, the provisions of section 43CA did not apply even to these two cases. To substantiate, the assessee submitted ledger copies of the buyer’s accounts and bank statements showing receipt of initial amounts from the buyer. The assessee also relied upon the decision of the Mumbai Tribunal in the case of Krishna Enterprises vs. ACIT.

The AO, not being convinced by the submissions made by the assessee, added a sum of Rs. 8,26,329 to the total income of the assessee under section 43CA.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A), who confirmed the action of the AO.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD
The Tribunal noted the twin contentions of the assessee, namely that since section 43CA was introduced w.e.f. 1st April, 2013 and the agreements under consideration were entered into prior to 1st April, 2013; the provisions of section 43CA do not apply and because the difference between the ready reckoner rate and sale consideration was only 5%, the same needs to be ignored on the touchstone of the decision of the Mumbai Tribunal in the case of Krishna Enterprises vs. ACIT. The Tribunal held that the assessee succeeds on both the counts. The Tribunal set aside the orders of the authorities below and decided the issue in favour of the assessee.

Sum accepted as a loan, which is found correct in principle, could not be treated as an amount received since there is a pre-condition of its return to be made to the creditor party. The fact that the creditor company’s name is subsequently struck off is contrary to the factual position in the impugned year

27 ITO vs. Hajeebu Venkata Seeta  [TS-50-ITAT-2022(Hyd.)] A.Y.: 2009-10; Date of order: 5th January, 2022 Section: 56

Sum accepted as a loan, which is found correct in principle, could not be treated as an amount received since there is a pre-condition of its return to be made to the creditor party. The fact that the creditor company’s name is subsequently struck off is contrary to the factual position in the impugned year

FACTS
During the previous year relevant to the assessment year under consideration, the assessee received a sum of Rs. 2,84,00,000 from Synchron Infotech Pvt. Ltd. The amount so received was paid to Legend Infra Homes Pvt. Ltd. The purpose of the transactions was to purchase property from Legend Infra Homes Pvt. Ltd. by Synchron Infotech Pvt. Ltd.

This position was confirmed by bank transactions and copies of ledger account in the books of Synchron Infotech Pvt. Ltd., Legend Infra Homes Pvt. Ltd. and the assessee. The entry in the case of the assessee is that the relevant sum was given to Legend Infra “towards advance for purchase of property on behalf of Synchron”. The ledger account of Legend Infra Homes Ltd. reflected the relevant sums as advances towards the purchase of property on behalf of Synchron and not in the name of the assessee.

The Assessing Officer held this sum of Rs. 2,84,00,000 to be taxable u/s 56(2)(vi) of the Act and added it to the assessee’s total income. He also observed that the name of Synchron Infotech Pvt. Ltd. had been struck off.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A), who allowed the appeal filed by the assessee and held that the sum of Rs. 2,84,00,000 received by the assessee is not without consideration, and consequently, section 56(2)(vi) of the Act does not apply.

Aggrieved, revenue preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD
The Tribunal observed that the AO had not invoked section 68 of the Act in order to treat the impugned sums as unexplained cash credit on account of the assessee’s failure to prove the identity, genuineness and creditworthiness of all the parties therein. The Tribunal held that a loan sum accepted as correct in principle could not be treated as an amount received since there is a pre-condition of its return to be made to the creditor party. The Tribunal rejected the arguments on behalf of the revenue and confirmed the action of CIT(A).

AUDITOR’S REPORTING – GROUP AUDIT AND USING THE WORK OF OTHER AUDITORS

The term ‘group’ as defined in Accounting Standard 21 and Indian Accounting Standard 110 includes parent and all its subsidiaries. Consolidated financial statements are the financial statements of a group presented as those of a single enterprise which includes consolidation of financial statements of parent, subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures in accordance with applicable accounting standards. Standard on Auditing (SA) 600, ‘Using the Work of Another Auditor’ establishes standards when an auditor, reporting on the financial statements of an entity (the group—in the case of consolidated financial statements), uses the work of another auditor on the financial information/statements of one or more components included in the financial statements of the entity. ICAI has also issued a Guidance note on Consolidated Financial Statements to provide guidance on the specific issues and audit procedures to be applied to audit consolidated financial statements.

Under the International Standard on Auditing 600 issued by International Auditing and Assurance Standards Board, the group auditor is responsible for the direction, supervision, and performance of the group audit and the appropriateness of the group audit report. Where SA 600 applies and when the group auditor has to base his/her opinion on the financial information of the entity as a whole relying upon the statements and reports of the other auditors, the group auditor shall clearly state in his/her report the division of responsibility for the financial information included in a group financial statement of components audited by other auditors and that they have been included as such after performing appropriate procedures. However, it is important to note that it is not blind reliance on the work done by other auditors.

When the group auditor or principal auditor concludes that the financial information of a component is immaterial, the procedures outlined in SA 600 do not apply. Principal auditor should consider materiality portion of financial information which the principal auditor audits, degree of knowledge regarding business of the components, risk of material misstatement in financial information of the components audited by other auditor, whether principal auditor can perform additional procedures before accepting his/her position as principal auditor.

The objective of this article is to highlight some important aspects relating to group audits in India and role and responsibilities of the principal auditor or the group auditor when using the work of other auditors.

ISSUE 1 – ACCESS TO WORKING PAPERS OF COMPONENT AUDITORS
ICAI issued a clarification in May 2000 which provides that an auditor is not required to provide the client or the other auditors of the same enterprise or its related enterprise such as a parent or a subsidiary, access to his audit working papers. The main auditors of an enterprise do not have the right of access to the audit working papers of branch auditors. In the case of a company, the statutory auditor must consider the report of the branch auditor and has a right to seek clarifications and/or to visit the branch if he deems it necessary to do so for the performance of the duties as auditor. An auditor can rely on the work of another auditor without having any right of access to the audit working papers of the other auditor. For this purpose, the term ‘auditor’ includes ‘internal auditor’. The only exception is that the auditor may, at his discretion, in cases considered appropriate by him, make portions of or extracts from his working papers available to the client.

The above clarification is based on the principles of SA 230, Audit Documentation, in accordance with which audit documentation is the property of auditor and SA 200, Overall Objectives of the Independent Auditor and the Conduct of an Audit in Accordance with Standards on Auditing, which provides that the auditor should respect the confidentiality of information acquired in the course of his work and should not disclose any such information to a third party without specific authority or unless there is a legal or professional duty to disclose. In addition to this, Part I of the Second Schedule to the Chartered Accountants Act, 1949 provides that “A Chartered Accountant in practice shall be deemed to be guilty of professional misconduct, if he discloses information acquired in the course of his professional engagement to any person other than his client, without the consent of his client or otherwise than as required by any law for the time being in force.”

In line with the above, under SA 600, where another auditor has been appointed for the component, the principal auditor would normally be entitled to rely upon the work of such auditor unless there are special circumstances to make it essential for him to visit the component and/or to examine the books of account and other records of the said component. However, this poses a practical limitation on the principal auditor while conducting a group audit.

ISSUE 2 – RESPONSIBILITY OF PRINCIPAL AUDITOR/GROUP AUDITOR WHILE USING WORK OF ANOTHER AUDITOR
(i) SA 600 requires that the Principal Auditor should perform the following procedures while planning to use the work of another auditor:

• Consider the professional competence of Other Auditor, if other auditor is not a member of ICAI;

•    Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence, that the work of other auditor is adequate for principal auditor’s purpose. For this purpose, the principal auditor should advise the other auditor of the use that is to be made of the other auditor’s work and report and make sufficient arrangements for co-ordination of their efforts at the planning stage of the audit. The principal auditor would inform the other auditor of matters such as areas requiring special consideration, procedures for the identification of inter-component transactions that may require disclosure and the timetable for completion of audit; and advise the other auditor of the significant accounting, auditing, and reporting requirements and obtain representation as to compliance with them;

• There should be sufficient liaison between the principal auditor and the other auditor. For this purpose, the principal auditor may find it necessary to issue written communication(s), i.e., group instructions to the other auditor;

• The principal auditor should share detailed group audit instructions to other auditor, which may include the following:

• Significant Risk-Group Financial Statement Level (e.g., management override of control, revenue recognition, impairment).

• Group Structure-Details of subsidiary/joint venture and % stake for current year and previous year.

• Significant accounting and auditing issues.

• Timetable of communication, contacts, communication protocols.

In addition to being asked to complete group audit questionnaires and/or provide memoranda of work performed, component auditors may be asked to report directly to group auditors in the form of an audit or review opinion on financial information i.e., the group reporting/consolidation package prepared by component management.

• Principal auditor may require another auditor to submit a detailed questionnaire with reference to the work performed by him, checklist etc.

Consider significant findings of other auditor and perform supplement tests if necessary.

(ii) Regulation 33(8) of SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Regulations) 2015

SEBI Circular dated 29th March, 2019 states that the principal auditor is required to send Group Audit / Review Instructions to component auditors for audit/review of the consolidated financial statements / results. Since the audit/review report requires specific assertion on performance of procedures in accordance with the SEBI Circular, it is mandatory that component auditor should respond to the instructions and provide the requisite information.

It is important to note that the parent company management is responsible for ensuring co-ordination between the principal and other auditor to comply with the requirements of SA 600.The requirements specified in the SEBI circular seems to be mandatory for the entities whose accounts are to be consolidated with the listed entity and to the statutory auditors of entities whose accounts are to be consolidated with the listed entity.

The circular requires the principal auditor to communicate its requirements to the component auditors on a timely basis. This communication shall set out the work to be performed, the use to be made of that work, and the form and content of the component auditor communication with the principal auditor. Therefore, the principal auditor is required to send the group audit/review instructions to the component auditor, and if the component auditor does not respond to such instructions on a timely basis, then it may be considered as a non-compliance with the requirements of the circular since the audit/review report (format issued by SEBI) requires specific assertion that “we also performed procedures in accordance with the Circular issued by SEBI under Regulation 33(8) of the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, as amended, to the extent applicable”.

Accordingly, if the component auditor does not respond to the questionnaire, checklist or information request sent by the principal auditor, it may be considered as a scope limitation, and the principal auditor may issue a qualified opinion/conclusion in such a situation in accordance with SA 705, Modifications to the Opinion in the Independent Auditor’s Report.

ISSUE 3 – CONSIDERATION OF MATERIALITY BY PRINCIPAL AUDITOR
The principal auditor is required to compute the materiality for the group as a whole (which is different from materiality to issue an opinion on the standalone financial statements), which should be used to assess the appropriateness of the consolidation adjustments (i.e., permanent consolidation adjustments and current period consolidation adjustments) that are made by the management in the preparation of CFS. The parent auditor can also use the materiality computed on the group level to determine whether the component’s financial statements are material to the group to determine whether they should scope in additional components and consider using the work of other auditors as applicable.

ISSUE 4 – REPORTING BY PRINCIPAL AUDITOR
SA 600 requires that the report on consolidated
financial statements and standalone financial statements (in a situation where the branch auditors are other than principal auditor), should state clearly the division of responsibility between principal auditor and other auditor. The principal auditor should express a qualified/disclaimer of opinion if:

• Principal auditor cannot use the work of other auditor and is unable to perform sufficient additional procedures as required by SA 600.

• If there is modification in another auditor’s report, then the principal auditor should consider whether the subject of the modification is of such nature and significance, in relation to the entity’s financial information and whether it requires a modification of the principal auditor’s report.
    
It is important to note the requirements in Guidance Note on Audit of Consolidated Financial Statements, which requires that while considering the observations (for instance, modification and /or emphasis of matter/other matter in accordance with SA 705/706) of the component auditor in his report on the standalone financial statements, the parent auditor should comply with the requirements of SA 600. Reference should be made to paragraph 23 of SA 600 which states, “In all circumstances, if the other auditor issues, or intends to issue, modified auditor’s report, the principal auditor should consider whether the subject of the modification is of such nature and significance, in relation to the financial information of the entity on which the principal auditor is reporting, that it requires a modification of the principal auditor’s report.”

Hence, the principal auditor needs to evaluate the observations (modification and /or emphasis of matter) in the component auditor’s report, in his auditor’s report on the CFS. For example, the considerations may include materiality and scope of the component; the assessment of risk of material misstatement for the group; the impact of the modification in light of the materiality thresholds for the group audit, etc.

The principal auditor should document how they have dealt with the qualifications or adverse remarks contained in the other auditor’s report in framing their report on the CFS of the group, considering materiality and risk assessment of the component.

The principal auditor of Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with an ICAI announcement is required to state if certain components have been audited by other auditor and if such component/s is/ are material to the consolidated financial statements of the Group.

Where the financial statements of one or more components are unaudited, the principal auditor should consider unaudited components in evaluating a possible modification to his/her report on the consolidated financial statements. The evaluation is necessary because the auditor (or other auditors, as the case may be) has not been able to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence in relation to such consolidated amounts/balances. In such cases, the auditor should evaluate both qualitative and quantitative factors on the possible effect of such amounts remaining unaudited when reporting on the consolidated financial statements using the guidance provided in SA 705, Modifications to the Opinion in the Independent Auditor’s Report. If such unaudited component/s is/are not material to the consolidated financial statements of the group, the principal auditor is required to state this fact in an ‘Other Matter’ paragraph.

REPORTING ON KAM
Reporting on KAM applies to audit reports issued on consolidated financial statements of listed entities, in addition, to the report issued on standalone financial statements. The Implementation guide to SA 701 refers to SA 600 in case where the parent’s auditor is not the auditor of all the components to be included in the consolidated financial statements. It further states that the group auditor would be required to assess matters that in his professional judgement, are key audit matters from the perspective of consolidated financial statements. This needs to be done at the planning stage and updated during the performance of the audit.

Though there is no mandatory requirement in SA 701 read with SA 600 to mandatorily send group reporting instructions to the auditors (if they are different from group auditors) of unlisted subsidiaries to specifically seek a response to KAM pertaining to these subsidiaries, however, since the group auditor would be required to assess matters that in his professional judgement, are key audit matters from the perspective of
consolidated financial statements, the group auditor may seek a response from component auditor if any KAM is required to be included for that component. This can be done as part of the group audit instructions.

ISSUE 5 – RESPONSIBILITY OF THE COMPONENT AUDITOR/OTHER AUDITOR
During planning, performance or completion of the audit, component auditor/other auditors are expected to communicate with the principal auditor immediately if:

• Timing of the work creates an irresolvable problem,

• Instructions are not fully understood,

• It is necessary to vary procedures from those specified,

• Circumstances arise that may result in a qualified opinion,

• Services have been performed without the appropriate pre-approvals or consideration of the independence matters discussed in the group audit instructions,

• Local conditions are such that work cannot be done within the estimated time or fee,

• Issues are identified that may affect work performed outside their territory, or

• Other auditor become aware of events, transactions, or recent or proposed legislative changes that may have a significant impact on the component or other members of the affiliated group (e.g., instances of fraud, significant changes to the level of control reliance, illegal acts, etc.).

The principal auditor will request acknowledgement of receipt of Group Audit Instructions and confirmation of cooperation from other auditor. Other auditor will be required to comply with the Guidance Note on Independence of Auditors (Revised), Code of Ethics issued by Institute of Chartered Accountants of India and the Companies Act, 2013 in relation to the work carried out on the component.

ISSUE 6 – AUDITORS’ REPORTING ON INTERNAL FINANCIAL CONTROLS OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING IN CASE OF CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Section 129(4) of the 2013 Act states that the provisions of the 2013 Act applicable to the preparation, adoption and audit of the financial statements of a holding company shall, mutatis mutandis, apply to the consolidated financial statements. The parent auditor is required to report in the case of consolidated financial statements under Section 143(3)(i) of the 2013 Act on the adequacy and operating effectiveness of the Internal Financial Controls over Financial Reporting, for the components only if it is a company under the 2013 Act.

The auditors of the parent company should apply the concept of materiality and professional judgment while reporting under section 143(3)(i) on the matters relating to Internal Financial Controls over Financial Reporting that are reported by the component auditors. The auditor should also assess the impact, if any, of the subject matter of any qualification, adverse opinion or disclaimer stated by any of the component auditors in their respective components, and any remedial measures effected by the parent company to mitigate the effect of such observations in the component audit reports on the financial reporting process for the consolidated financial statements.

ISSUE 7 – AUDITOR’S REPORTING UNDER CARO 2020
There are certain new/revised clauses in CARO 2020, which are related to consideration of reports of other auditors, e.g.:

• Consideration of reports of the internal auditors
(Clause 3(xiv)),

• Consideration of the issues, objections or concerns raised by the outgoing auditors in case of resignation of auditors during the year (Clause 3 (xviii)),

• Reporting on funds taken by the company from any entity or person on account of, or to meet the obligations of its subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures
(Clause 3(ix)(e)), and

• Reporting on loans where the company has raised loans during the year on the pledge of securities held in its subsidiaries, joint ventures or associate companies and report if the company has defaulted in repayment of such loans raised (Clause 3(ix)(f)).

Additionally CARO 2020 is also applicable to audit report for consolidated financial statements for only one clause i.e. clause (xxi) of CARO requires an auditor to comment on whether there have been any qualifications or adverse remarks by the respective auditors in the Companies (Auditor’s Report) Order (CARO) reports of the companies included in the consolidated financial statements, if yes, details of the companies and the paragraph numbers of the CARO report containing the qualifications or adverse remarks need to be indicated. The following points should be noted in this regard:

• Reporting under this clause is only required for those entities included in the consolidated financial statement to whom CARO 2020 is applicable.

• CARO report is to be included as separate annexure in the audit report to the consolidated financial statements.

• Assessments of responses by component auditors as qualification/adverse remark requires application of professional judgment.

• The concept of materiality is relevant when reporting under CARO. However, if a qualification/adverse remark is given by any individual component, there is a presumption that the item is material to the component. Hence when reporting under clause 3(xxi), the auditor is not required to re-evaluate the materiality from a consolidation perspective. Hence every qualification/adverse remark made by every individual component including the parent should be included while reporting under this clause.

• Qualification/adverse remarks given in parent company’s standalone CARO report are also required to be included.

• In case the audit report of the components has not yet been issued by its auditor, then the principal auditor would include the fact in his/her report.

BOTTOM LINE
Effective two-way communication between the principal auditor and the component auditor is of essence for the group audits, the starting point for which is the clear and timely communication of the requirements by way of group audit instructions. Also, it is equally important for the group management to play an active role for high-quality group audits. Similarly, when the auditor decides to use the work of another auditor e.g., branch auditor in an audit of standalone financial statements, internal auditor or auditor’s expert, the principal auditor should adhere to the procedures prescribed in SA 600 and ensure timely planning and communication along with documentation to demonstrate performance of such procedures. Besides this, the principal auditor is required to communicate important and group-related matters to those charged with governance and group management in a timely manner.  

FUNGIBILITY OF DIRECT TAX AND INDIRECT TAX FOR INDIVIDUAL INCOME TAXPAYERS AND INCOME TAX RETURNS FILERS

Kindly refer to my article – ‘India’s Macro-Economic & Financial Problems and Some Macro-Level Solutions’, published in September, 2021 BCAJ. Some professional colleagues and friends have opined that Fungibility of Direct and Indirect Taxes is never possible. No country in the World to their knowledge has such a facility given multiple difficulties etc. I accept their worthy views with a caveat that some country has to start. Why cannot India take the lead in this matter?

Others stated that my suggestion in the article is a solution that is self-defeating. The country loses out on Tax Revenues – Direct and Indirect and nobody gains in this matter. Please see the workings later.

My listing of benefits of tax fungibility is as under (from the above-published article):
1) Possibility of increased Income Tax Returns being filed by Individuals to claim the GST refund.
2) Widening of GST net due to individual income taxpayer asking for GST invoice.
3) The individual taxpayer MUST FEEL rewarded for filing income tax returns. Ultimately, Income Tax has always been a sensitive topic, and one must make the Tax Payer feel rewarded.

So far as individual income taxpayers are concerned, Indirect Tax is apparently unfair for B2C transactions (Business-to-Consumer). In B2B transactions, the business receiving goods and services is able to take an input tax credit of the same for its business and tax payment. While in B2C, this facility is not available. My proposal is aimed at making it
available.

Working:
By the working below, I wish to dispel this argument of Revenue Loss or no net increase in Tax Revenues. Note that this is only applicable to Individual Taxpayers filing ITRs 1 – 4.

Case: Individual ‘A’ (based on the old tax regime of income tax)

1

Total annual income

Rs 22.00 lakhs

2

Taxable annual income

Rs 20.00 lakhs

3

Income tax payable

(@ 21% tax rate (slab computation)

Rs 4.20 lakhs

4

Income available for annual spending (2-3)

Rs 15.80 lakhs

5

Amount spent

(assuming 80% spend on goods and services
and balance 20% savings)

Rs 12.64 lakhs

6

GST invoices available

(on 80% of total purchases)

Rs 10.10 lakhs

7

Value of purchases

GST paid on purchases

(at 15% average GST rate)

Rs 8.80 lakhs

Rs 1.30 lakhs

When filing the Income Tax Return, the individual taxpayer MUST show the amount of GST paid Rs 1.30 lakhs and claim an applicable Income Tax Refund. It is my view that even a 100% GST setoff will not impact Income Tax Revenues but will increase Income Tax Returns filings and add to GST revenues.

Note: Lower the value and percentage of GST Invoices, lower the GST set off against income tax payable. Individual purchasers/Buyers will insist on GST Invoices.

MECHANISM
To all those who already have PAN Cards and are filing any of the above 4 types of Income Tax Returns, the Income Tax office can send out a special code that is linked to the assessee’s PAN Card Number.

Those who have not filed their returns in the past MUST do so for availing GST setoff /refund and make an application to the Income Tax Authorities for the special code.

Every time a GST invoice is collected this special code must get referenced and scanned. That is the responsibility of the purchaser to show his special code card which the seller will scan and link with the GST Invoice. This can be done with safeguards and conditions that are easy to fulfill such as payment via debit/credit card/UPI/Electronic mode and even a threshold per transaction to start with.

Through the above referenced individual code, the Income Tax authorities must capture the GST paid by the individual as they are capturing the other Income and TDS thereon.

This collated information about sellers giving GST invoice details should also go to the GST authorities. They can then find out who is filing GST Returns and who is not.  Is the GST paid by the seller in line with the Sales
Invoice details given by the purchaser? An App or other modes of technology for this purpose could also come in handy.

As stated by me in the September, 2021 BCAJ article, the Revenue authorities must do some original thinking. There is a possible solution which MOST IMPORTANTLY favours the individual income tax payer. This must not be refrigerated but be worked on for 2023-24 implementation.

The key issue we are facing is the issue of Equity for the individual income taxpayer. Already, with Agriculture income out of ambit of the Income Tax Act, there is a high sense of frustration that large landowners and wealthy agriculturists are conveniently excluded.

Note: The author wishes to thank the members of the BCAJ Editorial team for value-added interventions to the article.  

INTERNAL CONTROL CONSIDERATIONS FOR UPCOMING AUDITS

Internal controls are unique to every company and are designed according to the company’s size and structure. A robust framework of internal control protects company’s interests, promotes accountability, and enables the preparation of reliable and accurate financial information. Under the Companies Act, 2013 (‘2013 Act’), the Board of Directors of a company are required to establish internal controls that are adequate and operate effectively. An auditor reporting obligation has been prescribed under section 143(3)(i) of the 2013 Act for reporting on the adequacy and operating effectiveness of internal financial controls with reference to financial statements (‘IFCFS’). The Guidance1 Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting (‘Guidance Note’) guides some of the implementation challenges.

In the current environment, internal control considerations continue to remain one of the key focus areas of stakeholders. A robust internal control framework is the only tool that can cater to the increased stakeholders’ expectations. This article aims to highlight the key aspects relating to design and operating effectiveness of internal controls that the auditor should consider during the upcoming audits of financial statements prepared under the 2013 Act for F.Y. 2021 – 2022 and onwards.

PLETHORA OF NEW FINANCIAL STATEMENT DISCLOSURES AND AUDITORS REPORTING OBLIGATIONS

Schedule III to the 2013 Act and auditors reporting obligations under Companies (Auditor’s Report) Order, 2020 (‘CARO 2020’) and other2 auditors reporting obligations under the 2013 Act have been overhauled with an aim to strengthen objective decision making by the stakeholders. Though it would be expected that auditors reporting is restricted to matters disclosed in the financial statements, some of the new reporting requirements deviates from this fundamental principle. The following is a snapshot that summarizes the key financial statement disclosures and key auditors’ requirements, including the matters which are common:

New
matters which warrant disclosures in financial statements and require
reporting by auditors (Key)

 

New financial statement
disclosures (Key)

(No
specific auditors reporting obligations prescribed)

 

New auditors reporting
obligations (Key)

(No
specific disclosures in financial statements)

Schedule III and CARO 2020


Agreement of quarterly returns/ statements with books of accounts for
borrowings taken against security of current assets.


Grant of loan/ advances in the nature of loan which are repayable on
demand or granted without specifying any terms or repayment period.


Material uncertainty in repayment of liabilities basis assessment of
financial ratios, etc.


Undisclosed income.


Wilful defaulter.

    Corporate
social responsibility.

Schedule III and other2
reporting matters


Lending and borrowings masking the ‘Ultimate Beneficiary’.


Granular ageing analysis of certain captions e.g., trade receivables
including ageing of disputed and undisputed receivables.


Accounting of scheme of arrangement and explanation for deviation, if
any, with applicable accounting standards.


Transactions with struck off companies.

CARO 2020:


Enhanced reporting of loans, investment, etc
e.g., evergreening3 of loans.


Internal audit.


Whistle blower complaints.


Short term funds used for long term purpose.

     Cash
losses.

Other2
reporting matters:


Compliance with dividend norms.

_____________________________________________________________

1   Issued in September 2015.

2   As prescribed under Rule 11 of the Companies
(Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014.

3   In general parlance it implies an attempt to mask
loan default by giving new loans to help delinquent borrowers to repay/adjust
principal or pay interest on old loans.

A cursory reading of some of the new auditors’ requirements (e.g. lending and borrowings masking the ‘Ultimate Beneficiary’) might give the impression that these requirements expand the boundaries of an audit engagement requiring the auditor to perform procedures that are generally performed in an investigation. However, it might be noted that these reporting obligations have been prescribed in relation to the audit of financial statements. Accordingly, the auditor should consider Standards on Auditing and other guidance in planning and performing the audit procedures to address the risk of material misstatement as stated above. Some of the considerations are as follows:

• Substance vs. legal form– Schedule III to the 2013 Act and CARO 2020 have significantly enhanced the reporting obligations relating to loans, guarantees, etc. The auditor should verify that the controls have been established to critically assess the substance of the transaction irrespective of the legal form. To illustrate – basis relevant facts and circumstances, it might be appropriate to conclude that extension of a loan (such as one day prior to the expiration of tenure) is in substance evergreening of loans even though the loan is not technically ‘overdue’ – which is the trigger for reporting under CARO 2020.

• Critical assessment of funding needs of the borrower and its utilisation of funds- Schedule III provides disclosures relating to conduit lending/ borrowing transactions, etc, masking the ‘Ultimate Beneficiary’ and related matters. Further, management must also provide representations to the auditor that there are no such transactions except for that disclosed in the financial statements. Under the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014, the auditor must comment whether such management representation has been obtained and whether the representation is materially misstated. The auditor should assess whether the controls have been established to evaluate the funding needs of the borrower (prior to granting of loans) and periodically obtain end-use report of the funds from the borrower.

• Efficacy of periodic book close process- The auditor should review existing book close process and assess whether reliable information is generated which enables accurate filing of quarterly returns/ statements with the lenders. Where differences exist – assess whether proper explanations for differences have been documented and approved as per the authority matrix of the company.

• Competence of objectivity of management experts- Controls regarding assessing the competence and objectivity of management experts involved if any e.g., in case of revaluation of property, plant and equipment/ intangible assets, assess compliance with Companies (Registered Valuers and Valuation) Rules, 2017 to the extent applicable.

•    Avoid hindsight- Presentation of comparative information for new disclosures pursuant to the requirements of Schedule III might involve making necessary estimates and require the exercise of judgement. The auditor would need to be ensure that the estimates/ judgement involved are based on the information available as at the end of the previous year and without using hindsight information e.g., trade receivable under litigation till end of previous year has been disclosed as disputed trade receivable in the previous year even though such litigation has been disposed of by the end of the current year.

MATERIAL4 UNCERTAINTY RELATING TO GOING CONCERN
Circumstances affecting management’s assessment of going concern might change rapidly in the current environment, e.g., adverse key financial ratios or challenges in the realisation of financial assets and payment of financial liabilities may cast significant doubt on the company’s ability to continue as a going concern. As required under Standard on Auditing, 570, Going Concern, the auditor is required to report in a separate paragraph in the audit report if a material uncertainty relating to going concern exists.

•    Schedule III to the 2013 Act now requires companies to disclose:

•    Certain financial ratios in the financial statements (e.g., debt service coverage ratio) and explain any change in the ratio by more than 25% as compared to the preceding year.

•    Ageing of trade receivables and trade payables.

•    CARO 2020 requires the auditor to comment whether material uncertainty exists on the company’s ability of meeting its liabilities within a period of one year from the balance sheet date.

____________________________________________________________________

4   A
material uncertainty exists when the magnitude of its potential impact and
likelihood of occurrence is such that, in the auditor’s judgment, appropriate
disclosure of the nature and implications of the uncertainty is necessary for
the fair presentation of the financial statements (in the case of a fair
presentation financial reporting framework).

It might be noted that the going concern assessment under Standards on Auditing and reporting under CARO 2020 is not is the same – though there might be interlinkages. Under CARO 2020, the auditor’s responsibility is limited to assessing a company’s solvency i.e. material uncertainty, if any on the company’s ability to meet its liabilities; whereas going concern assessment is a much wider assessment of the entity. The auditor would need to assess whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the company’s ability to continue as a going concern e.g. a Company that is in the business of selling garments under a brand licensing agreement, might face a material uncertainty relating to going concern, if the license is not expected to be renewed. Another situation might be, where a company has hived off substantially all of its business and, absence of any concrete business plan, might indicate that material uncertainty relating to going concern exist.

The Guidance Note requires the auditor to make appropriate disclosures to state the inherent limitations on IFCFS and the limitations in consideration of such controls operating as at the balance sheet date for the future operations of the company. The assessment of material uncertainty relating to going concern involves judgement about inherently uncertain future or outcomes of events/ conditions. These judgements can be made only on the basis of what is known at the balance sheet date. The outcome of future operations of the company cannot be reliably predicted for all events/ conditions. In the current business and economic environment, what may be a reasonable assumption today may no longer be so, a short time later. Hence there are limitations in the operation of IFCFS for the company’s future operations. Following are examples of uncertainties that might create limitations on IFCFS operating as at the balance sheet date:

• Uncertainties around management’s ability to execute its turnaround strategy such as addressing reduced demand and to renew or replace funding especially where market value of unencumbered assets has deteriorated.

• Effect of business disruptions e.g., disruption of supply chain.

•  Effect of actions of the company on its long-term solvency e.g., deferral of payment of trade payables may affect long term solvency of the company.

• Where support letter has been provided by the Parent company – the uncertainties around the ability of the Parent company to discharge the obligations of the subsidiary as and when they fall due.

Accordingly, where a material uncertainty relating to going concern has been identified, the auditor should assess the inherent limitations on the operation of the IFCFS regarding the future operations of the company and should appropriately disclose such limitations in the audit report pursuant to requirements of the Guidance Note.

MATERIAL PRIOR PERIOD ERRORS
While auditing the financial statements for the current year, material errors in the financial statements of the previous years might be identified. Prior period errors occurs if undisclosed income of previous years is identified in the current year or due to mathematical mistakes, mistakes in applying accounting policies in respect of recognition, measurement, presentation, or disclosure, etc. Examples of prior period errors could be where due to the effects of inadequate controls on cut-offs, excess revenue was recognised in previous years. Another example could be where unaccounted cash was generated from scrap sale of previous years.

•    Schedule III to the 2013 Act requires companies to provide:

•    Details of any transaction not recorded in the books of accounts that has been surrendered/ disclosed as income during the year in the tax assessments, unless there is immunity for disclosure under any scheme. The company is also required to state whether the previously unrecorded income and related assets have been properly recorded in the books of account during the year.

•    Specific disclosures for Ind AS compliant company e.g., changes in other equity due to prior period errors.

•    CARO 2020 has also prescribed reporting obligations for auditors in case of undisclosed income.

Under the Guidance Note, errors observed in previously issued financial statements in the current financial year or restatement of previously issued financial statements to reflect the correction of a material misstatement has been included as an indicator of material weakness5. Where a material weakness in IFCFS exists, the Guidance Note requires the auditor to modify the IFCFS opinion. In determining the type of modification, i.e., qualification, disclaimer, or adverse the auditor should assess its pervasiveness of the material weakness, which might include the following:

• Manner of treatment of the prior period error in the current year’s financial statements . As per the Guidance Note, pervasive effect on the IFCFS include those matters that impacts the audit opinion on the company’s financial statements. It might be noted that under Ind AS 8, the material prior period errors are corrected by restating the comparative amounts unless such restatement is impracticable. Under AS 4, comparatives are not restated but are normally included in the determining net profit or loss for the current period.

•  The root cause which resulted in a material prior period error.

• The combination of the identified material weakness with other aspects of the financial statements, e.g., linkage with data used in management estimates or effect of the prior period error on the disclosures.

• The interaction of the control which failed to detect material misstatement with other controls, (e.g., the interaction of General IT controls, linkage to a transaction-level control or financial reporting process such as controls over the prevention and detection of fraud, significant transactions with related parties, controls over the financial statement close process).

PRIOR PERIOD ERRORS IDENTIFIED BY THE MANAGEMENT
There might be a situation where material prior period errors were identified by the management through its internal controls. Even in such case, the above mentioned considerations would be relevant to assess the consequential implications. As per the Guidance Note, the auditor should report if the company has adequate internal control systems in place and whether they were operating effectively as at the balance sheet date. It should be noted that when forming the opinion on internal financial controls, the auditor is required to test the same during the financial year under audit (and not just as at the balance sheet date) though the extent of testing at or near the balance sheet date may be higher, e.g. if the company’s revenue recognition was erroneous throughout the year but was corrected, including for matters relating to internal control that caused the error, as at the balance sheet date, the auditor is not required to report on the errors in revenue recognition during the year.

Accordingly, the auditor should assess the design and operating effectiveness of the new/ revised controls implemented by the management which aims to augment the book close process and avoid erroneous financial reporting. Where the new/ revised controls operate effectively by the balance sheet date and the auditor concludes that no material weakness exists as at the balance sheet date, the audit opinion on IFCFS would be unmodified.

EXEMPTION TO AUDITORS OF CERTAIN PRIVATE COMPANIES FROM REPORTING ON IFCFS
MCA has exempted auditors from reporting on IFCFS of a private company if such private company’s turnover is less than INR 50 crores as per latest audited financial statements and the aggregate borrowings from banks or financial institutions or anybody corporate at any point of time during the financial year is less than INR 25 crores. However, this exemption can be availed only if the private company has not committed a default in filing its financial statements under section 137 or annual return under section 92 of the 2013 Act. The assessment of the qualifying criteria poses certain challenges – some of them are discussed below:

ASSESSMENT OF TURNOVER CRITERIA
Financial statements under Schedule III do not disclose ‘Turnover’ but instead disclose ‘Revenue from operations.’ The items comprising turnover and revenue from operations are similar to a very large extent, but differences exist – as stated below:

Turnover as
defined under section 2(91) of the 2013 Act means aggregate value of the
realisation of amount made from:

 

  Sale,
supply or distribution of goods or


Services rendered, or both,

 

by the company during a financial year.

Under Schedule III Revenue From
operations
comprise:

 


Sale of products,


Sale of services


Grants or donations received (in case of section 8 companies only) and


Other operating revenues.

It might be noted that there is no specific reference of ‘Other operating revenues’ in the definition of turnover. ‘Other operating revenues’ include revenue arising from a company’s operating activities, i.e., either its principal or ancillary revenue-generating activities, but which is not revenue arising from the sale of products or rendering of services.

In order to derive the amount of turnover, the auditor should:

•  First, consider the amount of sale of products and sale of services as appearing in the latest audited financial statements.

•  Next, the auditor should obtain a breakup of other operating revenues to identify items, if any, that might qualify as turnover e.g., sale of manufacturing scrap would qualify as turnover as it arises during the process of manufacturing of finished goods. Similarly, government grants recognised under other operating revenues should be excluded as it is neither earned from the sale of goods nor the rendition of services.

ASSESSMENT OF BORROWING CRITERIA
One of the conditions for availing the exemption is that if ‘at any point of time’ during the financial year, prescribed borrowings are less than INR 25 crores. This seems to imply that the exemption is available even if borrowings from banks or financial institutions, or any body corporate is less than INR 25 crores in any day of the year under audit. The proposition is explained through the following illustrations:

Borrowings
from banks/financial institutions/body corporate

Exemption
available?

As at 1
April 20X1

2 April
20X1 to 31 March 20X2

Balance
as at 31 March 20X2

Nil

Borrowing
of INR 100 crores raised

INR 100
crores

Yes

INR 500
crores

? Borrowing of INR 100 crores raised on 5
April 2021

? Entire borrowing of INR 600 crores repaid
on 30 March 20X2 (i.e., one day before year end)

Nil

Yes

INR 90
crores

INR 5
crores repaid

INR 85
crores

No

Accordingly, the auditor should obtain the movement of borrowings, if any, from prescribed parties and assess whether the thresholds for availing exemption are met.

IFCFS REPORT ON CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The consolidated financial statements of a private company might include certain subsidiaries/ associates/ joint ventures which are exempted from obtaining auditor’s report on IFCFS at standalone level pursuant to the MCA exemption, as discussed above. This creates quite interesting situations and poses unique challenges to the auditors of the holding company while opining on IFCFS of the consolidated financial statements:

Section 129(4) of the 2013 Act states that the provisions of the 2013 Act is applicable to the preparation, adoption and audit of the financial statements of a holding company shall, mutatis mutandis, apply to the consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, all consolidated financial statements prepared under the 2013 Act should be accompanied with the auditor’s report (including annexures thereon) unless specifically exempted under the 2013 Act. Thus, in the above illustrative scenarios as well, the auditor of the Parent company would need to report on IFCFS of consolidated financial statements.

The Guidance Note provides that reporting on the adequacy of IFCFS on consolidated financial statements would be on the basis of the audit reports as submitted by the statutory auditors at the standalone level. Hence, where IFCFS report has not been provided due to the exemption, auditors of such companies are not required to separately provide an audit report on IFCFS to the auditor of the Parent Company as this would nullify the MCA exemption. Thus, basis the Guidance note, in the above scenarios, the audit report of IFCFS on consolidated financial statements should state that the IFCFS report covers only those companies on which the IFCFS report has been provided at the standalone level. The auditor may consider including a statement in the introductory paragraph of the IFCFS report in this regard as this would clearly set out the coverage and scope of the IFCFS report on consolidated financial statements. The auditor should consider consequential changes to the IFCFS report regarding references of the exempted private company.

In a nutshell

•    Considering the multitude of changes, an early dialogue with the stakeholders, including the auditors, would help mitigate implementation challenges to a large extent. For continuing requirements, auditors should reassess if any change in the audit strategy basis his experience would be necessary.
•    The auditor should consider the consequential effect of observations in IFCFS on other aspects of audit report ,e.g., Reporting on adverse effect on the functioning of the company [Section 143(3)(f)].

THE ESG AGENDA AND IMPLICATIONS FOR C-SUITE AND CORPORATE INDIA

INTRODUCTION
The topic of Environmental, Social and Governance (‘ESG’) aspects of a business has been extensively covered across the global media in the past couple of years. The focus on ESG has been particularly expedited by the Covid-19 pandemic. There is mounting pressure on businesses from all stakeholders – shareholders, investors, regulators, suppliers, customers and communities – to start thinking about their sustainability and wider ESG journey.

ESG – DEVELOPMENTS IN INDIA

The business landscape in India is catching up on the ESG agenda. There is a significant growth in ESG-linked capital markets in India, with assets under management of the top 10 ESG mutual funds growing to INR 12,000 crore during 2019-2021 – representing almost a 5x increase in just two years1. From F.Y. 2022-23, SEBI has mandated the top 1,000 listed companies by market capitalisation to disclose ESG data through Business Responsibility and Sustainability Report (BRSR). At the COP26 summit in November 2021, India announced its goal to be net-zero by 2070. It will be businesses – large and small – which will eventually have to work towards achieving the net-zero goal and key targets around the country’s energy mix and carbon emissions intensity.     

In addition to this business and regulatory imperative, environmental factors are also at play. According to Germanwatch, India is one of the top countries which will be impacted by climate change2. Chennai almost ran out of water in 2019. The year 2021 saw droughts, floods, and landslides in various states in India. The start of the year 2022 was one of the coldest winters in India. The frequency and scale of such events are predicted to only increase in the future. Combining the impacts of such natural disasters with India’s goal to be net-zero by 2070 means that businesses across industry sectors will have to start considering sustainability and ESG parameters to make their operations more resilient for a climate-informed landscape of the future.

 

1   https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/mf/mf-news/esg-fund-assets-jump-4-7-times-in-2-years-may-grow-further/articleshow/88380627.cms

2   https://www.business-standard.com/article/current-affairs/india-among-top-10-countries-most-affected-by-climate-change-germanwatch-121012500313_1.html

So, what does this ESG agenda mean for Indian companies?

I have identified three key themes and focus areas for the C-suite to consider while trying to embed ESG parameters into business operations: a) Sustainable/ESG financing, b) Operating model, and c) Stakeholder engagement.

SUSTAINABLE/ESG FINANCING

Sustainability is not an overnight success. Embarking on a sustainability journey involves potential changes to how businesses have operated historically. This requires long-term planning and resources, with capital often being the most important. Organisations that lack enough capital or need additional funds can look at Sustainable/ESG financing. There are growing sustainability-focused capital markets – in India and overseas – that Indian companies can tap into to finance their sustainable business transformations. Depending on the business needs, the funding can take the form of either of the following two mechanisms: 1) ‘Use of proceeds’ instruments (e.g., Green/sustainability bonds/loans), where funds are used to finance specific projects/initiatives with environmental or social benefits. The 2022 Finance Budget has laid out various policies, including launching Sovereign Green Bonds and other initiatives on a private-public partnership model, in order to boost the climate finance ecosystem in India. In September 2021, Adani Green Energy Limited issued green bonds worth $750 million to fund the Capex of its ongoing renewable projects3. 2) ‘ESG-linked’ instruments (e.g., ESG/sustainability-linked loans), where repayment terms are pegged to certain environmental or social performance indicators. Ultratech Cement is already linking its financial commitments with sustainable targets4.

 

3   https://www.adanigreenenergy.com/newsroom/media-releases/Adani-Green-Energy-Continues-to-Ramp-Up-Focus-On-ESG

4   https://www.business-standard.com/article/current-affairs/glasgow-cop26-how-india-inc-plans-to-meet-net-zero-targets-by-2070-121110300058_1.html

Financial institutions are increasingly moving away from funding traditional environmentally damaging assets and industry sectors. Sustainable/ESG financing can help CFOs access necessary capital as well as a greater capital pool. Additionally, such funding can potentially be at a lower cost, in turn positively impacting the bottom line. ESG/sustainability-linked loans usually involve a reduced interest rate when underlying ESG goals are met. Similarly, organisations can issue Green/sustainability bonds at lower coupon rates to investors who are willing to accept lower returns alongside achieving positive environmental and social outcomes. For organisations, sourcing cheaper Sustainable/ESG financing can help reduce the cost of capital and improve margins whilst advancing their sustainability/ESG agenda. Additionally, through embedding ESG metrics within their strategic decision-making process, an organisation can ensure that funds are utilised in activities/initiatives which can generate maximum environmental and social impact.

OPERATING MODEL – VALUE CREATION FROM ESG
Secondly, from an operating model perspective, there are opportunities for value creation as well as risk mitigation from incorporating ESG parameters into business operations. Organisations can look at value creation by assessing their product/service mix. Companies can consider launching new sustainable products to take advantage of shifting consumer trends and preferences. E.g., the plant-based protein market in India is expected to grow to $650-700 million by 20255. Similarly, the market for vegan food, recycled raw materials, electric vehicles, alternative raw materials to single-use plastics, etc., is on the rise. A global BCG research suggests that within the consumer goods sector, 70% of consumers are willing to pay a 5% price premium for more sustainably manufactured products6. India’s net-zero goals and transition to zero-carbon economy present multiple business opportunities in the areas of green hydrogen, biofuels, electric vehicles and related infrastructure, waste management, etc. Organisations can therefore achieve top-line growth through a combination of ESG/sustainability-focused new product and service launches, entering into new markets, and premium pricing. For SMEs and start-ups, it is a great opportunity to be disruptors in the sustainability domain. Through sustainable products and services, SMEs/start-ups can achieve a competitive advantage vis-à-vis large corporates which lack ESG credentials.

 

5   https://www.cnbctv18.com/environment/global-surge-in-plant-based-cultivated-meat-indian-market-sees-substantial-growth-11012762.htm

6   https://www.bcg.com/publications/2020/supply-chain-needs-sustainability-strategy

A strong focus on environmental parameters can help organisations achieve significant resource efficiencies. Through embedding circular economy principles, companies can look at reducing the usage of raw materials and resources, including reusing and recycling them, in turn driving cost savings. A global paper company managed to achieve a 10% increase in EBITDA margins through a combination of emissions costs reductions, resource efficiencies and revenue growth7. By 2030, Ambuja Cement is targeting to save 77 litres of water/tonne of cement produced8. While these ESG-focused efforts require initial investments and often involve a longer payback period, it is not always the case. A private Indian mining company that invested in a water treatment facility on their site was able to recover the investment in just under three years. Reducing greenhouse gas emissions by shifting to renewable sources of energy and less carbon-intensive methods can also drive energy savings. Ultimately, such cost savings translate to higher business valuations. The BCG research cited earlier9 also suggests that by being leaders in the ESG domain, companies across industry sectors are able to achieve significant valuation premiums (between 11-14% across consumer goods, steel and chemical sectors) over peers. Businesses can therefore look at significant value creation through a combination of multiple ESG-focused initiatives across their end-to-end value chains.

OPERATING MODEL – RISK MITIGATION BY FOCUSING ON ESG

From a risk mitigation perspective, companies need to start assessing and adapting their supply chains to account for negative impacts from climate change. Almost 5 million hectares of crop in India was affected in 2021 due to climate crisis10.  A negative impact on the agricultural sector can have a knock-on implication on multiple other industry sectors that directly or indirectly rely on agricultural produce for their raw material needs. WWF research predicts that almost 30 cities in India will face acute water crises by 205011. In addition to traditional industry sectors like agriculture, manufacturing, mining, chemicals, this can be a cause of concern for the growing technology sector in India, whose demand for water to cool their data centres will continue to rise. There is a growing sense of urgency for businesses across industry sectors to look at sustainable options and plan for raw material shortages (in India and globally) to avoid potential supply chain disruptions.

Indian companies might also face risks from regulatory changes and/or increased scrutiny. While an earlier blanket ban imposed in 2019 on single-use plastics was held off by the central government, it is now going to come into force from 1st July, 2022. New EPR rules in relation to plastic recycling and use are also coming into effect from 1st July, 202212. Corporates will have to reassess their supply chains to comply with these upcoming regulations. In November 2021, a local municipal corporation in western India, imposed a crackdown on major textile companies discharging trade effluents into the city sewage network citing environmental concerns, leading to factory closures. Proactively implementing sustainable supply chain measures can help organisations mitigate any potential disruptions (and consequential financial loss) from such regulatory changes and/or scrutiny.

 

7   https://www.bain.com/client-results/a-paper-company-takes-bold-steps-to-become-a-sustainability-leader/

8   https://www.business-standard.com/article/current-affairs/glasgow-cop26-how-india-inc-plans-to-meet-net-zero-targets-by-2070-121110300058_1.html

9   https://www.bcg.com/publications/2020/supply-chain-needs-sustainability-strategy

10 https://www.downtoearth.org.in/news/climate-change/climate-crisis-has-cost-india-5-million-hectares-of-crop-in-2021-80809

Focusing on social aspects like health and safety, employee wellbeing, impact on communities and indigenous populations is also becoming increasing important. Any instances of corruption, bribery, child-labour, human rights abuses, etc. can lead to a negative impact on brand reputation. This might also entail financial risk in the form of a decline in stock prices or reduced valuations, regulatory penalties and fines. Ensuring the right social and governance policies for increased transparency and accountability is becoming critical.

Leading Indian multinationals have already committed to various climate change and sustainability and ESG goals. The likes of the Tata group have put compliance with ESG standards as a top business priority, and more business will follow. For SMEs as well, it will be a business imperative to consider the ESG agenda – particularly where they are suppliers or customers of large Indian and global multinationals which have their own sustainability goals and targets to achieve.

 

11 https://www.downtoearth.org.in/news/water/wwf-identifies-100-cities-including-30-in-india-facing-severe-water-risk-by-2050-74058

12           https://indianexpress.com/article/india/centre-notifies-epr-norms-for-plastic-packaging-waste-7780632/

ESG AND STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Lastly, from a stakeholder engagement perspective, the C-suite can place high importance on ESG reporting and sustainability-related disclosures. For listed companies not within the remit of the current SEBI mandate, as well as for private companies, a voluntary disclosure can help achieve a competitive advantage through improved brand credentials. Such a voluntary disclosure can be based on existing domestic requirements in India (SEBI’s BRSR) or any global frameworks (like GRI, UN SDGs, etc.) or a customised basis depending on the commercial priorities. Voluntary disclosures can also help C-suite pre-empt any potential disclosure requests and/or pressure from customers, communities, activists and investors and build more transparent and better working relationship with these stakeholders. Mandatory or voluntary disclosures that show improved performance and results on ESG metrics can help enhance ESG ratings for organisations, which can in-turn enable them to access a larger capital pool and at more favourable terms. The government of India is also looking at obtaining an ESG ranking for the upcoming Initial Public Offering of the Life Insurance Corporation of India, with the aim of attracting a larger and responsible pool of capital13.

Impact investment has gained a lot of traction in India in the past couple of years. According to data from Impact Investors Council, almost $1.2 billion were invested just in the first five months of 202114. Private equity and venture capital groups in India are also increasingly focusing on ESG parameters as part of their investments as well as launching dedicated ESG funds15. Consequently, for SMEs and start-ups, focusing on ESG can be a great catalyst for raising funds to fuel their expansion and growth journey.

CONCLUSION

All of the above three themes – Sustainable/ESG financing, Value Creation and Risk Mitigation from ESG from an Operating Model perspective and Stakeholder Engagement – are in a way interrelated. In practice, it will be difficult to isolate one theme from the other. Progress in one aspect will have a compounding impact on others. Similarly, a negative outcome in one will also mean potential revisions across other ESG initiatives. Therefore, organisations will have to undertake a robust scenario-planning analysis in choosing ESG initiatives to be implemented and engage in continuous monitoring to maximise their ESG impact.

Irrespective of the industry sector, ownership status (public vs. private), the scale of operations (start-up vs. large multinational), it is becoming clear that there are multiple business reasons for organisations to look at ESG.

Climate change is already here (the latest evidence is the unseasonal rain on 6th January, 2022 in my home city of Ahmedabad – for a minute not considering its unintended consequences for the agricultural sector). The time for the C-suite of Indian organisations to act is now. The more proactive they are, the bigger will be the benefits and opportunities for future generations in India.

 

13             https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/markets/ipos/fpos/govt-working-on-esg-ranking-for-lic-ahead-of-public-offer/articleshow/88744950.cms

14 https://www.freepressjournal.in/business/impact-investors-infused-around-12-bn-in-india-amid-the-second-wave-of-covid

15           https://www.livemint.com/companies/news/aavishkaar-capital-launches-250-mn-esg-first-fund-11643022266115.html

CARO 2020 SERIES: NEW CLAUSES AND MODIFICATIONS RESIGNATION OF STATUTORY AUDITORS AND CSR

(This is the eighth and last article in the CARO 2020 series that started in June, 2021)

PART A – RESIGNATION OF STATUTORY AUDITORS

 

BACKGROUND

There have been several instances of resignations by statutory auditors mid-way through their tenures in the recent past. Whilst that may be legally permissible, what is more important is whether there is anything which is more than what meets the eye in the resignation that the incoming auditor needs to know. Also, resignation of an auditor of a listed entity/its material subsidiary before completion of the review/audit of the financial results/statements for the year due to frivolous reasons such as pre-occupation may seriously hamper investor confidence and deny them access to reliable information for taking timely investment decisions.

SCOPE OF REPORTING

The scope of reporting pertaining to the aforesaid clause is as under:Whether there has been any resignation of the statutory auditors during the year, if so, whether the auditor has taken into consideration the issues, objections or concerns raised by the outgoing auditors. [Clause 3(xviii)]

PRACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS IN REPORTING

Before proceeding further it would be pertinent to note certain statutory requirements and professional pronouncements.SEBI Circular [CIR/CFD/CMD1/114/2019 dated 18th October, 2019]

The key requirements in respect thereof are summarised hereunder:

a) All listed entities/material subsidiaries shall ensure compliance with the following conditions while appointing/re-appointing an auditor:

• If the auditor resigns within 45 days from the end of a quarter of a financial year, then the auditor shall, before such resignation, issue the limited review/ audit report for such quarter.

• If the auditor resigns after 45 days from the end of a quarter of a financial year, then the auditor shall, before such resignation, issue the limited review/ audit report for such quarter as well as the next quarter.

• Notwithstanding the above, if the auditor has signed the limited review/ audit report for the first three quarters of a financial year, then the auditor shall, before such resignation, issue the limited review/ audit report for the last quarter of such financial year as well as the audit report for such financial year.

b) The auditor proposing to resign shall bring to the notice of the Audit Committee the reasons for his resignation including but not limited to areas where he has not been provided the necessary information / documents and explanations to matters raised during and in connections with the audit.

c) The above information has to be provided to the company in the format specified in Annexure A of the Circular, as under:

Sr.
No.

Particulars

1

Name of the listed
entity/ material subsidiary:

2

Details of the
statutory auditor:

a. Name:

b. Address:

c. Phone number:

d. Email:

3

Details
of association with the listed entity/ material subsidiary:

a.
Date on which the statutory auditor was appointed:

b.
Date on which the term of the statutory auditor was scheduled to expire:

c.
Prior to resignation, the latest audit report/limited
review report submitted by the auditor and date of its submission.

4

Detailed
reasons for resignation:

5

In
case of any concerns, efforts made by the auditor prior to resignation
(including approaching the Audit Committee/Board of Directors along with the
date of communication made to the Audit Committee/Board of Directors)

6

In
case the information requested by the auditor was not provided, then
following shall be disclosed:

a.
Whether the inability to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence was due
to a management-imposed limitation or circumstances beyond the control of the
management.

 

b.
Whether the lack of information would have significant impact on the
financial statements/results.

 

c.
Whether the auditor has performed alternative procedures to obtain
appropriate evidence for the purposes of audit/limited review as laid down in
SA 705 (Revised).

 

d.
Whether the lack of information was prevalent in the previous reported
financial statements/results. If yes, on what basis the previous
audit/limited review reports were issued.

7

Any other facts
relevant to the resignation:

Declaration
I/ We hereby confirm that the information given in this letter and its attachments is correct and complete.

I/ We hereby confirm that there is no other material reason other than those provided above for my resignation/ resignation of my firm.

Signature of the authorized signatory

Date:
Place:
Enclosures:

d) The listed entity / material subsidiary should cooperate in providing all the information and documents as requested by the auditor.

e) Disclosure should be made by the company as soon as possible but not later than twenty four hours of the Audit Committees’ views.

Duty of Outgoing Auditor [Section 140(2) of Companies Act, 2013]

The auditor who has resigned from a company shall file within a period of 30 days from the date of resignation a statement in Form ADT-3 with the company and the Registrar of Companies. In the case of a government company or any other company-owned or controlled by any of the governments, the auditor shall also file such a statement with the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India.

Clause 8 of Part I of First Schedule of the Chartered Accountants Act, 1949

A Chartered Accountant in practice shall be deemed to be guilty of professional misconduct, if he accepts a position as auditor previously held by another chartered accountant without first communicating with him in writing;

The underlying objective is that the member may have an opportunity to know the reasons for the change in order to be able to safeguard his own interest, the legitimate interest of the public and the independence of the existing accountant. It is not intended, in any way, to prevent or obstruct the change. When making the enquiry from the outgoing auditor, the one proposed to be appointed or already appointed should primarily find out whether there are any professional or other reasons why he should not accept the appointment.

The existence of a dispute as regards the fees would not constitute valid professional reasons on account of which an audit should not be accepted by the member to whom it is offered. However, in the case of an undisputed audit fees for carrying out the statutory audit under the Companies Act, 2013 or various other statutes having not been paid, the incoming auditor should not accept the appointment unless such fees are paid.

Implementation Guide on Resignation/ Withdrawal from an Engagement to Perform Audit of Financial Statements Issued by ICAI (the “Implementation Guide”)

In view of the increasing instances of withdrawal from audit engagements mid-way through the tenure, the ICAI has issued the above Implementation Guide that the outgoing and incoming auditors need to be aware. The Implementation Guide identifies various reasons for the resignation of auditors as under:

• SA 210 “Agreeing to the Terms of Audit Engagements” – If the auditor is unable to agree to a change in the terms of the audit engagement and is not permitted by the management to continue the original audit engagement, the auditor shall withdraw from the audit engagement.

• SA 220 “Quality Control for an Audit of Financial Statements” – If the engagement partner is unable to resolve the threat to independence with reference to the policies and procedures that apply to the audit engagement, if considered appropriate, the auditor can withdraw from the audit engagement.

• SA 240, “The Auditor’s Responsibilities relating to Fraud in an Audit of Financial Statements” – If, as a result of a misstatement resulting from fraud or suspected fraud, the auditor encounters exceptional circumstances that bring into question the auditor’s ability to perform the audit, the Standard suggests the withdrawal from the engagement as one of the options, subject to following certain procedures and measures.

• SA 315, “Identifying and Assessing the Risks of Material Misstatements Through Understanding the Entity and its Environment” – Concerns about the competence, integrity, ethical values or diligence of management, or about its commitment to or enforcement of these, may cause the auditor to conclude that the risk of management misrepresentation in the financial statements is such that an audit cannot be conducted. In such a case, the auditor may consider, where possible, withdrawing from the engagement, unless those charged with governance put in place appropriate corrective measures.

• SA 580, “Written Representations”– If the auditor is unable to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence, then the auditor is expected to determine the implications thereof to decide whether to qualify the opinion or to resign.

• Non-payment of auditor’s remuneration.

• Issuance of a Qualified report.

The Implementation Guide emphasises that the auditor is expected to describe the above specific circumstances, amongst others, while giving the reasons for resignation, instead of mentioning ambiguous reasons such as other preoccupation or personal reasons or administrative reasons or health reasons or mutual consent or unavoidable reasons.

Keeping in mind the above reporting requirements, the following are some of the practical considerations that could arise whilst reporting under this clause:

a) Modified Report issued by the outgoing auditor:-The nature and extent of the modification should be critically evaluated by the incoming auditor both from a qualitative and quantitative perspective. In doing so he may have to generally rely on oral discussions with the outgoing auditor since he may not be willing to part with the internal documentation and working papers, especially if it is an unlisted / non-public interest entity to which the SEBI circular mentioned earlier would not apply. In such circumstances he should advise the outgoing auditor to communicate in writing the specific reasons for withdrawal as per the Implementation Guide mentioned above to the appropriate level of management and those charged with governance and insist on a copy thereof, especially if the minutes do not reveal much. In such cases, there is no rule, written or unwritten, which would prevent an auditor from accepting the appointment in these circumstances once he has conducted proper due diligence before accepting the audit. He may also consider the attitude of the outgoing auditor and whether it was proper and justified.

b) Performing appropriate due diligence before stepping into the Outgoing Auditors shoes:- It is imperative that the incoming auditor undertakes appropriate inquiries and performs due diligence procedures as under before stepping into the shoes of the outgoing auditor who has withdrawn from the engagement:

(i) Evaluate diligently about the entity, the scope of the mandate, the resources (time, manpower and competence) available to execute the audit and then take a conscious call to accept or not to accept the engagement.

(ii) Have auditors frequently resigned from the entity in the past.

(iii) Evaluate the reasons for issuance of qualified, disclaimer opinion by the outgoing auditor.

(iv) Whether entity is regular in payment of statutory dues.

(v) Review the financial statements to ascertain any indication that the going concern basis may not be appropriate.

(vi) Check and understand accounting policies or treatment of specific transactions that cast doubt on the integrity of the financial information.

(vii) Are there issues arising from communication with the outgoing auditors, professional or otherwise, which suggest that the incoming auditor should decline the appointment.

(viii) Check whether the entity is involved in any long drawn litigation with the regulatory authorities.

(ix) Consider any other information available in the public domain.

CONCLUSION
The regulators have tightened the rules for withdrawal by statutory auditors from the engagement midway through their tenure to ensure that companies do not go scot-free and brush under the carpet any irregularities and misappropriations. The reporting responsibilities under this clause would ensure that there is a proper channel of communication between the incoming and outgoing auditors regarding any adverse matters concerning the entity.

PART B – CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR)

BACKGROUND

The provisions dealing with CSR have been in force for a few years and many companies have now ingrained it as part of their DNA. Earlier, the approach of the regulators was more in the nature of ‘comply or report’. However, the emphasis is now on ensuring that companies take their CSR obligations more seriously. Earlier, there was no responsibility on auditors to comment on CSR compliance separately, and only the Board of Directors were required to report on the same. However, reporting under CARO 2020 would ensure greater accountability on companies who were not taking CSR seriously.SCOPE OF REPORTING
The scope of reporting pertaining to the aforesaid clause is as under:

a) Whether, in respect of other than ongoing projects, the company has transferred unspent amount to a Fund specified in Schedule VII to the Companies Act within a period of six months of the expiry of the financial year in compliance with second proviso to sub-section (5) of section 135 of the said Act. [Clause 3(xx)(a)]
b) Whether any amount remaining unspent under sub-section (5) of section 135 of the Companies
Act, pursuant to any ongoing project, has been transferred to special account in compliance with the provision of sub-section (6) of section 135 of the said Act. [Clause 3(xx)(b)]

PRACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS AND CHALLENGES IN REPORTING

Before proceeding further it would be pertinent to note certain statutory requirements:Additional Disclosures under amended Schedule III
While reporting under this Clause, the auditor will have to keep in the mind the amended Schedule III disclosures which are as under:

Where the company covered under section 135 of the companies act, the following shall be disclosed with regard to CSR activities in the financial statements;

1

amount
required to be spent by the company during the year,

2

amount
of expenditure incurred,

3

shortfall
at the end of the year,

4

total
of previous years shortfall,

5

reason
for shortfall,

6

nature
of CSR activities,

7

details
of related party transactions, e.g., contribution to a trust controlled by
the company in relation to CSR expenditure as per relevant Accounting
Standard/ Indian Accounting Standard,

8

where
a provision is made with respect to a liability incurred by entering into a
contractual obligation, the movements in the provision during the year should
be shown separately.

Whilst reporting, the auditor should make a cross reference to the above disclosures made in the financial statements to ensure that there are no inconsistencies.

Other Relevant Statutory Provisions

Section 135(5) and (6) of the Companies Act, 2013

Section 135(5):
The Board of Directors of every eligible company shall ensure that the Company spends in every financial year, at least 2% of the average net profits of the company during the 3 immediately preceding financial years, in pursuance of the CSR policy. The net profit shall be as computed in terms of section 198.

The expression “three immediately preceding financial years” in sub-section (5) shall be read as number of years completed by a newly incorporated company.

“Unspent amount” as referred to in sub-section (5) unless relates to an “ongoing project” shall be transferred to a fund specified in Schedule VII within 6 months of the end of the financial year.

Section 135(6):
Any amount remaining unspent under sub-section (5), pursuant to any ongoing project, fulfilling such conditions as may be prescribed, undertaken by a company in pursuance of its Corporate Social Responsibility Policy, shall be transferred by the company within a period of thirty days from the end of the financial year to a special account to be opened by the company in that behalf for that financial year in any scheduled bank to be called the Unspent Corporate Social Responsibility Account, and such amount shall be spent by the company in pursuance of its obligation towards the Corporate Social Responsibility Policy within a period of three financial years from the date of such transfer, failing which, the company shall transfer the same to a Fund specified in Schedule VII, within a period of thirty days from the date of completion of the third financial year.

Permissible CSR Activities [Schedule VII read with the Rules]:

Schedule VII prescribes the following broad heads of activities on which the prescribed classes of Companies need to spend to fulfil their CSR obligations:

Sub

Clause

Broad
Area

Projects
or Programmes related to Activities in the following areas

i)@

Hunger,

Healthcare,

Sanitation etc.

• Eradicating extreme hunger, poverty and
malnutrition 

• Promoting health care including
preventive health care and sanitation

• Contribution to the Swatch Bharat Kosh.

• Provision for aids and appliances to
differently abled persons *

i)@

(continued)

• Disaster relief in
the form of medical aid, supply of clean drinking water and food supply*

• Trauma care around
highways in case of accidents*

• Supplementing of
Government Schemes like mid-day meal by corporates through additional
nutrition*

• Enabling access to
or improving delivery of public health systems (also covered under Clause iv
below)*

• Social Business
Projects involving giving medical and legal aid to road accident victims*
(also under Clause ii below)

ii)@

Education and vocational skills

• Promotion of education including special
education and employment enhancing vocational skills amongst:

(i) children,

(ii) women,

(iii) elderly, and

(iv) differently abled.

• Road safety awareness programmes
including drivers training, training
to enforcement personnel, traffic safety*

• Awareness of the above aspects through
print, audio and visual media*

• Setting up of Research Training and
Innovation Centres  for the benefit of
predominantly the rural community covering the following aspects:

(i) Capacity building for farmers covering best
sustainable farm management practices*

(ii) Training agricultural labour on skill development*

• Providing Consumer Protection Services
covering the following aspects:

(i) Providing effective consumer grievance redressal
mechanism*

(ii) Protecting consumer’s health and safety,
sustainable consumption, consumer service, support and complaint resolution*

(iii) Consumer rights to be mandated*

(iv) All other consumer protection programmes and
activities*

• Donations to IIMs for conservation of
buildings and renovation of classrooms (also covered under clause v below)*

• Donations to Non Academic Technopark not
located within an academic institution
but supported by the Department of Science and Technology*

• Research and case studies in the areas
specified in Schedule VII (normally under the respective areas and, if not,
under this clause)*

iii)

Gender
equality

and

empowerment
of

disadvantaged

sections

• Promoting gender equality,

• Empowering women,

• Setting up of hostels, old age homes and
hostels for women and orphans, day care centres and such other

facilities for senior citizens, and

• Measures for reducing inequalities faced
by socially and economically backward groups.

• Slum Rehabilitation Projects and EWS
Housing*

iv)

Environmental

and
ecological

sustainability
and

conservation
of

natural
resources

• Maintaining ecological balance,

• Protection of flora and fauna,

• Maintaining quality of air and water

• Contribution to the Clean Ganga Fund

• Setting up of Research Training and
Innovation Centres for the benefit of predominantly the rural community
covering the following aspects:

(i) Doing own research on the field for individual
crops to find out the most cost optimal and agri-ecological sustainable farm
practices with a focus on water management*.

(ii) To do Product Life Cycle Analysis from the solid
conservation point of view*

• Renewable energy projects*

v)

Heritage,
Art and

Culture

• Protection of natural heritage,

• Protection of art and culture,

• Restoration and maintenance of related
buildings and sites of historical importance and works of art,

• Setting up public libraries,

• Promotion and development of traditional
arts and handicrafts

vi)

Armed
Forces

Measures for the benefit of:

(i) armed forces,

(ii) veterans, and

(iii) war widows.

vii)

Sports

• Training to promote:

(i) rural sports,

(ii) nationally recognised sports,

(iii) paralympic sports, and

(iv) Olympic sports

Any training provided outside India to
sports personnel representing any State or Union Territory at National or
International level.

viii)

Political

Contributions

• Contributions to Prime Ministers National
Relief fund
or

• Contributions to other funds set up by
the Central

Government for socio economic development
and relief and for the welfare of:

(i) Scheduled Castes,

viii)

(continued)

(ii) Scheduled Tribes

(iii) other backward classes and

(iv) women

ix)

Technology

Incubators

Contributions or funds provided to
technology incubators located within academic institutions approved by the
Central Government.

x)

Rural Development Projects

Any project meant for development of rural
India will be covered*

xi)

Slum Development Projects

Any project for development of slums would
be covered

xii)

COVID -19 Related Areas

Funds may be spent for COVID-19 purposes
under the following activities/Funds:

  Eradicating hunger, poverty and
malnutrition $

   Disaster
Management, including relief, rehabilitation and reconstruction activities $

   Contribution
to PM Cares Fund $

   Contribution
to State Disaster Management Authority $

    Ex-gratia
payment to temporary/casual/daily wage workers for the purpose of fighting
COVID-19 $

   Spending for setting up makeshift
hospitals and temporary COVID care facilities will be eligible under items
(i) and (xii) of Schedule VII. #

     Companies
engaged in R & D activities for new vaccines, drugs and medical devices
in the normal course of business may undertake similar new activities for
COVID-19 related matters for FYs 2020-21, 2021-22 and 2022-23 subject to the
following conditions:

a) Such
activities are carried out in collaboration with institutes or organisations
mentioned in item ix of Schedule VII

b)
Details thereof are disclosed in the Annual Report on CSR Activities

[Inserted
in the CSR Amendment Rules vide notification dated
24th August, 2020]

*As per the MCA Circular dated 18th June, 2014 providing clarifications on various aspects related to CSR activities.

@ The above referred circular provides that the items included under sub clauses (i) and (ii) above, should be interpreted liberally so as to capture their essence.
The above circular has also clarified on certain related aspects as under:

• One off events like marathons, awards, charitable concerts, sponsorship programmes etc. would not qualify as CSR expenditure.
Only activities undertaken in project / programme mode are permissible.
• Expenses incurred in pursuance of legal obligations under Land, Labour or other laws would not quality as CSR expenditure.

$ As per MCA Circular dated 23rd March, 2020.
# As per MCA Circular dated 22nd April, 2021.

Monitoring Unspent Funds:
The provisions dealing with tracking and treatment of unspent funds, excess amounts spent and capital assets created or acquired as per the recent amendments which are crucial to reporting under this clause are tabulated and summarised hereunder:

Note:

The Funds specified under Schedule VII are as under:
• PM National Relief Fund
• Swach Bharat Kosh
• Clean Ganga Fund
• PM CARES Fund
• State Disaster Management Authority
• Skill Development Fund

Excess Amounts Spent:
As per the amended Rules, notified on 22nd January, 2021, any excess amount beyond the prescribed limit can be set off against the spending requirements in the immediately succeeding three financial years subject to the following conditions:

a) The excess amount available for set-off shall not include any surplus arising out of the CSR activities.

b) The Board of Directors shall pass a resolution specifically permitting the same.

The aforesaid carry forward shall not be allowed for excess amounts spent during any financial year ended before 22nd January, 2021.

Creation and Acquisition of Capital Assets:
As per the amended Rules, any CSR amounts may be utilised by a Company towards creation or acquisition of capital assets, only if the assets are held by any of the following:

a) A company registered under Section 8 of the Act, or a Registered Public Trust or Society having charitable objects and a CSR Registration Number; or

b) Beneficiaries of the said CSR project in the form of Self-Help Groups or Collective Entities; or

c) A public authority.

In case of any such assets existing prior to the amendment i.e. 22nd January, 2021, the same shall be transferred within 180 days from the commencement date.

Keeping in mind the above reporting as well as requirements, the following are some of the practical challenges that could arise in reporting under these clauses:

a) Reporting Issues and Challenges in the Initial Period of Applicability:- The amendments are prospective from 22nd January, 2021. Accordingly only the unspent amount for F.Y. 2020-21 in respect of other than ongoing projects needs to be transferred to the fund specified in Schedule VII within six months from the end of the financial year. This is the case even if the Company has unspent amounts in earlier years. However, if the Company has made provisions for unspent amounts of the earlier years, which remains outstanding as on 31st March, 2021 the same should be transferred to the separate bank account or Schedule VII fund as the case may be within the prescribed periods as indicated earlier. The auditors should ensure that appropriate factual disclosures are made where deemed necessary. Further, there could be several other practical issues which could be encountered in the first year of reporting, few of which are discussed hereunder together with their possible resolution by the auditors, coupled with appropriate reporting of all relevant facts as deemed necessary based on their best judgement:

Issues

Possible
Resolution

A Company has a running project that was
commenced few years back and is expected to continue for next 2 years. Can
this be considered as an Ongoing project?

Subject to the definition of ongoing
project in terms of the timeline, the Board of Directors can henceforth
consider and approve this current running project as an Ongoing Project with
reasonable justification.

A CSR project was undertaken and
subsequently abandoned by Implementing Agency due to lack of additional
funds. Can this be considered as an Ongoing project? 

Subject to the definition of ongoing
project in terms of the time line, the Board of Directors can henceforth  consider and approve the aforesaid project
as an Ongoing Project with reasonable justification.

A Company contributed a certain amount to
the Implementing Agency for the construction of a hospital. It paid the full
amount in F.Y. 2020-21, whereas the hospital is expected to be completed in
F.Y. 2022-23. Can this be considered as an Ongoing project? 

If the Company has already paid the whole
amount of its CSR obligations during F.Y. 2020-21, then it is not required to
consider it as Ongoing Project. However, it is the duty of the Board as per
Rule 4 (5) to satisfy itself that the funds so disbursed have been utilized
for the purpose and in the manner as approved by it and the CFO or the person
responsible for financial management need to certify to that effect. Hence
the Company needs to have a report from the Implementation Agency for the
spends and utilization of funds and report it in the Board Report for F.Y.
2020-21 with facts and details. Further, a mandatory impact assessment
needs to be done by a Monitoring Agency in case of companies with mandatory
spending of Rs. 10 crores or more in the three immediately preceding
financial years and for individual project outlays in excess of Rs.1 crores as
per the amended Rules.

b) Monitoring in case of Multiple Projects:– In case of companies having huge CSR budgets and financing multiple projects, both ongoing and others, a robust internal control mechanism would have to be implemented to monitor project-wise utilisation to ensure that unspent amounts are transferred on a timely basis and their subsequent utilisation in case of ongoing projects, which needs to be verified by the auditors to enable them to report compliance under Clause 3(xx)(b). Whilst there is no requirement to maintain separate special bank accounts for each project it is desirable to ensure proper monitoring and greater transparency. The Board may consider laying an appropriate policy in this regard.

c) Funds Utilised towards acquisition of Capital Assets in earlier periods:- For companies that have utilised funds in earlier periods and shown them as capital assets, it is mandatory to transfer the same within 180 days from 22nd January, 2021 to the prescribed authorities /entities as indicated earlier. Though no specific reporting is required under these clauses, it would be incumbent on the auditors to verify the same as part of their audit and in case the report is dated after the expiry of the said period, he may consider drawing attention to the same since it is a statutory requirement. Similar factual disclosure could be considered in the case where the period of 180 days has not elapsed on the date of signing, and the same are not transferred.

d) Transactions with Related Parties:- In many companies, CSR obligations are fulfilled by transferring the funds to group entities registered as NPOs under Section 8/25 of the Companies Act, 2013 / 1956. In such cases, care should be taken to ensure that the same are towards approved projects. The monitoring of the same is done in accordance with the revised guidelines on monitoring and impact assessment, including the need for involving an external agency, if required, as discussed earlier. In case of any lapses or deficiencies noticed the same should be factually reported under Clause 3(xx)(b) based on materiality and use of judgement.

CONCLUSION
The additional reporting requirements have placed very specific responsibilities on the auditors to supplement the revised regulatory landscape of CSR of “comply or pay up”, which views CSR spending more as a tax then a social obligation. As is always the case, it is the auditors who have to bell the cat!

MEASURE OF …

The measure of wealth is freedom.
The measure of health is lightness.
The measure of intellect is judgment.
The measure of wisdom is silence.
The measure of love is peace.
– Naval Ravikant

Chartered Accountants are in the profession of ‘recognition’ and ‘measurement’. Much of life, in its wider and deeper sense, needs measuring with each passing year, or in our context, at least at the end of the fiscal year.

What matters may not be in the line of sight. Contemporary wisdom measures and turns on a sharp spotlight on what matters. Wisdom articulates the reality of things with a purpose: to make us aware of the starkness of what matters, the urgency of action and the futility of much of what we believe to be important in the short term. ‘Non-recognition’ of this can be our stupidity, lethargy or even careless disregard. I have been following the writings of Naval for a while and thought of sharing them and leaving you with questions I ask myself.

The measure of wealth is freedom. We gather wealth but, for a long time, run short of freedom. Even on vacation, work chases us. How much freedom do we have on our time and actions? Wealth without freedom is futile. Freedom TO and Freedom FROM are two types of categories. While money gives us the freedom to overcome many life problems, how free do we become from other problems?

The measure of health is lightness. How much lightness do we feel in our bodies? How much space do our minds have to let ‘light’ occupy it rather than the clutter of million thoughts? Are we trading off health with time to our profession?

The measure of intellect is judgment. We often learn this over time. A lot of our work hones judgment. Naval writes: “…wisdom is knowing the long-term consequences of your actions. Wisdom applied to external problems is judgment. … knowing the long-term consequences of your actions and then making the right decision to capitalize on that.” How do I figure out the difference between direction and effort? Can I figure out what’s really stupid and then avoid it? Am I able to see beyond the immediate and look far into the future?

The measure of wisdom is silence. When wisdom is applied, the outcome is silence. The closer you are to the truth, the more silent you become inside. How much silence or evenness do we feel within? By being the way I am, am I becoming something that I would not want to?

You can reflect on the rest of Naval’s words. I wish to end this page with a conversation I had with my daughter. She told me about ellipsis. ‘…’ the three dots we sometimes use to end a sentence. I think the measure of life is an ellipsis, in the sense that it goes on, that there are no full stops. Its spirit is continuance. It is open-ended, uncertain and full of possibilities. The ellipsis holds hope in the unsaid. As we begin the new fiscal and come out of one patch of uncertain time, will it not be brave to accept the certainty of uncertainty?

 
Raman Jokhakar
Editor    

CELEBRATING 75 YEARS OF INDEPENDENCE JAGANNATH SHANKARSHETH

In the last few months, through this column, we gratefully remembered Lokmanya Tilak, Madanlal Dhingra and Ramprasad Bismil. They sacrificed everything and dedicated their lives for the freedom of our country. Today, we will try to know about a man who made a yeomen contribution to the development of Mumbai and also, in turn, our country – Shri Jagannath Shankarsheth (JSS) – popularly known as Nana Shankarsheth. His surname was ‘Murkute’. Born on the 10th of February, 1803, he passed away on the 31st of July, 1865.

He was born in a wealthy family engaged in the business of jewellery and diamonds. His reputation and credibility were so high that Arabs, Afghans and other foreign merchants preferred to place their money in the custody of JSS; rather than with banks. JSS was a prominent Indian philanthropist and educationist.

JSS took leadership in many areas of Mumbai’s civil life. He founded the School Society and the Native School of Bombay, the first of its kind in Western India. It changed names from time to time, and finally, it is known as ‘Elphinstone Educational Institute’ (Elphinstone College) today! Many leaders of our country were educated in that college. The Students’ Library and Scientific Society first opened their girls’ schools. Despite the opposition from some orthodox citizens, JSS provided funds to them. He also founded the English School, the Sanskrit Seminary and Sanskrit Library, all located in Girgaum, South Mumbai. He has also instituted a well-known scholarship in his name for the topper in the subject of Sanskrit in the SSC Board, who continues further studies in Sanskrit.

In 1845, along with Sir Jamsethjee Jeejeebhoy, JSS formed the Indian Railway Association to bring railways to India. This Association was eventually incorporated as the Great Indian Peninsula Railway (GIP), presently ‘Central Railway’. JSS and Jeejeebhoy were the only two Indian Directors of GIP Railways. He participated in India’s first train journey between Mumbai and Thane, which took about 45 minutes.

JSS, Sir George Birdwood and Dr. Bhau Daji Lad initiated some of the major reconstruction efforts of the city in 1857. They transformed the then congested city into a spacious one, with monumental buildings. JSS was first Indian member of the Legislative Council of Mumbai under the Act of 1861 and became a member of the Bombay Board of Education. He was also the first Indian member of the Asiatic Society. JSS generously donated to a school in Grant Road and also a theatre. He also helped the British Government in the banning of the inhuman custom of ‘Suttee’ (widow burning). Thanks to his efforts, Hindus got a cremation ground at Sonapur. He donated generously to many temples.

During the first war of independence in 1857, the British suspected his involvement; but acquitted him for want of evidence. Bombay Association was the first political organisation in Mumbai founded by JSS on the 26th of August, 1852.

His memorials are – a marble statue at Asiatic Society of Mumbai, then the erstwhile Girgaum road was renamed as JSS Road and Nana Chowk at Grant Road. The Government of Maharashtra has recently allotted a large plot of land in the Antop Hill area, Wadala, to build a memorial of Shri Jagannath Shankarsheth.

Let us offer our grateful Namaskaar to this great philanthropist, educationist, visionary leader of our country.

SALTY… IS IT?

There was a sugar anthill in which numerous ants lived. Each of them was leading a very happy life and, being in a sugar anthill, everything was sweet in their lives.

One day, an ant from this colony moved out and met another ant. As they started talking, the ant from the sugar anthill (let’s call it the sugar ant) was surprised to hear the sad tale of the other ant.

It so happened that the other ant lived in a salt anthill (let’s call it the salt ant). The salt ant was disappointed with salt all around. She exclaimed, ‘This life is very salty.’ She had never tasted sugar.

Hearing this, the sugar ant replied, ‘What’s wrong? Life is so beautiful and full of sweetness all around.’

This was difficult for the salt ant to digest. She responded, ‘Impossible!’

‘Come with me, I shall show you,’ so saying, the sugar ant led the salt ant to her colony at the sugar anthill. Once there, the sugar ant asked, ‘Now tell me, isn’t life sweet?’

The salt ant tasted the sugar and responded, ‘What? This is salty, too!’

The sugar ant coaxed the salt ant to try once again. The salt ant did try but gave the same response. It was difficult for the sugar ant to understand. She decided to take the salt ant to the Mother sugar ant to resolve the issue. The Mother sugar ant was also perplexed when she heard the sugar ant’s predicament.

‘How could it be?’ she wondered.

In an attempt to unravel the mystery, the Mother sugar ant asked the salt ant to take a bite of sugar and asked her to respond.

‘Salty,’ the salt ant asserted.

The Mother sugar ant thought for a while. Then she smiled and her eyes brightened like those of a child who had suddenly spotted his mother in a group of strangers.

She told the salt ant to take another bite of the sugar and the salt ant obediently did so. As the salt ant opened her mouth to consume the sugar, the Mother sugar ant said, ‘Stop! Wait for a moment. Let me see your mouth.’”

The Mother sugar ant peeped into the mouth of the salt ant and exclaimed, ‘There you are! A piece of salt is already there in your mouth. How will anything taste any different but salty?’

As professionals, many a time we may commence our work with presumptions and / or prejudices which may influence our actions and decisions. They may sour our results and relations. However, professional scepticism should not translate into distrust, cynicism and suspicion. Further, it would be dangerous to carry such scepticism into our personal lives.

Would it not be wise to always begin with the question – ‘Have I removed the piece of salt (in the form of prejudices, etc.) before I set out to see the world soaked in sugar?’

THE IMPORTANCE OF STRONG PASSWORDS

We have all been there – any website that we visit wants us to share our email id and insists that we create a userid and password. The normal tendency is to use our regular email id and password on all sites. This is the primary mistake we commit while accessing the online world.
 

At the same time, if you are a business owner and have a website of your own, you need to know the people who visit your website and have their email ids. Besides, you would not like anyone and everyone to access and nose through your website without proper authentication.

 

Unauthorised access to your digital world is a major problem for anyone who uses computers or any other devices, especially if connected to the internet. The effects for victims of these break-ins can include the loss of valuable data, including bank account information, money, or even having their identity stolen. Moreover, unauthorised users may use someone else’s computer to break the law which could put the victim in legal trouble.

 

Surprisingly, although strong passwords are the most important in keeping our information secure online, this fact is often also the most overlooked. It may surprise you to know that in 2013, 90% of all online passwords were considered vulnerable to hacking. It was also found that 70% of people do not use a unique password for each website they access and more than 33% users share their password with others!

 

Another study showed that a majority of users use passwords which are so easy to guess – e.g., 123456 or ‘password’ or 111111. Using such passwords is suicidal as they are easiest to guess and hack.

 

The following points need to be kept in mind for ensuring your password security:

* Passwords must be long and complex – never use personal information like name of self or spouse, kids, pets, birthdays, etc. They are very easy to guess. Never use common words.

* Passwords should contain at least twelve characters. It has been calculated that if a hacker generates 1 billion passwords per second, a 5-digit password can be cracked in 0.38 seconds, while a 12-digit password would take 12,386.42 years to crack!

* Passwords must have at least one upper case, one lower case, one numeric and one special character (like !@#$%^&) each.

* Never write down passwords, as that makes it easier for the passwords to be stolen and used by someone else.

* Never use the same password for two or more devices, as someone who breaks into one machine will try to use the same password to take control of the others.

* Never use the same password on multiple sites, especially banking or transactional sites.

* Try and change all your passwords periodically – preferably once in six months.

* Use a good password manager (like LastPass) to manage all your passwords, since it is impossible to remember so many passwords.

 

Passwords are undoubtedly essential to security, but they are not the only method that can or should be used to protect one’s computers and devices. In addition to creating a good password, Windows 10 allows face recognition (Hello Windows / Hello Asus / Hello HP). Facial Recognition uses the FIDO (Fast Identity Online) protocol. Many laptops have fingerprint and / or iris recognition devices also, which provide an additional layer of security for your devices.

 

SECURITY FOR MOBILE DEVICES

On mobile devices, a PIN or passcode is used. This is like a password for a computer, but it may have a minimum of four characters or digits and should be something that is not personal or easily guessable. Passcodes for devices should also be set to time out after a short period of time. On time-out, the code will then need to be re-entered. Ideally, the timeout should occur in no more than ten minutes, although shorter periods between time-outs are best. Besides, these days many cell phones allow fingerprint and face recognition options which make your device more secure.

 

2 FACTOR AUTHENTICATION (2FA)

The use of 2 Factor Authentication (2FA) adds another layer to your security. For every large / reputed site you visit, this option is always there. To enable 2FA, you need to download an app like Authy or Google Authenticator.

 

In the case of Google, for example, once you have the app installed, go to your Google / Gmail account (myaccount.google.com/security) and look for 2-Step verification. Once you enable it and link your phone to your Google account, every time you login to your account from a different device, in addition to your password, it will also ask you for the 2FA code. You will have to go to your Authenticator App, read the code there for Google and enter it when prompted on your computer. This ensures that even if your password is hacked, the hacker cannot get into your account without the 2FA code which is unique to you and your device. Similarly, for your Amazon account – go to your account, login & security, enable 2-step verification and follow the same process as prompted. Facebook has similar options in Settings & Privacy, Settings, Security & Login – Two-Factor Authorisation.

 

The online world is dangerous and unforgiving. Sensible use of passwords, face recognition, 2FA all add to your security levels and allow you to conduct your online affairs safely. Stay safe, stay protected in this hazardous world by using the above tools sensibly and effectively.

 

Happy Browsing!

CONTRADICTIONS BETWEEN COMPANIES ACT AND SECURITIES LAWS: COMPOUNDED BY ERRANT DRAFTING

BACKGROUND
A listed company is subject to dual regulation. First, by the Companies Act, 2013 which is the parent act under which it is incorporated and which lays down the basic rules about how companies should be governed. And second, the multiple regulations notified under the SEBI Act. The regulator under each of these sets of laws is also different.

It is not as if the objectives of the two laws are clearly distinct and non-overlapping. Unfortunately, however, neither regulator would like to cede to the other and agree that some areas are best regulated exclusively by the other. Thus, several areas are regulated by both the regulators. And these areas actually keep increasing. Whether the concept and requirements relating to Independent Directors, whether the issue of shares and debentures, whether the setting up of various committees, their constitution and scope, etc., each regulator makes its own set of provisions.

This article attempts to look at this overlap and the resultant consequences. It also highlights the attempts made periodically to harmonise and even cede control. It also differentiates the nature of enforcement by the two regulators.

But this article arises primarily out of a recent informal guidance issued by SEBI. In this case, not only is there dual regulation, but owing to what appears to be poor drafting, certain harsh consequences have arisen which SEBI has merely reinforced without accepting.

AREAS OF DUAL GOVERNANCE

The objectives of the Companies Act, 2013 (‘the Act’) / Rules notified therein and the Securities Laws (consisting of the SEBI Act and several regulations notified by it) do have common areas. Both have as one of their objectives the governance of companies, even if SEBI primarily regulates companies that have listed, or propose to list, their securities. Both regulate the issue of securities, even if SEBI basically regulates the issue of securities to the public.

Thus, for example, the whole area of corporate governance is regulated minutely by both the laws. The definition of ‘Independent Directors’ is enunciated elaborately and separately by each of the two regulators. The constitution of committees such as the Audit Committee and the Nomination and Remuneration Committee is similarly laid down independently by the two laws. And the manner of issue of securities is also regulated independently by each of the two sets of laws.

Both sets of laws also regulate related party transactions. However, the definition of related parties, the nature of related party transactions governed, the manner of their approval, the quantum limits beyond which special approvals are required, etc., are all framed with differences, some major and some minor.

The result obviously is many differences, big and small, which companies have to carefully navigate through.

CONSEQUENCES OF DIFFERENT PROVISIONS

What happens when the same issue has differently-worded provisions under the Act / Rules and the Securities Laws? For example, the minimum number of Independent Directors required. The Act has made a simple rule which may result in a lower number of minimum Independent Directors, while the Securities Laws (the LODR Regulations) would require more. Or, say, the definition of related party transactions. The definition of related parties under the SEBI LODR Regulations is wider and covers groups of persons who are not covered as related parties under the Act. Similarly, the definition of related party transactions under the SEBI LODR Regulations is wider. So, again, the question is how will the differences be reconciled?

Primarily, the answer is that (i) both the sets of provisions have to be complied with, and (ii) in case of overlap / difference, the narrower or stricter provision will apply. If the LODR Regulations require more Independent Directors while the Act prescribes a lower number, the LODR Regulations will apply. Similarly, the wider definition of related party transactions under the SEBI LODR Regulations will apply.

But while this may be a good basic principle, the provisions of each set of laws should be carefully examined.

ATTEMPTS TO HARMONISE AND CEDE CONTROL

It is not as if the two regulators are always deliberately confrontational and engaged in a turf war. There is actually a tendency to carefully review what the other regulator has already provided in its corresponding provisions. Indeed, from time to time reviews are carried out and attempts are made to harmonise wherever possible. However, often a fresh set of amendments is made which widens the gap further. Since the provisions governed by SEBI are generally in the Regulations which can be easily amended, SEBI is able to update the provisions to current requirements and also take care of the difficulties faced. The amendments to the Act require approval of Parliament, although, interestingly, we have also seen a series of amending acts over the years.

DUAL ENFORCEMENT ACTION

Each of the two sets of laws has differing consequences in case of violation. Even the process of enforcement can be different. A violation of the provisions in the Act may result in fine and / or prosecution and, at times, other action. SEBI, however, generally has a wider arsenal of actions. It may be in the form of levying a penalty, directing persons not to deal in securities, barring persons from accessing securities markets, disgorgement, etc.

Companies and other persons in default alleged to have violated the provisions may face dual proceedings, one by each regulator, even for substantially the same violation!

Interestingly, under section 24 of the Act, certain specified provisions of the Act relating to listed / to be listed companies are to be ‘administered’ by SEBI. Ideally, such a provision would have ensured not only that dual provisions are either eliminated or harmonised, but even the action is by a single regulator. However, the provisions of this section have a narrow scope.

MANAGERIAL REMUNERATION – DUAL PROVISIONS AND CONSEQUENCE OF POOR DRAFTING

Let us take up a specific case that provides a good example of overlapping provisions with certain anomalous results owing to poor drafting. This case relates to payment of ‘managerial remuneration’, i.e., remuneration paid to directors. Traditionally, the Act has regulated payment of managerial remuneration in fair detail. The persons who can be appointed as Managing / Wholetime Directors, the manner of their appointment, the upper limits of their remuneration, etc., are all regulated in detail. Earlier, payment of remuneration beyond the specified limits required approval of the Central Government. However, now the Act requires approval of the shareholders instead. But even the shareholders cannot grant approval for remuneration that exceeds certain limits. The Act places limits on managerial remuneration in terms of percentage of net profits (as calculated in a prescribed manner) and, in case where profits are inadequate, or there are losses, in absolute terms.

SEBI had, till recently, not provided for limits on managerial remuneration but dealt with the subject by requiring the Nomination and Remuneration Committee to recommend managerial remuneration. However, with effect from 1st April, 2019 it made several requirements relating to certain managerial remuneration. One such requirement related to Promoter Executive Directors and became an area of confusion and a company approached SEBI for an ‘informal guidance’. It may be recalled that SEBI grants ‘informal guidance’ on provisions (for a relatively small charge) which, although it has limited binding effect, often helps know the view that SEBI may generally take.

The relevant provision is Regulation 17(6)(e) of the SEBI LODR Regulations which reads as under:

(e) The fees or compensation payable to executive directors who are promoters or members of the promoter group, shall be subject to the approval of the shareholders by special resolution in general meeting, if –
(i)    the annual remuneration payable to such executive director exceeds rupees 5 crore or 2.5 per cent of the net profits of the listed entity, whichever is higher; or
(ii)    where there is more than one such director, the aggregate annual remuneration to such directors exceeds 5 per cent of the net profits of the listed entity:

Provided that the approval of the shareholders under this provision shall be valid only till the expiry of the term of such director.

Explanation. – For the purposes of this clause, net profits shall be calculated as per section 198 of the Companies Act, 2013.

As can be seen, the provision states that the upper limit on annual remuneration in case of one such Promoter Executive Director is Rs. 5 crores or 2.50% of the net profits, whichever is higher. In case there is more than one such director, the corresponding limit on the aggregate remuneration to all such directors is 5% of the net profits.

The anomaly is apparent. The limit on remuneration in case of one director is given in an absolute amount as well as in a percentage. However, in case of more than one such director, the limit is given only in percentage terms. To take an example, if the net profit is Rs. 50 crores, then the company may pay Rs. 5 crores as managerial remuneration to one such director, being the higher of Rs. 5 crores and Rs. 1.25 crores (2.50% of Rs. 50 crores). If there are two or more such directors, however, the company can pay only Rs. 2.50 crores, since in such a case the company cannot pay more than 5% of its net profits as aggregate remuneration to all such directors. Thus, even the single director, who could have otherwise received up to Rs. 5 crores, would now get a far lesser remuneration since the aggregate limit for all the directors put together is Rs. 2.50 crores! Of course, if the net profits are very large (say, beyond Rs. 100 crores), the difficulty arising out of such an anomaly would be diluted. But if the profits are less, the anomaly becomes even more glaring.

For a company that needs more than one such director, the provision creates difficulties. When SEBI was approached for an informal guidance on this, it confirmed the above view and said that the remuneration would be limited to 5% of net profits (see informal guidance dated 18th November, 2020 to Manaksia Aluminium Company Limited). Thus, the company would be required to approach the shareholders for a special resolution.

To be fair, SEBI could not have resolved a drafting anomaly through an informal guidance since this would generally require an amendment.

CONCLUSION


A careful consideration is needed whether at all there is a need for dual sets of provisions on the same subject which result in overlap, conflict and even confusion, apart from double proceedings and double punishment. A fleet-footed SEBI could be given exclusive jurisdiction over listed / to be listed companies in several areas. This will ensure that companies have a single set of provisions to apply and that there is a single regulator who will take action in case of violation and the regulator is one who has several different enforcement actions that it can take that are suited to the violation/s.

HINDU LAW: THE RIGHTS OF AN ILLEGITIMATE CHILD

INTRODUCTION
The codified and uncodified aspects of Hindu Law deal with several personal issues pertaining to a Hindu. One such issue is the rights of an illegitimate child in relation to inheritance of ancestral property, self-acquired property of his parents, right to claim maintenance, etc.

 

VOID / VOIDABLE MARRIAGE

The Hindu Marriage Act, 1955 applies to and codifies the law relating to marriages between Hindus. It states that an illegitimate child is one who is born out of a marriage which is not valid. A valid marriage is one which does not suffer from the disabilities mentioned in this Act, viz., neither partner has another spouse living at the time of the marriage; neither of them is of unsound mind / has a mental disorder / is insane; they are not under the marriageable age; the parties are not within prohibited degrees of relationship as laid down in Hindu law; the parties are not sapindas (defined common relationships) of each other. For all void marriages, the Act provides that a decree of nullity can be obtained from a court of law. Hence, the marriage is treated as null and void. Thus, if there is a marriage which suffered from any of these defects then the same would be void. Certain marriages under the Act are voidable at the option of the party who is aggrieved.

 

ILLEGITIMATE CHILD – MEANING

A child born out of such a void or voidable wedlock would have been treated as an illegitimate child prior to the amendment of the Hindu Marriage Act in 1976. From 1976, the Hindu Marriage Act has been amended to expressly deal with an illegitimate child. Section 16(1) provides that even if a marriage is null and void, any child born out of such marriage who would have been legitimate if the marriage had been valid, shall be considered to be a legitimate child. This is true whether or not such child is born before or after the commencement of the Marriage Laws (Amendment) Act, 1976. This would also be the case whether or not a decree of nullity is granted in respect of that void marriage under this Act.

 

It also provides that if a decree of nullity is granted in respect of a voidable marriage, any child begotten or conceived before the decree is made, who would have been the legitimate child of the parties to the marriage if at the date of the decree it had been dissolved instead of being annulled, shall be deemed to be their legitimate child notwithstanding the decree of nullity.

 

Hence, now all children of void / voidable marriages under the Act are treated as legitimate. The Act also provides that such children would be entitled to rights in the property of their parents.

 

The Supreme Court in Bharatha Matha & Anr. vs. R. Vijaya Renganathan, AIR 2010 SC 2685 has held that ‘it is evident that Section 16 of the Act intends to bring about social reforms, conferment of social status of legitimacy on a group of children, otherwise treated as illegitimate, as its prime object.’

 

In Jinia Keotin & Ors. vs. Kumar Sitaram Manjhi & Ors. (2003) 1 SCC 730, the Apex Court explained the meaning behind the Amendment as follows:

‘4 … Under the ordinary law, a child for being treated as legitimate must be born in lawful wedlock. … The legitimate status of the children which depended very much upon the marriage between their parents being valid or void, thus turned on the act of parents over which the innocent child had no hold or control. But for no fault of it, the innocent baby had to suffer a permanent setback in life and in the eyes of society by being treated as illegitimate. A laudable and noble act of the legislature indeed in enacting section 16 to put an end to a great social evil.’

 

In S.P.S. Balasubramanyam vs. Suruttayan @ Andali Padayachi & Ors. AIR 1992 SC 756 the Supreme Court held that if man and woman are living under the same roof and cohabiting for a number of years, there will be a presumption u/s 114 of the Evidence Act that they live as husband and wife and the children born to them will not be illegitimate. Thus, even children born out of a live-in relationship were accorded legitimacy.

 

In Rameshwari Devi vs. State of Bihar & Ors. AIR 2000 SC 735 the Supreme Court dealt with a case wherein after the death of a government employee, the children born illegitimately to the woman who had been living with the said employee, claimed a share in the pension / gratuity and other death-cum-retirement benefits along with children born out of a legal wedlock. The Court held that u/s 16 of the Act, children of a void marriage are legitimate. As the employee, a Hindu, died intestate, the children of the deceased employee born out of the void marriage were entitled to a share in the family pension, death-cum-retirement benefits and gratuity.

 

SUCCESSION TO PROPERTIES OF OTHER RELATIVES

However, the Amendment Act has also introduced an interesting caveat, that while such a child born out a void or voidable wedlock would be deemed to be legitimate, the Amendment would not be treated as conferring any rights in the property of any person other than its parents.

 

In Smt. P.E.K. Kalliani Amma & Ors. vs. K. Devi & Ors. AIR 1996 SC 1963 the Apex Court held that section 16 of the Act was not ultra vires of the Constitution of India. In view of the legal fiction contained in section 16, the illegitimate children, for all practical purposes, including succession to the properties of their parents, had to be treated as legitimate. They could not, however, succeed to the properties of any other relation on the basis of this rule which in its operation was limited to the properties of the parents.

 

Again, in Jinia Keotin & Ors. vs. Kumar Sitaram Manjhi & Ors. (2003) 1 SCC 730 the Supreme Court held that section 16 of the Act, while engrafting a rule of fiction in ordaining the children, though illegitimate, to be treated as legitimate, notwithstanding that the marriage was void or voidable, chose also to confine its application, so far as succession or inheritance by such children is concerned, to the properties of the parents only. It held that conferring any further rights upon such children would be going against the express mandate of the Legislature.

 

This view was once again endorsed by the Supreme Court in Bharatha Matha (Supra) where it held that a child born of a void or voidable marriage is not entitled to claim inheritance in ancestral coparcenary property but is entitled only to claim share in self-acquired properties, if any.

 

CONTROVERSY IN THE ISSUE

The above issue of whether illegitimate children can succeed to ancestral properties or claim a share in the HUF was given a new twist by the Supreme Court in 2011 in the case of Revanasiddappa and Anr. vs. Mallikarjun and Ors. (2011) 11 SCC 1. The question which was dealt with in that case was whether illegitimate children were entitled to a share in the coparcenary property or whether their share was limited only to the self-acquired property of their parents u/s 16(3) of the Hindu Marriage Act? It disagreed with the earlier views taken by the Supreme Court in Jinia Keotin (Supra), Bharatha Matha (Supra) and in Neelamma & Ors. vs. Sarojamma & Ors. (2006) 9 SCC 612, wherein the Court had held that illegitimate children would only be entitled to a share of the self-acquired property of the parents and not to the joint Hindu family property.

 

The Court observed that the Amendment had used the word ‘property’ and had not qualified it with either self-acquired property or ancestral property. It has been kept broad and general. It explained that if they have been declared legitimate, then they cannot be discriminated against and they will be at par with other legitimate children and be entitled to all the rights in the property of their parents, both self-acquired and ancestral. The prohibition contained in section 16(3) will apply to such children only with respect to property of any person other than their parents. Qua their parents, they can succeed to all properties. The Court held that there was a need for a progressive and dynamic interpretation of Hindu Law since the society was changing. It stressed the need to recognise the status of such children who had been legislatively declared legitimate and simultaneously recognise the rights of such children in the property of their parents. This was a law to advance the socially beneficial purpose of removing the stigma of illegitimacy on such children who were as innocent as any other children.

 

The Supreme Court also explained the modus operandi of succession to ancestral property. Such children will be entitled only to a share in their parents’ property, but they could not claim it in their own right. Logically, on the partition of an ancestral property the property falling in the share of the parents of such children would be regarded as their self-acquired and absolute property. In view of the Amendment, such illegitimate children will have a share in such property since such children were equated under the amended law with the legitimate offspring of a valid marriage. The only limitation even after the Amendment was that during the lifetime of their parents such children could not ask for partition, but they could exercise this right only after the death of their parents.

 

Hence, the Court in Revanasiddappa (Supra) concluded that it was constrained to take a view different from the one taken earlier by it in Jinia Keotin (Supra), Neelamma (Supra) and Bharatha Matha (Supra) on section 16(3) of the Act. Nevertheless, since all these decisions were of two-member Benches, it requested the Chief Justice of India that the matter should be reconsidered by a larger Bench.

 

CURRENT STATUS

It has been close to ten years since the above request for a larger Bench, but the matter has not yet been resolved. This issue once again cropped up in the Supreme Court in the case of Jitender Kumar vs. Jasbir Singh CA 18858/2019 order dated 21st October, 2019. The Supreme Court observed that since this issue has been referred to a larger Bench, the current case would be decided only after its hearing.

 

MAINTENANCE

Section 20 of the Hindu Adoptions and Maintenance Act, 1956 also needs to be noted; it provides for maintenance of children by a Hindu. A Hindu is bound, during his or her lifetime, to maintain his or her legitimate or illegitimate children during their minority. In addition, an unmarried Hindu daughter (even if illegitimate) can claim maintenance from her father till she is married relying on section 20(3) of this Act, provided that she pleads and proves that she is unable to maintain herself from her own earnings. This is also the view expressed by a three-Judge Bench of the Supreme Court in Abhilasha vs. Parkash, Cr. Appeal No. 615/2020, order dated 15th September, 2020.

 

GUARDIANSHIP

Who would be the natural guardian of such an illegitimate child is another interesting question. The Hindu Minority and Guardianship Act, 1956 states that a natural guardian of a Hindu minor (if he is a boy or an unmarried girl) and / or his property, is the father and after him the mother. In case the minor is below the age of five years, the child’s custody ordinarily vests with the mother. However, the Act provides an exception to this Rule that in the case of an illegitimate boy or an illegitimate unmarried girl, the mother would be the natural guardian and only after her can the father be the natural guardian. Recently, the Bombay High Court in Dharmesh Vasantrai Shah vs. Renuka Prakash Tiwari, 2020 SCC OnLine Bom 697, reiterated that in case of an illegitimate child it is only the mother who can be the natural guardian under Hindu Law. The only exception is if the mother has renounced the world by becoming a hermit or has ceased to be a Hindu. The Court held that since it was the father’s own case that the child was an illegitimate child, it was difficult to see how he could claim the custody of the child over the biological mother. The Supreme Court has taken a similar view in the case of the guardianship of an illegitimate Christian child in the case of ABC vs. State of Delhi (NCT) (2015) 10 SCC 1.

 

CONCLUSION

The issue relating to various rights of illegitimate children has been quite contentious and litigation prone. One eagerly awaits the constitution of the larger Supreme Court Bench. Clearly, it is high time for a comprehensive legislation dealing with all issues pertaining to such children. In the words of the Apex Court, ‘they are as innocent as any other children!’  

 

STIGMA OF ATTACHMENT(S)

Lord Dunedin famously quoted in Whitney vs. IRC [LR 1926 AC 37, 51 (HL): 10 TC 79, 110: (1924) 2 KB 602] – ‘Now, there are three stages in the imposition of a tax: there is the declaration of liability, that is the part of the statute which determines what persons in respect of what property are liable. Next, there is the assessment. Liability does not depend on assessment. That, ex hypothesi, has already been fixed. But assessment particularises the exact sum which a person liable has to pay. Lastly, come the methods of recovery, if the person taxed does not voluntarily pay.’
 

In this era of digitisation, self-assessment, self-compliance, self-policing and self-vigilance, recovery provisions of taxes are directed to act as deterrence tools rather than being tyrannical. In a democratic set-up with a progressive vision of nation-building, these provisions are considered as a measure of last resort, adopted only in extreme cases. Yet, in the GST scheme of things attachment provisions have been invoked on multiple occasions and the taxpayers have faced the wrath of this power, especially in cases of fake invoicing. This article discusses the attachment provisions under GST with specific reference to attachments of bank accounts and debtors of tax defaulters.

 

CONSTITUTIONAL BACKGROUND

The recovery provisions have a Constitutional background in terms of Articles 265 and 300-A. Article 265 sets out the cardinal rule that no taxes can be levied or collected except under authority of law. Recovery provisions fall under the powers of collection by the Executive of the state. On similar lines, Article 300-A protects the right of ownership of the property of the citizen except under authority of law. These articles when applied together frame two important principles under recovery: (a) Taxes recoverable should be under authority of law; and (b) Recovery process infringes ownership rights and should be backed by legal provisions. In District Mining Officer vs. Tata Iron & Steel Co. and Anr. (2001) 7 SCC 3581 , the three-judge Bench observed that not only should the levy of taxes have the authority of law but also its recovery should be under due authority of law. It is in this backdrop that recovery provisions under the GST law should be understood and applied by Revenue authorities.

 

–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––—————————————————————————————————————————————-

1 This
decision has been referred to the larger Bench in Asst. Director of Mines
and Geology vs. Deccan Cements (2008) 3 SCC 451


SUMMARY OF GST PROVISIONS ON RECOVERY

Chapter 15 of the CGST / SGST enactments provide for demands and recovery of taxes. Recovery proceedings can be initiated under the following circumstances:

(i) Taxes not paid, short paid or erroneously refunded,

(ii) Ineligible availment or utilisation of input tax credit,

(iii) Taxes which are not due but collected on supplies,

(iv) Admitted taxes (including turnover reported in GSTR1)2,

(v) Disputed taxes (to the extent of mandatory pre-deposit),

(vi)   Disputed taxes to the extent stay is not obtained, and

(vii) Interest and penalties on all or any of the above.

 

Section 78 provides that recovery proceedings can be initiated at any time after three months from the date of service of the demand order. This time limit coincides with the maximum time limit of three months to file an appeal before the appellate forums. In effect, if the assessee fails to utilise the time to file an appeal within the prescribed limit, it is generally presumed that the matter is not being agitated and powers are thrust on the Revenue to proceed for recovery of taxes due to the Government. As an exception, section 78 permits the proper officer to advance the recovery actions where the circumstances warrant that the collection of taxes may be adversely affected if the entire duration of three months is permitted to the assessee, such as disposal of assets, diversion of funds, etc.

 

Section 79 provides for various methods of recovery of taxes such as:

(1) Adjustment of refunds held by the said proper officer or any other specified officer,

(2) Sale of goods under detention by the above authorities,

(3) Garnishee proceedings (evaluated below),

(4) Distraint and sale of any movable or immovable property,

(5) Recovery as land revenue, and

(6) Recovery of any amount under bond or security executed before the officer.

 

Garnishee powers u/s 79 enable the proper officer to serve upon the taxpayer’s debtors (banks, trade debtors / receivables, etc.) a notice (in DRC-14) directing them to deposit the amount specified to the account of the Government and such deposit would be treated as a sufficient discharge of their debt to the taxpayer. Although the Revenue has powers to recover taxes from other assets of the taxpayer, the circumstances may warrant that Revenue would have to protect its interest before the assets are alienated by the taxpayer. In such cases, Revenue would resort to attachments of the properties of the taxpayer in anticipation of a demand to be recovered in future.

 

––––––––––––––––––––––

2 Amendment proposed by Finance Bill, 2021

RECOVERY POWERS ARE NOT SEQUENTIAL

The CGST Act provides multiple alternatives to the Revenue officials for recovery of taxes which include attachment of properties (refer above). Are Revenue officials required to exhaust the remedies sequentially prior to proceeding for attachment of properties? Section 79 itself states that recovery can be performed by ‘one or more of the following modes’. This implies that the choice of modes of recovery is purely with the Revenue and it cannot be insisted that each mode has to be exhausted prior to proceeding with an alternative mode of recovery3. Revenue can simultaneously invoke recovery from multiple debtors / assets as long as the overall recovery is capped to the tax arrears.

 

ATTACHMENT AS A PRECURSOR TO RECOVERY

Attachments of property of the tax defaulter can be a prelude to subsequent recovery of tax arrears. ‘Attachment’ in this context refers to prohibition of transfer, conversion, disposition or movement of property by an order issued under law. It is used to hold the property for the payment of debt [Kerala State Financial Enterprises vs. Official Liquidator (2006) 10 SCC 709]. It is also well established that attachment creates no charge or lien upon the attached property. It only confers a right on the holder to have the attached property kept in custodia legis for being dealt with by the Court in accordance with law. It merely prevents and avoids private alienations; it does not confer any title on the attaching creditors. The objective is to protect the interest of Revenue until completion of proceedings and enforcing realisation of taxes in arrears to the debtor. On the other hand, the process of recovery involves the actual realisation / liquidation of the property for meeting the tax dues either from assets already under attachment or other properties of the tax defaulter.

 

–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––

3 2000 (126) E.L.T. 222 (A.P.) G.
Lourdha Reddy vs. District Collector, Warangal


Attachment of fixed deposits before the maturity date

Disputes have emerged whether Revenue can attach and recover fixed deposits prior to their maturity. In Vysya Bank Ltd. vs. Jt. CIT [2000] 109 Taxman 106/241 ITR 178 (Kar.), the Court held that fixed deposits which are lying with banks can be encashed even before their maturity since the Department steps into the shoes of the tax defaulter and can invoke pre-closure of such deposits. On the other hand, rents which are not yet due from the landlord cannot be subjected to attachment or recovery from the debtor.

 

Attachment of Overdraft / Cash Credit accounts

Overdraft / Cash Credit facilities do not create a debt by the third party in favour of the tax defaulter. Therefore, unutilised overdraft or cash credit facilities cannot be attached by the Revenue for realisation of tax dues. In a recent decision, the Court went a step further and stated that future credits after attachment would also not be subjected to the freeze contemplated in law [2020 (5) TMI 193 – RCI Industries & Technologies Ltd. vs. DGGSTI] – ‘6. In the circumstances, we dispose of this petition with a direction that the attachment would be limited to the amounts which were lying to the credit of the petitioner in CC A/c at the time of freezing and any further credit which may come would not be under attachment.’

 

Provisional attachment of property

As an exception to the regular course of attachment after confirmation of tax demands, section 83 enables provisional attachment of any property, including bank accounts, of the taxable person for a maximum period of one year during pendency of adjudication / assessment proceedings (as per extant provisions). Rule 159 provides the procedure for provisional attachment of any property, including bank accounts, as follows:

* Commissioner shall pass an order in DRC-22 to that effect mentioning therein the details of the property which is proposed to be provisionally attached,

* Commissioner shall send a copy of the order of attachment to the authority concerned to place encumbrance on the said movable or immovable property, which shall be removed only on the written instructions from the Commissioner to that effect,

* In case of perishable or hazardous goods, the taxable person can obtain an immediate release of the goods on payment of the market price. In case of failure of payment, such goods may be disposed of and adjusted with the recoverable dues, and

* Any objection to attachment should be filed within seven days of attachment and the Commissioner may release the property after hearing the aggrieved.

 

Drastic nature of provisional attachment

The power of provisional attachment has been held to be drastic in the sense that such actions infringe the liberty of the taxpayer in running its business operations and is to be exercised before any judgement or decision is made. The authority exercising this power should have strong compelling reasons for this extraordinary action with the objective of protecting the interest of Revenue. Generally, taxpayers who have a compliant track record and tangible asset base without any indication of diversion of funds should not be saddled with such drastic actions. The High Court in 2019 (30) GSTL 396 (Guj.) Pranit Hem Desai vs. ADGGI made very assertive observations about the use / misuse of the power of provisional attachment. Though section 83 does not provide any safeguards against misuse of powers (except the approval of a Commissioner, which is generally a routine exercise), the Court stated that the very nature of action warrants circumspection and extreme care and not (its use as) a routine tool for harassment:

 

‘Further, the orders of provisional attachment must be in writing. There must be some material on record to indicate that the Assessing Authority had formed an opinion on the basis thereof that it was necessary to attach the property in order to protect the interest of the Revenue. The provisional attachment provided under section 83 is more like an attachment before judgment under the Code of Civil Procedure. It is a liability on the property. However, the power conferred upon the Assessing Authority under section 83 is a very drastic, far-reaching power and that power has to be used sparingly and only on substantive, weighty grounds and for valid reasons. To ensure that this power is not misused, no safeguards have been provided in section 83. One thing is clear, that this power should be exercised by the Authority only if there is a reasonable apprehension that the assessee may default the ultimate collection of the demand that is likely to be raised on completion of the assessment. It should, therefore, be exercised with extreme care and circumspection. It should not be exercised unless there is sufficient material on record to justify the satisfaction that the assessee is about to dispose of the whole or any part of his property with a view to thwarting the ultimate collection of the demand. Moreover, attachment should be made of the properties and to the extent it is required to achieve the above object. It should neither be used as a tool to harass the assessee nor should it be used in a manner which may have an irreversible detrimental effect on the business of the assessee.’

 

POWER OF PROVISIONAL ATTACHMENT IS NOT ABSOLUTE

The power of the Commissioner in attaching any property including bank accounts is not absolute. In Bindal Smelting Pvt. Ltd. vs. ADGGI [2020 (1) TMI 569 – P&H] the Court held that the expression ‘is of the opinion’ or ‘has reason to believe’ is of the same connotation and is indicative of subjective satisfaction of the Commissioner which depends upon the facts and circumstances of each case. It is settled law that the opinion must have a rational connection with or relevant bearing on the formation of the opinion. Rational connection postulates that there must be a direct nexus or live link between the protection of interest and available property which might not be available at the time of recovery of taxes and after final adjudication of the dispute. The opinion must be formed in good faith and should not be a mere pretence. The Courts are entitled to determine whether the formation of opinion is arbitrary, capricious or whimsical. In Valerius Industries vs. Union of India 2019 (9) TMI 618 Gujarat High Court, the Court held the following:

 

* The order of provisional attachment before the assessment order is made may be justified if the assessing authority or any authority empowered in law is of the opinion that it is necessarily to protect the interest of Revenue. A finding to the effect should be recorded prior to pursuing this remedy.

* The above subjective satisfaction should be based on some credible materials or information and should also be supported by some supervening factor.

* The power u/s 83 of the Act could be termed as a very drastic and far-reaching power. Such power should be used sparingly and only on substantive weighty grounds and reasons.

* Such power should be exercised only if there is a reasonable apprehension that the assessee may default the ultimate collection of the demand that is likely to be raised on completion of the assessment. It should, therefore, be exercised with extreme care and caution.

* This power should neither be used as a tool to harass the assessee nor should it be used in a manner which may have an irreversible detrimental effect on the business of the assessee.

* The attachment of bank accounts and trading assets should be resorted to only as a last resort or measure. The provisional attachment u/s 83 should not be equated with the attachment in the course of the recovery proceedings.

* The authority before exercising power u/s 83 for provisional assessment should take into consideration two things,

a) Whether it is a revenue-neutral situation, and

b) The statement of ‘output liability or input tax credit’.

* Having regard to the amount paid by reversing the input tax credit if the interest of the Revenue is sufficiently secured, then the authority may not be justified in invoking such power for the purpose of provisional attachment.

 

Similar views were voiced in Automark Industries (I) Ltd. vs. State of Gujarat [2016] 88 VST 274 (Guj.) where such provisions were held to be drastic and extraordinary in nature. These decisions consistently hold that these powers should be used sparingly and not as a matter of routine practice.

 

PROVISIONAL ATTACHMENT OF ENTIRE BUSINESS PREMISES

Revenue authorities were performing attachment of business premises u/s 71 at the time of their visit on the ground of tax evasion. Section 83 is applicable only in specified sections and since section 71 does not form part of the list therein, it does not permit Revenue to invoke attachment of assets on a visit of premises. In Proex Fashion Private Limited [2021 (1) TMI 365], the Court held that attachment pursuant to visit to business premises u/s 71 is not permissible.

 

This limitation of section 83 is sought to be overcome by the proposed substitution of section 83 (vide Finance Bill, 2021) which encompasses all the sections under Chapters XII, XIV and XV of the CGST Act for invoking provisional attachment. Under the amended section 83, officers would be empowered to provisionally attach the business premises at the time of visit, inspection or search rather than waiting for adjudication of the tax demands.

 

DISCLOSURE OF REASONS / CIRCUMSTANCES FOR PROVISIONAL ATTACHMENT

Section 83 does not require that the necessary circumstances be communicated to the taxpayer prior to invoking provisional attachment. But such formation of belief can be examined by the Court on being questioned by the tax defaulter. The Court can examine the materials to find out whether an honest and reasonable person can base his reasonable belief upon such materials although the sufficiency of the reasons for the belief cannot be investigated by the Court (Sheonath Singh’s case [AIR 1971 SC 2451]).

 

Continuation of attachment after one year

Pendency of proceedings is a sine qua non for provisional attachment of any property. Where the provisional attachment has been initiated, the conclusion of the proceedings warrants that the provisional attachment should be lifted and cannot be continued. Revenue authorities would have to lift the encumbrance over the property and invoke other recovery provisions based on the outcome of the adjudication / assessment.

 

In UFV India Global Education vs. UOI 2020 (43) GSTL 472 (P&H), the Court held that provisional attachments are not valid after completion of the proceedings on the basis of which attachments were initiated. In other words, where the attachment was initiated on the basis of an inspection u/s 67, the attachment would cease to operate on the completion of the proceedings under the said section. As a corollary, where the inspection proceedings migrate to adjudication under sections 73 or 74, a fresh provisional attachment is required to be initiated during the pendency of such adjudication proceedings. However, this position in law is also undergoing alteration by substitution of section 83 where the provisional attachment has been sought to be extended until the conclusion of proceedings of adjudication or one year, whichever is earlier.

 

Renewal of provisional attachment

In Amazonite Steel Pvt. Ltd. vs. UOI 2020 (36) GSTL 184 (Cal.), the Court reprimanded officers who failed to withdraw the provisional attachment of the property beyond the time limit of one year and imposed heavy costs on the officials concerned. But this does not mean that the Commissioner is not empowered to renew the provisional attachment after the expiry of one year. In Shrimati Priti vs. State of Gujarat [2011 SCC Online Guj. 1869], the Court interpreted the scope of section 45 of the Gujarat Value Added Tax Act, 2003 (similar to section 83) and held that on the one hand section 45 requires the competent officer to review the situation compulsorily at least upon completion of the period, while so doing, it does not limit his discretion to exercise such powers again if the situation so arises. Other things remaining the same, the Court also held that there is nothing in the express wording of section 83 which prohibits the Commissioner from issuing a fresh order for provisional attachment on expiry of one year. Therefore, as long as there is pendency of proceedings under a specified section, Commissioners can form an opinion and renew the provisional attachment of the property. In the context of Income-tax law, the provisional attachment has been specifically stated as not being extendable beyond two years. It is in this context that the Delhi High Court in VLS Finance Ltd. vs. ACIT [2011] 331 ITR 131 (Delhi) held that attachment of property cannot extend the limit specified in law and hence distinguishable from the position under GST.

 

Though in theory these provisions are held to be extreme actions, it is not unknown that Revenue officers have used this tool to arm-twist taxpayers in recovery of taxes. Apprehension of business breakdown compels enterprises to succumb to such demands. Despite their bona fides being proved during investigations, certain taxpayers also find the removal of attachment to be a herculean task. The tool of deterrence has in certain instances become a tool of harassment. Indeed, with great power comes great responsibility!

TAXATION OF DIGITISED ECONOMY – SIGNIFICANT ECONOMIC PRESENCE AND EXTENDED SOURCE RULE

In our earlier articles of January and May, 2020, we had covered the proposals discussed between the countries participating in the Inclusive Framework to tax the digitised economy. Closer home, India has introduced several provisions to bring into the tax net the income of the digitised economy – Equalisation Levy (EL), Significant Economic Presence (SEP) and Extended Source Rule for business activities undertaken in or with India.

This article seeks to analyse the provisions introduced in the Income-tax Act, 1961 (the Act) to tax the income in the digitised economy era – Explanation 2A, i.e., SEP, and Explanation 3A, i.e., the extended source rule, to section 9(1)(i). While there are other measures and provisions relating to taxation of the digitalised economy, such as EL and provisions related to deduction and collection of taxes, this article does not deal with such provisions.

1. BACKGROUND

Taxation of the digitised economy has been one of the hotly debated topics in the international tax arena in the recent past, not just amongst tax practitioners and academicians but also amongst governments and revenue officials. The existing tax rules are not sufficient to tax the income earned in the digital economy era. The existing rules of allocation of taxing rights in DTAAs between countries rely on physical presence of a business in a source country to tax income. However, with the advent of technology, the way businesses are conducted is different from that a few years ago. Today, it is possible to undertake business in a country without requiring any physical presence, thereby leading to no tax liability in the country in which such business is undertaken.

The urgency and importance of this topic became evident when OECD included taxation of the digital economy as the first Action Plan out of 15 in the BEPS Project. More than 130 countries, as part of the Inclusive Framework of the OECD, have been seeking to arrive at a consensus-based solution to tax the transactions in the digitised economy era for the past few years. In this regard, a two-pillar Unified Approach has been developed and the blueprints for both the Pillars were released for public comments in October, 2020.

While countries in the Inclusive Framework are hopeful of arriving at a consensus amongst all members this year, there are various policy considerations which need to be taken into account. Further, the UN Committee of Experts on International Co-operation in Tax Matters has also tabled a proposal seeking to insert a new article in the UN Model Double Tax Convention to tax the digitised economy.

India has been a key player in the global discussions to tax the digitised economy. While BEPS Action Plan 1 dealing with taxation of the digital economy did not provide a recommendation in the Final Report released in October, 2015 on account of the lack of consensus amongst the participating countries, the Report analysed (without recommending) three options for countries until consensus was arrived at – withholding tax, a digital permanent establishment in the form of SEP, or equalisation levy. It was also concluded that member countries would continue to work on a consensus-based solution to be arrived at at the earliest.

DEVELOPMENTS IN INDIA

India was one of the first countries to enact a law in this regard and EL was introduced as a part of the Finance Act, 2016. The EL applicable to online advertisement services was not a part of the Act and therefore, arguably, not restricted by tax treaties. The Finance Act, 2018 introduced the SEP provisions in the Act. Further, the scope of ‘income attributable to operations carried out in India’ was extended by the Finance Act, 2020. While introducing the extended scope, the Finance Act, 2020 also amended the SEP provisions and postponed the application of these provisions till the F.Y. 2021-22. Further, the Finance Act, 2020 also expanded the scope of the EL provisions.

Unlike the EL provisions, SEP by insertion of Explanation 2A to section 9(1)(i) and the Extended Source Rule by insertion of Explanation 3A to section 9(1)(i), were introduced in the Act itself and hence the taxation of income covered under these provisions may be subject to the beneficial provisions of the tax treaties.

In other words, the application of these provisions would be required in a scenario where the non-resident is from a jurisdiction which does not have a DTAA with India, or where the non-resident is not eligible to claim benefits of a DTAA, say on account of application of the MLI provisions, or due to the non-availability of a Tax Residency Certificate (TRC).

In addition to scenarios where benefit of the DTAA is not available, it is important to note that one of the possible methods for implementation of Pillar 1 of the Unified Approach is the modification of the existing DTAAs through another multilateral instrument (MLI 2.0) to provide for a nexus and the amount to be taxed in the Country of Source or Country of Market. Therefore, the reason for introduction of these provisions in the Act is to enable India to tax such transactions once the treaties are modified because without charge of taxation in the domestic tax law, mere right provided by a tax treaty may not be sufficient.

2. EXPLANATION 2A TO SECTION 9(1)(I) (SEP)

The SEP provisions were introduced by way of insertion of Explanation 2A to section 9(1)(i) of the Act. It reads as follows:

‘Explanation 2A. – For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that the significant economic presence of a non-resident in India shall constitute “business connection” in India and “significant economic presence” for this purpose, shall mean –
(a) transaction in respect of any goods, services or property carried out by a non-resident with any person in India, including provision of download of data or software in India, if the aggregate of payments arising from such transaction or transactions during the previous year exceeds such amount as may be prescribed; or
(b) systematic and continuous soliciting of business activities or engaging in interaction with such number of users in India, as may be prescribed:

Provided that the transactions or activities shall constitute significant economic presence in India, whether or not –
(i) the agreement for such transactions or activities is entered in India; or
(ii) the non-resident has a residence or place of business in India; or
(iii) the non-resident renders services in India:
Provided further that only so much of income as is attributable to the transactions or activities referred to in clause (a) or clause (b) shall be deemed to accrue or arise in India.’

Therefore, Explanation 2A seeks to extend the definition of ‘business connection’ to certain transactions where the business is undertaken ‘with’ India as against the traditional method of creating a business connection only in cases of transactions undertaken ‘in’ India.

The thresholds in respect of the amount of payment for goods and services and in respect of the number of users have not yet been prescribed, therefore the provisions of SEP, although applicable from A.Y. 2022-23, are not yet operative.

2.1 Whether SEP would apply only in case of digital transactions
It is important to note that under Explanation 2A, the definition of SEP is an exhaustive one and therefore a transaction which does not satisfy the above criteria would not be considered as constituting an SEP.

It is also important to note that the definition of SEP is not restricted to only digital transactions but seeks to cover all transactions which are undertaken with a person in India. This is in line with the proposed provisions of Pillar 1 of the Unified Approach and the discussion of the same in the Inclusive Framework. Pillar 1 of the Unified Approach seeks to bring to tax automated digital businesses as well as consumer-facing businesses. On the other end of the spectrum, the proposed Article 12B in the UN Model Tax Convention seeks to tax only automated digital businesses and does not cover consumer-facing businesses.

Further, at the time of introduction of the SEP provisions in the Finance Act, 2018, the Memorandum explaining the provisions of the Finance Bill (Memorandum) referred to taxation of digitalised businesses and thus the intention seems to be to tax transactions undertaken only through digital means. However, the language of the section does not suggest the taxation only of digital transactions. This is also evident in the CBDT Circular dated 13th July, 2018 (2018) 407 ITR 5 (St.) inviting comments from the general public and stakeholders, specifically comments on revenue threshold for transactions in respect of physical goods.

Further, with regard to clause (a) what needs to be prescribed is the threshold for the amount of payment and not the type of transactions covered. Therefore, even a transaction undertaken through non-digital means would constitute an SEP in India and hence a business connection in India if the aggregate transaction value during the year exceeds the prescribed amount.

An example of a transaction which may possibly be covered subject to the threshold could be the service provided by a commission agent in respect of export sales, wherein no part of the service of such agent is undertaken in India. Various judicial precedents have held that export sales commission is neither attributable to a business connection in India in such a scenario, nor does it constitute ‘fees for technical services’ u/s 9(1)(vii) of the Act. However, now the activities of such an agent, providing services to a person residing in India (the seller), could possibly constitute an SEP in India.

Further, clause (b) above refers to systematic and continuous soliciting of business or engaging in interaction with a prescribed number of users. At the time of the introduction of the SEP provisions by the Finance Act, 2018, this activity was required to be undertaken ‘through digital means’ in order to constitute an SEP. This additional condition of the activity being undertaken ‘through digital means’ was removed by the Finance Act, 2020. Accordingly, any activity which is considered
as soliciting business or engaging with a prescribed number of users could result in the constitution of an SEP in India.

For example, a call centre of a bank outside India which deals with a number of Indian customers could result in the entity owning the call centre to be considered as having an SEP in India if the number of customers solicited exceeds the prescribed threshold.

Accordingly, every type of transaction undertaken with India may be covered as constituting an SEP in India, not in accordance with what is provided in the Memorandum.

2.2 Transaction in respect of any goods, services or property carried out by a non-resident with any person in India
The first condition for constitution of an SEP is a transaction in respect of any goods, services or property carried out by a non-resident with any person in India, the payments for which exceed the prescribed threshold.

The term ‘goods’ has not been defined in the Act. While one may be able to import the definition of the term from the Sale of Goods Act, 1930, it may not be of much relevance as the SEP provisions also apply to transactions in respect of ‘property’. Therefore, all assets, tangible as well as intangible, would be covered under this clause subject to the discussion below regarding SEP covering only transactions whose income is taxed as business profits.

Thus, offshore sale of goods to a person in India may now be covered under the SEP provisions (subject to the fulfilment of the threshold limit). Interestingly, the Supreme Court in the case of Ishikawajima-Harima Heavy Industries Ltd. vs. DIT [2007] 288 ITR 408, held that income from sale of goods by a non-resident concluded outside India would not be considered as income accruing or arising in India. The SEP provisions, specifically covering such transactions, could now override the decision of the Apex Court in cases where the SEP provisions are triggered.

Another question that arises is whether a transaction of sale of shares is covered. Let us take as an example the sale of shares of a US Company by a US resident to a person in India. Such a sale, not being sale of shares of an Indian company, assuming that the US Company does not have an Indian subsidiary to trigger indirect transfer provisions, was not considered as accruing or arising in India and therefore is not taxable in India.

In the present case, one may be able to argue that even if the transaction value exceeds the threshold limit, the SEP provisions would not be triggered if the sale is not a part of the business of the US resident seller. This would be so as the constitution of an SEP results in the constitution of a business connection. Therefore, for SEP to be constituted, the transaction needs to be in respect of business income and not in respect of a capital asset. Section 9(1)(i) clearly differentiates between business connection and an asset situated in India.

In other words, SEP would only apply to transactions, the income from which would constitute business income. Accordingly, income from sale of shares, not being the business income of the US resident seller, would not trigger SEP provisions.
It is important to highlight that what is sought to be covered under the SEP provisions is business income and a transaction of sale of property which is not a part of the business of the non-resident seller may not be covered. However, this does not mean that a single transaction is outside the scope of SEP provisions. Let us take the example of a heavy machinery manufacturer in Germany who sells his machines globally. If the price of a single machine exceeds the threshold value, a single sale by the German manufacturer to a person in India may trigger the SEP provisions as the income from such sale is a part of his business income. While the Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs. R.D. Aggarwal & Co., (1965) (56 ITR 20, 24), held that a stray or isolated transaction is normally not to be regarded as a business connection, this position may no longer hold good for transactions triggering SEP as the SEP provisions require fulfilment of subjective conditions.

But then, what is meant by a ‘person in India’? While most of the sections in the Act refer to a ‘person resident in India’, Explanation 3A refers to a ‘person who resides in India’. Given the intention to tax a non-resident on account of the economic connection with India, there needs to be a semblance of permanent connection of the transaction with India. This permanent connection may not be satisfied in the case of a person who is visiting India for a short visit and is, say, availing the services from the non-resident. Therefore, one may argue that a person in India in Explanation 2A would mean a person resident in India. Further, the term ‘resides’ may connote a continuous form of residence and, therefore, in such a scenario also, one may be able to argue that the term refers to a person resident in India.

2.3 Systematic and continuous soliciting of business activities or engaging in interaction with such number of users in India
The second condition for the constitution of an SEP is systematic and continuous soliciting of business activities or engaging in interaction with a prescribed number of users in India.

There are two types of transactions which would be covered under the condition (subject to the fulfilment of the number of users in India threshold):
a) Systematic and continuous soliciting of business activities; and
b) Engaging in interaction.

There is ambiguity as to what constitutes ‘users’, ‘soliciting’ as well as ‘engaging in interaction’. As highlighted earlier, while the conditions required the above activities to be undertaken through digital means at the time SEP provisions were introduced by the Finance Act, 2018, the Finance Act, 2020 removed the requirement of digital means, thereby possibly expanding the scope of the transactions covered.

We need to wait and see how the threshold limits along with conditions, if any, are prescribed.

Some of the activities which may be covered under this condition would be social media companies, support services which engage with multiple users in India, online advertisement services, etc.

2.4 Profits attributable to SEP
The second proviso to Explanation 2A provides that only so much of income as is attributable to the transactions or activities referred to in clause (a) or clause (b) shall be deemed to accrue or arise in India. Explanation 1(a) to section 9(1)(i), on the other hand, seeks to cover income attributable to operations carried out in India.

Given the peculiar language used in the 2nd proviso to Explanation 2A, this may result in a scenario where the entire income arising out of a transaction or activity would be considered as accruing or arising in India.

Let us take an example to understand the impact and such a possible absurd outcome in detail. A non-resident who manufactures certain goods outside India sells such goods in India under two scenarios – through a sales office in India and directly without any physical presence in India. Assuming that in both scenarios the sale of the goods is concluded outside India, in the first scenario the activities undertaken by the sales office could result in the constitution of business connection under Explanation 2 if the employees in the sales office habitually play a principal role in the conclusion of contracts of the non-resident in India. In such a scenario, Explanation 3 provides that only the income as is attributable to the activities of the sales office would be deemed to accrue or arise in India. Therefore, only a part of the profits of the non-resident, which represents the amount attributable to the activities of the sales office, let us say xx% on the basis of various judicial precedents, would be taxable in India.

However, in the second scenario, assuming that the threshold as prescribed in Explanation 2A is met, the transaction of the sale of goods to a person resident in India could constitute an SEP in India. In such a scenario, the moot question that arises for consideration is whether on a literal reading of the 2nd proviso to Explanation 2A, it can be said that in such a transaction the entire income is attributable to the ‘transaction’ and shall be deemed to accrue or arise in India?

In other words, if a business connection is constituted on account of operations carried out in India, only part of the profits would be taxed in India, whereas if the business connection is constituted on account of the SEP in India, it is open to question as to whether the entire income of the non-resident could be attributed and deemed to accrue or arise in India.

Similarly, the entire income of a social media company outside India engaging with a large number of users in India could be taxed in India if the number of users exceeds the threshold and results in the constitution of an SEP in India.

Such a view, on a literal interpretation of the amended provisions, would not be in consonance with the global discussion on the subject currently in progress at various international fora.

Such a view would also not be in line with the discussion contained in the BEPS Action Plan 1 Report which provides:
‘Consideration must therefore be given to what changes to profit attribution rules would need to be made if the significant economic presence option were adopted, while ensuring parity to the extent possible between enterprises that are subject to tax due to physical presence in the market country (i.e., local subsidiary or traditional PE) and those that are taxable only due to the application of the option.’

Further, the BEPS Action Plan 1 Report analyses three options while attributing profits to the SEP:
a) Replacing functional analysis with an analysis based on game theory that would allocate profits by analogy with a bargaining process within a joint venture. However, the Report appreciates that this method would mean a substantial departure from the existing standard for allocation of profits on the basis of functions, assets and risks and, therefore, unless there is a substantial rewrite of the rules for the attribution of profits, alternative methods would need to be considered;
b) The fractional apportionment method wherein the profits of the whole enterprise relating to the digital presence would be apportioned either on the basis of a predetermined formula or on the basis of variable allocation factors determined on a case-by-case basis. However, this method is not pursued further as it would mean a departure from the existing international standard of attributing profits on the basis of separate books of the PE;
c) The deemed profit method wherein the SEP for each industry has a deemed net income by applying a ratio of the presumed expenses to the taxpayer’s revenue derived in the country. While this option is relatively easier to administer, it has its own set of challenges, such as, if the entity on a global level has incurred a loss, would the deemed profit method still allocate a notional profit to the SEP?

Similarly, the draft Directive, introduced by the European Commission on ‘significant digital presence’, provided for a modified profit-split as the method to attribute the profits to the SEP. The draft Directive, introduced in 2018, was not enacted due to lack of consensus amongst the members of the European Union.

In both the examples above, in the context of profits attributable to the SEP, one may be able to argue that taxing activities undertaken outside India result in extra-territorial taxation by India and, therefore, go beyond the sovereign right of the country to tax such income.

The CBDT has recognised this need to provide clarity for profit attribution to the SEP and has included a chapter on the same in its draft report on Profit Attribution to Permanent Establishments (CBDT Press Release F 500/33/2017-FTD.I dated 18th April, 2019) (draft report).

The draft report provides that in the case of an SEP, in addition to the traditional equal weightage given to assets, employees and sales, one can consider giving weightage to users as well in the case of digitised businesses depending on the level of user intensity. The draft report proposes the weight of 10% to users in business models involving low / medium user intensity and 20% in business models involving high user intensity.

It is important to note that the report, when finalised and notified, would be forming a part of the Rules and in the absence of any reference to attribution of profits to the SEP in Explanation 2A, one may need to further analyse the application on finalisation of the rules.

2.5 Summary of SEP provisions
The SEP provisions have been summarised below:

3. EXPLANATION 3A TO SECTION 9(1)(i) (EXTENDED SOURCE RULE)
Following global discussions, the Finance Act, 2020 extended the source rule for income attributable to operations carried out in India by inserting Explanation 3A to section 9(1)(i), which reads as under:
‘Explanation 3A. – For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that the income attributable to the operations carried out in India, as referred to in Explanation 1, shall include income from –
(i)    such advertisement which targets a customer who resides in India or a customer who accesses the advertisement through an internet protocol address located in India;
(ii)    sale of data collected from a person who resides in India or from a person who uses an internet protocol address located in India; and
(iii)    sale of goods or services using data collected from a person who resides in India or from a person who uses an internet protocol address located in India.’

The following proviso has been inserted in Explanation 3A to clause (i) of sub-section (1) of section 9 by the Finance Act, 2020 w.e.f. 1st April, 2022:
Provided that the provisions contained in this Explanation shall also apply to the income attributable to the transactions or activities referred to in Explanation 2A.’

3.1 Whether Explanation 3A creates nexus?
Unlike Explanation 2A, which equates SEP to a business connection, the language used in Explanation 3A is different.

Explanation 3A to section 9(1)(i) provides,
‘For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that the income attributable to the operations carried out in India, as referred to in Explanation 1, shall include….’

Explanation 1 provides that in the case of a business of which all the operations are not carried out in India, only part of the income as is reasonably attributable to the operations carried out in India shall be deemed to accrue or arise in India.

Further, the nexus for income deemed to accrue or arise in India in the form of business connection in India or property in India or source of income in India, etc., is provided in the main section 9(1)(i).

Now, the question arises whether Explanation 1 can be applied without a nexus in section 9(1)(i)? One may argue that having established a nexus in the form of business connection, asset or source of income in India, Explanation 1 merely provides the amount of income attributable to the said nexus and, therefore, in the absence of a nexus u/s 9(1)(i), Explanation 1 cannot be applied.

In this regard, the role of ‘Explanation’ in a tax statute has been explained by the Karnataka High Court in the case of N. Govindraju vs. ITO (2015) (377 ITR 243) in the context of Explanation vs. proviso, wherein it was held,
‘37. Insertion of “Explanation” in a section of an Act is for a different purpose than insertion of a “proviso”. “Explanation” gives a reason or justification and explains the contents of the main section, whereas “proviso” puts a condition on the contents of the main section or qualifies the same. “Proviso” is generally intended to restrain the enacting clause, whereas “Explanation” explains or clarifies the main section. Meaning, thereby, “proviso”’ limits the scope of the enactment as it puts a condition, whereas “Explanation” clarifies the enactment as it explains and is useful for settling a matter or controversy.
38. Orthodox function of an “Explanation” is to explain the meaning and effect of the main provision. It is different in nature from a “proviso” as the latter excepts, excludes or restricts, while the former explains or clarifies and does not restrict the operation of the main provision. It is true that an “Explanation” may not enlarge the scope of the section but it also does not restrict the operation of the main provision. Its purpose is to clear the cobwebs which may make the meaning of the main provision blurred. Ordinarily, the purpose of insertion of an “Explanation” to a section is not to limit the scope of the main provision but to explain or clarify and to clear the doubt or ambiguity in it.’

The above decision lends weight to the argument that in the absence of a nexus in section 9(1)(i), Explanation 1 cannot apply. Having taken such a view, one may therefore possibly conclude that as Explanation 1 does not create a nexus and as Explanation 3A merely extends the scope of Explanation 1 in terms of income as is attributable to the operations carried out in India, Explanation 3A shall not apply unless the non-resident has a business connection. In other words, Explanation 3A merely acts like a ‘force of attraction’ provision in the Act and does not create a nexus by itself.

It may be highlighted that the above view that in the absence of a nexus u/s 9(1)(i), Explanation 1 shall not apply, is not free from doubt. Another possible view is that Explanation 1 refers to the income which is deemed to accrue or arise in India and therefore creates a nexus by itself irrespective of the fact as to whether or not there exists a business connection. One will have to wait for the judicial interpretation in this regard to see whether the judiciary reads down the extended source rule in Explanation 3A.

3.2  What is sought to be taxed through Explanation 3A
Explanation 3A seeks to extend the scope of income attributable to operations carried out in India in the case of three scenarios:
a) Sale of advertisement;
b) Sale of data; and
c) Sale of goods or services using data.

In respect of (a) and (b) above, the same is also covered by the extended EL provisions as applicable to e-commerce supply or services. Further, section 10(50) of the Act, as proposed to be amended by the Finance Bill, 2021, provides that income other than royalty or fees for technical services shall be exempt under the Act if the said transaction is subject to EL. Therefore, in respect of transactions covered under (a) or (b), the provisions of EL would apply and Explanation 3A may not be applicable.

Therefore, only the provisions of (c) have been analysed.

While Explanation 2A seeks to cover a transaction of a non-resident with a person residing in India, Explanation 3A does not require such conditions. In other words, even transactions between two non-residents may be subject to tax under Explanation 3A if the transaction:
a)    In the case of sale of advertisement, targets a customer residing in India;
b)    In the case of sale of data, is in respect of data collected from a person residing in India; or
c) In the case of sale of goods or services, is using data collected from a person residing in India.

For example, ABC, a foreign company owning a social media platform having various users all over the world, including India, is engaged by FCo, a foreign company engaged in the business of apparels, to provide data analytics services to enable FCo to understand the consumption pattern in Asia in order to enable it to target customers in Europe. It is assumed that the data analytics service is undertaken outside India.

In this scenario, as ABC is providing a service to FCo, both non-residents, using data collected from persons residing in India in addition to other countries, Explanation 3A may apply and, therefore, deem the income from sale of services to be accruing or arising in India. While, arguably, only the portion of the income which relates to the data collected from India should be taxed in India, it may be practically difficult, if not impossible, in such a scenario to bifurcate such income on the basis of data collected from every country.

Moreover, as this would be a transaction between two non-residents, the question of extra-territoriality as well as the practical difficulty of implementing the taxation of such transactions may need to be evaluated in detail.

The issues relating to the attribution of income – whether the entire income is deemed to accrue or arise in India or is only a part of the income (and if so, how is the same to be computed) is to be taxed, as explained above in the context of SEP would equally apply here as well. In fact, as the CBDT draft report on profit attribution to PE was released before the Finance Act, 2020, there is no guidance available to provide clarity in this matter.

4. CONCLUSION


Currently, the provisions of SEP are not yet operative as the thresholds have not yet been prescribed. Further, the SEP provisions as well as those related to extended scope have limited application due to the benefit available in the DTAAs. However, with treaty eligibility being questioned in various transactions in the recent past and with the application of the MLI, these provisions may be of greater significance. Therefore, it is imperative that some of the aforementioned ambiguities, such as the amount of income attributable to the SEP and extended scope, be clarified at the earliest by the authorities.

RATE OF TAX ON DEEMED SHORT-TERM CAPITAL GAINS U/S 50

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION
Section 50 of the Income-Tax Act, 1961 provides for the manner of computation of capital gains arising on sale of depreciable assets forming part of a block of assets and for deeming such gains as the one on transfer of the short-term capital assets. The section reads as under:

‘Special provision for computation of capital gains in case of depreciable assets

50. Notwithstanding anything contained in clause (42A) of section 2, where the capital asset is an asset forming part of a block of assets in respect of which depreciation has been allowed under this Act or under the Indian Income-tax Act, 1922 (11 of 1922), the provisions of sections 48 and 49 shall be subject to the following modifications: –

(1) where the full value of the consideration received or accruing as a result of the transfer of the asset together with the full value of such consideration received or accruing as a result of the transfer of any other capital asset falling within the block of the assets during the previous year, exceeds the aggregate of the following amounts, namely: –
(i) expenditure incurred wholly and exclusively in connection with such transfer or transfers;
(ii) the written down value of the block of assets at the beginning of the previous year; and
(iii) the actual cost of any asset falling within the block of assets acquired during the previous year,

such excess shall be deemed to be the capital gains arising from the transfer of short-term capital assets;

(2) where any block of assets ceases to exist as such, for the reason that all the assets in that block are transferred during the previous year, the cost of acquisition of the block of assets shall be the written down value of the block of assets at the beginning of the previous year, as increased by the actual cost of any asset falling within that block of assets, acquired by the assessee during the previous year and the income received or accruing as a result of such transfer or transfers shall be deemed to be the capital gains arising from the transfer of short-term capital assets.’

In a situation where an asset which is otherwise held for more than three years but is deemed short-term capital asset, on application of section 50, for the reason such an asset forming part of the block of assets and depreciated is transferred, the issue has arisen as to the rate of tax applicable to the gains on transfer of such assets – whether such gains would be taxable in the manner prescribed u/s 112 at a concessional rate of 20%, or at the regular rates prescribed for the total income. While a few benches of the Tribunal have held that the rate applicable would be the regular rate applicable to total income including the short-term capital gains, in a number of decisions various benches of the Tribunal have taken the view that the rate applicable on such deemed short-term capital gains would be the rate applicable to long-term capital gains, i.e., the rate of 20% prescribed u/s 112. This controversy has been discussed in the BCAJ Vol. 48-B, November, 2016, Page 51, but the latest decision in Voltas Ltd. has added a new dimension to the conflict and some fresh thoughts on the subject are shared herein.

THE RATHI BROTHERS’ CASE

The issue had come up before the Pune bench of the Tribunal in the case of Rathi Brothers (Madras) Ltd. vs. ACIT, ITA No. 707/PN/2013 dated 30th October, 2014.

During the previous year relevant to A.Y. 2008-09, the assessee sold its office premises for Rs. 98,37,000. Since depreciation had been claimed on such asset in the past, the assessee computed its capital gains u/s 50 at Rs. 93,40,796, disclosed such capital gains as short-term capital gains but computed tax thereon at the rate of 20%.

It was contended before the A.O. that the tax rate u/s 112 was being applied on the gains treating the gains as long-term capital gains, though the resultant capital gains were in the nature of short-term capital gains as per the provisions of section 50 based on the decision of the Bombay High Court in CIT vs. Ace Builders (P) Ltd. 281 ITR 210. The assessee also placed reliance on the decision of the Mumbai Tribunal in the case of P.D. Kunte & Co. vs. ACIT (ITA No. 4437/Mum/05 dated 10th April, 2008).

However, the A.O. observed that the said ITAT decision was in the context of eligibility of exemption u/s 54EC in respect of capital gains computed u/s 50 on transfer of an asset held for more than three years. It was pointed out to the A.O. that in response to a miscellaneous application filed in that case the order was modified to hold that on the reasoning of the Bombay High Court in the case of Ace Builders (Supra), it naturally followed that even the tax rate applicable while bringing capital gain to tax would be as per the provisions of section 112.

However, attempting to distinguish this interpretation, the A.O. stated that section 50 was a special provision inserted to compute capital gains in respect of depreciable assets with an intention to prevent dual concession to the assessee in the form of depreciation as well as concessional rate of tax. It was also emphasised by the A.O. that even in the case decided by the Bombay High Court, the larger issue involved was the eligibility to claim deduction u/s 54E against capital gains arising on transfer of an asset on which depreciation was being claimed, even if such gains were to be computed in accordance with the provisions of section 50.

The A.O. accordingly taxed the capital gain as short-term capital gain and declined to apply the tax rate prescribed u/s 112.

The Commissioner (Appeals) dismissed the assessee’s appeal, holding that section 50 was enacted with the objective of denying multiple benefits to the owners of assets. According to him, the rationale behind enacting such a deeming provision u/s 50 was that the assessee had already availed benefits in the form of depreciation in case of depreciable assets, and it was not equitable to extend dual benefit of depreciation as well as concessional tax rate of 20% to capital gains arising on transfer of depreciable assets.

On behalf of the assessee it was argued before the Tribunal that since the asset was held for more than three years, it was a long-term capital asset as defined in section 2(14), and capital gain computed even u/s 50 is to be treated as long-term capital gain. The Bombay High Court in Ace Builders (Supra) had held that section 50 is a deeming provision, hence the same is to be interpreted to the extent to achieve the object of the said provision. Reliance was also placed by the assessee on the Mumbai Tribunal decision in the case of P.D. Kunte & Co. (Supra).

The Tribunal refused to accept the argument that in case of Ace Builders the Bombay High Court had held that even capital gain computed u/s 50 is to be treated as long-term capital gain. According to the Tribunal, the High Court had explained that if the capital gain was computed as provided u/s 50, then the capital gains tax would be charged as if such capital gain had arisen out of a short-term capital asset. The Tribunal also did not follow the Mumbai Tribunal decision in the case of P.D. Kunte & Co. on the ground that this ground had remained to be adjudicated in that case.

The Tribunal therefore held that such capital gains was not eligible for the 20% rate of tax applicable to long-term capital gains u/s 112.

A similar view has been taken by the Mumbai bench of the Tribunal in the cases of ACIT vs. SKF Bearings India Ltd. (ITA No. 616/Mum/2006 dated 29th December, 2011), SKF India Ltd. vs. Addl. CIT (ITA No. 6461/Mum/2009 dated 24th February, 2012) and Reckitt Benckiser (India) Ltd. vs. ACIT, 181 TTJ 384 (Kol.).

THE VOLTAS CASE

The issue came up again recently before the Mumbai bench of the Tribunal in the case of DCIT vs. Voltas Ltd. TS-566-ITAT-2020(Mum).

In this case, the assessee had sold buildings which were held for more than three years. The assessee claimed that the capital gains on the sale of the buildings should be taxed at 20% u/s 112 instead of at 30%, the rate applicable to short-term capital gains.

It was argued on behalf of the assessee before the Tribunal that the issue was covered in favour of the assessee by the Mumbai Tribunal decision in the case of Smita Conductors Ltd. vs. DCIT 152 ITD 417. Reliance was also placed on the decision of the Bombay High Court (actually of the Supreme Court, affirming the decision of the Bombay High Court) in the case of CIT vs. V.S. Dempo Company Ltd. 387 ITR 354 and the decision of the Supreme Court (actually of the Bombay High Court) in the case of CIT vs. Manali Investment [219 Taxman 113 (Bombay)(Mag.)] and it was argued that both Courts had held that the deeming provision of the section could not be extended beyond the method of computation of the cost of acquisition involved.

It was argued on behalf of the Revenue that section 50, being a special provision for computation of capital gains in case of depreciable assets, specifically provides in the concluding paragraph that the income accrued or arising as a result of such transfer shall be deemed to be income from transfer of a short-term capital asset. It was submitted that the language of the Act was very clear and unambiguous. It was argued that there would have been scope for ambiguity only if the term ‘short term’ was not used. It was submitted that when the Act provides that such gain would be gain arising from short term capital asset, there was no reason why the term ‘short term’ appearing in that provision should be regarded as superfluous. It was argued that when the Act was so clear there could not be any dispute about the rate of tax applicable for short-term capital gain.

The Tribunal analysed the provisions of section 50 and the decisions in the cases of V.S. Dempo (Supra) and Manali Investment (Supra). It noted the observations of the Bombay High Court (actually the Supreme Court) that section 50 is only restricted for the purpose of sections 48 and 49 as specifically stated therein, and the fictions created in sub-sections (1) and (2) have limited application only in the context of the mode of computation of capital gains contained in sections 48 and 49. The fictions have nothing to do with exemption that is provided in a totally different provision, viz., section 54EC. The Tribunal cited with approval the observations of the Bombay High Court in the case of Ace Builders (Supra) and noted that the Gujarat and Gauhati High Courts had taken a similar view in the cases of CIT vs. Polestar Industries 221 Taxman 423 and CIT vs. Assam Petroleum Industries (P) Ltd. 262 ITR 587, respectively. It also noted the Supreme Court (Bombay High Court) decision in the case of Manali Investment where the Supreme Court (Bombay High Court) permitted set-off of brought forward long-term capital loss against gains computed u/s 50 on sale of an asset which had been held for more than three years.

The Tribunal observed that the higher Courts had held that the deeming fiction of section 50 was limited and could not be extended beyond the method of computation of capital gain and that the distinction between long-term and short-term capital gains was not obliterated by this section. The Tribunal, therefore, allowed the appeal of the assessee on this ground.

A similar view has been taken by the Tribunal in the cases of Smita Conductors vs. DCIT 152 ITD 417 (Mum.), Poddar Brothers Investments Pvt. Ltd. vs. DCIT [ITA 1114/Mum/2013 dated 25th March, 2015), Castrol India Ltd. vs. DCIT [ITA 195/Mum/2012 dated 18th October, 2016], Yeshwant Engineering Pvt. Ltd. vs. ITO [ITA 782/Pun/2015 dated 9th October, 2017], DCIT vs. Eveready Industries Ltd. [ITA 159/Kol/2016 dated 18th October, 2017], BMC Software India Pvt. Ltd. vs. DCIT (ITA 1722/Pun/2017 dated 12th March, 2020), Mahindra Freight Carriers vs. DCIT, 139 TTJ 422 and Prabodh Investment & Trading Company vs. ITO (ITA No. 6557/Mum/2008). In most of these cases, the view taken by the Tribunal in the case of Smita Conductors (Supra) has been followed.

OBSERVATIONS

Section 50 provides for modification to provisions of sections 48 and 49, while giving the mode of computation as well as stating that such excess shall be deemed to be the capital gains arising from the transfer of short-term capital assets. Both sections 48 and 49 are computation provisions and therefore section 50 really only modifies the manner of computation of capital gains.

This aspect has been clarified by various Courts as under:

In Ace Builders (Supra), the Bombay High Court has observed:
‘21. On perusal of the aforesaid provisions, it is seen that section 45 is a charging section, and sections 48 and 49 are the machinery sections for computation of capital gains. However, section 50 carves out an exception in respect of depreciable assets and provides that where depreciation has been claimed and allowed on the asset, then, the computation of capital gain on transfer of such asset under sections 48 and 49 shall be as modified under section 50. In other words, section 50 provides a different method for computation of capital gain in the case of capital assets on which depreciation has been allowed.

22. Under the machinery sections the capital gains are computed by deducting from the consideration received on transfer of a capital asset, the cost of acquisition, the cost of improvement and the expenditure incurred in connection with the transfer. The meanings of the expressions “cost of improvement” and “cost of acquisition” used in sections 48 and 49 are given in section 55. As the depreciable capital assets have also availed depreciation allowance under section 32, section 50 provides for a special procedure for computation of capital gains in the case of depreciable assets. Section 50(1) deals with the cases where any block of depreciable assets do not cease to exist on account of transfer and section 50(2) deals with cases where the block of depreciable assets cease to exist in that block on account of transfer during the previous year. In the present case, on transfer of depreciable capital asset the entire block of assets has ceased to exist and, therefore, section 50(2) is attracted. The effect of section 50(2) is that where the consideration received on transfer of all the depreciable assets in the block exceeds the written down value of the block, then the excess is taxable as a deemed short-term capital gain. In other words, even though the entire block of assets transferred are long-term capital assets and the consideration received on such transfer exceeds the written down value, the said excess is liable to be treated as capital gain arising out of a short-term capital asset and taxed accordingly.
…………………………

25. In our opinion, the assessee cannot be denied exemption under section 54E because, firstly, there is nothing in section 50 to suggest that the fiction created in section 50 is not only restricted to sections 48 and 49 but also applies to other provisions. On the contrary, section 50 makes it explicitly clear that the deemed fiction created in sub-section (1) and (2) of section 50 is restricted only to the mode of computation of capital gains contained in sections 48 and 49. Secondly, it is well established in law that a fiction created by the Legislature has to be confined to the purpose for which it is created. In this connection, we may refer to the decision of the Apex Court in the case of State Bank of India vs. D. Hanumantha Rao 1998 (6) SCC 183. In that case, the Service Rules framed by the bank provided for granting extension of service to those appointed prior to 19th July, 1969. The respondent therein who had joined the bank on 1st July, 1972 claimed extension of service because he was deemed to be appointed in the bank with effect from 26th October, 1965 for the purpose of seniority, pay and pension on account of his past service in the army as Short Service Commissioned Officer. In that context, the Apex Court has held that the legal fiction created for the limited purpose of seniority, pay and pension cannot be extended for other purposes. Applying the ratio of the said judgment, we are of the opinion that the fiction created under section 50 is confined to the computation of capital gains only and cannot be extended beyond that.’

These observations of the Bombay High Court in paragraph 25 of the Ace Builder’s decision have been reproduced and approved of by the Supreme Court in the V.S. Dempo case, thereby confirming that the fiction of section 50 is confined to the computation of capital gains only and cannot be extended beyond that.

However, in paragraph 26, the Bombay High Court has observed:
‘26. It is true that section 50 is enacted with the object of denying multiple benefits to the owners of depreciable assets. However, that restriction is limited to the computation of capital gains and not to the exemption provisions. In other words, where the long-term capital asset has availed depreciation, then the capital gain has to be computed in the manner prescribed under section 50 and the capital gains tax will be charged as if such capital gain has arisen out of a short-term capital asset, but if such capital gain is invested in the manner prescribed in section 54E, then the capital gain shall not be charged under section 45 of the Income-tax Act.’

The Mumbai bench of the Tribunal in the SKF cases as well as the Pune bench of the Tribunal in the Rathi Brothers case has relied on these observations for holding against the assessee. However, since the issue before the Bombay High Court was regarding the availability of the exemption u/s 54E, the observations regarding charge of capital gains tax should be regarded as the obiter dicta. Further, the Tribunal in these cases did not have the benefit of the Supreme Court’s decision in the V.S. Dempo case, where it had approved of the fact that the applicability of section 50 is confined to the computation of capital gains only.

The observations of the Gauhati High Court, which had also been approved by the Supreme Court in the V.S. Dempo case, can also be referred to:

‘7. Section 2(42A) defines “short-term capital asset” which means a capital asset held by an assessee for not more than thirty-six months immediately preceding the date of its transfer. Thus the assets, which have been already held for more than 36 months before it is transferred, would not be short-term capital assets. Section 2(29A) defines “long-term capital asset” means a capital asset which is not short-term capital asset. Therefore, the asset, which has been held for more than 36 months before the transfer, would be long-term capital asset. Section 2(29B) provides for “long- term capital gain”, which means capital gain arising from the transfer of a long-term capital asset.

8. All capital gains on the transfer of the capital asset whether short-term capital asset or long-term capital asset except otherwise provided in mentioned sections in section 45 of the Income-tax Act are chargeable to income-tax. How the capital gains shall be computed is laid under sections 48 and 49 of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The capital gain arising from the transfer of short-term assets under section 48 (as it stands at the relevant time) are wholly assessable to be as ordinary income after deduction as provided under section 48(1)(e) whereas the capital gain arising from the transfer of long-term capital assets are partially assessable as provided under section 48(b), which reads:

“(b) where the capital gain arises from the transfer of a long-term capital asset (hereinafter in this section referred to, respectively, as long-term capital gain and long-term capital asset) by making the further deductions specified in sub-section (2).”

9. Thus by virtue of this section, long-term capital assets would be entitled for further deduction as provided in sub-section (2) of section 48. Section 49 is a provision whereunder the general principle is laid down for computing capital gains and certain exceptions are engrafted in the section. Thus, sections 48 and 49 provide for the principles on which the capital gains shall be computed and the benefit which can be given for transfer of long-term capital assets while calculating the capital gain by virtue of sub-section (2) of section 48 wherein the assessee transferring long-term capital assets can claim further deduction as specified under sub-section (2). Section 50…….

10. By virtue of this section, notwithstanding anything contained in clause (42A) of section 2, where the short-term capital asset has been defined, if the depreciation is allowed, the procedure for computing the capital gain as provided under sections 48 and 49 would be modified and shall be substituted as mentioned in section 50. Section 50 only provides that if the depreciation has been allowed under the Act on the capital asset then the assessee’s computation of capital gain would not be under sections 48 and 49 of the Income-tax Act and it would be with modification as provided under section 50. Section 54E is the section which has nothing to do with sections 48 and 49 or with section 50 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 wherein the mode of computation of capital gain is provided.
…………………..

12. Section 50 is a special provision where the mode of computation of capital gains is substituted if the assessee has claimed the depreciation on capital assets. Section 50 nowhere says that depreciated asset shall be treated as short-term assets, whereas section 54E has an application where long-term capital asset is transferred and the amount received is invested or deposited in the specified assets as required under section 54E.’

The observations of the Madras High Court in the case of M. Raghavan vs. Asst. CIT 266 ITR 145, in the context of the purpose of section 50, are also relevant:

‘22. It would appear that the object of introducing section 50 in order to provide different method of computation of capital gain for depreciable assets was to disentitle the owners of such depreciable assets from claiming the benefit of indexing, as if indexing were to be applied, there would be no capital gain available in most cases for being brought to taxation. The value of depreciable asset in most cases comes down over a period of time, although there are cases where the sale value of a depreciated asset exceeds the cost of acquisition. The result of allowing indexing, if it were to be allowed, is to regard the cost of acquisition as being very much higher than what it actually is, to the assessee. If such boosted cost of acquisition is required to be deducted from the amount realised on sale, in most cases it would result in a negative figure, resulting in the assessee being enabled to claim a capital loss. Clearly, it could not have been the legislative intent to confer such multiple benefits to the assessees selling depreciable assets.’

Therefore, from the above it is clear that the deeming fiction of section 50 is for the limited purpose of computation in case of sale of depreciable assets where the computation has to be in the same manner as that applicable to short-term capital assets, i.e., without indexation of cost and with substituted cost of acquisition, being the written down value of the block of assets. The deeming of short-term capital gains can therefore be viewed in the context of the manner of computation of the capital gains, i.e., without the indexation of cost available u/s 48.

It may also be noted that one of the factors that weighed with the Pune bench of the Tribunal in Rathi Brothers for not following the Mumbai Tribunal decision in the P.D. Kunte & Co. case (which was the first case on the issue) was that this issue had not been decided in the P.D. Kunte & Co. case. However, the Tribunal failed to take note of the order in the Miscellaneous Application in the P.D. Kunte & Co. case (MA 394/Mum/2008 dated 6th August, 2008), where the Tribunal had allowed this ground by observing as under:

‘On the reasoning of the Hon’ble Bombay High Court in the case of Ace Builders (P) Ltd. (Supra), it naturally follows that even the tax rate applicable while bringing capital gain to tax will be as per the provisions of section 112 of the Act. The Assessing Officer is directed to apply the same’.
 
The decision of the Pune bench of the Tribunal in the said case would have been different had the amended decision delivered in the Miscellaneous Application been brought to its notice.

The better view of the matter therefore is the view taken by the Tribunal in the cases of P.D. Kunte & Co., Smita Conductors, etc., that the provisions of section 50 do not take away the benefit of the concessional rate of tax, where available, for the capital gains based on its period of holding.

[DCIT vs. S.R.A. Systems Ltd.; ITA Nos. 1497 to 1499/Mds/2009, A.Y. 2000-01 to 2001-02 (Mds.) ITAT] Section 234D – Levy of interest u/s 234D came into force from 1st June, 2003 – Prospective nature – After the commencement of the assessment year – Interest could be levied only from 1st April, 2004, i.e., from the A.Y. 2004-05 – The law to be applied is the law as on the date of commencement of the assessment year and not the change in law amended subsequent to that date Deduction u/s 10B – Undertaking – Not be formed by splitting up or reconstruction of a business already in existence – Merely by shifting business from one place to another and keeping some of the plant and machinery as those were bearing charge of financial institution – Clauses (ii) and (iii) of sub-clause (2) to section 10A were not violated

8. Commissioner of Income Tax, Chennai vs. S.R.A. Systems Ltd. [T.C. Appeal Nos. 1470 to 1472 of 2010, dated 19th January, 2021 (Bom.)]

[DCIT vs. S.R.A. Systems Ltd.; ITA Nos. 1497 to 1499/Mds/2009, A.Y. 2000-01 to 2001-02 (Mds.) ITAT]

Section 234D – Levy of interest u/s 234D came into force from 1st June, 2003 – Prospective nature – After the commencement of the assessment year – Interest could be levied only from 1st April, 2004, i.e., from the A.Y. 2004-05 – The law to be applied is the law as on the date of commencement of the assessment year and not the change in law amended subsequent to that date

Deduction u/s 10B – Undertaking – Not be formed by splitting up or reconstruction of a business already in existence – Merely by shifting business from one place to another and keeping some of the plant and machinery as those were bearing charge of financial institution – Clauses (ii) and (iii) of sub-clause (2) to section 10A were not violated

For the A.Y. 2000-01, the assessee had filed its return of income on 29th November, 2000. The assessee claimed that it was eligible for deduction u/s 10B. The return was processed on 28th March, 2002. Subsequently, the A.O. had reason to believe that income chargeable to tax had escaped assessment on account of the assessee company being ineligible for deduction u/s 10A. A notice dated 22nd March, 2007 was issued u/s 148 disallowing the entire claim of deduction u/s 10B. Further, the expenditure incurred for the renovation and repairs of the rented premises of the assessee company was disallowed by the A.O. on the ground that such expenses were in the nature of capital expenditure. The A.O. in his reassessment order noted that in terms of section 10B(ii) an undertaking in order to be eligible for deduction u/s 10B must not be formed by splitting up or reconstruction of a business already in existence. Further, he held that deduction u/s 10B was not available to the assessee in view of the provisions of section 10B(iii) which stipulate that eligible business is not formed by transfer to a new business of plant and machinery previously used for any purpose. The A.O. found that the assessee had not complied with both these conditions, hence it was not entitled to any deduction u/s 10B.

While completing the assessment u/s 143(3) r/w/s 147 for the A.Ys. 2000-01 and 2001-02, the A.O. disallowed the claim of deduction made by the assessee under sections 10A and 10B on the ground that an undertaking was formed by splitting up / reconstruction of the business already in existence. Similar disallowance was made in A.Y 2002-03 while passing an order u/s 143(3) r/w/s 263. The A.O. levied interest u/s 234D.

For the A.Y. 2002-03, on challenge the Tribunal set aside the order of the CIT after taking into consideration the decision of the Apex Court reported in 107 ITR 195 [Textile Machinery Corporation Limited vs. CIT] that held as follows:

‘… This is not a case of setting up of a new business, but only transfer of business place of existing business to a new place located in STPI area and thereafter, getting the approval from the authorities, the assessee becomes entitled to deduction u/s 10A. Merely because by shifting the business from one place to another and keeping some of the plant and machinery as those are bearing charge of financial institution, does not violate clauses (ii) and (iii) of sub clause (2) to section 10A.’

The order passed by the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal was challenged by the Department in T.C.A. No. 1916 of 2008 and the Division Bench of this Court by its judgment dated 26th October, 2018 confirmed the order of the ITAT dated 16th May, 2008 made in I.T.A. No. 2255/Mds/06 for the A.Y. 2002-03 and dismissed the appeal.

Aggrieved by the assessment order for the A.Ys. 2000-01 and 2001-02, the assessee filed appeals before the CIT(A). The Appellate Authority allowed the appeals by following the order of the Tribunal for A.Y. 2002-03. The Appellate Authority, while dealing with the levy of interest u/s 234D, held that the said section comes into effect only after the commencement of the assessment year and interest could be levied only for the A.Y. 2004-05, and therefore deleted the interest for the A.Ys. 2000-01, 2001-02 and 2002-03.

Aggrieved over the order of the CIT(A), the Department filed appeals before the Appellate Tribunal which confirmed the CIT(A) order and dismissed the appeals. While dismissing the appeals, the Tribunal held that interest u/s 234D cannot be levied for the A.Ys. 2000-01, 2001-02 and 2002-03. Further, while dismissing the appeals, the Tribunal followed the order in I.T.A. No. 2255/Mds/06 dated 16th May, 2008.

Still aggrieved, the Department filed the appeals before the High Court. The Court held that, in view of the judgment of the Division Bench of this Court, it is clear that the applicability of clauses (ii) and (iii) of sub-clause (2) to section 10B, the impugned order passed by the ITAT is proper. In view of the order passed by the ITAT of 16th May, 2008 in I.T.A. No. 2255/Mds/06 and the judgment passed by the Division Bench of this Court on 26th October, 2018 in Tax Case Appeal No. 1916 of 2008, the assessee company would be entitled to deduction u/s 10A and the disallowance made by the A.O. was not correct. For A.Y. 2002-03, since the order passed u/s 263 itself had been set aside, the cause of action for reassessment does not survive.

So far as the levy of interest u/s 234D is concerned, the Court held that the section came to be inserted by the Finance Act, 2003 with effect from 1st June, 2003. Prior to that, no interest was payable on refund in the event of an order for refund being set aside and the assessee is made to pay the same from the date of rectification order or the orders passed by the Appellate Authorities. A reading of the provisions of section 234D makes it clear that there is no indication in the language employed in the entire section that the Parliament intended to make this levy of tax on excess refund retrospective. On the contrary, after inserting this provision in the Act it is specifically stated that it comes into effect from 1st June, 2003. Though the amendment is by insertion, the Parliament has expressly stated that the amendment comes into effect from 1st June, 2003. Parliament has made its intention clear and unambiguous. In other words, it is not retrospective. Merely because the order of assessment was passed subsequent to the insertion of the said provision in the Act, would not make the said provision retrospective. The provision providing imposition of interest is a substantive provision. It is settled law that in the absence of any express words used in the provision making levy of interest retrospective, it can only be prospective (i.e.) from the date on which it came into force, viz., 1st June, 2003.

The Constitution Bench of the Apex Court in the case of Karimthuravi Tea Estate Ltd. vs. State of Kerala reported in 1966 60 ITR 262 SC held as follows:

‘…It is well settled that the Income-tax Act as it stands amended on the first day of April of any financial year must apply to the assessments of that year. Any amendments in the Act which come into force after the first day of April of a financial year would not apply to the assessment for that year even if the assessment is actually made after the amendments come into force.’

The amended provision shall come into force only after the commencement of the assessment year and cannot be applied retrospectively unless it is specifically mentioned. Therefore, the law to be applied is the law as on the date of commencement of the assessment year and not the change in law amended subsequent to that date. Section 234D having come into force only on 1st June, 2003, i.e., after the commencement of the assessment year, interest could be levied only from 1st April, 2004, that is, from the A.Y. 2004-05, and no interest u/s 234D could be chargeable prior to the A.Y. 2004-05. Since all the three assessment years are prior to the A.Y. 2004-05, the provisions of section 234D cannot be applied. Accordingly, the Revenue appeals were dismissed.

CSR – WHETHER A DAY 1 OBLIGATION?

BACKGROUND
The main provisions of section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013 as amended can be summarised as under:
* Certain specified companies are required to spend 2% of the average net profit made in the immediately preceding three years on CSR activities as specified in the relevant schedule;
* Earlier, in case of unspent CSR amounts, Boards were required to specify the reasons for not spending the amount in the Board report;
* On the basis of the recent amendment notified in the Official Gazette, in case of unspent CSR amounts, the companies are required to transfer these to a separate government fund within six months of the expiry of the financial year, unless that unspent amount pertains to ongoing CSR projects;
* In case of unspent CSR amounts pertaining to ongoing CSR projects, the companies are required to transfer such amounts within a period of thirty days from the end of the financial year to a special account opened
with a scheduled bank and to be called ‘Unspent Corporate Social Responsibility Account’; such amount shall be spent by the company within a period of three financial years from the date of such transfer, failing which they are required to transfer the unspent CSR amount in a separate government fund;
* Further, if the company spends an amount in excess of its obligation in a year, the excess amount so incurred can be set off against the CSR obligation of the immediately succeeding three financial years subject to certain conditions.

QUESTION

On the basis of this amendment, the company has a clear statutory obligation as at balance sheet date to transfer the unspent amount to the government fund / special account; accordingly, a liability for unspent amount needs to be recognised in the financial statements. If the company decides to adjust such excess incurred amount against future obligation, then to the extent of such excess an asset as prepaid expense needs to be recognised in the financial statements.

How should the amount required to be spent on CSR in a financial year be accounted for? Can it be recognised evenly over the four quarters or on an as-incurred basis, or should the obligation be provided for on Day 1 of the financial year?

RESPONSE

The following references in Ind AS 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets are relevant for the purpose of responding to the question.

Definitions under Paragraph 10

A liability is a present obligation of the entity arising from past events, the settlement of which is expected to result in an outflow from the entity of resources embodying economic benefits.

An obligating event is an event that creates a legal or constructive obligation that results in an entity having no realistic alternative to settling that obligation.

Appendix C Levies

1. A government may impose a levy on an entity. An issue arises when to recognise a liability to pay a levy that is accounted for in accordance with Ind AS 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets.

4. For the purposes of this Appendix, a levy is an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits that is imposed by governments on entities in accordance with legislation (i.e. laws and / or regulations), other than:
a)    those outflows of resources that are within the scope of other Standards (such as income taxes that are within the scope of Ind AS 12, Income Taxes); and
b)    fines or other penalties that are imposed for breaches of the legislation.

8. The obligating event that gives rise to a liability to pay a levy is the activity that triggers the payment of the levy, as identified by the legislation. For example, if the activity that triggers the payment of the levy is the generation of revenue in the current period and the calculation of that levy is based on the revenue that was generated in a previous period, the obligating event for that levy is the generation of revenue in the current period. The generation of revenue in the previous period is necessary, but not sufficient, to create a present obligation.
    
11. The liability to pay a levy is recognised progressively if the obligating event occurs over a period of time (i.e., if the activity that triggers the payment of the levy, as identified by the legislation, occurs over a period of time). For example, if the obligating event is the generation of revenue over a period of time, the corresponding liability is recognised as the entity generates that revenue.

ANALYSIS

On the basis of paragraph 4, Appendix C Levies, CSR liability is a levy. The obligating event for incurring CSR expenditure occurs on Day 1 of the financial year, because if the company is in existence on that day and had an average net profit in the preceding three financial years, the liability is crystallised. The company is liable to incur the CSR expenditure, even if later during the financial year it was wound up or merged with another company or incurred heavy losses.

Accordingly, although the CSR expenditure would be incurred throughout the financial year, the obligating event that gives rise to the CSR liability isthe existence of the company on Day 1 of the financial year, and the average net profit of the preceding three financial years of the Company should be a positive number. This analysis is clear from a combined reading of Paragraphs 8 and 11 of Appendix C Levies.

The expenditure on the CSR liability may occur evenly or unevenly throughout the financial year. That is of no relevance to the recognition of the liability. The liability will be recognised on Day 1 of the financial year. The actual expenditure is the adjustment of the already crystallised CSR liability.

Even if a company does not incur the expenditure in the financial year, it will have to transfer the unspent amount to an ‘Unspent CSR’ account. Such amount shall be spent by the company in pursuance of its obligation towards the CSR policy within a period of three financial years from the date of such transfer, failing which, the company shall transfer the same to a Fund specified in Schedule VII within a period of thirty days from the date of completion of the third financial year.

CONCLUSION


Currently there appears to be a mixed practice on when a CSR liability is recognised. Some listed companies recognise the liability on Day 1, whereas others recognise the liability over four quarterly periods. This has to change, and the CSR liability should be recognised on Day 1 of the financial year. For companies that are not listed and do not present quarterly accounts, this issue will be largely theoretical.  

Reassessment – Validity – Sections 147 and 148 – Failure to furnish reasons recorded by A.O. – Furnishing of reasons while matter pending before Tribunal to cure default in first instance – Order of Tribunal remanding matter and subsequent assessment and demand notice set aside

47. New Era Shipping Ltd. vs. CIT [2020] 430 ITR 431 (Bom.) Date of order: 27th October, 2020 A.Y.: 2004-05

Reassessment – Validity – Sections 147 and 148 – Failure to furnish reasons recorded by A.O. – Furnishing of reasons while matter pending before Tribunal to cure default in first instance – Order of Tribunal remanding matter and subsequent assessment and demand notice set aside

Upon receipt of notice u/s 148 for the A.Y. 2004-05, the assessee requested for the reasons for the notice. No reasons were furnished and the A.O. passed a reassessment order u/s 147. The reasons were ultimately furnished to the assessee before the Tribunal which remanded the matter to the A.O.

The Bombay High Court allowed the appeal filed by the assessee and held as under:

‘i) It was not open to the A.O. to refuse to furnish the reasons for issuing notice u/s 148. By such refusal, the assessee was deprived of the valuable opportunity of filing objections to the reopening of the assessment u/s 147. The approach of the A.O. was contrary to the law laid down by the Supreme Court.

ii) On the facts, the furnishing of reasons for reopening of the assessment at the stage when the matter was pending before the Tribunal could not cure the default in the first instance. The remand ordered by the Tribunal and the consequential assessment order and demand notice issued on the basis thereof were set aside.’

Loss – Set-off – Deduction u/s 10B – Scope of sections 10B and 70 – Assessee having three industrial units two of which export-oriented – Assessee not claiming deduction u/s 10B – Deduction cannot be thrust on it – Assessee entitled to set off losses from export-oriented units against profits of domestic tariff area unit

46. Karle International Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT [2020] 430 ITR 74 (Karn.) Date of order: 7th September, 2020 A.Y.: 2008-09

 

Loss – Set-off – Deduction u/s 10B – Scope of sections 10B and 70 – Assessee having three industrial units two of which export-oriented – Assessee not claiming deduction u/s 10B – Deduction cannot be thrust on it – Assessee entitled to set off losses from export-oriented units against profits of domestic tariff area unit

 

The assessee was a private limited company engaged in the business of manufacture and export of readymade garments. For the A.Y. 2008-09 the assessee filed the return of income declaring total income of Rs.12,89,760. The assessee had three units, two of which were export-oriented, and showed profit and loss from all of them. The assessee had set off losses of the units against the profits of the unit making profits and offered the balance to tax under the head ‘Income from business’. The A.O., inter alia, held that losses of the export-oriented units could not be allowed to be set off against the profits of unit No. I.

 

The Commissioner (Appeals) and the Tribunal upheld the decision of the A.O.

 

The Karnataka High Court allowed the appeal filed by the assessee and held as under:

 

‘i) It is a well-settled legal proposition that where the assessee does not want the benefit of deduction from the taxable income, it cannot be thrust upon the assessee. Section 10B is not a provision in the nature of an exemption but provides for a deduction of such profit and gains as are derived by 100% export-oriented undertakings from the export of articles or things or computer software.

 

ii) Section 10B does not contain any prohibition that prevents an assessee from setting off losses from one source against income from another source under the same head of income as prescribed u/s 70. Section 10B(6)(ii) restricts the carrying forward and setting off of loss under sections 72 and 74 but does not provide anything regarding intra-head set-off u/s 70 and inter-head set-off u/s 71. The business income can be computed only after setting off business loss against the business income in the year in accordance with the provisions of section 70.

 

iii) Section 10A is a code by itself and section 10A(6)(ii) does not preclude the operation of sections 70 and 71. Paragraph 5.2 of the Circular issued by the Central Board of Direct Taxes dated 16th July, 2013 [(2013) 356 ITR (St.) 7] clearly provides that income or loss from various sources, i. e., eligible and ineligible units under the same head, are aggregated in accordance with the provisions of section 70.

 

iv) The assessee was entitled to set off the loss from the export-oriented unit against the income earned in the domestic tariff area unit in accordance with section 70.’

Housing project – Special deduction u/s 80-IB(10) – Principle of proportionality – Projects comprising eligible and ineligible units – Assessee can be given special deduction proportionate to units fulfilling conditions laid down in section 80-IB(10)

45. Devashri Nirman LLP vs. ACIT [2020] 429 ITR 597 (Bom.) Date of order: 26th November, 2020 A.Ys.: 2007-08 to 2011-12

Housing project – Special deduction u/s 80-IB(10) – Principle of proportionality – Projects comprising eligible and ineligible units – Assessee can be given special deduction proportionate to units fulfilling conditions laid down in section 80-IB(10)

The assessee’s housing projects DG and VV comprised 105 and 90 residential units, respectively. The assessee was denied the deduction u/s 80-IB by the A.O. on the ground that the area of five residential units in DG and three residential units in VV exceeded 1,500 square feet which was in breach of the conditions prescribed in clause (c) of section 80-IB(10).

The Commissioner (Appeals) directed the A.O. to allow deduction u/s 80-IB(10) on a proportionate basis. The Tribunal dismissed the appeals filed by both the assessee and the Department.

On appeals by the assessee and the Department, the Bombay High Court held as under:

‘i) Clause (c) of section 80-IB(10) does not exclude the principle of proportionality in any manner.

ii) The Tribunal was justified in holding that the assessee was entitled to deduction u/s. 80-IB(10) on proportionate basis. The view taken by the Commissioner (Appeals) and the Tribunal need not be interfered with.’

Exempt income – Disallowance u/s 14A – Disallowance of expenditure incurred to earn exempt income – No evidence of such expenditure – Failure by A.O. to record dissatisfaction – No disallowance could be made u/s 14A

44. CIT vs. Brigade Enterprises Ltd. (No. 2) [2020] 429 ITR 615 (Karn.) Date of order: 22nd October, 2020 A.Y.: 2009-10

Exempt income – Disallowance u/s 14A – Disallowance of expenditure incurred to earn exempt income – No evidence of such expenditure – Failure by A.O. to record dissatisfaction – No disallowance could be made u/s 14A

The assessee was engaged in the business of real estate development. For the A.Y. 2009-10 the A.O. made a disallowance u/s 14A.

The Commissioner (Appeals) sustained the disallowance of the interest disallowed u/s 14A read with Rule 8D of the Income-tax Rules, 1962, to the extent of Rs. 1,09,99,962 u/s 14A read with Rule 8D(2)(iii) and deleted the disallowance of interest u/s 14A read with Rule 8D(2)(ii) to the extent of Rs. 15,27,310. The Tribunal, inter alia, held that there was no material on record to substantiate that overdraft account was utilised for making tax-free investments and the investment proceeds were from the public issue of shares. Therefore, it could not be held that funds from the overdraft account from which interest had been paid had been invested in mutual funds which yielded income exempt from tax. Thus, deletion of disallowance u/s 14A read with Rule 8D(2)(ii) to the tune of Rs. 15,27,310 was upheld.

On appeal by the Revenue, the Karnataka High Court upheld the decision of the Tribunal and held as under:

‘i) The A.O. had not rendered any finding with regard to the incorrectness of the claim of the assessee either with regard to its accounts or that he was not satisfied with the claim of the assessee in respect of such expenditure in relation to exempt income as is required in accordance with section 14A(2) for making a disallowance under Rule 8D.

ii) Thus, the Tribunal had rightly concluded that the A.O. had not recorded the satisfaction with regard to the claim of the assessee for disallowance u/s 14A read with Rule 8D(2). Section 14A was not applicable.’

Business expenditure – Deduction u/s 37 – Company – Discount on employees stock option plan – Deductible

43. CIT (LTU) vs. Biocon Ltd. [2020] 430 ITR 151 (Karn.) Date of order: 11th November, 2020 A.Y.: 2004-05

Business expenditure – Deduction u/s 37 – Company – Discount on employees stock option plan – Deductible

The following question of law was raised before the Karnataka High Court:

‘Whether on the facts and in the circumstances of the case and in law the Tribunal was right in holding that the discount on issue of Employees Stock Option Plan (ESOP) is allowable deduction in computing the income under the head profits and gains of the business?’

The High Court held as under:

‘i) From a perusal of section 37(1) it is evident that the provision permits deduction of expenditure laid out or expended and does not contain a requirement that there has to be a pay-out. If an expenditure has been incurred, section 37(1) would be attracted. Section 37 does not envisage incurrence of expenditure in cash.

ii) An assessee is entitled to claim deduction under the provision if the expenditure has been incurred. It is well settled in law that if a business liability has arisen in the accounting year, it is permissible as deduction even though the liability may have to be quantified and discharged at a future date.

iii) Section 2(15A) of the Companies Act, 1956 defines “employees stock option” to mean option given to whole-time directors, officers or the employees of the company, which gives such directors, officers or employees the benefit or right to purchase or subscribe at a future date to securities offered by the company at a pre-determined price. In an employees stock option plan, a company undertakes to issue shares to its employees at a future date at a price lower than the current market price. The employees are given stock options at a discount and the same amount of discount represents the difference between the market price of shares at the time of grant of option and the offer price. In order to be eligible for acquiring shares under the scheme, the employees are under an obligation to render their services to the company during the vesting period as provided in the scheme. On completion of the vesting period in the service of the company, the option vests with the employees.

iv) The expression “expenditure” also includes a loss and therefore, issuance of shares at a discount where the assessee absorbs the difference between the price at which they are issued and the market value of the shares would be expenditure incurred for the purposes of section 37(1). The primary object of the exercise is not to waste capital but to earn profits by securing consistent services of the employees and, therefore, it cannot be construed as short receipt of capital.

v) The deduction of the discount on the employees stock option plan over the vesting period was in accordance with the accounting in the books of accounts, which had been prepared in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Employee Stock Option Scheme and Employee Stock Purchase Scheme) Guidelines, 1999. For A.Y. 2009-10 onwards, the A.O. had permitted the deduction of the employees stock option plan expenses. The Revenue could not be permitted to take a different stand with regard to the A.Y. 2004-05. The expenses were deductible.’

Appeal to ITAT – Duty of Tribunal to consider issue on merits – Document not filed due to mistake of counsel for assessee – Dismissal of appeal not justified – Appeal should have been decided on merits

42. Swetha Realmart LLP vs. CIT [2020] 430 ITR 159 (Karn.) Date of order: 3rd November, 2020 A.Y.: 2016-17

Appeal to ITAT – Duty of Tribunal to consider issue on merits – Document not filed due to mistake of counsel for assessee – Dismissal of appeal not justified – Appeal should have been decided on merits

 

For the A.Y. 2016-17, the assessee had filed an appeal before the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal against the order of the Commissioner (Appeals). The Tribunal, by an order dated 29th May, 2020, dismissed the appeal inter alia on the ground that in the absence of documentary evidence in support of the assessee’s claim that the property sold in question was not a depreciable asset, no ground is made out to interfere with the order passed by the Commissioner (Appeals).

 

The assessee filed an appeal before the High Court against this order of the Tribunal. The following question was raised:

 

‘Whether, in the facts and circumstances of the case, the Tribunal is right in law in dismissing the appeal instead of disposing the matter on its merits.’

 

The Karnataka High Court allowed the appeal filed by the assessee and held as under:

 

‘i) It is trite law that for the fault committed by counsel, a party should not be penalised.

 

ii) Due to inadvertence, the senior chartered accountant engaged by the assessee could not comply with the directions of the Tribunal to file documents. The Tribunal, in fact, should have adjudicated the matter on the merits instead of summarily dismissing it. The order of dismissal was not valid.

 

iii) The substantial question of law framed by this Court is answered in favour of the assessee and against the Revenue.

 

iv) In the result, the order passed by the Tribunal is quashed. The matter is remitted to the Tribunal. Needless to state that the assessee shall file the audited accounts and computation of income as directed by the Tribunal within a period of four weeks from the date of receipt of the certified copy of the order passed today before the Tribunal. Thereupon, the Tribunal shall proceed to adjudicate the appeal on its merits.’

Appeal to Commissioner (Appeals) – Powers of Commissioner (Appeals) – Sections 246 and 251 of ITA, 1961 – Commissioner (Appeals) has power to consider claim not raised in return or revised return

41. Sesa Goa Ltd. vs. Addl. CIT [2020] 430 ITR 114 (Bom.) Date of order: 12th March, 2020 A.Y.: 2005-06


 
Appeal to Commissioner (Appeals) – Powers of Commissioner (Appeals) – Sections 246 and 251 of ITA, 1961 – Commissioner (Appeals) has power to consider claim not raised in return or revised return

 

The Bombay High Court held as under:

 

‘i) Appellate authorities under the Income-tax Act, 1961 have very wide powers while considering an appeal which may be filed by the assessee. The appellate authorities may confirm, reduce, enhance or annul the assessment or remand the case to the Assessing Officer. This is because, unlike an ordinary appeal, the basic purpose of a tax appeal is to ascertain the correct tax liability of the assessee in accordance with law.

 

ii) The Commissioner (Appeals) has undoubted power to consider a claim for deduction not raised in the return or revised return.’

 

Sections 9(1)(vi) and 44BB – As source of income is the place where income-generating activity takes place, hire charges paid under bare-boat charter agreement were deemed to accrue and arise in India and were liable to tax in India – On facts, fixed place PE of vessel providers was constituted in India – Since vessel was used in connection with prospecting of mineral oil, payment was covered u/s 44BB and hence could not be treated as royalty

11. [2021] 124 taxmann.com 56 (AAR-New Delhi) SeaBird Exploration FZ LLC, In re
A.A.R. Nos. 1284 and 1285 of 2012 Date of order: 14th January, 2021

Sections 9(1)(vi) and 44BB – As source of income is the place where income-generating activity takes place, hire charges paid under bare-boat charter agreement were deemed to accrue and arise in India and were liable to tax in India – On facts, fixed place PE of vessel providers was constituted in India – Since vessel was used in connection with prospecting of mineral oil, payment was covered u/s 44BB and hence could not be treated as royalty

FACTS

The applicant was a company incorporated in the UAE and was also a tax resident of UAE. It was engaged in the business of rendering geophysical services to the oil and gas exploration industry which involved seismic data acquisition and processing. The applicant was providing such offshore services to oil companies in India. For performing its services, the applicant required seismic survey vessels, or vessels fitted with a special kind of equipment. Accordingly, the applicant entered into a bare-boat charter agreement (BBC agreement) with two different vessel-providing companies (VPCs) for hire of two seismic survey vessels on global usage basis. The BBC agreements were neither location specific nor utilisation specific and the applicant was free to use them in any part of the world. It was required to pay hire charges irrespective of whether or not the vessels were in use. Under the BBC agreement, the vessel owner makes the ship available to the charterer and then it is for the latter to maintain and operate it in the manner it desires. The vessel owner has no role to play either in navigation or any other day-to-day operations of the ship which is at the complete disposal of the charterer. The Masters, officers and crew of the vessel are to be ‘servants’, with all operational expenses to be borne by the hirer.

The applicant contended before the AAR that the source of income can be in India only if income-generating activity was contingent upon use in India. However, in this case the source of income was connected to delivering and transferring control of the vessel to the applicant and not its subsequent utilisation in India. Since the vessels were given on hire outside India, there was no source of income in India and no income could be said to accrue or arise or deem to accrue or arise in India under the Act. Further, even if it was held that income arising from the global BBC agreement was taxable in India, income should be computed in accordance with the provisions of section 44BB. And, since section 44BB applies, income cannot be taxed as ‘royalty’ u/s 9(1)(vi).

HELD


VPCs derive income from hiring of the seismic vessels which are used for marine acquisition of seismic data and are in the nature of scientific equipment. Any consideration received for use or right to use such scientific equipment would be in the nature of royalty unless the consideration was covered under the provisions of section 44BB.

Section 44BB(2)(a) of the Act provides that: the amount paid or payable (whether in or out of India) to the assessee or to any person on his behalf on account of the provision of services and facilities in connection with, or supply of plant and machinery on hire used, or to be used, in the prospecting for, or extraction or production of, mineral oils in India. Plant includes ship and since the vessel was used in connection with prospecting of mineral oil, hire charges were covered u/s 44BB. Therefore, they could not be treated as royalty in view of specific exclusion under Explanation 2(iva), to section 9(1)(vi). Once payment was covered u/s 44BB, it could not be brought within the purview of section 9(1)(vi). Accordingly, the income of the VPCs was not in the nature of royalty. The issue considered in the present case is identical with that discussed in Wavefield Inseis ASA, In re [2010] 230 CTR 106 (AAR) and, therefore, ruling of that decision is squarely applicable.

Source of income is the place where income-generating activity takes place. In case of business income, it is the place where business is conducted. The business activity of seismic vessel can only be at the place where it is utilised for acquisition of seismic data and not at the place where the contract for hiring was signed or where the ship was delivered. Deciding accrual of business income on the basis of the place of delivery may result in an anomalous situation.

In the case of a seismic vessel, the business is not conducted by the Master, crew or manpower on board but by scientific equipment on the vessel which emits seismic waves and recaptures them. Hence, to decide the place of business of seismic vessels it is not relevant whether the agreement is for time charter or for BBC.

In GVK Industries vs. ITO (371 ITR 453) (SC), the Supreme Court held that the ‘source state taxation’ rule confers primacy to right to tax on a particular income or transaction to the state / nation where the source of the said income is located. Relying on this decision, the appellant submitted that to apply the source rule it was necessary to establish nexus with taxable territory. The source rule was in consonance with the nexus theory and did not fall foul on the ground of extra-territorial operation. Source was the country where income or wealth was physically or economically produced.

The payer (i.e., the applicant) was executing the contract in the Indian territory. The services of the seismic vessels were utilised within Indian territory. Thus, all the parameters of the ‘source rule’ as explained by the Supreme Court were fulfilled and, hence, the business activity of the VPCs had a clear nexus with the Indian territory. There was existence of a close, real, intimate relationship and commonality of interest between non-resident VPCs and the applicant, which satisfied the requirements for ‘business connection’ and ‘territorial nexus’. Since the business of the VPCs was carried out through the seismic vessels deployed in Indian territory, the fixed place PE of the VPCs was constituted in India.

Section 14A – Even suo motu disallowance made by an assessee u/s 14A needs to be restricted to the extent of exempt income

16. Chalet Hotels Ltd. vs. DCIT Mahavir Singh (V.P.) and Rajesh Kumar (A.M.) ITA No. 3747/Mum/2019 A.Y.: 2015-16 Date of order: 11th January, 2021 Counsel for Assessee / Revenue:Madhur Agarwal / V. Sreekar


 

Section 14A – Even suo motu disallowance made by an assessee u/s 14A needs to be restricted to the extent of exempt income

 

FACTS

The A.O., while assessing the total income of the assessee, invoked the provisions of section 14A read with Rule 8D and disallowed a sum of Rs. 27,15,12,687 and of Rs. 2,14,47,136 under Rule 8D(2)(iii). Thereby, he disallowed a total sum of Rs. 29,29,59,823 u/s 14A.

 

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) where, in the course of the proceedings it claimed that the assessee has earned exempt income only to the extent of Rs. 13,17,233 and the same may be adopted for making disallowance under Rule 8D(2)(iii).

 

The CIT(A) deleted the disallowance made by the A.O. under Rule 8D(2)(ii), i.e., interest expenditure amounting to Rs. 27,15,12,687, but confirmed the disallowance under Rule 8D(2)(iii) being administrative expenses at Rs. 5,86,52,973 as against the exempt income claimed by the assessee at Rs. 13,17,233. The CIT(A) restricted the disallowance to the amount suo motu computed by the assessee at Rs. 5,86,52,973.

 

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

 

HELD

The Tribunal noted that the short point of dispute is whether the disallowance under Rule 8D(2)(iii) is to be restricted to the extent of exempt income, i.e., dividend income earned by the assessee at Rs. 13,17,233 or the disallowance as suo motu computed by the assessee at Rs. 5,86,52,973.

Having gone through the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Maxopp Investments Ltd. (Supra) wherein the Supreme Court has categorically held that the disallowance cannot exceed the exempt income the Tribunal deleted the suo motu disallowance made by the assessee at Rs. 5,86,52,973 and restricted the disallowance to the extent of the exempt income claimed by the assessee at Rs. 13,17,233.

Sections 43CA and 263 – In a case where the A.O. has taken a possible view after inquiring into the matter and appreciating the facts and documents filed by the assessee, the PCIT has no jurisdiction to set aside the assessment

15. Ranjana Construction Pvt. Ltd. vs. PCIT George George K. (J.M.) and B.R. Baskaran (A.M.) ITA No. 4308/Mum/2019 A.Y.: 2014-15 Date of order: 11th January, 2021 Counsel for Assessee / Revenue: N.R. Agrawal / Bharat Andhle

Sections 43CA and 263 – In a case where the A.O. has taken a possible view after inquiring into the matter and appreciating the facts and documents filed by the assessee, the PCIT has no jurisdiction to set aside the assessment

FACTS

The assessee e-filed its return of income for A.Y. 2014-15 declaring a total income of Rs. 1,60,260.

Vide an allotment letter dated 12th June, 2010, the assessee agreed to sell to Mr. Vasant Kumar Pujari, the buyer, Flat No. A-302 in Kailash Heights for a consideration of Rs. 36,65,000. He (the assessee) received an account payee cheque for Rs. 2,50,000 dated 22nd June, 2010 as token advance. Thereafter, he received Rs. 18,32,500 up to 20th December, 2012. The sale agreement was registered on 26th June, 2013. On the date of registration, the stamp duty value of the said flat was Rs. 57,48,160 which was reflected in the AIR on the Department website. In the course of assessment proceedings, a notice was issued u/s 142(1) asking the assessee to furnish the date of property purchased / sold details. (These were contained in the AIR information generated by the Department from the ITES.)

The assessment of total income of the assessee was completed u/s 143(3) and an order dated 8th September, 2016 was passed u/s 143(3) accepting the returned income.

Subsequently, the PCIT, after issuing a show cause notice to the assessee and rejecting its contentions, set aside the order passed u/s 263 and directed the A.O. to examine the issue after giving sufficient opportunity of being heard to the assessee. The PCIT held that:
i) the agreement does not mention allotment of the flat vide allotment letter dated 12th June, 2010;
ii) allotment letter is not forming part of the registered agreement;
iii) the assessee has not filed any evidence of having filed the allotment letter with the Stamp Duty Authority;
iv) the agreement does not mention about booking amount claimed to have been paid by the assessee vide the allotment letter;
v) the agreement mentions that the purchaser has perused the commencement certificate, plans and other documents and has approached the promoters for allotment of the flat. The allotment letter is dated 12th June, 2010 and the commencement certificate is dated 28th June, 2010 which contradicts the clauses in the agreement.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD


The Tribunal observed that according to the learned PCIT, the business income should have been computed by taking the deemed consideration as on the date of registration and not on the date of agreement to sell as per the observations in the revisionary order. Besides, the Tribunal also found that this issue has been specifically raised by the A.O. in the notice issued u/s 142(1) wherein a copy of the AIR as generated by the ITES was attached and the assessee was called upon to reconcile the entries appearing therein. The assessee had duly filed reconciliation vide letter dated 24th August, 2016 submitting a copy of the sale agreement and also the necessary details of the said deal. The A.O., after examining such details, accepted the business income of the assessee based on the stamp value as on the date of the agreement to sell.

The Tribunal held that the A.O. has taken a possible view after inquiring into the matter and appreciating the facts and documents filed by the assessee. Since the A.O. took a possible view, the PCIT has no jurisdiction to set aside the assessment. The Tribunal found itself inclined to quash the revisionary proceeding on this count alone.

On merits, the Tribunal held that the assessee has a fool-proof case as the income has been assessed pursuant to sections 43CA(3) and (4) which clearly provide that if the date of agreement and the date of registration are not the same, the stamp value as on the date of agreement shall be taken for the purpose of computing the income of the assessee and not the date of registration.

The Tribunal allowed the appeal of the assessee by setting aside the order of the PCIT.

Sections 45, 48 and 50CA – There is no provision in the Act authorising the A.O. to refer valuation of shares transferred for the purpose of calculating capital gains – Sale consideration disclosed in the share purchase agreement ought to be adopted for calculating the long-term capital gains in the case of transfer of shares – Section 50CA of the Act inserted w.e.f. 1st April, 2018 clearly indicates that prior to that date there was no provision under the Act authorising the A.O. to refer for valuation of shares for the purpose of calculating capital gains

14. ACIT vs. Manoj Arjun Menda George George K. (J.M.) and B.R. Baskaran (A.M.) ITA No. 1710/Bang/2016 A.Y.: 2012-13 Date of order: 4th January, 2021 Counsel for Revenue / Assessee:  Rajesh Kumar Jha / V. Srinivasan

Sections 45, 48 and 50CA – There is no provision in the Act authorising the A.O. to refer valuation of shares transferred for the purpose of calculating capital gains – Sale consideration disclosed in the share purchase agreement ought to be adopted for calculating the long-term capital gains in the case of transfer of shares – Section 50CA of the Act inserted w.e.f. 1st April, 2018 clearly indicates that prior to that date there was no provision under the Act authorising the A.O. to refer for valuation of shares for the purpose of calculating capital gains

FACTS

The assessee, an individual, filed his return of income for A.Y. 2012-13 declaring a total income of Rs. 7,22,25,230. Vide Share Purchase Agreement dated 20th October, 2011, the assessee along with other shareholders sold their entire shareholding in Millennia Realtors Private Limited (MRPL) to Ambuja Housing & Urban Infrastructure Company Limited (AHUIC) for a consideration of Rs. 66.81 crores. The purchasers also agreed to pay Rs. 17.76 crores as accrued interest on debentures. Thus, the total amount payable by AHUIC to the shareholders of MRPL worked out to Rs. 84.58 crores. The assessee held 13.29% of the shareholding in MRPL and hence received Rs. 11.24 crores for his portion of the shares sold. In his return of income, he computed long-term capital loss and carried forward the same.

In the course of the assessment proceedings, the assessee submitted copies of the share purchase agreement and the valuation report dated 20th October, 2011 referred to in the share purchase agreement. The A.O., based on the information sought by him u/s 133(6) from Oriental Bank of Commerce, the bankers of MRPL, and also the property consultant who facilitated the transfer of shares of MRPL, came to the conclusion that the fair market value of the shares of MRPL disclosed in the share purchase agreement was on the lower side. Therefore, he held that to arrive at the correct FMV the shares need to be valued and said that the most appropriate way to value them is the Net Asset Valuation method (NAV).

After adopting valuation under the NAV method, the A.O. held that the sale consideration of the shares transferred by the assessee and the other shareholders has to be taken as Rs. 166.72 crores against Rs. 66.81 crores as agreed upon in the sale / purchase agreement dated 20th October, 2011 and the assessee’s share in the consideration works out to Rs.24.52 crores against Rs. 11.24 crores. Accordingly, the A.O. arrived at the long-term capital gain of Rs. 3,33,23,661 as against the loss of Rs. 9,94,59,651 as calculated by the assessee.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who, following the judgment of the Apex Court in the case of George Henderson & Co. Limited [66 ITR 622 (SC)] and other judicial pronouncements, held that there is no provision under the Income-tax Act empowering the A.O. to refer a matter for valuation in relation to the transfer of a capital asset, being transfer of shares. The CIT(A) allowed the appeal of the assessee.

But the aggrieved Revenue preferred an appeal to the Tribunal where, on behalf of the assessee, it was contended that the issue in question is squarely covered by the decision of the Tribunal in the case of another shareholder, viz., Raj Arjun Menda, in ITA No. 1720/Bang/2016 (order dated 20th February, 2020).

HELD

The Tribunal observed that the co-ordinate bench in the case of Raj Arjun Menda (Supra) has decided an identical issue in favour of the assessee. The Tribunal held that the transfer of the assets being the shares of a company, there is no provision under the Act for referring the matter for valuation. Accordingly, the Tribunal in that case confirmed the order of the CIT(A) and held that the consideration disclosed in the share purchase agreement dated 20th October, 2011 should be adopted for the purpose of computation of long term-capital gains on the sale of shares.

Following the decision in the same case, viz., Raj Arjun Menda (Supra), the Tribunal held that the CIT(A) is justified in holding that the sale consideration disclosed in the sale purchase agreement ought to be adopted for calculating the long-term capital gains in the case of transfer of shares. It also mentioned that section 50CA inserted w.e.f. 1st April, 2018 would have no application to the instant case since it was dealing with A.Y. 2012-2013. In other words, section 50CA inserted w.e.f. 1st April, 2018 clearly indicates that prior to that date there was no provision authorising the A.O. to refer the shares for valuation for the purpose of calculating capital gains.

Whereas a part of a composite itinerary, the employee of the assessee employer availing LTC has travelled to a foreign sector along with destination in India, the assessee employer cannot be faulted for not deducting tax at source from LTC allowed to employee, given that such amount was no longer exempt to the employee u/s 10(5)

29. 124 taxmann.com 354 State Bank of India vs. ACIT, TDS IT Appeal No. 1717 (Mum.) of 2019 A.Y.: 2012-13 Date of order: 27th January, 2021

 

Whereas a part of a composite itinerary, the employee of the assessee employer availing LTC has travelled to a foreign sector along with destination in India, the assessee employer cannot be faulted for not deducting tax at source from LTC allowed to employee, given that such amount was no longer exempt to the employee u/s 10(5)

 

FACTS

During the course of a survey u/s 133A it was found that certain employees of the assessee have claimed LTC (Leave Travel Concession) facility wherein ‘travel to places outside India was involved’. It was noted that some of the employees had taken a very circuitous route, involving travel abroad to one or more domestic destinations. The A.O. noted that the admissible LTC in these cases was treated as tax-exempt u/s 10(5) and that such exemption was not available in cases where the employee travels out of India. The A.O. contended that to that extent, the assessee was in error in not deducting tax at source in respect of such payment of the LTC facility. The A.O. also noted that ‘the employees travelled to the Indian destinations not by the direct and shortest route but by a circuitous route, including a foreign journey. Thus, the A.O. held that the LTC payment should have been included in the income of the employees concerned while deducting tax at source from the salaries, and the assessee is required to be treated as an assessee in default for not deducting the related tax at source. The assessee carried the matter in appeal before the CIT(A) who upheld the A.O.’s contention.

 

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal before the Tribunal.

 

HELD

There is no specific bar in the law on travel eligible for exemption u/s 10(5), involving a sector of overseas travel, and in the absence of such a bar the assessee employer cannot be faulted for not inferring such a bar. The reimbursement is restricted to airfare, on the national carrier, by the shortest route as is the mandate of rule 2B. The employee has travelled, as a part of that composite itinerary involving a foreign sector as well, to the destination in India. The guidance available to the assessee employer indicates that in such a situation the exemption u/s 10(5) is available to the employee, though to the extent of farthest Indian destination by the shortest route, and that is what the assessee employer has allowed.

 

Due to the position with respect to taxability of such LTC in the hands of the employee, the assessee employer cannot be faulted for not deducting tax at source from the LTC facility allowed by him to the employees. Once the estimation of income in the hands of the employee under the head ‘income from salaries’ by the employer was bona fide and reasonable, the assessee employer cannot be held to be in default.

 

The appeal of the assessee employer was allowed.

Sections 143(2) and 143(3) – Assessment order passed by a jurisdictional officer in a case where the notice u/s 143(2) was not issued by him but by a non-jurisdictional officer is bad in law and void ab initio

28. [2021] 123 taxmann.com 395 (Luck.)(Trib.) ITO vs. Arti Securities & Services Ltd. A.Y.: 2014-15 Date of order: 6th November, 2020

Sections 143(2) and 143(3) – Assessment order passed by a jurisdictional officer in a case where the notice u/s 143(2) was not issued by him but by a non-jurisdictional officer is bad in law and void ab initio

FACTS

In an appeal filed by the Revenue, the assessee filed an application under Rule 27 of the ITAT Rules and raised two issues – one related to limited scrutiny and another related to jurisdiction. The Tribunal admitted the application of the assessee and heard and decided the jurisdictional ground.

The assessee had e-filed return of income on 26th September, 2014 declaring income of Rs. 11,11,750 and the case was selected for scrutiny u/s 143(2) vide notice issued by DCIT, Circle-4, Kanpur and DCIT-6, Kanpur on the same date, i.e., 3rd September, 2015. As per assessment order dated 29th December, 2016 read with transfer memo dated 16th May, 2016, the case was transferred from DCIT-6, Kanpur to Income-tax Officer-6(1), Kanpur on the ground of monetary limit vide order dated 28th April, 2016 passed by the Pr. CIT-2, Kanpur. The jurisdictional Income-tax Officer, Kanpur did not issue any notice u/s 143(2) and completed the assessment without issuing any notice u/s 143(2).

The jurisdictional A.O. started the proceedings from 18th May, 2016 by mentioning that case records were received from DCIT-6, Kanpur because of change of monetary limit.

In the course of appellate proceedings, it was submitted on behalf of the assessee that on this copy of the order sheet there is no mention of issue of notice u/s 143(2), nor is there any mention of any order passed by the Commissioner u/s 127. Besides, when the first notice u/s 143(2) was issued on 3rd September, 2015, Revenue was aware of the fact that as per monetary limit for ITR of Rs. 11,11,750, the competent A.O. to issue notice u/s 143(2) was the Income-tax Officer-6(1), Kanpur.

HELD

The Tribunal noted that
i) The assessee filed return of income declaring income of Rs.11,11,750;
ii) The jurisdictional A.O. was the Income-tax Officer, Ward-6, Kanpur (as per CBDT instruction No. 1/2011);
iii) Two notices u/s 143(2) were issued by DCIT-4, Kanpur and DCIT-6, Kanpur on the same date, i.e., 3rd September, 2015;
iv) The statutory notice u/s 143(2) has not been issued by the jurisdictional A.O.;
v) No order u/s 127 has been passed by the CIT transferring the case from DCIT-6 to Income-tax Officer-6, Kanpur.

Considering the ratio of the decisions of the Tribunal in the case of Krishnendu Chowdhury vs. ITO [2017] 78 taxmann.com 89 (Kol.); Sukumar Chandra Sahoo vs. Asst. CIT [IT Appeal No. 2073 (Kol.) of 2016, dated 27th September, 2017] and Bajrang Bali Industries vs. ACIT [IT Appeal No. 724 (LKW) of 2017, dated 30th November, 2018], the Tribunal allowed the jurisdictional ground taken by the assessee and held that the notice u/s 143(2) was not issued by an officer having jurisdiction on the assessee and who had passed the assessment order, therefore in view of non-issue of statutory notice u/s 143(2), the assessment order is bad in law and void ab initio and hence all further proceedings including the order passed by the learned CIT(A) is bad in law and, therefore, the appeal filed by Revenue against the order of the CIT(A) does not stand and is dismissed.

The appeal of the Revenue was dismissed by allowing one of the grounds of the assessee raised under Rule 27 of the ITAT Rules.

Section 45 – In a case where notional income has been received by the assessee as per development agreement and no real income has been received as the developer vanished and there was neither any development nor any area received by the assessee, capital gains will not be chargeable to tax if the possession is taken back by the assessee and there was no development

27. [2020] 122 taxmann.com 169 (Hyd.)(Trib.) Santosh Kumar Subbani vs. ITO
A.Y.: 2007-08 Date of order: 13th November, 2020

Section 45 – In a case where notional income has been received by the assessee as per development agreement and no real income has been received as the developer vanished and there was neither any development nor any area received by the assessee, capital gains will not be chargeable to tax if the possession is taken back by the assessee and there was no development

FACTS

For A.Y. 2007-08, the assessee had not filed his original return of income. The A.O., having received information with regard to transfer of property by the assessee through a sale-cum-development-agreement-cum-GPA with M/s 21st Century Investments & Properties Ltd., vide document No. 5126/2007 dated 26th March, 2007, issued a notice u/s 148, in response to which the assessee filed the return of income admitting to total income of Rs. 74,380 from other sources and agricultural income of Rs. 1,65,340.

As per the information received by the A.O., under the development-agreement-cum-GPA, the assessee transferred the land, admeasuring 0.15 guntas, at Nizampet. The agreement provided that the developer has to complete the development within 24 months and the assessee has to receive 5,000 square feet built-up area.

The assessee submitted before the A.O. that the developer did not perform the construction activity and argued that there is no case of capital gains. The A.O. conducted inquiries through an Inspector and found that no development had taken place on the said land. However, since, the assessee has handed over the property as per the agreement dated 26th March, 2007 to the developer, in the view of the A.O.  it was hit by section 2(47)(v) and accordingly he assessed the SRO value of Rs. 11,89,883 as sale consideration and determined a short-term capital gain of Rs. 4,38,029.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who dismissed the appeal.

HELD


The Tribunal noted that after entering into the agreement, the developer has vanished and no real development took place till date as verified and confirmed by the A.O. through the Departmental Inspector and hence no developed area was received by the assessee. It is clear that there was no real income except notional income as per the development agreement which has never been received by the assessee. According to the Tribunal, the issue which decides the taxability of capital gains is whether the possession is lying with the developer or taken over by the assessee. During the course of appeal proceedings, upon inquiry by the Tribunal, the AR submitted that till date the development agreement was not cancelled and no public notice was issued by the assessee for cancellation of the same.

The Tribunal held that the issue is required to be remitted back to the file of the A.O. with a direction to decide the capital gains after verifying whether or not the possession is taken back by the assessee and whether the assessee has cancelled the development agreement. In case the possession is taken back by the assessee and there has been no development, the assessee succeeds in the appeal.

CSR RULES AMENDMENT – AN ANALYSIS

1. BACKGROUND
Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) can be defined as a company’s sense of responsibility towards the community and environment (both ecological and social) in which it operates. Companies can fulfil this responsibility through waste and pollution reduction processes, by contributing educational and social programmes, by being environmentally friendly and by undertaking activities of similar nature. CSR is not charity or mere donations. CSR is a way of conducting business by which corporate entities visibly contribute to the social good.

The Companies Act, 2013 has formulated section 135, Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility) Rules, 2014 and Schedule VII which prescribe mandatory provisions for companies to fulfil their CSR. This article aims to analyse these provisions (including all the amendments therein).

Applicability of CSR provisions
o On every company including its holding or subsidiary having:
* Net worth of Rs. 500 crores or more, or
* Turnover of Rs. 1,000 crores or more, or
* Net profit of Rs. 5 crores or more
o during the immediately preceding financial year, and
* A foreign company having its branch office or project office in India, which fulfils the criteria specified above.

However, if a company ceases to meet the above criteria for three consecutive financial years then it is not required to comply with CSR provisions till such time as it meets the specified criteria.

The Ministry of Corporate Affairs, vide Notification dated 22nd January, 2021 in exercise of the powers conferred by section 135 and sub-sections (1) and (2) of section 469 of the Companies Act, 2013 (18 of 2013), notified rules to further amend the Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014. These rules are to be called the Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Amendment Rules, 2021.

They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette. As per the Notification, section 21 of the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2019 has come into force with effect from 22nd January, 2021.

2. The top ten points relating to changes in CSR rules are as follows
CSR expenditure
(i) Surplus from CSR activities to be ploughed back in same project or transferred to Unspent CSR Account and spent as per policy and annual action plan, or transferred to Fund within 6 months of the end of the financial year.
(ii) Excess amount spent shall be set off within three succeeding financial years subject to conditions (i.e., surplus arising out of CSR activities shall not be considered and the Board of the company shall pass a resolution to that effect).
(iii) CSR amount may be spent for creation / acquisition of capital asset to be held in the manner prescribed.
(iv) Specific exclusion of sponsorship activities for deriving market benefits from the scope of CSR activities.

Governance
(v) Eligible implementing entities through which a company shall undertake CSR activities will be required to register themselves with the Central Government w.e.f. 1st April, 2021.
(vi) Responsibility of the Board to ensure that the funds so disbursed have been utilised for the purposes and in the manner as approved by it and the CFO or the person responsible for financial management shall certify to the effect.
(vii) CSR Committee to formulate Annual Action Plan for CSR activities.
(viii) Companies with average CSR obligation of Rs. 10 crores or more in three preceding years to undertake impact assessment through an independent agency for projects of Rs. 1 crore or more which have been completed not less than one year before the impact study and the report to be placed before the Board and in the Annual Report of CSR.

Reporting
(ix) Earlier, only the contents of the CSR policy were required to be disclosed on the company’s website. Now, composition of CSR Committee, CSR Policy and projects approved by the Board are required to be disclosed.
(x) New format inserted for disclosure to be included in the Board’s Report.

3. The provisions relating to amendment of the Companies Act are tabulated below:

Section

Description

Amendment

Earlier
provision

Implication

135(5)

CSR spending

If the company has not completed 3
years
since incorporation, then 2% of average net profit during such
immediately preceding financial year

The Board to ensure that the company
spends at least 2% of the average net profit made during 3 immediately
preceding financial years

This provision is to rationalise the
method of computation of net profit for the purpose of CSR

In case of newly-incorporated entities,
the amount of CSR expenditure will be increased

135(5)

2nd proviso

Unspent amount not relating to an
ongoing project

The unspent amount not relating to an
ongoing project shall be transferred to a Fund specified in Schedule
VII within 6 months of the end of the financial year

If the company fails to spend the
amount, the Board is required to specify the reasons for not spending

This is a welcome step and the
corporates will be benefited

In case the amount cannot be spent, it
can be transferred to a Fund, avoiding non-compliance

135(6)

Unspent amount relating to an ongoing
project

The company is required to transfer the
amount to a special ‘Unspent CSR Account’ within 30 days from
end of financial year and spend it within 3 financial years from date
of such transfer

No corresponding provision

This is a welcome step and the corporates
will be benefited

This will enable corporates to plan
their cash flows and park the excess amount in ‘Unspent CSR Account’ to be
utilised within next 3 F.Y.s

135(7)

Contravention w.r.t. sections 135(5) and
135(6)

Fine equal to:

In case of company – 2X of the amount required to be
transferred, or Rs. 1 crore, whichever is less

In case of officers – 1/10th of the amount
required to be transferred, or Rs. 2 lakhs, whichever is less

No corresponding provision

Provision for fine introduced

4. The provisions relating to amended CSR Rules as per the Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Amendment Rules, 2021 are tabulated below:

Rule

Description

Amendment

Earlier
provision

Implication

4

CSR implementation

Eligible implementing entities through
which a company shall undertake CSR will require to register themselves
with Central Government w.e.f. 1st April, 2021

No corresponding provision

Welcome step from the point of view of
governance

Responsibility of the Board to ensure that the funds so disbursed
have been utilised for the purposes and in the manner as approved by
it and the CFO or the person responsible for financial management shall certify
to the effect

5(2)

CSR Committee

Committee to formulate annual action
plan
for CSR activities

Institute transparent monitoring
mechanism for implementation of projects

This is a new provision

Shall help in formulation of
Board-governed annual plan. This would lead to good governance

Board may alter such plan based
on recommendation of CSR Committee

7

CSR expenditure

Board to ensure administrative overheads
not to exceed 5% of total CSR expenditure for financial year

Contribution to corpus, expenditure on
CSR projects approved by Board on recommendation of CSR Committee, excluding
items not falling under Schedule VII

New provisions and welcome ones

This was required as corporates
necessarily need to incur some administrative expenses

Surplus from CSR activities not to be treated as business profit and
be ploughed back in same project or transferred to Unspent CSR
Account
and spent as per policy and annual action plan or transfer to
Fund
within 6 months from the end of financial year

New provision

Shall benefit the corporates in
smoothening their cash flow and also compliance of the CSR provision

Excess amount spent shall be set off within 3
succeeding financial years subject to conditions (i.e., surplus
arising out of CSR activities shall not be considered and Board of the
company shall pass a resolution to that effect)

New provision

Shall benefit the corporates in
smoothening their cash flow and also compliance of the CSR provision

CSR amount may be spent for creation
/ acquisition of capital asset to be held in the manner prescribed

 

8

CSR reporting

Companies with average CSR
obligation of Rs. 10 crores or more in 3 preceding years to undertake impact
assessment
through an independent agency for projects of Rs. 1 crore or
more which have been completed not less than 1 year before the impact study

No corresponding provision

New provision

Will lead to good governance

The report to be placed before the
Board
and in the Annual Report of CSR

Company may book the expenditure
towards CSR which shall not exceed 5% of total CSR expenditure or Rs. 50
lakhs, whichever is less

9

Display of CSR activities on website

Company to disclose composition of CSR Committee,
CSR Policy and projects approved by the Board

Company to disclose the contents of the
CSR policy

 

10

Format for Annual Report on CSR

New format inserted for disclosure to be included in the Board’s
Report

No corresponding provision

Procedural, to clarify the definitions
and meanings

2(b)

Meaning of administrative overheads

General management and administrative
expenditure, excluding direct expenses towards a particular project

No corresponding provision

2(d)

Meaning of CSR activities

Excludes sponsorship activities for deriving market benefits for its
products

As per Schedule VII

2(f)

Meaning of CSR Policy

Definition amended to widen the scope
of Committee to recommend formulation of annual action plan

2(g)

Meaning of international Org.

As defined u/s 3 of UN (Privileges and
Immunities) Act

No corresponding provision

2(i)

Meaning of ongoing project

Project already commenced, multi-year
project, i.e., not less than 1 year but not exceeding 3 years

No corresponding provision

2(j)

Meaning of public authority

As defined under the RTI Act

No corresponding provision

6

CSR Policy

Omitted

List of CSR projects which a company
plans to undertake and monitoring process

This provision was omitted as the
provision relating to annual plan has been introduced

5. Impact Analysis
(I) The new rules will give the corporates thenecessary flexibility in spending in case of ongoing projects.
(II) Those corporates that are unable to spend for any reason will be able to comply with the rules if they transfer the amount to a special Fund
(III) The new rules will bring in more transparency and will involve experts in impact analysis.
(IV) The quality of governance through the Board will be a notch higher
(V) The reporting and disclosure will improve.

ERRATA
We regret that in the BCAJ issue dated January, 2021 (Vol. 52-B, Part 4), certain inadvertent errors have crept in on three different pages. In all cases, lines / cross-headings that should have been deleted have appeared with a ruling line across them. On Page 5, the lines ‘Since we all try to avoid… feel negative emotions’, have a ruling line across them. Similarly, one line on Page 30 and six lines on Page 31 also have ruling lines across them.
The errors are sincerely regretted

STRATEGY: THE HEART OF BUSINESS – PART I

Every business, every entity designs and pursues a strategy or multiple strategies to deliver its purpose. Crafting and, more importantly, successfully executing strategies is at the heart of running and growing great businesses. Strategy is the path to winning. In this two-part series, I will share some key approaches and methods which helped me over the years in accomplishing this critical aspect of a CEO’s role and mission, i.e., delivering sustainable long-term value for all stakeholders.

The broad elements of establishing a successful enterprise are depicted below (Figure 1):

At the core is setting the Vision and Strategy. The delivery mechanism is enabled through a robust process framework. This will need to encompass many critical dimensions such as being customer-driven, innovation-led, focusing on environment, health and safety, as well as upholding sustainability. A customer-focused entity strives to understand and meet the current and future needs. While delighting customers is the goal, the business should also endeavour not to dissatisfy patrons. Innovation can come through new technologies on products or in processes or people-oriented or even in the business model. The organisation will need to embed a culture of continuously improving all its activities challenging the status quo relentlessly. Sustainability and EHS should feature at the centre of all its actions. Above all, these are made possible by the people and hence talent management is important.

Each of these is an important subject in its own right. In this article I will explore some key elements pertaining to the two critical components of strategy, (i) Strategy Planning, and (ii) Strategy Deployment, and share some points on the planning dimension.

Any enterprise is guided by its Vision, Mission and Values (VMV). The first crucial framework which needs to be in place is this VMV which the enterprise stands for and lives by. VMV is articulated and communicated extensively so that not only are the employees clear about the direction of the organisation, but all the external stakeholders also know the fundamental purpose of the enterprise that they are engaging with.

Setting the VMV:
The Vision and Mission convey the raison d’être or the purpose of the enterprise. The Values are the fundamental tenets around which the enterprise conducts its affairs and are expected to be upheld at all times. While evaluating core partnerships or even acquisitions, VMV, therefore, is often the first parameter to be assessed in terms of compatibility between the conducting units. In Figure 2, a method of creating the VMV is depicted in a self-explanatory manner:

Some of the advantages that I have experienced in adopting this process are as follows:

(1)    Seeking inputs from all stakeholders gives different perspectives about their views of the business as well as expectations from the enterprise. Not only does this give a 360-degree view but also helps in eliminating blind spots which can be there in an internal exercise;

(2)    Doing a brainstorming session with the senior leadership team as well as middle management is a valuable exercise. In such intense sessions, often there is introspection of the opportunities and competencies of the enterprise which gives leads on the direction to take. Seeking external expert assistance to hold such sessions is fruitful to make the discussions even more extensive;

(3)    Sharing the initial output across the units in a capsulated form can engage the team from across the enterprise. Inputs received can be evaluated at the centre and necessary modifications can be made enhancing the quality of the output. This also has immense value in making the VMV a co-created exercise;

(4)    Finally, once the VMV is approved by the Board, a detailed communication programme is essential. Every word in the VMV is explained and the whole thrust of the organisation is shared and clarified to every team member.

The VMV once set may not change frequently, but it is not cast in stone. Such a comprehensive exercise is undertaken periodically, say once in three or four years, to incorporate the dynamic nature of business.

Strategy Planning Process:
Flowing from the VMV will be the next critical task of setting the Strategic Goal or Target, and crafting the Strategy. The strategy planning process (SPP) can be with both short and long-term perspectives. In the short term this is also aligned to the year’s business and operating plan or budget. The elements in building the SPP are diagrammatically represented in Figure 3 (right).

A word on each of the key steps:
a)    The approach is to blend both the outside-in and the inside-out outlooks of the business. So inputs are sought from the various stakeholders on the different aspects of the business as well as their needs and expectations of performance;

b) Environment scanning using PESTLE dimensions of political, economic, social, technological, legal and environmental outlooks is performed to judge the context for the strategy;

c) Coupled with this is the internal assessment of SWOT in terms of strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats. The enterprise also judges its core competencies so as to play from a position of power;

d) Put together, the above leads to a definition of the opportunity and throws up both strategic challenges and strategic advantages as well. A good way is to encapsulate the strategic target in terms of a quantified crisp goal or an inspiring statement. This helps immensely in communicating the strategic objective to the team and for a common engagement to go for an aligned purpose. For example, the call for a ‘5 trillion economy by 25’, ‘India Shining’, etc.

e) At this juncture, it is also important to specify the customer segments or markets which are targeted. The analysis of SWOT, core competencies and competitive positions will also lead to what would be the offering or the customer value proposition which brings about a differentiation in the marketplace. This is at the crux of strategy planning – the decision of what we want to be and equally what we do not want to be. Strategy is all about making a choice;

f) Thereafter strategic initiatives are thought out clubbing two of these elements. For example, SO – how do we leverage our strengths to tap into the opportunities, etc. (vide Figure 4; next page);

g) From these lists the next step would be to prioritise the ones to be taken up in terms of time dimensions and ease of execution;

h) These can be woven into the four perspectives to form a balanced scorecard;

i) A Strategy Map1 can be prepared which encapsulates the entire strategy flow across the perspectives and highlights the strategic actions as well;

j) This will lead to individual projects both at the company level as also at individual or functional levels2.

Creating the connect:
For any strategy or plan to succeed, the most critical element is to get across the connect with people. It is important that every team member not only knows his or her work plan but also is clear on how this connects with the larger goal of the function / department as well as that of the enterprise. This is fundamental to get a high engagement of each employee who will approach work with great interest as the significance of the tasks becomes clear.

A great way to bring in a structured connect is by using the Strategy Deployment Matrix (SDM). A pictorial representation of SDM is given in Figure 5 (at right). The SDM provides a link between the enterprise priorities and the individual department’s goals or actions. Furthermore,it brings together the department goals with thedifferent projects planned to deliver those goals. Alongside, the projects are connected with the team members who are part of the different projects. This also facilitates the time planning for each team member who is associated with the projects. With these, the SDM provides a fine alignment of the individual’s tasks / time with the projects designed to deliver departmental goals which itself is aligned to the enterprise priorities. So the SDM in a single matrix provides a clear picture of how all of it is well aligned to move in an integrated, coordinated manner.

Strategy, the dominant success factor:
A strategic approach is essential for a structured delivery of growth in business. It is important that the strategy flows from the larger aspirations of the enterprise and is also carved out in time dimensions of short and long term. While a strategy construct emanates from having a normal view of things, the environment now is volatile and ever changing. A number of disruptors, too, can emerge in a short span of time3. It is therefore necessary that strategies are also prepared to meet different contexts. A scenario planning exercise with appropriate strategies is also necessary.

The strategic plan is created to seize opportunities and its execution is important as well. This equation is pictorially represented in Figure 6.

Finally, a good Strategy is the heart of running and changing a winning business.


References

  1. Strategy Maps: Robert S. Kaplan and David P. Norton
  2. Excel in what you do: Pg. 20,BCAJ, August, 2020
  3. Governance & Internal Controls: The Touchstone of Sustainable Business – Part II: Disruptions Pg. 13,BCAJ, June, 2020

PODCASTING – THE NOVEL MODE OF STORYTELLING FOR YOUR PROFESSIONAL BRAND

When it comes to knowledge-sharing by professionals, we have three options at present:

1)    Written form: Books, articles, etc.,
2)    Video form: YouTube channels, preparing videos that give information, and
3)    Audio form: Podcasting, pre-recorded messages.

While the first two forms are quite common, Audio Form Podcasting has been gaining in popularity of late. Writing articles is not easy but the more difficult part in today’s time is to find people who read! Videos have an edge over the written form but the creation of videos can be quite expensive and time-consuming. Further, in videos the focus has to be on the appearance of the person, lights, backgrounds, animation and so on. This is the reason why the third alternative, Podcasting, is gaining ground in knowledge-sharing. With ‘Smart Speakers’ like Alexa, Google Home, Apple Homepod, etc., finding their way into our day-to-day lives, Podcasts are gaining acceptance in the same way that FM radio did in the 2000s.

A human voice speaks louder and adds much more meaning through tone and inflection than the printed form. The journey from radio to Podcasts has marked a full circle. The radio was superseded by television, television by cable, cable by internet videos and, with technological advancement, internet videos are now at par with Podcasts. Podcasting, thus, represents a new platform for story-telling.

According to survey reports by Stitcher, an average Podcast listener stays connected for 22 minutes daily. This is one reason why including Podcasting in your digital branding strategy will prove to be beneficial. Podcasts give you an opportunity to build a deep, personalised and rich relationship with your target audience. With smart speakers, the music apps supporting and aiding Podcasts, people prefer to listen to Podcasts quite frequently while doing other work instead of holding a phone in their hands or sitting in front of their screens to watch a video – or holding a book and reading it. Of course, videos and books have their own advantages, but Podcasting is creating and filling a niche.

UNDERSTANDING WHAT IS PODCASTING

When you search for it on Wikipedia, this is what it says, ‘A Podcast is an episodic series of spoken word digital audio files that a user can download to a personal device for easy listening’. Streaming applications and Podcasting services provide a convenient and integrated way to manage a personal consumption queue across many Podcast sources and playback devices.

When we talk about our profession, the most commonly accepted meaning of Podcast is a collection of audio calls or audio messages. It’s as simple as it sounds. A consultant / professional generally answers clients’ calls every now and then, explaining various concepts without clients’ queries and interruptions. To make life easier and to save on time and energy, the recorded version of such explanations / advisories can be converted to Podcasts and uploaded.

Now imagine someone calls you and asks, what is ‘Seamless ITC’ under GST? All you need to do is share the link to the Podcast uploaded by you and ask them to clarify their doubts. This also does some branding for you because the person may share it with others who may have the same query. Podcasts have an edge over videos and books because these can be heard while travelling by train or driving a car. One may not have to take out special time for the same.

HOW TO START A PODCAST

Podcasting in general terms is simple – recording an audio and uploading it on some platform which can be accessed by a subscriber of that particular service. For example, JioSaavn Music, Gaana and other music apps have started their Podcast services, too. The most commonly used hosts these days are Spotify and Anchor FM.

The following quick steps may help you to plan your Podcast:
* Come up with a concept (a topic, name, format and target length for each episode; for example, you can start with a series of topics on GST);
* Design an artwork and write a description to ‘brand’ your Podcast;
* Record and edit your audio files (such as MP3s). A microphone is recommended;
* Find a place to host them (as mentioned above, you may begin with Spotify); and
* Upload your Podcast on these platforms and the rest will be taken care of.

Now that we know what is Podcasting, let us deep-dive into some FAQs:

(1) What are the equipments / software required for a podcast?

As a beginner, you can start even with the mobile phone record option. Find a place where there is no external noise and disturbance and keep your mobile on ‘Airplane Mode’ so that your recording is not disturbed by calls / notifications.

Nevertheless, this may not suffice if you want to start recording at a professional level. For that we recommend that you use the following tools to the extent possible:

Microphone

The foremost piece of equipment you’ll require is a microphone. You may opt for a set that includes the microphone, a durable steel housing and a broadcast arm that keeps the mic off the table, etc. The good news is that apart from the normal recorder, Playstore, IOS stores and web browsers also have special recording applications / websites (Spreaker Studio, Anchor, Podbean, SoundCloud) which may assist you in having a really good Podcast recorded using a very basic mic (maybe the mic of your headphone). You may choose either of these at the beginner level. Having tried both, we can vouch that both work well provided you pick a quiet place for recording.

Headphones

A set of noise-cancelling headphones is advisable instead of normal headphones once you start recording regularly. A successful Podcast is less about pricey equipment and more about the experience you provide to your listeners. So we do not recommend higher spending on these equipments to start with, but once you are a regular, noise-cancelling headphones will help in better hearing and can help you provide better sound quality for upload.

Recording and editing software

Most of the Podcast creators use Garageband (for Mac Users) or Audacity (for Windows), which turn your laptop or tablet into a full-fledged recording studio. Both these companies offer free versions of their software which lets you record live audio, edit files, change the speed / pitch of your recordings, cut and splice, and output your Podcast to a digital sound file. You need good software as Podcasts cannot be like a normal phone call where you just start speaking on content and end after 30 to 60 minutes. When you start recording, you will realise that there will be a need for Intro Music, Background noise editing, lots of cuts and retakes. Good software ensures that all these things are mixed in a way that a Podcast sounds like an uninterrupted recording.

(2) How long should your Podcast be?

This question may arise to everyone planning to begin Podcasting. To answer this, we did reach out to people and also had surveys; and what we concluded was: Podcasts should be as long as they need to be! But since this doesn’t answer the basic FAQ, here are a few tips that you may keep in mind while considering the length of your Podcast. The length should ideally depend on the frequency of uploading. So here is a tip that we wish to share:
(i) If you plan to Podcast once or twice a week or month, the length can be 60 minutes or more; and
(ii) If you plan to Podcast daily, the length should be between five and 15 minutes.

However, the ideal length that a normal user may want to listen to a Podcast will be 20 to 25 minutes. Remember the 30-minute daily soap operas on TV? They used to run on the same psychology and that’s why there used to be a lot of series that used to run for half an hour daily.

(3) What should be the structure of the Podcast?

All Podcasts no matter what they are about, who makes them, how they are made or their length, follow three structures:

(a) Interview or Q&A structure:

This is by far the most popular structure of Podcasts. This is as simple as it sounds and requires less time for preparation. All you need to do is start interviews on specific topics or have a candid chat with industry leaders in a Q&A format. We have seen people calling leaders on Podcasts while they ask them candid questions like – what made you think you wish to practice GST, what advice would you like to give our fellow professionals, etc. A tip to share here – you may also consider having an interview with someone who can guide fellow professionals on the importance of mental and physical health.

This structure works as a branding for both the interviewer and the interviewee.

(b) Educational structure:

This is a series of Podcasts where you cover a topic which educates the listeners. The topic could be technical or non-technical. To begin with, you may consider having a series of educational Podcasts on Ind AS covering all the Ind AS’s in different segments. For this structure, some time and efforts have to be put in for preparing the content.

(c) Entertaining structure:
Again, this is a kind of series which is slowly gaining ground. In such a series, you may just call people from the same profession and talk about something which may entertain the listeners. You may have a series where you cover ‘Financial Lessons to be learnt from Bollywood Movies!’ or something like ‘Management Lessons to be learnt from Mahabharat!’ You may also just want to call people and explore their hidden talent and reveal to the listeners how fellow professionals could also be singers or comedians.

Irrespective of the structure that you choose, there are still some basics that you should cover in every Podcast: An intro, one key takeaway from the Podcast, a call to action, a thank you or a shout-out and closing remarks.

(4) What are the basic steps in publishing a Podcast?

Have a Podcast cover art design
While this may sound bizarre, a cover art will make a difference to listeners. We have often read and been taught ‘Don’t Judge A Book By Its Cover’. But it’s crazy how we always judge a book by its cover! So think about it – there are a series of Podcasts shown when someone searches, say, Podcasts by CAs; but one factor because of which a listener may choose your Podcast is your cover art. Here are some quick tips to consider while designing the cover art for your Podcast – 1/4th text, originality, lovely colour schemes and images that speak about the topic.

How to publish your podcast on Apple, Spotify, Google, etc.
This is the most interesting part about Podcasting. Unlike YouTube or Instagram, where you can directly upload a video or go live and have your content on its channel, Podcasting works differently. Currently, Google, Apple Podcasts or even Apps like JioSaavn, etc., do have a space for Podcasts but they do not allow users to upload content directly. You need a Host for your Podcast, for example, Anchor.fm, when you upload your Podcast the same will be published on the platform and from the Host it will be distributed to all the Podcast providers and based on its AI and other aspects, they will show it on their platforms.

(5) What after the Podcast is published?

Once the Podcast is published, you may consider sending a link of the same to your newsletters list, update it on your social media accounts like Twitter / LinkedIn, send a broadcast on WhatsApp, attach the link in your email signature and, lastly, ask your colleagues to share it. You can also get regular subscribers to your post on Podcasting and you can interact with them.

So far we have seen how and why Podcasting is needed to expand your professional brand, but if you are still not convinced, the following benefits may convince you to start your series:

The benefits of Podcasting


There are a variety of reasons for firms to Podcast regularly these days. The most common motivation is generating awareness about the firm, engagement and thought leadership. There are more altruistic reasons as well, which may include sharing information / insights or creating an online community. Regardless of your motivation or objective, Podcasting can provide reliable results to expand a brand for your firm. An important point to note here is that there is no violation of the Code of Ethics since we are not in any way targeting to solicit clients. Our aim in Podcasting our series should be knowledge-sharing and expanding the brand value for the firm.

If you’re still unsure whether Podcasting is right for your firm, answer the following questions:
* Are you looking to build a relationship between your firm and your audience?
* Do you have valuable information to share?
* Are you able and willing to talk about your expertise on a regular basis?
* Do you want your firm to have recognition worldwide?

If you answered yes to one or more of the above questions, then Podcasting is something that you may just want to begin.

DAUGHTER’S RIGHT IN COPARCENARY – PART VI

I am overwhelmed that my articles on the subject have evinced considerable interest. The amendment to the Hindu Succession Act, 1956 (‘the Act’) by the Hindu Succession Amendment Act, 2005 (‘the Amendment Act’) and the issue of daughters’ right in coparcenary property have now been the subject matter of substantial litigation all over the country. Through my articles published in the BCAJ in January, 2009; May, 2010; November, 2011; February, 2016; and May, 2018, I made an attempt to analyse and explain the legal position as per the various cases decided by several High Courts and by the Supreme Court of India.

It cannot be disputed that the amendments were beneficial to society and a step towards ensuring equality between males and females in an HUF. However, in view of the imprecise language of the Amendment Act and lack of clarity about what exactly was intended by the Legislature, the amendment was the subject matter of a plethora of court cases all over the country and ultimately some cases went up to the Supreme Court.

In view of the cases decided by the Supreme Court till then, my article published in February, 2016 expressed a hope that the legal position then explained was final. Unfortunately, further decisions came from the Supreme Court. I say unfortunately because as explained in my last article published in May, 2018, confusion was created by two different decisions of the Supreme Court and I had to end the article with the fervent hope that the Apex Court would review its decisions to resolve the conflict.

I am glad to note that the Supreme Court has now tried to resolve the conflict in its recent decision in the case of Vineeta Sharma vs. Rakesh Sharma and others, reported in (2020) 9 SCC 1.

The confusion created by the Supreme Court can be explained in brief as under:

‘The Supreme Court in the case of Sheela Devi vs. Lal Chand [(2006), 8 SCC 581] held that the Amendment Act would have no application in a case where succession was opened in 1989, when the father had passed away. In the case of Eramma vs. Veerupana (AIR 1966 SC 1880), the Supreme Court held that the succession is considered to have opened on the death of a person. Following that principle in the case of Sheela Devi (Supra), the father passed away in 1989 and it was held that the Amendment Act which came into force in September, 2005 would have no application’.

Based on this, the Madras High Court applied the decision to other cases.

Even in the case of Prakash vs. Phulavati (2016) 2 SCC 36 which was decided in 2016, the Supreme Court held that ‘the rights under the Amendment Act are applicable to living daughters of living coparceners as on 9th September, 2005 irrespective of when such daughters are born’.

Thus, there is a plethora of cases deciding that the father of the claiming daughter should be alive if the daughter makes a claim in the coparcenary property. Moreover, it is necessary that the male Hindu should have been alive on the date of coming into force of the Amendment Act. Thus, at that stage the legal position was that the rights of a daughter under the Amendment Act are applicable to living daughters of living coparceners as on 9th September, 2005 irrespective of when such daughters are born. Consequently, I closed my February, 2016 article with the hope that this final legal position would prevail without any further complications.

Unfortunately, this did not happen and in the case of Danamma vs. Amar (2018) 3 SCC 342 the Supreme Court held differently. The principle laid down in earlier cases was not followed and (without considering its own decision in the case of Sheela Devi) it was held that a daughter would have a share even if her father was not alive on the date of coming into force of the Amendment Act. This decision caused confusion. In my June, 2018 article I could end only by expressing the fervent hope that the Apex Court would review its decision in the Danamma case so that the apparent conflict is resolved without resulting in further litigation. Both these decisions were re-ordered by a Bench of two judges. Later, it was decided to refer the issue to a larger Bench.

Therefore, it is heartening to note that the larger Bench of the Supreme Court, after considering all previous decisions, including some High Court cases, has now taken a view which possibly settles all the confusion created earlier and lays down the law which is now final and binding on all. In the recent case of Vineeta Sharma (Supra), the Supreme Court has overruled its earlier decision in the cases of Prakash vs. Phulavati and partly overruled the Danamma decision of interpretation of the Amendment Act.

The final legal position as emerging from this decision can be summarised as follows:
(i) A daughter of a coparcener who is living as on9th September, 2005 shall by birth become a coparcener in her own right in the same manner as a son and have the same rights in the coparcenary property as she would have had if she would have been a son;
(ii) This position applies regardless of when such daughter is born;
(iii) It is not necessary that the father on account of whom a daughter gets a right should be alive.

Hopefully, this closes the chapter of controversies regarding the interpretation of the Amendment Act. I can only express the wish that the legal ingenuity of lawyers does not extend to raising any new issues and allows the final legal position to stand.

IS BIG TECH CARTELISING AGAINST INDIVIDUAL SOVEREIGNTY?

Few weeks back, WhatsApp called out users to either accept their new policy or get bumped off. A while ago, the sitting US President was de-platformed from Twitter, YouTube and Facebook. Around the same time, Amazon servers took off websites that they felt violated their policies. Google and Apple took the Parler app off their platform.
Big tech companies are monopolies, or rather megapolies (if one can coin that word to include size). Governments and users consent to and tolerate mega techs to get away with privacy and security issues. Politicians benefit from these platforms, shareholders make money from them and users fall for free services.
In the case of POTUS, the de-platforming is not an issue but permanent de-platforming is. No right to appeal is an issue. The lack of identity of these companies is a problem. (Google calls itself a marketing company, like the Big Four firms call themselves audit firms as and when it suits them!) Hiding identity and masquerading makes it all the more difficult to put a finger on wrongdoing.
Big tech today has the power to decide who has the right to assemble digitally and who has the right to speak digitally and what they can say. But when tech companies act together – either explicitly or sequentially and ‘embolden each other’ – it seems more like a cartel. Imagine if all these companies had converted free services into paid, people would have been up in arms, but not so when it concerns our civil liberties. What happened in the last few months is a kind of signalling.
More important was the subject matter – free speech and its control. We are made to believe that these are private companies. Well, if you get bumped out of one service provider, you can go elsewhere. But can free speech be privatised in a global townhall? Big tech normally talks big about freedom of speech and the like. In practice it’s not so! Add to it the leftist bias amongst those who farm the content, as already admitted by a tech honcho. This bias makes platforms more spacious for only one type of ideology. Effectively, if a cartel takes a coordinated decision, it is like a government decision and you just can’t contest it.
Free markets and capitalism have a wild and wicked side on which monopolies thrive. And the winner takes all. Can private companies disconnect your phone? Can they censor your speech? There is a difference between being a platform / medium and having editorial rights. I remember one government handle blocked me for voicing my opposing views and concerns. But do I have effective free speech rights on private platforms against a government handle? No!
Today, there is little one can do to protect these issues from monopolistic practices and especially from a free speech protection perspective. Even America doesn’t have much in its legal framework.
Big tech has taken over much of the competition. There are very few options to choose from. Should some of these services be treated as essential services and be paid for? Should there be an unbiased redressal mechanism? Do we need laws to deal with a specific situation like India just announced last week?
Tech corporations want people to live by rules and standards or community guidelines. But whose standard should be ‘the standard’? We don’t know! However, we do know that an individual and his civil liberties alone can be the centre point. An Individual is and should remain the sovereign. The time has come for an Online Bill of Rights so that no one can decide for us. What we have now is a situation where so many aspects of our lives are taken over by tech oligarchies without any rights!
 

Raman Jokhakar
Editor

Section 147 – Reassessment – Oversight, inadvertence or mistake of A.O. or error discovered by him on reconsideration of same material is mere change of opinion and does not give him power to reopen a concluded assessment

7. Dell India (P) Ltd. vs. Joint Commissioner of Income Tax, Bangalore [Writ Appeal No. 1145 of 2015, dated 27th January, 2021 (Karnataka High Court)(FB)]

Section 147 – Reassessment – Oversight, inadvertence or mistake of A.O. or error discovered by him on reconsideration of same material is mere change of opinion and does not give him power to reopen a concluded assessment

By the order dated 2nd September, 2015, a Division Bench of the Court directed that this writ appeal should be placed before the Chief Justice for considering the issue of referring the following three questions to a larger Bench. The said three questions are as under:

‘1.        Whether the Division Bench judgment in the case of Commissioner of Income-tax vs. Rinku Chakraborthy [2011] 242 ITR 425 lays down good law?

2.        Whether the judgment in Rinku Chakraborthy (Supra) is per incurium in view of the fact that it relies upon the judgment of the Apex Court in the case of Kalyanji Mavji & Co. vs. Commissioner of Income-tax 1976 CTR 85, which has been specifically overruled by the Apex Court in the case of Indian & Eastern Newspaper Society vs. Commissioner of Income-tax [1979] 110 ITR 996?

3.        Whether “reason to believe” in the context of section 147 of the Income-tax Act can be based on mere “change of opinion” of the A.O.?’

The scope of the adjudication is limited to deciding the three questions of law framed by the Division Bench.

The assessee company manufactures and sells computer hardware and other related products. It provides warranty services to the customers and the price of the standard warranty period is covered by the sale price of the computer hardware and other products. The assessee company also provides extended or upsell warranty which covers the period beyond the standard warranty. It charges an additional amount as consideration for this. Although the assessee company recovers the consideration for extended warranty with the price of the products along with sales tax or service tax, as the case may be, the revenue in connection with extended warranty is recognised and offered to income-tax proportionately over the period of the service contract, which spreads beyond the financial year in which the sale in relation to the product concerned is made. The assessee has adopted the ‘deferred revenue’ system under the mercantile system of accounting.

During the assessment proceedings, the A.O. examined the issue of deferred revenue by calling for details from the assessee. He agreed with the accounting system followed by the assessee as regards accounting of the consideration for extended warranty.

A notice u/s 148 was issued to the assessee. While arriving at the net revenue of Rs. 31,10,85,96,000 for the A.Y. 2009-10, reduction of Rs. 2,16,89,00,773 was made as smart debits deferred revenue account. It is alleged in the reasons that the said income of Rs. 2,16,89,00,773 had escaped assessment for the A.Y. 2009-10.

The assessee replied to the notice u/s 148 and objected to the reasons recorded. It submitted that the reasons recorded for reopening the assessment for the A.Y. 2009-10 are based on mere change of opinion and hence cannot be termed as valid reasons. It was submitted that as the A.O. has taken a different view for different assessment years, it amounts to merely a change of opinion. The Joint Commissioner of Income-tax, by a letter dated 24th February, 2015, rejected the objections raised by the assessee and directed it to appear for the reassessment proceedings for the A.Y. 2009-10.

Being aggrieved by the said notice u/s 148 and the rejection of its preliminary objections to the said notice, a writ petition was filed before the learned single Judge of the High Court. The Judge rejected the petition on the ground that there was no error in initiation of the proceedings u/s 148.

The assessee submitted that in the case Rinku Chakraborthy [2011] 242 CTR 425 the Division Bench had concluded that where an A.O. erroneously fails to tax a part of the assessable income, there is an income escaping assessment and, accordingly, the A.O. has jurisdiction u/s 147 to reopen the assessment. In doing so, it relied on the observations of the Apex Court in the case of Kalyanji Mavji and Company [1976] 1 SCC 985. It is further submitted that the observations made in the case of Kalyanji Mavji and Company (Supra) are no longer good law in their entirety, in the light of the subsequent decision of the Apex Court in the case of Indian and Eastern Newspaper Society [1979] 4 SCC 248 where the Apex Court held that those particular observations in Kalyanji Mavji and Company did not lay down the correct position of law. In the light of the observations of the Apex Court in the case of Indian and Eastern Newspaper Society, it is clear that a mistake, oversight or inadvertence in assessing any income would not give the power to an A.O. to reopen the assessment by exercise of powers u/s 147. That would amount to a review, which is outside the scope of section 147.

The subsequent judgment of the Apex Court in the case of Indian and Eastern Newspaper Society was not brought to the notice of this Court in the case of Rinku Chakraborthy. He urged that there are specific provisions in the Act for correcting errors / mistakes such as the power of rectification u/s 154 and one cannot resort to section 147 to correct errors or to review an earlier order.

The Division Bench held that the decision in the case of Rinku Chakraborthy is based only on what is held in clause (2) of paragraph 13 of the decision in the case of Kalyanji Mavji and Company. The decision rendered in the latter case was by a Bench of two Judges. Subsequently, a larger Bench of three Judges in the case of Indian and Eastern Newspaper Society has clearly held that oversight, inadvertence or mistake of the A.O. or error discovered by him on the reconsideration of the same material does not give him power to reopen a concluded assessment. It was expressly held that the decision in the case of Kalyanji Mavji and Company on this aspect does not lay down the correct law. The decision in the case of Rinku Chakraborthy is based solely on the decision of the Apex Court in the case of Kalyanji Mavji and Company and in particular what is held in clause (2) of paragraph 13. The said part is held as not a good law by a subsequent decision of the Apex Court in the case of Indian and Eastern Newspaper Society.

The second question was answered in the affirmative, in view of the consistent decisions of the Apex Court holding that ‘reason to believe’ in the context of section 147 cannot be based on mere change of opinion of the A.O.

The third question was answered in the negative. The Court observed that in view of settled law, framing of question No. 3 was not warranted at all.

BLAST FROM THE PAST

Here is a rare nugget from the archives of veteran Uday Chitale. This photograph was clicked in 1951-52 (about 70 years ago when the BCAS was just three years old!). The occasion was the visit of Mr. J.S. Seidman, the then President of the American Institute of CPAs, when he visited and interacted with members of the BCAS. He is seated third from left, holding a bouquet of flowers.

Those seated in the front row are, from left, N.M. Shah, R.B. Sheth, G.M. Kapadia, C.N. Sanghavi, R.P. Dalal and M.L. Bhatt.

Standing (from left to right), H.S. Banaji, D.L. Bhatt, R.S. Phadke, M.P. Chitale, D.P. Vora, M.H. Contractor, B.D. Jokhakar, S.N. Desai, S.V. Ghatalia, E.C. Pavri, A.S. Thakkar and A.H. Dalal.

OECD’S PILLAR ONE PROPOSAL – A SOLUTION TRAPPED IN A WEB OF COMPLEXITIES

1. TAXATION OF DIGITAL ECONOMY (DE) – A GLOBAL CONCERN
The
digital revolution has improved business processes and bolstered
innovation across all sectors of the economy. With technological
advancements, businesses can operate in multiple countries remotely,
without any physical presence. However, the current international tax
system, which dates back to the 1920s, is primarily driven by physical
presence and hence is obsolete and incapable of effectively taxing the
DE1.

In the absence of efficient tax rules, taxation of DE has
become a key Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) concern all over
the world. While the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and
Development’s (OECD) BEPS 1.0 project resolved several issues, the
project could not iron out the concerns of taxation of the DE. Hence,
OECD and G20 launched the BEPS 2.0 project wherein OECD along with 135
countries is working towards a global consensus-based solution under the
ambitious ‘Pillar One’ project.

2. BLUEPRINT OF PILLAR ONE PROPOSAL – A DISCUSSION DRAFT TO BE WORKED FURTHER
OECD’s
Pillar One project proposes to modify existing profit allocation rules
in such a way that a portion of the profits earned by a Multinational
Enterprise (MNE) group is re-allocated to market jurisdictions (even if
the MNE group does not have any physical presence in such market
jurisdictions), thereby expanding the taxing rights of market
jurisdictions over MNEs’ profits.

As part of the Pillar One
project, a report titled ‘Tax Challenges Arising from Digitalisation –
Report on the Pillar One Blueprint’ (referred to as ‘Blueprint’ or
report hereafter) was released in October, 2020 which represents the
extensive technical work done by OECD along with members of the BEPS
inclusive framework (BEPS IF)2 on Pillar One.

Being a Blueprint,
it is more in the nature of a discussion draft. It does not reflect
agreement of BEPS IF members who participated in the discussion on
Pillar One proposals and there are many political and technical issues
which still need to be resolved. However, this Blueprint will act as a
solid basis for future discussions. Further, BEPS IF members have agreed
to keep working on Pillar One proposals reflected in the Blueprint with
a view to bring the process to a successful conclusion by mid-2021.

 

1   https://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/etudes/STUD/2016/579002/IPOL_STU(2016)579002_EN.pdf

3.  EVENTUAL IMPLEMENTATION OF PILLAR ONE REPORT – A CHALLENGING TASK

The
implementation of Pillar One proposals, if and when concluded, will
require modification of domestic law provisions by member countries, as
also the treaties signed by them. The proposal is to implement ‘a new
multilateral convention’ which would co-exist with the existing tax
treaty network. However, the architecture of the proposed multilateral
convention is still being developed by OECD and is not discussed in this
Blueprint.

4. OVERVIEW OF PILLAR ONE REPORT

The Pillar One report primarily focuses on three proposals:

(a) Amount A – New taxing right:
To recollect, Pillar One aims to allocate certain minimum taxing rights
to market jurisdictions where MNEs earn revenues by selling their goods
/ services either physically or remotely. In this regard, new profit
allocation rules are proposed wherein a portion of the MNEs’ book
profits would be allocated to market jurisdictions on formulary basis.
The intent is to necessarily allocate a certain portion of MNE profits
to a market jurisdiction even if sales are completed remotely. Such
portion of MNE profit recommended by Pillar One to be allocated to
market jurisdictions is termed as ‘Amount A’.

(b) Amount B – Safe harbour for routine marketing and distribution activities:
Arm’s length pricing (ALP) of distribution arrangements has been a key
area of concern in transfer pricing (TP) amongst tax authorities as well
as taxpayers. In order to enhance tax certainty, reduce controversy,
simplify administration under TP laws and reduce compliance costs, the
framework of Amount B is proposed. ‘Amount B’ is a fixed return for
related party distributors that perform routine marketing and
distribution activities. Unlike Amount A which can allocate profits even
if sales are carried out remotely, Amount B is applicable only when an
MNE group has some form of physical presence carrying out marketing and
distribution functions in the market jurisdiction. Currently, the report
suggests that Amount B would work independent of Amount A and there is
no discussion on the inter-play of the two amounts in the report.
Besides, even if Amount A is inapplicable to an MNE group (for reasons
discussed below), the MNE group may still need to comply with Amount B.

(c) Dispute prevention and resolution mechanism:

The report recognises that it would be impractical if tax
administrations of all affected market jurisdictions assess and audit an
MNE’s calculation and allocation of Amount A. It is also unlikely that
all disputes concerning Amount A rules could be resolved by existing
bilateral dispute resolution tools such as Mutual Agreement Procedure
(MAP) and Advanced Pricing Agreement (APA). To remove uncertainty, a
clear and administrable mandatory binding dispute prevention process is
proposed in the report to prevent and resolve disputes specifically
related to Amount A. Under this process, a detailed consultation would
take place amongst taxpayers and tax authorities of market jurisdictions
before tax adjustments are made to the MNE’s assessment.

Considering
that Amount A is the heart of the Pillar One report, this article
focuses on the concept, computation and taxation of Amount A.

 

2              BEPS
IF was formed by OECD in January, 2016 wherein more than 135 countries
participate on equal footing in developing standards on BEPS-related issues and
reviewing and monitoring its consistent implementation


5. CONDITIONS FOR APPLICABILITY OF AMOUNT A TO MNE GROUP – IMPACT OF MATERIALITY
To
recollect, Amount A represents the amount recommended by the Pillar One
report to be allocated, for the purpose of taxability, to market
jurisdictions even if, as per existing taxation rules, no amount may be
allocable to the market jurisdiction. Some fundamental conditions are
proposed on the applicability of Amount A and subject to these
conditions alone Pillar One recommends allocation of MNE profits of a
group to market jurisdictions.

Each of the following conditions
needs to be satisfied by the MNE group for triggering of Amount A
allocation. Non-compliance with any of the conditions may result in
complete non-trigger of allocation:
a) MNEs having consolidated
global revenues (from all businesses) exceeding €750mn as per
consolidated financial statement (CFS) prepared at the parent entity
level under the applicable accounting standards;
b) MNEs engaged in ‘Automated digital service’ (ADS) and ‘Consumer-facing business’ (CFB);
c)
MNEs earning revenues of more than €250mn from ADS and CFB activities
carried out outside their home jurisdiction. The definition of an MNE’s
home jurisdiction is still being developed. For instance, one option
being explored is where the group is headquartered or where the ultimate
parent entity is a tax resident; and
d) MNEs earning more than routine profits.

Some further comments / elaborations of the conditions enumerated above are as under:

Pre-condition
for allocation of Amount A to market jurisdictions

Comments
/ observations

a.
MNEs having consolidated global revenues (from all businesses) exceeding
€750mn as per consolidated financial statement (CFS) prepared at the parent
entity level under the applicable accounting standards; and

This addresses the factor of materiality
– small and medium-sized MNEs are proposed to be excluded from the Amount A
regime in order to ensure the compliance and administrative burden is
proportionate to the expected tax benefits

b.  MNEs engaged in ‘Automated digital service’
(ADS) and ‘Consumer-facing business’ (CFB); and

   Given
globalisation and the digitalisation of the economy, these businesses can,
with or without the benefit of local physical operations, participate in an
active and sustained manner in the economic life of a market jurisdiction

   ADS is defined
to mean services which require minimal human intervention on part of service
provider through a system (i.e., automated) and such services are provided
over internet or an electronic network (i.e., digital). To illustrate, ADS
cover online advertising services, digital

    content
services, online gaming

 

    services, cloud
computing services, etc.

   CFB is defined
as businesses that supply goods or services, directly or indirectly, that are
of a type commonly sold to consumers, and / or license or otherwise exploits
intellectual property that is connected to the supply of such goods or
services. It primarily covers business of sale of goods and services which
are not regarded as ADS. It also extends to cover licensing and franchising
businesses

   Specific
exclusion from Amount A is provided to certain sectors such as natural
resources; banking and financial services; construction, sale and leasing of
residential property; and international airline and shipping businesses

c.  MNEs earning revenues of more than €250mn
from ADS and CFB activities carried out outside the MNE group’s home
jurisdiction. Definition of MNE’s home jurisdiction is still being developed.
For instance, one option being explored is where the group is headquartered
or where the ultimate parent entity is tax resident; and

Where MNEs primarily earn revenue from
ADS and / or CFB businesses carried out in the home jurisdiction itself and
the business in market countries is only meagre, applying Amount A is likely
to have a limited tax impact because the Amount A formula may allocate
profits to the same jurisdiction that already has taxing rights under
existing tax rules

d.
MNEs earning more than routine profits. While the discussions are still
ongoing, a profitability ratio (i.e., ratio of profit to sales) of 10% is
being considered as routine profit and hence, MNEs which carry on in-scope
business but have losses3 or have profitability margin of less
than 10% as per books need not compute Amount A

MNEs that earn only routine profits are
outside the scope of Pillar One. Routine profit is a reward for undertaking
usual business taking risks. Usually, if there is physical presence of an MNE
group in any market jurisdiction for the purpose of effecting sales in the
market, under transfer pricing rules, routine profits are usually allocated
to such market jurisdictions

However, Pillar One is built on the
basis that where an MNE group earns bumper profits, market jurisdiction
contributes to accrual of more than routine profit to the MNE group
(irrespective of whether or not the MNE group has any physical presence in
such market jurisdiction) and hence,

 

market jurisdictions deserve a share in
such bumper profit. But if the MNE group does not earn super profits, the
issue of allocation of additional profits to market countries does not arise

 

 

3   If an MNE has losses,
such MNE need not compute Amount A but instead the losses may be allowed to be
carried forward. In this regard, a special loss carry-forward regime for Amount
A will be developed by OECD which is currently under discussion

MNEs who do not fulfil any of the above conditionswill be
outside the Amount A profit allocation rules. However, where the above
conditions are fulfilled, the MNE would need to determine Amount A as
per the proposed new profit allocation rules (which would be determined
on formulary basis at the MNE level, refer Para 7) and allocate Amount A
to eligible market jurisdictions as discussed in Para 6.

The above conditions on applicability of Amount A to MNE groups can be understood by the following examples:

Particulars

Scenario
1

Scenario
2

Scenario
3

Facts

Name of MNE group

ABC group

PQR group

MNO group

Nature of business

ADS

CFB

ADS

Home jurisdiction of group

France

Germany

Spain

Consolidated global revenue of the group

500 mn

1000 mn

1000 mn

Revenue earned by the group from outside
home jurisdiction

100 mn

200 mn

500 mn

Profitability ratio of the group

8%

15%

-5%

Analysis of satisfaction of conditions

Global revenue test (€750mn) as per
books

Q

R

R

Foreign revenues from ADS and CFB test (€250mn)

Q

Q

R

Routine profitability test (whether
profit as per books exceeds 10%)

Q

R

Q

Impact

Amount A not applicable to ABC group

Amount A not applicable to PQR group
since revenue from outside home jurisdiction is not more than €250mn

Amount A not applicable to MNO group
since group is incurring losses

6. AMOUNT A ALLOCABLE ONLY TO ELIGIBLE MARKET JURISDICTIONS

MNE
groups that pass all the tests mentioned in Para 5 will need to
determine Amount A and allocate the same to market jurisdictions.

(i) Sales, marketing and distribution activities pre-requisite to qualify as market jurisdiction:
At the outset it should be noted that Amount A is a specific regime for
allocation of super profits to market jurisdictions. Market
jurisdiction is defined as jurisdictions where an MNE group sells its
products or services, or in the case of highly digitalised businesses,
jurisdictions where the MNE provides services to users or solicits and
collects data or content contributions from users. Thus, if an MNE is
carrying out manufacturing function or research and development which
are completely unrelated to sales, marketing and distribution functions
in a jurisdiction and there is no sales function carried out there, such
jurisdictions would not qualify as a ‘market jurisdiction’ and, hence,
not eligible for Amount A.
(ii) Not all market jurisdictions will be eligible for Amount A allocation:
As aforesaid, Amount A is applicable only to the MNEs engaged in ADS
and CFB activities. Amount A will be allocable to a market jurisdiction
only where an MNE group has a reasonable level of ADS and CFB activity
in that market jurisdiction and such markets are termed as ‘eligible
market jurisdictions’. In order to determine a reasonable level of
activity, certain tests are proposed as discussed below.

6.1 Likelihood of threshold for ADS business per market jurisdiction

a.
To recollect, ADS business means services provided with minimal or no
human involvement over Internet or an electronic network. These
businesses may include online advertising services, online search
engines, social media platform, digital content service, etc.
b. The
very nature of ADS is such that these businesses will always have a
significant and sustained engagement with market jurisdictions remotely,
i.e., without physical presence. Hence, for ADS businesses a simple
revenue threshold test is being proposed to determine whether the MNE
has a nexus with that market jurisdiction. The revenue threshold that
can be prescribed is still being negotiated.
c. For example, assume
that per market nexus revenue threshold for ADS business is proposed to
be €50mn. In such a case, even where the MNE group turnover from the ADS
business may be €1000mn but revenue in India from ADS only €10mn, India
being a relatively insignificant market contributing revenue cannot be
considered as an eligible market jurisdiction to which Amount A is
allocable as chargeable profit.
d. Alternatively, if revenue in India
from ADS is €100mn (and the MNE fulfilled other conditions as stated in
Para 5), India qualifies as eligible market jurisdiction entitled to
tax a proportion of Amount A – regardless of the fact that there is no
physical presence in India, or regardless of the fact that the
traditional taxation rules would have failed to capture such taxability.

6.2 Likelihood of threshold for CFB business per market jurisdiction

a.
Unlike ADS, the ability of an MNE to participate remotely in a market
jurisdiction is less pronounced in the CFB model. MNEs usually have some
form of presence in market jurisdictions (for example, in the form of
distribution entities) to carry out consumer-facing businesses.
b.
Hence, countries participating in the discussions believe that a mere
revenue threshold test may not denote the active and sustained
engagement with the market jurisdiction and the presence of certain
additional indicators (‘plus factors’) may be necessary. These plus
factors which can be used to establish a nexus are still being debated
and developed at the OECD level.

Market jurisdictions that meet
the nexus test will qualify as ‘eligible market jurisdictions’ for the
MNE group and will be eligible for a share of Amount A of such MNE group
to be taxed in the market jurisdiction. Such allocation of Amount A
will yield tax revenue for that market jurisdiction irrespective of
whether the MNE group has an entity or PE in that market country, or
whether any profits are offered to tax in that market country under
existing tax laws.

7. DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT A OF MNE GROUP THAT WILL BE ALLOCABLE TO MARKET JURISDICTIONS

a.
The norms of profit allocation suggested in the Blueprint are very
different from the taxability norms which are known to taxpayers as of
now. Hence, the exercise suggested in the report should be studied on an
independent basis without attempting to rationalise or compare it with
the conclusion to which one would have arrived as per traditional norms
of taxation.

b. The philosophy behind the report is that no MNE
group can make sizeable or abnormal or bumper profit without the
patronage and support that it gets from the market jurisdiction. There
is bound to be some contribution made by the market jurisdictions to the
ability of the MNE group to earn more than routine4 (abnormal) profit.
Hence, in relation to MNE groups which have been successful enough to
secure more than 10% routine (i.e., abnormal / bumper profits), some
part of such bumper profits should be offered to tax in every market
jurisdiction which has contributed to the ability to earn profit at the
group level. Consequently, if the MNE group’s profits are up to routine
or reasonable, or if the MNE is in losses, the report does not seek to
consider any allocation of profits to the market jurisdiction.

c.
As to how much profit of an MNE group qualifies as normal or reasonable
or routine profit and how much qualifies as abnormal or bumper or
non-routine profit is yet to be decided multilaterally amongst all
countries participating in the Pillar One discussions. Currently, (but,
provisionally) the report suggests that countries are in favour of
considering a profit margin of 10% of book revenue as normal profits,
i.e., 10% profit margin will be considered as ‘routine profits’
warranting no allocation, and any profit earned by the MNE group above
10% alone will be considered as ‘non-routine profits’ warranting
allocation to the market jurisdiction.

d. For example, if the
consolidated turnover of an MNE group as per CFS is €1000mn on which it
has earned book profits5 of €50mn as per CFS, its profit margin is only
5%. Since the profit earned by the MNE group is only 5% (i.e., within
the routine profit margin of 10%), the MNE group is considered to have
earned profits due to normal / routine entrepreneurial risk and efforts
of the MNE group and nothing may be considered as serious or abnormal
enough to permit market jurisdictions to complain that, notwithstanding
traditional taxation rules, some income should be offered to tax in the
market jurisdiction.

 

4   The report uses the
expression ‘residual profits’ to convey what we call here abnormal or
non-routine or super profit

5   The report also proposed
adjustments to the book profits by adding back of income tax expenses, expenses
incurred against public policy like bribes, penalty, reducing dividend and
gains on transfer of asset, etc., to arrive at a standardised base of profits

e.
Alternatively, if the consolidated turnover of the MNE group as per CFS
is €1000mn on which it has earned book profit of €400mn as per CFS, its
profit margin as per the books is 40%. In such a case, the profits
earned by the group beyond 10% (i.e., 40%-10%=30%) will be considered as
non-routine profits. Some part of such non-routine profits will be
considered as having been contributed by market jurisdictions and need
to be allocated to the eligible market jurisdiction as discussed in the
Para below6.

f. Once it is determined that the MNE group has
received non-routine profit in excess of 10% (in our example, excess
profit is 30% of turnover), the report is intended to carry out an
exercise where a portion of the excess profit is to be allocated to the
market factor of a market jurisdiction.

g. It is the philosophy
that the consumers of the country, by purchasing the goods or enjoying
the services, contribute to the overall MNE profit and but for such
market and consumers, it would not have been possible to effect the
sales. However, at the same time it is not as if the entirety of the
non-routine or super profit is being earned because of the presence of
the market. There are many other factors such as trade intangibles,
capital, research, technology, etc., which may have built up the overall
success of the MNE group.

h. As per present estimates and
thinking discussed in the report, about 80% of the excess profit or
super profit (in our example, 80% of super profit of 30%) may be
recognised as pertaining to many different strengths of the MNE group
other than the market factor. It is the residual 20% of the super profit
component which is recognised as being solely contributed by the
strength of the market factor. Hence, the present report on Pillar One
discusses how best to allocate 20% of the super profit (in our example,
20% of 30%) to market jurisdictions. The report is not concerned with
allocation or treatment of the 80% component of the super profit which
is, as per the present text of Pillar One, pertaining to factors other
than market forces.

 

6   Throughout the article,
this is assumed to be the applicable fact pattern of excess or more than
routine profit

i. A tabulated version of the illustrative fact pattern and proposed allocation rules of Amount A is as under:

Particulars

Amount

Consolidated turnover of MNE group

1000 mn

Consolidated book profit

400 mn

% of book profit to turnover

40%

Less: Allowance for routine profit

(10%)

Excess profit over routine profit, also
loosely for abnormal or super profit

30%

Of this, 80% of super profit of 30% is
considered as pertaining to the strength of non-market factors and having no
nexus with contribution of the market jurisdiction (and hence out of Pillar
One proposal)

24% of 1000 mn

20% of super profit of 30% being
considered as fair allocation having nexus with contribution of market
jurisdictions – known also as Amount A recommended by the report – to be
allocated to different market jurisdictions

6% of 1000 mn

j. Some countries participating in the discussion are of the
view that allocation of 20% of non-routine profits to market countries
is minuscule and a higher margin should be allocated since the overall
success of the MNE group can be accomplished only as a result of
consumption in the markets. This article goes by the ball-park
recommendations of 20% discussed in the report for the purpose of
understanding the concept – though it may be noted that the
multilaterally agreed allocation percentage may be different.

k.
Even if under existing tax norms no profits are taxable in a market
jurisdiction (say due to no physical presence), Amount A will ensure
market countries get right to tax over 20% of non-routine profits of the
MNE group and that the market jurisdictions should not be left high and
dry without right to tax income.

8. CORRELATION OF INTERIM MEASURE ALREADY IMPLEMENTED BY INDIA, PENDING FINAL OUTCOME OF PILLAR ONE REPORT AND / OR BEPS ACTIONS

As
we are aware, even without waiting for the final outcome of the Pillar
One recommendations, India has already introduced in its domestic law
the equalisation levy which seeks to tax 2% of the digital or remote
sales as taxable profit of a non-resident and 6% of advertisement
services rendered by a non-resident.

It may be noted that all
countries participating in Pillar One discussions have agreed to
withdraw relevant unilateral actions introduced by them in their
domestic laws once Pillar One recommendations are successfully
implemented. Hence, India will hopefully withdraw the equalisation levy
once a Pillar One consensus-based solution is reached.

It is,
therefore, submitted that the Pillar One discussions may be studied as
an independent exercise rather than trying to compare them with the
interim measures. No attempt has, therefore, been made in this article
to explain or review the provisions of the equalisation levy. The
article concentrates on Pillar One proposals which are likely to
substitute the present levy.

9. FACTORS WHICH INFLUENCE QUANTUM OF ALLOCATION TO MARKET JURISDICTIONS
Broadly,
and with respect to marketing and sales activity, an MNE can carry out
operations in a market jurisdiction in the following manner:
(a)    Sales through remote presence
(b)    Presence in form of Limited risk distributor (LRD)
(c)    Presence in form of Full risk distributor (FRD)
(d)    Presence in dependent agent permanent establishment (DAPE).

Assuming
that there is no physical presence of the MNE group in a market
jurisdiction, say, India, Amount A of the MNE group determined as per
Para 7 above would be allocated to market jurisdictions on the basis of
revenue generated from each market jurisdiction. If, for example,
turnover from India is €100mn, 6% of India turnover, which equals to
€6mn, will be allocated for taxability to India.

However, if the
MNE group has a physical presence in India as well (say in the form of
LRD or FRD or DAPE), there may be a trigger for taxability in India even
as per existing taxation rules. In any such case, there could be some
variation in the rules relating to the allocation of Amount A to India.
Taxation of Amount A under each form of business presence is explained
below.

Sales is only through remote presence:
a.
Consider an example where an MNE group engaged in providing standard
online teaching services earns subscription revenue from users across
the world. In India, the group does not have any form of physical
presence and all the functions and IPs related to the Indian market are
performed and owned by a Swiss company (Swiss Co).

b. The financials of the MNE group suggest as under:

Facts:

MNE group turnover as per CFS

€1000 mn

Profit before tax (PBT) as per CFS

€400 mn

Group profit margin as per CFS

40% of group turnover

India turnover

€100 mn

c. Under existing tax rules, Swiss Co’s income is outside
the tax net [since the service is not in the nature of fees for
technical services (FTS) and Swiss Co does not have a permanent
establishment (PE) in India], thus all profits earned from the India
market (routine as well as non-routine) are taxed only in Switzerland in
the hands of Swiss Co.
d. Though India does not have taxing rights
under the existing tax rules (due to no physical presence), the
Blueprint would ensure that Amount A be allocated to India. As explained
in Para 7, Amount A recommended by the report to be allocated to
different market jurisdictions would come to 6% of the turnover. Since
turnover from India is €100mn, 6% of India turnover, equal to €6mn, will
be allocated for taxability to India.
e. However, an issue arises as
to which entity will pay taxes on Amount A in India. In this regard,
the report recognises that Amount A will co-exist with the existing tax
rules and such overlay of Amount A on existing tax rules may result in
double taxation since Amount A does not add any additional profit to the
MNE group but instead reallocates a portion of the existing non-routine
profits to market jurisdictions.
f. In the given example, all
profits (routine as well as non-routine) from the India business are
taxed in the hands of the Swiss Co under the existing tax rules. In
other words, the €6m allocated to India under Amount A is already being
taxed in Switzerland in the hands of Swiss Co due to the existing
transfer pricing norms. Hence, Swiss Co may be identified as the ‘paying
entity’ in India and be obligated to pay tax on Amount A in India.
Subsequently, Swiss Co can claim credit of taxes paid in India in its
residence jurisdiction (i.e., Switzerland).

9.2 Presence in form of limited risk distributor (LRD)
a.
There are a number of cases where an MNE group may not have full-scale
presence in the market jurisdiction but may have an LRD who is assisting
in the conclusion of sales. In a way, the LRD’s presence is
contributing to routine sales functions on a physical basis in such a
market jurisdiction. It is not a category of work which contributes to
any super profit but is taking care of logistics and routine for which
no more than routine profits can be attributed.
b. Consider an
example; a Finland-based MNE group is engaged in the sale of mobile
phones across the world. The headquarter company (FinCo) is the
intellectual property (IP) owner and principal distributor. The group
has an LRD in India (ICo) which performs routine sales functions under
the purview of the overall policy developed by FinCo. The financials of
the MNE group suggest as under:

Facts:

Group turnover as per CFS

€1000 mn

PBT as per CFS

€400 mn

Group profit margin as per CFS

40% of group turnover

India turnover

€100 mn

c. Under existing TP principles, assume that ICo is
remunerated @ 2% of India revenue for its routine functions and the
balance is retained by FinCo which is not taxed in India. In other
words, all profits attributable to non-routine functions are attributed
to FinCo and hence not taxable in India.
d. As explained in Para 7,
Amount A recommended by the report to be allocated to different market
jurisdictions would come to 6% of the turnover. Since the turnover from
India is €100mn, 6% of Indian turnover equal to €6mn will be allocated
for taxability in India.
e. India also has taxability right with
regard to the LRD function @ 2% of India turnover. This right is shared
by India so as to compensate for the routine functions carried out in
India. No part of the super profit element is contained therein, whereas
Amount A contemplates allocation of a part of the super profit.
Considering this, there is no concession or reduction in the allocation
of Amount A merely because there is taxability @ 2% of turnover for
routine efforts in the form of an LRD. The overall taxability right of
India will comprise of compensation towards LRD function as increased by
allocation of super profits in the form of Amount A.
f. Besides,
even if Indian tax authorities, during ICo’s TP assessment, allege that
ICo’s remuneration should be increased from 2% to 5% of India turnover,
there would still not be any implication on Amount A allocable to India
since ICo’s increase in remuneration for performing more routine
functions and no element of super profit forms part of such
remuneration.
g. While tax on compensation towards LRD function will
be payable by ICo, an issue arises as to which entity should pay tax on
Amount A allocable to India. Since FinCo is the IP owner and principal
distributor, existing TP rules would allocate all super profits
pertaining to the India market to FinCo. Thus, the super profits of €6mn
allocated to India under Amount A are already being taxed in Finland in
the hands of FinCo on the basis of the existing TP norms. Hence, the
Blueprint suggests that FinCo should be obligated to pay tax on Amount A
in India and then FinCo can claim credit of taxes paid in India in its
residence jurisdiction (i.e., Finland) against income taxable under
existing tax laws. Accordingly, ICo would pay tax in India on LRD
functions (i.e., routine functions) whereas FinCo would pay tax on super
profits allocated to India in the form of Amount A.

9.3 Presence in form of Full risk distributor (FRD)
a.
As a variation to the above, an MNE group may appoint an FRD in a
market jurisdiction. An FRD performs important functions such as market
strategy, pricing, product placement and also undertakes high risk qua
the market jurisdiction. In essence, the FRD performs the marketing and
distribution function in entirety. Hence, unlike an LRD, an FRD is
remunerated not only with routine returns but also certain non-routine
returns.
b. Consider an example where a French headquartered MNE
group engaged in the business of fashion apparels carries out business
in India through an FRD model. All key marketing and distribution
functions related to the Indian market are undertaken by the FRD in
India (ICo). Applying TP principles, ICo is remunerated at 10% of India
sales.
c. The financials of the MNE group are as under:

Facts:

Group turnover as per CFS

€1000 mn

PBT as per CFS

€400 mn

Group profit margin as per CFS

40% of group turnover

India turnover

€100 mn

d. To recollect, Amount A contemplates allocation of a part of
an MNE’s super profits to market jurisdictions, India being one of them.
Had there been no physical presence in India, as per calculations
indicated at Para 9.1, part of the super profits allocable to India as
Amount A would come to 6% of the India turnover (i.e., €6mn).
e. Now,
ICo as an FRD is already being taxed in India. This represents
taxability in India as per traditional rules for performing certain
marketing functions within India which contribute to routine as also
super profits functions in India. This is, therefore, a case where, in
the hands of ICo, as per traditional rules, part of the super profit
element of the MNE is separately getting taxed in the hands of ICo.
f.
In such a case, the report assumes that while up to 2% of India
turnover the taxability can be attributed towards routine functions of
ICo (instead of towards super profit functions), the taxability in
addition to 2% of India turnover in the hands of ICo is attributable to
marketing functions which contribute to super profit.
g. Since India
is already taxing some portion of the super profits in the hands of ICo
under existing tax rules, allocation of Amount A to India (which is a
portion of super profits) creates the risk of double counting. In order
to ensure there is no double counting of super profits in India under
Amount A regime and the existing TP rules, the Blueprint recognises that
Amount A allocated to India (i.e., 6%) should be adjusted to the extent
super profits are already taxed in the market jurisdiction. In order to
eliminate double counting, the following steps are suggested7:
(i)
Find out the amount as would have been allocable to market jurisdiction
as per Amount A (in our illustration, 6% of India turnover of €100mn).
(ii)
Fixed routine profit which may be expected to be earned within India
for routine operations in India. While this profit margin needs to be
multilaterally agreed upon, for this example we assume that additional
profit of 2% of India turnover will be expected to be earned in India on
account of physical operations in India. Additional 2% of India
turnover can be considered allocable to India in lieu of routine sales
and marketing functions in India – being the allocation which does not
interfere with the super profit element.
(iii) The desired minimum
allocation to market jurisdiction of India for routine and non-routine
activities can be expected to be 8% of the India turnover, on an
aggregate of (i) and (ii) above.
(iv) This desired minimum return at
step (iii) needs to be compared with the allocation which has been made
in favour of India as per TP analysis.

?    If the amount
allocated to FRD in India is already more than 8% of turnover, no
further amount will be allocable under the umbrella of Amount A.
?  
 On the other hand, if the remuneration taxed under TP analysis is <
8%, Amount A taxable will be reduced to the difference of TP return and
amount calculated at (iii).

?    However, if the return under TP
analysis is < 2%, then it is assumed that FRD is, at the highest,
taxed as if it is performing routine functions and has not been
allocated any super profit under TP laws. The allocation may have been
considered towards super profit only if it exceeded 2% of India
turnover. And hence, in such case, allocation of Amount A will continue
to be 6% of India turnover towards super profit elements. There can be
no reduction therefrom on the premise that TP analysis has already been
carried out in India. It may also be noted that since Amount A
determined as per step (i) above is 6% of India turnover, an allocation
in excess of this amount cannot be made under Amount A.

 

7   Referred to as marketing
and distribution safe harbour regime in the report

h. Once the adjusted Amount A is determined as per the steps above, one would need to determine
which entity would pay tax on such Amount A in India. In this case, since France Co and ICo both perform function
asset
risk (FAR) activities that result in revenue from the India market, the
Blueprint recognises that choosing the paying entity (i.e., entity
obligated to pay tax on Amount A in India) will require further
discussions / deliberations. Further, the report also recognises that
taxes may have been paid in the market country on royalty income.
However, whether and how such taxes paid can be adjusted against tax on
Amount A is currently being deliberated at the OECD level.

i. In the fact pattern below, ABC group, engaged in CFB business, carries out sale in India under the FRD model.

Facts:

Group turnover as per CFS

€1000 mn

PBT as per CFS

€400 mn

Group profit margin

40%

India turnover

€100 mn

TP remuneration to FRD in India

     Scenario 1

     Scenario 2

     Scenario 3

 

10% of India turnover

5% of India turnover

1% of India turnover

Amount A allocable to India
(6% of 100 mn)

6 mn

Elimination of double counting of non-routine profits in India under different scenarios:

 

 

Particulars

Scenario
1

Scenario
2

Scenario
3

a.

Amount A allocable to India (as
determined above)

6%

6%

6%

b.

Return towards routine functions (which
OECD considers tolerable additional allocation in view of presence in India)

2%

2%

2%

c.

Sum of a + b (This is the sum of the
routine and non-routine profits that the OECD expects Indian FRD to earn)

8%

8%

8%

d.

TP
remuneration to FRD in India

10%

5%

1%

e.

Final Amount A to be allocated to India

No Amount A allocable since FRD in India
is already remunerated above OECD’s expectation of 8%

3%,

OECD expects Indian FRD to earn 8% but
it is remunerated at 5%. Hence, only 3% to be allocated as Amount A [instead
of 6% as determined at (a)]

 

6%,

No reduction in Amount A since OECD
intends only to eliminate double counting of non-routine profits and
where existing TP returns is less than fixed return towards routine
functions, it is clear that no non-routine profit is allocated to India under
existing tax laws

9.4 Presence in form of DAPE

a.
The report recognises that the MNE groups may have a presence in a
market jurisdiction in the form of PE as well. A DAPE usually is an
agent in the market jurisdiction who undertakes sales or secures orders
for its non-resident principal.
b. The manner in which Amount A would
be taxed in a market jurisdiction where an MNE group operates through a
DAPE model would depend on the functional profile of the DAPE. If the
DAPE only performs minimum risk-oriented routine functions, the
taxability of Amount A may be similar to the LRD scenario discussed at
Para 9.2. On the other hand, where the DAPE performs high-risk
functions, the taxability of Amount A would be similar to the FRD
scenario discussed at Para 9.3.

10. COMPREHENSIVE CASE STUDY ON WORKING AND ALLOCATION OF AMOUNT A
FACTS
?    ABC group is a German headquartered group engaged in the sale of mobile phones which qualifies as CFB activity.
?  
 The ultimate parent entity is German Co (GCo) which owns and performs
development, enhancement, maintenance, protection and exploitation
(DEMPE) functions related to the MNE group’s IP.
?    ABC group makes sales across the world. As per ABC group’s CFS,
o    Global consolidated group revenue is €1000mn
o    Group PBT is €400mn
o    Group PBT margin is 40%
?    ABC group follows a different sale model in the different countries in which it operates:

Particulars

France

UK

India

Brazil

Sales model

Remote presence

LRD

FRD

DAPE performing all key functions and
risk-related Brazil market

Sales

100

200

400

300

TP remuneration

NA

2%

10%

5%

? All countries (France, UK, India, Brazil) qualify as eligible market jurisdictions

Computation of Amount A at MNE level:

Particulars

 

Profit margin

Amounts

PBT of the group

(A)

40%

400

Less: Routine profits
(10% of €1000Mn)

(B)

10%

100

Non-routine profits

C = A-B

30%

300

Profits attributable to non-market
jurisdiction

D = 80% of C

24%

240

Profits attributable to market
jurisdictions (Amount A)

E = C-D

6%

60

Allocation of Amount A to respective market jurisdictions:
   

 

Particulars

France

UK

India

Brazil

 

Sales
model

Remote presence

LRD

FRD

DAPE

a.

Amount A allocable (as determined above)

6%

6%

6%

6%

b.

Fixed return towards routine functions
(as calibrated by OECD)

Marketing and distribution safe harbour
regime – NA since MNE has no presence or limited risk presence

2%

2%

c.

Sum of a + b

8%

8%

d.

TP
remuneration to FRD in India

10%

5%

e.

Final Amount A to be allocated

6%

6%

NIL since FRD in India is already
remunerated above OECD’s expectation of 8%

3%

OECD expects DAPE to earn 8% but it is
remunerated at 5%. Hence, only 3% to be allocated as Amount A

f.

Entity obligated to pay Amount A

GCo (FAR analysis would indicate that
GCo performs all key functions and assumes risk related to France and UK
market which helps to earn non-routine profits from these markets)

NA, since there is no Amount A allocated
to India

Depending on FAR analysis, Amount A may
be payable by GCo or DAPE or both on pro rata basis

11. UNITED NATION’S EFFORTS TOWARDS TAXATION OF DIGITAL ECONOMY
While
OECD is working with BEPS IF members to develop a solution to
effectively tax the digital economy, some members of the United Nations
(UN) digital taxation sub-committee have raised concerns on OECD’s
proposed solution. For example, concerns are raised that Pillar One will
introduce a great deal of complexity. Besides, the expected modest
revenue impact of Pillar One does not justify the large-scale changes in
the system of taxing MNEs8.

As an alternate solution, UN has
proposed to introduce a new Article in the United Nations Model
Convention which would apply to income from ADS (automated digital
services, i.e., services provided with minimal or no human involvement
over Internet or an electronic network). A specific inclusion of the ADS
article would ensure that such highly-digitalised services do not fall
under the general business profits article (i.e., Article 7) and hence
the source countries may be able to tax such income even in the absence
of a PE.

The ADS Article proposed by the UN is designed along the
lines of royalty, dividend, FTS articles, i.e., taxing rights to source
state, gross basis taxation, concept of beneficial owner, payer and PE
source rule, ALP adjustment, etc. Additionally, an optional net basis
taxation is proposed where the beneficial owner of the ADS income will
be taxed on a net basis instead of on gross income. Under the net basis,
the taxable amount will be determined on the basis of a normative
formula which is currently being discussed at the UN level.

A comparison of UN’s proposal for digital taxation and OECD’s Amount A proposal indicates as under:

Particulars

ADS
Article proposed by UN

OECD’s
proposed Amount A

Level of taxability

Entity level

MNE group level

Taxes remote presence beyond
conventional PE

Yes

Yes

Activities covered9

ADS

ADS and CFB

Monetary threshold for applicability

No threshold (countries may adopt local
thresholds if required)

Global revenue threshold and in-scope
foreign de minimis threshold

Gross vs. Net

Provides option to taxpayer to choose
between tax on gross consideration and taxation on net basis

Net basis (Amount A is a share of MNE
profits)

Taxable amount

Gross basis: Gross consideration

Net basis: Taxable amount to be
determined on formulary basis

Taxable amount to be determined on
formulary basis

Rate of tax

Gross basis: 3-4% of transaction value

Net basis: Domestic tax rate

Domestic tax rate of market jurisdiction

Taxing right allocated to

Source country

Eligible market jurisdictions

Source rule

Payer or PE-based source rule

Market jurisdictions that meet tests as
discussed in Para 6

Tax-bearing entity

Recipient or beneficial owner of ADS
income

MNE group entity identified as paying
entity

Treatment of losses

Gross basis: Not considered

Net basis: No tax in case of losses (No
clarity on treatment of past losses)

No Amount A allocation when MNE is in
losses, losses would be carried forward and past losses can be considered

Implementation

New MLI approach or bilateral

New MLI to be drawn to implement Amount
A

Dispute resolution

Existing MAP or domestic route

Customised tax certainty or dispute
resolution process being formalised

Inter-play with existing business
profits rule

Where Article 12B would apply, income
would fall outside PE taxation

Amount A to work alongside existing tax
rules

12. CONCLUDING THOUGHTS
The reports published by OECD
and UN as proposals to effectively tax the digital economy indicate that
international taxation norms are at the cusp of a revolution. MNEs will
have a daunting task of understanding the nuances of the proposals and
their impact on their businesses, though on a positive note there may be
relief from unilateral measures taken by countries to tax the digital
economy once the OECD / UN proposals are implemented.

While tax
authorities will be eager to have another sword in their armoury, it may
be noted that the OECD / UN proposals are still far from the finishing
line. Though the Blueprint released by OECD is more than 200 pages, the
report mainly provides the broad contours of the structure and working
of Amount A. Most of the aspects of Amount A are still under discussion
and debate. With 135countries participating in the OECD discussions, the
biggest challenge will be to achieve multilateral
consensus. While
countries have committed to arrive at a consensus-based solution by
mid-2021, it will be interesting to see how it is accomplished within
such a short span of time.

 

7   Referred to as marketing
and distribution safe harbour regime in the report

8   Note submitted by
Committee member Rajat Bansal as published in UN Doc E/C.18/2020/CRP.25 dated
30th May, 2020

9   Definition of ADS is the
same in the UN as well as in the OECD proposal

TDS – Sections 197 and 264 and Rule 18AA of IT Rules, 1962 – Certificate for Nil deduction or deduction at lower rate – Application by assessee for certificate for Nil withholding rate – Issuance of certificate at higher rate than Nil rate without recording reasons – Copy of order supported by reasons to be furnished to assessee – Matter remanded to Dy. Commissioner (TDS)

48. Tata Teleservices (Maharashtra) Ltd. vs. Dy. CIT [2020] 430 ITR 273 (Bom.) Date of order: 17th December, 2020 A.Y.: 2021-22


 

TDS – Sections 197 and 264 and Rule 18AA of IT Rules, 1962 – Certificate for Nil deduction or deduction at lower rate – Application by assessee for certificate for Nil withholding rate – Issuance of certificate at higher rate than Nil rate without recording reasons – Copy of order supported by reasons to be furnished to assessee – Matter remanded to Dy. Commissioner (TDS)

 

For the A.Y. 2018-19, the assessee was issued Nil withholding rate certificates u/s 197. However, those certificates were cancelled. The assessee filed a writ petition which was allowed, and the cancellation order was quashed. Thereafter, fresh certificates for deduction of tax at Nil rate were issued to the assessee for the A.Y. 2018-19. For the A.Ys. 2019-20 and 2020-21, the assessee submitted applications for tax withholding certificates at Nil rate. However, certificates u/s 197 were issued at rates higher than Nil rate. The assessee stated that it did not contest such certificates because it was focused on providing various wire-line voice, data and managed telecommunications services and therefore had opted for demerger of the consumer mobile business. Under the scheme of demerger, the consumer mobile business of the assessee stood transferred to BAL. The assessee filed an application seeking issuance of Nil rate tax withholding certificates u/s 197 on various grounds for the A.Y. 2021-22 and furnished the details that had been sought. However, the authorities issued certificates at rates higher than Nil. The assessee sought the order sheet / noting on the basis of which such certificates were issued but it did not get a response.

 

The Bombay High Court allowed the writ petition filed by the assessee and held as under:

 

‘i) The procedure for issuance of certificate u/s 197 for deduction at lower rates or no deduction of tax from income other than dividends is laid down in Rule 28AA of the Income-tax Rules, 1962.

 

ii) Since the authorities were required to pass an order u/s 197 either rejecting the application for such certificate or allowing such application resulting in issuance of certificates which may be at rates higher than Nil as sought by the assessee, such an order must be supported by reasons. Not only that, a copy of such an order had to be furnished to the assessee so that it could be challenged u/s 264 if it was aggrieved. Not passing an order to that effect or keeping such an order in the file without communication would vitiate the certificates.

 

iii)   The reasons for not granting Nil rate certificates to the assessee were not known. The contemporaneous order required to be passed u/s 197 was also not available. The order was set aside, and the certificates were quashed. The matter was remanded to the Deputy Commissioner (TDS) for passing fresh order and issuing consequential certificates u/s 197 complying with the requirements of rule 28AA.’

GOVERNANCE & INTERNAL CONTROLS: THE TOUCHSTONE OF SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS – PART I

‘Barings Bank
collapsed by rogue trader’, screamed media headlines in February, 1995,
shocking the world. Is this even possible? How can one person bring down a
two-century-old reputed bank and a banker to the Queen of England? But it did
happen. And not isolated, though – closer home, the country opened 2009 reading
the confession of the Satyam Chairman, Mr. Ramalinga Raju, saying ‘It was like
riding a tiger, not knowing how to get off without being eaten’. Mr Raju
admitted to inflating profits with fictitious positions in the balance sheet,
including inflated (non-existent) cash and bank balances, overstated debtors,
understated liabilities and accrued interest which was non-existent1.
He confessed to manipulating the books for several years which attained
unmanageable proportions to the tune of Rs. 14,162 crores through these devious
methods. Ironically, Satyam had just received the Golden Peacock Global Award
for Excellence in Corporate Governance in September, 2008! But this was revoked
soon after Mr. Raju’s confession.

 

Quite a few major
debacles have followed since – Enron, Tyco, Lehman Brothers, Kingfisher,
Café  Coffee Day, PMC Bank… Regrettably,
we are witnessing this not just in business ventures, but scams, or at least
alleged ones, are also surfacing in diverse spheres such as government spends,
sports arena and so on. That we live in a VUCA world dogged with volatility,
uncertainty, complexity and ambiguity only compounds the
issue.

 

Why do these occur?
Many factors could propel such events or behaviour including arrogance, power (nasha)
and greed. But what I would like to share here is my learning on two
fundamental drivers to a sustainable business – Governance and Internal
Controls. Broadly speaking, the former is all about ethos, culture, mind-set
and a way of life embedded in individuals, leaders and enterprises. Internal
Controls encompass the practices, processes and procedures which serve to
auto-generate and instil self-correcting operating mechanisms, thereby
functioning as a secure preventive measure. While effective internal controls
are integral to running operations, good governance is the edifice on which
great organisations are built. Leaders, therefore, while ensuring adequate
controls need to exhibit personal integrity and uphold high governance
standards to establish a sustainable business.

In recent times, a
lot has been written on these subjects and regulatory frameworks and awareness
levels have improved considerably. Yet, we witness cases of deceit cropping up
in numbers and magnitude which are discomforting. And at the core seems to be
intent and character. Given the ingenuity of the human race, if there is
a chosen intent to defraud, person/s acting unilaterally and / or in collusion will
find a way to do it. This ends up in a curative process and the learning from
each episode then gets calibrated in the system for improvements.
Investigations post the Barings Bank debacle revealed that a trader, Mr.
Nicholas Leeson’s greed and inadequate operational risk controls at Barings
made the bank collapse under a $1.4 billion debt. In Satyam’s case, Mr. Raju
wanted to divert funds to real estate which eventually fell through. It was, inter
alia
, found that the cash and bank verification procedures were lacking. It
is customary now for auditors to seek balance certification from banks. The
Companies Act, 20132 has made corporate fraud a criminal offence and
lays out the responsibilities on fraud reporting. The Act also provides for a
rigorous framework for related party transactions. A Serious Fraud
Investigation Office (SFIO) which was set up under the Act has a statutory
status and now has the power to arrest as well. The SFIO has been actively
investigating cases relating to corporate fraud. The Securities and Exchange
Board of India published detailed disclosure requirements in 2015, applicable
to all listed companies3. This sets out stringent guidelines relating
to reporting / disclosure of material events and actual and suspected fraud.
The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India4 came out with a
Guidance Note on Reporting on Fraud.

HOW
IT PLAYS OUT: ENRON, A CLASSIC CASE

Enron was a company
headquartered in Houston, Texas which was dealing in commodities, energy and
services and ranked as America’s fifth largest company. In 2001, the company
filed for bankruptcy leading to shareholders losing $74 billion, thousands of
employees and investors losing their retirement accounts and many employees
losing their jobs. The CEO, Mr. Jeffrey Skilling, and the former CEO, Mr,
Kenneth Lay, kept huge debts off balance sheets. An internal whistle-blower, Ms
Sherron Watkins, helped to bring them to book as high stock prices stoked
external suspicions. How unfortunate! This company was named by Fortune
Magazine
as ‘America’s Most Innovative Company’ six years in a row prior to
the scandal and lost its sheen overnight. A Committee entrusted to examine the
role of the auditors, Arthur Andersen, assessed that the firm did not fulfil
its professional responsibilities in connection with its audits of Enron’s
financial statements. Moreover, in 2002, Andersen was convicted of obstruction
of justice for shredding documents related to its audit of Enron. The Supreme
Court in 2005, however, reversed Andersen’s conviction but serious damage had
been done which practically wrecked the firm. Consequent to this scandal, new
regulations were designed to strengthen the accuracy of financial reporting for
publicly-traded companies, the most important being the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
(2002) which imposed criminal penalties for destruction, falsification or
fabricating financial records.

 

Having good
governance as the DNA complemented by sound internal controls are, hence, the
hallmarks of world-class enterprises. Let us examine each of them. This is
covered in two parts – Part I: Governance, and Part II: Internal Controls.

 

GOVERNANCE

Governance or
Corporate Governance comprises the suite of principles and processes by which
an enterprise is controlled, directed or governed in a manner balancing the
interests of the stakeholders, creating long-term sustainable value.
Stakeholders include customers, investors, workforce, suppliers, funders, the
government and the society at large. It is based on policies such as commitment
to conducting business with all integrity and fairness, being transparent by making
all the necessary disclosures and decisions, complying with the laws of the
land and discharging responsibility towards all the stakeholders.

 

Corporate Governance provides the structure for a company to achieve its
aspirations and hence encompasses every aspect of management, from operations
and internal controls to performance measurement and corporate disclosure. Most
companies strive to establish a high standard of Corporate Governance. For many
investors, it is not enough for a company to be just profitable; it also needs
to demonstrate good corporate citizenship through ethical behaviour, respect
for the environment and sound Corporate Governance practices. It is about
balancing individual and social purpose, as well as economic and sustainability
goals.

 

Clearly, there is a
level of confidence that is attached to a company practising good Corporate
Governance. Foreign investors accord weightage to this aspect, too. It is not
surprising, therefore, that the markets have demonstrated a positive approach
towards companies reputed for upholding good governance standards.

 

INSTILL
GOVERNANCE

Some people
consider that governance is an innate quality – you either have it or you
don’t! While this is true in some ways, great corporations also have a systematic
way of nurturing and reinforcing good Corporate Governance. Here, I draw upon
my experience associated over decades with the Unilever and Tata Groups to
highlight some codified best-in-class practices – Unilever Code of Business
Principles (CoBP5) and Tata Code of Conduct (TCoC6).

 

Both CoBP and TCoC
bring out clearly the way these world-class enterprises conduct their
businesses as well as expect their business collaborators to respect and behave
in dealings with their companies. It is expressly communicated that violations
to the Code are unacceptable. They go a step further to clarify that no grudge
will be held against any employee who may even give up a business benefit for
the sake of upholding the Code and not compromising it.

 

Instilling this culture
is a continuous process and also requires review and updation to reflect the
changing environment. Some of the building blocks to make this a living
document are:

 

(i)            
The Code Document: Publishing a written Code is an important step which helps as a good
reference point for all the enterprise stakeholders to guide their behaviour.
CoBP which was launched in 1995 now has 14 clauses in the Code supported by 24
policies. TCoC was first formalised in 1998 and the amended version of 2015
comprises detailed guidelines for all stakeholders. These Codes address varied
aspects from ethics to compliance to diversity to environment.

 

(ii)  Putting
to Work:
A practice manual is quite useful wherein
live situations are enumerated explaining how one applies the Code in
day-to-day working, including Musts / Must nots and Q&A. Case
studies are shared. A fascinating format used is through performing skits.
These skits are done innovatively in town hall meetings or annual family day
functions through short engaging stories which convey the essence of the Code.
An impactful variation is the use of contests with several groups competing for
prizes with creative skits bringing out the ethos through interesting
sequences.

 

(iii)  Monitoring and Review: These entities have robust mechanisms to ensure that the Code is
communicated, explained and implemented. Apart from imparting training, some
simple steps such as a written annual confirmation from every employee, an
appropriate clause in contracts with business associates, feedback surveys, a
strong whistle-blowing mechanism, etc. facilitate to monitor the Code in
action.

 

(iv) Completing the Loop: An important
component is to Walk the Talk. A policy should spell out the
consequences for breach of the Code and the process followed to investigate any
allegation of Code violation. Once established, it is vital to implement the
outcome in an objective manner. Finally, sharing of such instances including
action taken is critical not only to demonstrate seriousness but also to raise
awareness levels within the organisation. However, communication is handled
sensitively given the personal ramifications of each case.

 

VALUE SYSTEMS AND BOARD ENGAGEMENT

Governance also
comprises not only voicing core beliefs but also making them integral to the
ways of doing business. The aspect of beliefs and value systems is tested right
upfront at the time of recruitment, assessing business collaborations, or in
acquiring businesses. In acquisitions, finding the right pedigree and therefore
cultural fit becomes the first filter even before business
considerations are put to play. I can quote Safety and Sustainability as great
examples of mettles of governance. These beliefs are embedded into the core of
the strategy rather than appearing on the periphery. Some simple but effective
actions of institutionalising behaviour are listed in the box below.

 

  •     Employment terms spelling
    out that Safety is a condition of employment.  This drives home that Safety is paramount.
  •     Wearing seat belts even
    while seated in the rear of a vehicle.   
  •     Holding on to the handrail
    and refraining from using a mobile phone, while climbing up or down the stairs
    is made into a conscious habit. 
  •     Building Sustainability as
    a mind-set and weaving it into all strategies and decisions made. Here a
    shining example is to consciously go for green buildings as a policy even if
    construction costs work out to be a tad higher.
  •     Keeping these as focus
    Internal Audit themes
  •     Compelling every employee
    particularly in locations such as factories to come  up with suggestions
    pertaining to Safety
  •     Recognising identification
    of near-misses reporting
  •     Encouraging innovation
    towards green manufacturing processes and products
  •     Prohibiting highway travel
    at night and restricting number of persons travelling on the same flight

 

Beyond operations,
I had the privilege of experiencing governance at a Board level. Many years
ago, we had introduced a practice of Board evaluation in a rather structured
manner. All Board members including independent directors were asked to share
their perceptions on a simple two-page questionnaire annually, with due ratings
followed by comments. As the Managing Director, I, too, filled in one and here
I put forth the management viewpoint on the functioning of the Board. I had the
privilege along with the Company Secretary to tabulate the forms both for the
rating as well as other comments. The summary showed the average rating score
against each question as well as comments on what went well and where we could
do better as a Board. We followed a ritual of a Board dinner post every Annual
General Meeting. But prior to the dinner, we had a chat session for about an
hour debating on progress from the previous year and the outcome of the
evaluation to decide on what to focus on going forward.  Actions such as expediting the Board meeting
agenda papers and minutes, field familiarisation for directors, exposure of key
personnel with the Board, etc. came out of such interactions. I found this
entire process delightful and this created a good bonhomie, too, amongst the
Directors. Of course, some of these actions and the Board evaluation processes
have become mandatory in recent years.

 

ESTABLISHING GOOD GOVERNANCE IS NON- NEGOTIABLE

The topic of
governance is wide and encompasses many other aspects – for instance, insider
trading, competitive intelligence, peer dynamics, compensation structures,
workforce conduct, etc. Every element has not been dealt with in this article.
There are legislative pronouncements, too, covering these. One can study the
Codes referred to above to comprehend the various ramifications of this
critical subject. Other companies, such as Johnson & Johnson, Google, Ford
Motor Company, IKEA, Starbucks, Toyota, etc., have their Codes available
publicly on their websites.

 

In sum,
establishing good governance is non-negotiable for any entity striving to
create sustained value while balancing and meeting the interests of multiple
stakeholders. A one-size-fits-all approach, however, may not work with
the modalities and structure varied to suit every enterprise given its ethos
and culture.

 

Do the right thing is what we see as the belief of great institutions. Even if it
means, in many situations, not just sticking to regulations but going beyond
the rule book and what is mandated! And… that is the test of good governance.

This is the second article in the series by V. Shankar
(The first in this series appeared in our issue of January, 2020)

 

_______________________________________

1.  7 January 2009: Satyam Chairman, Mr.
Ramalinga Raju’s letter to his Board of Directors

2.  The Companies Act, 2013: Sections 143,
211, 447

3.  Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing
Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015

4.    The Institute of Chartered Accountants of
India:
ICAI Guidance Note on Reporting on Fraud Under Section 143(12), 2016

5. Unilever.com: About | Who we are | Our Values & Principles |
Code of Business

Principles and related Code policies

6. Tata.com: About Us| Values & Purpose | Tata Code
of Conduct)

INSOLVENCY CODE VS. PMLA – CONFLICT OR OVERLAP?

The Insolvency
and Bankruptcy Code, 2016
(the Code) came into force on 28th May,
2016. It was enacted as a special statute to deal with important aspects of insolvency
and bankruptcy. Being a complete Code, it is to prevail over other laws so that
no person can take advantage of pendency of a proceeding under any other law to
stall insolvency and bankruptcy proceedings1. A specific provision
in the Code that confers overriding powers is section 238 which reads as under:

 

‘The provisions of
this Code shall have effect, notwithstanding anything inconsistent therewith
contained in any other law
for the time being in force or any instrument
having effect by virtue of any such law’ (emphasis supplied).

 

A review of section
238 of the Code, particularly the non-obstante expression therein, shows
that provisions of the Code have overriding effect over the provisions of other
statutes which are inconsistent with the Code.

 

The Prevention
of Money-Laundering Act, 2002
(‘PMLA’) came into force on 1st
July, 2005. PMLA was enacted as a special statute to prevent money-laundering
and for matters connected therewith and incidental thereto. A specific
provision of the PMLA that confers overriding powers is section 71 which reads
as under:

 

‘The provisions of
this Act shall have effect notwith-standing anything inconsistent therewith
contained in any other law
for the time being in force’ (emphasis
supplied).

 

Thus, a review of section
71 of the PMLA, particularly the non-obstante expression therein, shows
that the provisions of the PMLA have overriding effect over provisions of other
statutes which are inconsistent with the provisions of the PMLA.

 

TWO SPECIAL ENACTMENTS
– OVERLAP OR CONFLICT?

From a review of
the preamble to the Code and the PMLA which specify their respective
objectives, it is evident that both the Code and the PMLA are special Acts. The
moot issue for consideration is: when there are two Special Acts, how to resolve
overlap or conflict between the two?

This issue has been
addressed by Courts and other forums in the following manner: When there is
an overlap or conflict between any two Acts, both of which are special Acts,
then the Act which came later must prevail2.

 

Reiterating the
view that it is the subsequent legislation which will have the overriding
effect, the Supreme Court3 observed that it is possible that both
the enactments have the non-obstante clause. In that case, the proper
approach would be that one must be guided by the object and the dominant
purpose for which the special enactment was made.

 

Where the dominant
purpose of a law is covered by certain contingencies, even then the intention
can be ascertained by looking to the objects and reasons notwithstanding that
the law might have come at a later point of time.

 

OVERRIDING EFFECT OF
THE CODE

The overriding
effect of the Code has been examined in various decisions in the context of
specific legislations and proceedings thereunder. Thus, in respect of
proceedings under PMLA vis-a-vis the Code, the following important propositions
have been laid down:

 

(i)   PMLA is a statute which came into effect much
prior to the coming into force of the Code and, therefore, the Code has
overriding effect over the PMLA4.

(ii)   Where the properties of a corporate debtor
under liquidation were attached under PMLA, the question whether attached
properties were proceeds of crime or whether lenders were bona fide
lenders must be decided by the authorities under

 

PMLA. Besides, the
liquidator appointed under the Code has to approach the authorities under PMLA
for withdrawal of the attachment5.

(iii) Since the PMLA relates to a different field of
penal action regarding proceeds of crime, it can be simultaneously invoked with
the Code. Because of the absence of inconsistency, the PMLA has no overriding
effect over the Code and vice versa6.

(iv) Where prior to admission of the Corporate
Insolvency Resolution Process certain properties of a corporate debtor were
attached under the PMLA, the same could not be released as section 14 of the
Code does not have overriding effect on the PMLA7.

RECENT CASES

Keeping in mind the
afore-mentioned legal position, a few recent cases are examined.

 

PMT Machines case

In this case8,
in 2011-12, the debt-laden Sterling Biotech’s subsidiary, PMT Machines (‘the
company’) defaulted on its debt repayments following which the consortium of
banks, led by UCO Bank, initiated recovery proceedings in 2013 before the Debt
Recovery Tribunal.

In 2017, the
Enforcement Directorate conducted search and seizure under the provisions of
the Foreign Exchange Management Act and the Income-tax Act at the Mumbai and
Vadodara premises of the Sterling group’s promoters and the group companies. In
2018, the Enforcement Directorate (ED) passed orders for provisional attachment
of the properties of PMT Machines.

The company was
admitted for insolvency resolution by the Mumbai Bench of the National Company
Law Tribunal in 2018.

The Resolution
Professional approached the appellate authority under PMLA with the plea that
the properties were wrongly attached by the ED. This plea was made on the
premise that the attached properties were acquired before the ‘alleged
commission of offences and charges on the properties were created prior to the
date of alleged offences’.

The Resolution
Professional submitted that because of the attachment by the ED, the Corporate
Insolvency Resolution Process cannot achieve its objective of maximisation of
value of the stressed assets. He pleaded that the attachment of properties by
the ED was delaying the Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process of the company.

 

Upholding the
prevalence of the Code over the PMLA, the appellate authority (PMLA) released
the properties of the company which had been attached by the ED. The appellate
authority (PMLA) observed that since the properties attached had no relation to
the alleged crime committed by the management of the corporate debtor, the same
must be released to the Resolution Professional to ensure quick insolvency
resolution for the company.

 

Holding that the
recovery proceeding initiated by the banks was ‘valid and legal’ and that the
same could not be ‘blocked for years without valid reasons’, the PMLA appellate
authority observed that the ED is not precluded from attaching other private
properties and all other assets of the alleged accused.

 

The appellate authority, however, clarified that the ruling will ‘have
no bearing in any proceedings initiated against the alleged accused including
extradition proceedings pending or proposed to be initiated in any part of the
world’.

 

In response to the
ED plea that banks were the victim of the alleged fraud perpetrated by the
management of the corporate debtor and that the banks were entitled to recover
their dues, the PMLA appellate authority held that the banks should approach
the special court set up for that purpose.

 

The judgment, thus,
paves the way to achieve the desired objective of the insolvency process.

 

JSW Steel case

In the case of JSW
Steel (‘the Company’), the main issue was whether PMLA has overriding effect
on the Code?

 

The National
Company Law Tribunal (‘NCLT’) approved JSW Steel’s resolution plan for Bhushan
Power & Steel – one of the 12 big cases mandated by the Reserve Bank of
India for resolution under the Code. This should have ended the two-year-long
Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process for the stressed company. Instead, an
appeal was filed by JSW seeking protection from attachment and from the
liability resulting from criminal proceedings, highlighting conflict between
two apparently overlapping laws, the PMLA and the Code.

 

The company
explained its concern to NCLT about the main issue, viz., whether the PMLA
has overriding effect on the Code
, in the following words:

 

‘What is concerning
us is that contrary judgments are coming up in some ongoing PMLA cases. Today,
no bidder is aware of criminal liabilities. Criminal liability will be on the
person who has done it and the new management in no way would be responsible
for it. But can the assets of the corporate debtor be attached, that is the
main question’.

 

The company’s offer
for Bhushan Power was Rs 19,350 crores. Certain issues about the overriding
provisions of the PMLA and the Code had caused apprehensions to the bidders and
creditors of the stressed steel assets under the Code.

 

One of the bidders
expressed concern over the attachment of assets under the PMLA. The bidder
sought to secure the bid amount and creditors were concerned about recovering
their money.

 

THE CODE AND PMLA – OPERATE IN DIFFERENT SPHERES

In Deputy
Director, Directorate of Enforcement, Delhi vs. Axis Bank
9,
the Delhi High Court has held that both the PMLA and the Code have non-obstante
clauses but since they do not operate in the same sphere, they can co-exist.

 

It was observed
that the objective of the PMLA being distinct from that of the Recovery of
Debts Due to Banks and Finance Institutions Act
, the SARFAESI Act, and the
Code, these three legislations do not prevail over the PMLA. By virtue of
section 71 of the PMLA, PMLA has overriding effect on other existing laws in
the matter of dealing with ‘money laundering’ and ‘proceeds of crime’.

 

In two differing
judgments, however, the NCLAT in Rotomac Global10 and
the PMLA Appellate Authority in PMT Machines11 had dealt with
the issue of overlap between PMLA and the Code. In the Rotomac Global case,
it was held by the NCLAT that section 14 of the Code (moratorium) is not
applicable to proceedings under the PMLA and that neither law has an overriding
effect on the other because both the laws operate in different spheres.

 

In the case of PMT
Machines,
however, the PMLA appellate authority had upheld the prevalence
of the Code over the PMLA and set aside the order of attachment under PMLA and
released the properties on the ground that the properties were acquired much
prior to the date of the alleged offence of money laundering.

 

GROUND REALITIES

Indeed, banks will
have to establish that the security interest was created prior to the crime
period. The issue is: ‘Operationally, how would a creditor establish that
its charge on the property was created before the crime period?’

 

Bidders, too, are
awaiting clarity. In some cases, change of control had already taken place but
yet there was litigation. If the assets of the corporate debtor are allowed to
be attached, it will pose huge risk if, after paying a substantial sum, there
is no assurance about possession of the asset.

 

Sterling SEZ and Infrastructure Finance case

In this case12,
the Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process had commenced. The application of
the financial creditor initiating the Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process
was admitted, the Resolution Professional was appointed and moratorium was
declared.

 

The Enforcement
Directorate attached the assets of the corporate debtor. The Resolution
Professional informed the ED about the declaration of moratorium and sought
withdrawal of the attachment. However, the ED contended that the attached
properties constituted ‘proceeds of crime’ and, therefore, moratorium would not
be applicable to the proceedings under the PMLA. The adjudicating authority
under the Code was called upon to decide whether proceedings before the PMLA
Court in respect of attachment of properties were merely civil proceedings and,
accordingly, the adjudicating authority under the PMLA had no jurisdiction to
attach properties of the corporate debtor undergoing the Corporate Insolvency
Resolution Process.

 

After examining the relevant provisions of the Code and the PMLA, the
Adjudicating Authority under the Code held that the Adjudicating Authority
under the PMLA had no jurisdiction to attach properties of the corporate debtor
undergoing the Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process.

 

It also held that
the attachment order passed under the PMLA was non-est in law since it
was hit by declaration of moratorium under the Code. Accordingly, it was
finally held that the Resolution Professional could proceed to take charge of the properties as if there was no attachment order.

 

GOVERNMENT’S APPROACH

After completing
the resolution under the Code, several bidders faced demands from different
government authorities. The biggest concern, however, was the threat of
attachment under PMLA.

 

A number of
representations have been made by bidders to the Ministry of Corporate Affairs
on the issues pertaining to the PMLA, especially with regard to the attachment
of property.

 

In a holistic view
of the matter, it is suggested that the PMLA should either be amended or the
bidder should be allowed to revise the bid to the extent of the liability in
respect of the alleged ‘proceeds of crime’. The amount may be put in an escrow
account.

 

Government has taken cognisance of
this issue and has sought to amend the Code in December, 2019 to ring-fence the
prospective bidder for stressed assets against the liability for prior
offences.

 

__________________________________________-

1   Neeraj Jain vs. Yes Bank Ltd. (2019) 106
taxmann.com 35 (NCLAT)

2   Solidaire India Ltd. vs. Fair Growth AIR 2001
SC 958; Raman Ispat (P) Ltd. vs. Executive Engineer (Paschimanchal Vidyut
Vitran Nigam Ltd.) (2018) 97 taxmann.com 223 (NCLT-All).

3   Bank of India vs. Ketan Parekh AIR 2008 SC
2361; (2008) 8 SCC 148

4      Siddhi Vinayak Logistic Ltd. vs. Dy.
Director, DoE, Mumbai (2019) 101 taxmann.com 491 (PMLA-AT)

5   Anil Goel, Liquidator, Rotomac Global (P)
Ltd. vs. Ms Ramanjit Kaur Sethi, Dy. Director, DoE (2019) 102 taxmann.com 152
(NCLT-All)

6   Varrsana Ispat Ltd. vs. Dy. Director, DoE
(2019) 108 taxmann.com 96 (NCL-AT) Per contra Asset Reconstruction Co. (India)
Ltd. (ARCIL) vs. Dy. Director (2019) 109 taxmann.com 192 (NCLT-Hyd.)

7   Varrsana Ispat Ltd. vs. Dy. Director, DoE
(2019) 108 taxmann.com 96 (NCL-AT)

8      PMT Machines Ltd. vs. Dy. Director, DoE
(2019) 111 taxmann.com 362 (PMLA-AT)

9 (2019] 104 taxmann.com 49 (Delhi)

10 Rotomac Global (P) Ltd. vs. Dy. Director, DoE
[2019] 108 taxmann.com 397 (NCLAT)


11 PMT Machines Ltd. vs. Dy. Director, DoE (2019) 111 taxmann.com 362
(PMLA-AT)

12 SREI Infrastructure Finance Ltd. vs. Sterling SEZ
& Infrastructure Finance Ltd. [2019] 105 taxmann.com 167 (NCLT – Mum.)

Article 12 of India-USA DTAA; Section 9(1)(vi), (vii) of the Act – Payment received by American company for provision of cloud hosting services to Indian customers was not royalty or fees for included services within meaning of Article 12 since the assessee was in physical control or possession over, and operating and managing, equipment without having granted its lease to customers – Since the assessee did not have PE in India, income could also not be taxed as business profits

22 [2020] 113 taxmann.com 382 (Mum.)(Trib.) Rackspace, US Inc. vs. DCIT ITA Nos. 4920 & 6195 (Mum.) of 2018 A.Ys.: 2010-11 & 2015-16 Date of order: 28th November,
2019

 

Article 12 of
India-USA DTAA; Section 9(1)(vi), (vii) of the Act – Payment received by
American company for provision of cloud hosting services to Indian customers
was not royalty or fees for included services within meaning of Article 12
since the assessee was in physical control or possession over, and operating
and managing, equipment without having granted its lease to customers – Since
the assessee did not have PE in India, income could also not be taxed as
business profits

 

FACTS

The assessee was a
company incorporated in, and a tax resident of, the USA. During the relevant
year, the assessee had earned income from provision of cloud services (cloud
hosting and other supporting and ancillary services) to Indian customers. The
assessee had not filed return of its income.

 

The A.O. issued
notice u/s 148 of the Act. In response, the assessee filed the return of its
income and contended that cloud hosting services were not taxable as
‘royalties’ under Article 12 of the India-USA DTAA because of the following
reasons:

 

  •     The customers do not
    operate the equipment and do not have physical access to or control over the
    equipment used by the assessee to provide cloud support services.
  •     The assessee does not ‘make
    available’ technical knowledge, experience, skill, know-how, etc. to its
    customers. Further, the cloud support services are not in the nature of
    managerial, technical or consultancy services. Consequently, they do not
    constitute included services under Article 12 of the India-USA DTAA.
  •     Hence, income from cloud
    hosting services was business profits. Since the assessee did not have a PE in
    India under Article 5 of India-USA DTAA, the income was not taxable in India
    under the provisions of Article 7(1) of the India-USA DTAA.

 

However, in
accordance with the direction of the DRP, income from cloud services was
treated as ‘Royalty’ and taxed @ 10% under the India-USA DTAA.

 

HELD

  •     Customers of the assessee
    had only availed hosting services. They had not used, possessed or controlled
    equipment (which was owned and controlled by the assessee) used for providing
    hosting services. Hence, the payment for hosting services made by Indian
    customers did not fall within the ambit of the definition of royalty in
    Explanation 2 to section 9(1)(vi) of the Act.
  •     Amendment to the said
    definition by the Finance Act, 2012 clarified that irrespective of possession
    or control of equipment with payer, or use by payer, or location of equipment
    in India, any payment made for ‘use of equipment’ would be classified as
    ‘royalties’.
  •     Since the assessee was a
    tax resident of the USA, it qualified for beneficial provisions under the
    India-USA DTAA.
  •     The definition of royalties under Article
    12(3) of the India-USA DTAA is in pari materia with the pre-amendment
    definition of royalty under the Act. The definition under the India-USA DTAA
    being exhaustive and not inclusive, its meaning should be only that given in
    the Article.
  •     The assessee was providing
    hosting services to Indian customers. The data centre and infrastructure
    therein which was used to provide services belonged to, and was operated and
    managed by, only the assessee.
  •     The term ‘use’ or ‘right to
    use’ in the context of the DTAA contemplates that the payer has possession /
    control over the property or the property is at its disposal. However, the
    assessee did not give any equipment to the customers nor did it allow them to
    have control over equipment. Customers did not have physical control or
    possession over servers and other equipment used to provide cloud hosting
    services. Customers did not even know the location of either the data centre or
    the location of the server in the data centre.
  •     The assessee had provided
    cloud hosting services which were standard services provided to customers.
    Agreement between the assessee and its customers was only a service level
    agreement for providing hosting and other ancillary services simpliciter
    to customers and not for use, or hire, or lease, of any equipment.
  •       Accordingly,
    payments received by the assessee could not be said to be royalty within the
    meaning of Explanation (2) to section 9(1)(vi) of the Act and also Article
    12(3)(b) of the India-USA DTAA. Besides, in the absence of a PE of the assessee
    in India, in terms of the India-USA DTAA its income could not be taxed as
    business profits in India.

 

Articles 7, 14 and 23 of India-Spain DTAA – As gains from hedging were covered under Article 7 or 14 (though not taxable under those Articles), Article 23 is not applicable Article 14 of India-Spain DTAA – Merely because companies are engaged in real estate development, it could not be concluded that their assets ‘principally’ consist of immovable properties; therefore, capital gain earned on sale of shares of such companies not taxable under Article 14

21 [2019] 112
taxmann.com 119 (Mum.)(Trib.)
JCIT vs. Merrill
Lynch Capital Market Espana SA SV ITA No. 6109 (Mum.)
of 2018
A.Y.: 2013-14 Date of order: 11th
October, 2019

 

Articles 7, 14 and
23 of India-Spain DTAA – As gains from hedging were covered under Article 7 or
14 (though not taxable under those Articles), Article 23 is not applicable

 

Article 14 of
India-Spain DTAA – Merely because companies are engaged in real estate
development, it could not be concluded that their assets ‘principally’ consist
of immovable properties; therefore, capital gain earned on sale of shares of
such companies not taxable under Article 14

 

FACTS I

The assessee was a
company incorporated in, and tax resident of, Spain. It was registered as a
Foreign Institutional Investor (FII) in India. During the relevant year, the
assessee had undertaken certain transactions to hedge its exposure in foreign
exchange on Indian investments and earned gains therefrom.

 

During the course
of assessment proceedings, the A.O. noticed that the assessee had earned gain
from hedging which it had claimed was exempt under Article 14 of the
India-Spain DTAA. The A.O. observed that being an investor, the assessee could
not carry on any business activity. Accordingly, the A.O. held that the receipt
was in the nature of other income, which was taxable in India in terms of
Article 23(3) of the India-Spain DTAA.

 

In appeal, the
CIT(A) followed the orders of his predecessors in the assessee’s own case.
Further, the CIT(A) also relied on the decision in Citicorp Banking
Corpn., Bahrain vs. ACIT (IT Appeal No. 6625/{Mum.} of [2009]).
Accordingly,
the CIT(A) observed that hedging contracts had nexus with the investment in
India because forex transactions were to hedge investment in securities. Hence,
gains from hedging were capital gains. As investment income of the FII was not
taxable in India in terms of Article 14(6) of the India-Spain DTAA, gains from
hedging were also not taxable in India.

 

HELD I

  •     Article 23 comes into play
    only if an item of income is ‘not expressly dealt with’ in the preceding
    articles (i.e. Articles 6 to 22) of the DTAA. The Revenue has not contended
    that as the gains are not covered by Article 7 (Business Income) or Article 14
    (Capital Gain), they should be taxable under Article 23 (Other Income) which
    gives residuary taxation rights to source jurisdiction.
  •     Income cannot be brought
    within the ambit of Article 23 only because it cannot be taxed as the
    conditions for taxability in source jurisdiction were not fulfilled. However,
    income which is otherwise not covered under Articles 6 to 22 (such as alimony,
    income from chance, lottery or gambling, rent paid by resident of a contracting
    state for the use of an immovable property in a third state, and damages which
    do not pertain to loss of income covered by Articles 6 to 22, etc.) only will be
    covered by Article 23.
  •     Income from gains from
    hedging was covered by Article 7 or Article 14. It was taxable if conditions
    were satisfied. Hence, Article 23 would not have any application.
  •     If hedging contracts were
    entered into in the course of business, notwithstanding regulatory
    permissibility, such contracts could either be revenue or capital in nature.
  •     If gains were capital in
    nature, they will be capital gains and would be subject to Article 14 of the
    India-Spain DTAA. A perusal of Article 14(1) to 14(5) shows that none of the
    clauses could be invoked. Accordingly, in terms of Article 14(6), the gains
    were not taxable in source jurisdiction.
  •     If gains were revenue in
    nature, they will be business profits and would be subject to Article 7. They could
    be taxed in source jurisdiction only if the assessee has a PE in India. Article
    7 of the India-Spain DTAA merely mentions ‘profits of an enterprise’. The A.O.
    has mentioned that ‘as an investor, the assessee cannot carry out any business
    activity’ and, therefore, it cannot be said to be a business activity. However,
    Article 7 does not even remotely suggest compliance with regulatory conditions
    for qualifying under the DTAA. Whether with regulatory approval or without
    regulatory approval, and whether legal or illegal, business profits are taxable
    nevertheless.
  •     Even if these were not
    hedging contracts but the assessee was dealing in forward exchange contracts simplicter,
    by itself it could not make gains taxable under Article 7 if the assessee did
    not have a PE in India, or under Article 14 if the gains were not covered in
    Article 14(1) to 14(5). Merely because gains though covered under Article 7 or
    14 but not taxable, would not be covered by Article 23. Hence, gains from
    hedging could not be taxed as non-business income.
  •     Accordingly, the assessee
    was not liable to tax on gains under the India-Spain DTAA.

 

FACTS II

The assessee had invested in shares of certain companies engaged in
development of real estate. Shares of these companies were listed on the stock
exchange (and the taxpayer held them as portfolio investment such that the
holding in each company was less than 7%). During the relevant year, the
assessee earned capital gains on sale of these shares. In India, such gain
could be taxed in terms of the India-Spain DTAA only if the property of such
company, directly or indirectly, consisted of immoveable properties in India
and the shares of such company derived their value principally from such
immovable properties.

 

The A.O. observed that these companies were in the real estate sector,
including development of residential and commercial properties, and further,
the value of the shares of the companies was derived from the value of
immovable properties held by them.

 

Accordingly, the A.O. concluded that capital gain on the sale of their
shares was taxable in India under Article 14(4) of the India-Spain DTAA.

 

In appeal, the
CIT(A) observed that the assessee had minuscule shareholding which could not
have given any right, either in stock-in-trade of those companies, or to occupy
immovable properties of those companies. The CIT(A) further observed that
Article 14(4) was meant to cover cases of indirect transfer of immovable
properties through transfer of shares of companies holding properties. It would
not cover cases where commercial investments were made in shares of companies
engaged in the real estate sector. Hence, the CIT(A) held that gains on the
sale of shares were not taxable in India in terms of Article 14(6) of the
India-Spain DTAA.

 

HELD II

  •     The assessee had sold no
    more than 2% shares in any of the six realty companies. It did not hold any
    controlling interest or even significant interest in these companies which
    could provide any right to occupy properties. All the companies were engaged in
    the business of real estate development and not in holding of real estate per
    se
    .
  •     Under Article 14(1), gains
    from immovable property may be taxed in source state. The purpose of Article
    14(4) is to cover gains from shares of a company holding immovable property
    which would not have been covered in Article 14(1).
  •     The India-Spain DTAA does
    not specifically define the expression ‘principally’. From clarifications in
    model convention commentaries, in the absence of anything to suggest a
    different intention, the threshold test should be 50% of total assets. Only
    such companies where holding of immovable property directly or indirectly
    comprises at least 50% of aggregate assets are covered.
  •     Merely because a company is
    engaged in real estate development it would not imply that over 50% of its
    aggregate assets consist of immovable properties. Apparently, the A.O. has
    presumed that just because these companies are dealing in real estate
    development the assets of these companies ‘principally’ consist of immovable
    properties.
  •     Accordingly, the CIT(A) had
    correctly held that cases where commercial investments were made in shares of
    companies engaged in the real estate sector were not covered. Hence, gains on
    sale of shares were not taxable in India in terms of Article 14(6) of the
    India-Spain DTAA.

 

Article 11 of India-Mauritius DTAA; sections 4, 92 of the Act – As per Article 11(1), interest can be taxed only if twin conditions of ‘arising’ (i.e., accrual) and ‘paid’ (i.e., actual receipt) are fulfilled – Transfer pricing provisions cannot apply to tax an amount which had neither accrued to, nor was received by, the taxpayer

20 [2020] 113 taxmann.com 79 (Mum.)(Trib.) Gurgaon Investment Ltd. vs. DCIT ITA Nos. 1499 (Mum.) of 2014, 7359 (Mum.) of
2016 & 6821 (Mum.) of 2017
A.Y.: 2008-09, 2011-12 & 2012-13 Date of order: 15th November,
2019

 

Article 11 of India-Mauritius DTAA;
sections 4, 92 of the Act – As per Article 11(1), interest can be taxed only if
twin conditions of ‘arising’ (i.e., accrual) and ‘paid’ (i.e., actual receipt)
are fulfilled – Transfer pricing provisions cannot apply to tax an amount which
had neither accrued to, nor was received by, the taxpayer

 

FACTS

The assessee was a
non-resident company incorporated in Mauritius. It was engaged in the business
of holding of investments. It was a member company of an international group of
financial management and advisory companies. The assessee had purchased
compulsorily convertible debentures (CCDs) of an Indian company (I Co) from its
AE based in Mauritius.

 

In course of transfer pricing proceedings, the assessee furnished
details of interest on debentures due from I Co. The assessee submitted that it
had waived interest that was due from I Co and I Co had also not claimed
deduction of interest on CCDs. Therefore, no income had accrued to the
assessee. The TPO observed that the assessee had waived interest to help its
AE. Therefore, such interest was to be reduced from the income of the assessee.

 

CIT(A) upheld the
transfer pricing adjustment made.

 

HELD

  •     Article 11(1) of the
    India-Mauritius DTAA reads: ‘Interest arising in a Contracting State and
    paid to a resident of the other Contracting State may be taxed in that other
    State.’
  •     The expression ‘paid’ has
    been used in several other DTAAs, in similar as well as different contexts.
    Several judicial authorities have interpreted the expression ‘paid’ and held1  that in such cases the relevant income is to
    be taxed on paid basis and not accrual basis.
  •     Article 11(1) of the India-Mauritius DTAA
    requires fulfilment of the twin conditions of ‘arising’ (i.e., accrual) and
    ‘paid’ (i.e., actual receipt) for taxability of interest. Unless both
    conditions are fulfilled, interest will not be taxable.
  •     Once interest is not
    taxable as per Article 11(1) of the DTAA, section 4 of the Act will have no
    application. Section 92 and other provisions in Chapter X are in the nature of
    machinery provisions, which are subject to charging provision in section 4 of
    the Act. If a particular item of income does not come within the purview of the
    charging provision, the machinery provisions would not be applicable.
  •     Chapter X containing TP
    provisions is in the nature of anti-avoidance provisions applicable in case of
    transactions between related parties. However, when income itself is not
    chargeable to tax because of DTAA provisions, there is no question of tax
    avoidance / evasion being applicable.
  •     It was only because of
    difficulties in the real estate sector that investee companies had requested
    for waiver of interest.
  •     For taxing interest, it was
    necessary to satisfy the twin conditions of accrual and payment. However, the
    TPO / A.O. had sought to tax what the assessee was supposed to
    receive
    (but, factually had not received).
  •     Transfer pricing adjustment
    was made on this hypothetical amount. In Vodafone India Services (P.)
    Ltd. vs. Union of India [2014] 50 taxmann.com 30 (Bom.)
    , the Bombay
    High Court held that even income arising from an international transaction must
    satisfy the test of income under the Act and must find its home in one of the
    charging provisions. The TPO / A.O. had not established that notional interest
    satisfied the test of income arising or received under the charging provision
    of the Act. Transfer pricing adjustment in respect of interest which was
    neither received by, nor had accrued to, the assessee could not be made.

_________________________________________________________________

 

1 DIT vs. Siemens Aktiengesellscharft, [IT Appeal No.
124 of 2010, dated 22
nd October, 2012]
[India-Germany DTAA];
Johnson & Johnson vs. Asstt. DIT; Johnson & Johnson vs. ADIT [2013] 32 taxmann.com
102 (Mum.)(Trib.) [India-
USA DTAA]; Pramerica ASPF 11 Cyprus Holding Ltd. vs.
Dy. CIT [2016] 67
taxmann.com 368 (Mum.)(Trib.) [India-Cyprus DTAA].

Section 56(2)(vii)(b) dealing with receipt of immovable property for inadequate consideration will not apply to a case where the agreement for purchase was made before amendment of this section, substantial obligations discharged and rights accrued in favour of assessee but merely registration was on or after amendment of said section Interest under sections 234A and 234B is chargeable with reference to the returned income and not the assessed income

12. Bajrang Lal Naredi vs. ITO (Ranchi) Pradip Kumar Kedia (A.M.) and Madhumita Roy
(J.M.) ITA No. 327/Ran/2018
A.Y.: 2014-15 Date of order: 20th January, 2020

Counsel for Assessee / Revenue: Anand Pasari
with Nitin Pasari / Nisha Singhmarr

 

Section
56(2)(vii)(b) dealing with receipt of immovable property for inadequate
consideration will not apply to a case where the agreement for purchase was
made before amendment of this section, substantial obligations discharged and
rights accrued in favour of assessee but merely registration was on or after
amendment of said section

 

Interest under sections 234A and 234B is
chargeable with reference to the returned income and not the assessed income

 

FACTS I

The assessee, in the year under consideration, registered in his name an
immovable property on 17th June, 2013 against the actual purchase of
property done on 15th April, 2011 in financial year 2011-12. The
purchase consideration was determined at Rs. 9,10,000 at the time of agreement
for purchase in financial year 2011-12; accordingly, the payment was made at
the time of such agreement to the vendor. The registration was, however,
carried out at a belated stage on 17th June, 2013 on which date the
stamp duty valuation stood at a higher figure of Rs. 22,60,000. The A.O.
noticed the alleged under-valuation in the purchase price of the property qua
stamp duty valuation and applied provisions of section 56(2)(vii)(b) of the Act
and worked out the adjusted purchase consideration of Rs. 18,89,350. The A.O.,
accordingly, treated the difference of Rs. 9,79,350 as ‘deemed income’ having
regard to the provisions of section 56(2)(vii)(b) of the Act as amended by the
Finance Act, 2013 and applicable from assessment year 2014-15 onwards.

 

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal to the CIT(A) who confirmed
the action of the A.O. Next, the aggrieved assessee preferred an appeal to the
Tribunal.

 

HELD I

The Tribunal noted
that it is the applicability of section 56(2)(vii)(b) of the Act as amended by
the Finance Act, 2013 and applicable to A.Y. 2014-15 which is in question. The
Tribunal observed that as per the pre-amended provisions of section
56(2)(vii)(b) of the Act, where an individual or HUF receives from any person
any immovable property without consideration, the provisions of amended section
56(2)(vii)(b) of the Act would apply. This position was, however, amended by
the Finance Act, 2013 and made applicable to A.Y. 2014-15 onwards. As per the
amended provisions, the scope of the substituted provision was expanded to
cover the purchase of immovable property for inadequate consideration as well.

 

It observed that there is no dispute that purchase transactions of
immovable property were carried out in financial year 2011-12 for which full
consideration was also parted with the seller. Mere registration at later date
would not cover a transaction already executed in the earlier years and
substantial obligations already been discharged and a substantive right accrued
to the assessee therefrom. The Tribunal held that pre-amended provisions will,
thus, apply and therefore the Revenue is debarred to cover the transactions
where inadequacy in purchase consideration is alleged. The Tribunal deleted the
addition made by the A.O. and confirmed by the CIT(A).

 

The Tribunal allowed this ground of appeal filed by the assessee.

 

FACTS II

The second issue in
the appeal filed by the assessee was raised by filing an additional ground. The
issue for consideration of the Tribunal was whether interest u/s 234B of the
Act is chargeable on assessed income qua return income.

 

HELD II

The Tribunal noted that an identical issue had come up before the coordinate
bench of the ITAT in ITO vs. M/s Anand Vihar Construction Pvt. Ltd. ITA
No. 335/Ran/2017 order dated 28th November, 2018
. Having
noted the ratio of the decision of the coordinate bench of the Tribunal,
it held that interest under sections 234A and 234B of the Act is chargeable
with reference to returned income only.

 

 

Sections 32, 37, 45, 50 – Where the business of the assessee came to a halt, expenses incurred by the assessee for maintaining its legal status and disposing of the assets are allowable u/s 37(1) of the Act Assessee owned leasehold rights in the land and a building was constructed thereon; on transfer of the same, capital gains were to be bifurcated as long-term capital gains on transfer of land u/s 45 and short-term capital gains on transfer of building u/s 50 Unabsorbed depreciation is deemed to be current year’s depreciation and it can therefore be set off against capital gains

25. [2019] 202 TTJ (Bang.) 893 Hirsh Bracelet India (P) Ltd. vs. ACIT ITA No. 3392/Bang/2018 A.Y.: 2015-16 Date of order: 3rd July, 2019

 

Sections 32,
37, 45, 50 – Where the business of the assessee came to a halt, expenses
incurred by the assessee for maintaining its legal status and disposing of the
assets are allowable u/s 37(1) of the Act

 

Assessee owned
leasehold rights in the land and a building was constructed thereon; on
transfer of the same, capital gains were to be bifurcated as long-term capital
gains on transfer of land u/s 45 and short-term capital gains on transfer of
building u/s 50

Unabsorbed
depreciation is deemed to be current year’s depreciation and it can therefore
be set off against capital gains

 

FACTS

The assessee company was engaged in the
business of manufacturing wrist watch straps. The assessee had taken land on
lease for a period of 99 years and set up a unit for designing, importing,
exporting, dealing in and manufacturing wrist watch straps. In view of
continued losses and several operational difficulties, the business of the
assessee had to be closed down. The assessee had declared capital gains on the
sale of leasehold rights in land and building as short-term capital gain in the
return of income and, after adjusting current year’s expense and depreciation,
returned a total income.

 

During the course of the assessment
proceedings, the assessee claimed that sale of leasehold rights in land would
result in long-term capital gains. But the A.O. taxed the capital gains as short-term
and did not allow set-off of brought forward business losses. Further, the A.O.
had disallowed the expenditure u/s 37(1), contending that the same could not be
allowed as there was no business in existence.

 

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal
to the CIT(A) who dismissed the appeal.

 

HELD

The various expenses incurred by the
assessee were to maintain its legal status as a company until the assets were
disposed of and the liabilities paid. The Tribunal held that it was essential
for the assessee to incur these expenses and neither the A.O. nor the CIT(A)
has doubted the incurring of the expenditure. The assessee held leasehold
rights in land and it required permission from the Government for transfer of
such rights. This permission was received by the assessee only in the previous
year, 2013-2014. Therefore, even though the business of the assessee had come
to a halt in 2010, it was necessary to maintain the legal status until all the
assets were liquidated. Thus, the expenses incurred by the assessee were to be
allowed as a deduction in computation of income.

 

The assessee had made a claim for the
bifurcation of capital gains into long-term capital gains on transfer of
leasehold rights in land and short-term capital gains on transfer of building,
being a depreciable asset, in accordance with the provisions of section 50. The
assessee was entitled to bifurcate the capital gains and the provisions of
section 50 would be made applicable in computation of capital gains arising
from transfer of building.

 

Unabsorbed depreciation is deemed to be
current year’s depreciation and the same can be set off against capital gains
under the provisions of section 71.

 

These grounds of appeal filed by the
assessee were allowed.

 

Section 147, Explanation 3 & Section 154 – The powers conferred on the A.O. by Explanation 3 to section 147 cannot be extended to section 154 – Any discrepancy that was not a subject matter of reassessment proceedings cannot, subsequently, upon conclusion of reassessment proceedings, be brought up by the A.O. by recourse to section 154

24 [2019] 202 TTJ (Del.) 1014 JDC Traders (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT ITA No. 5886/Del/2015 A.Y.: 2007-2008 Date of order: 11th October, 2019

 

Section 147,
Explanation 3 & Section 154 – The powers conferred on the A.O. by
Explanation 3 to section 147 cannot be extended to section 154 – Any
discrepancy that was not a subject matter of reassessment proceedings cannot,
subsequently, upon conclusion of reassessment proceedings, be brought up by the
A.O. by recourse to section 154

 

FACTS

The assessee was a company engaged in the
business of trading, export and printing. For A.Y. 2007-2008 it submitted its
return of income and the same was processed u/s 143(1) of the Act. Reassessment
proceedings were initiated against the assessee for the assessment year in
question after recording reasons for the same. Certain travel expenditure
claimed by the assessee was disallowed and addition was made for the same. On
conclusion of the reassessment proceedings and perusal of the assessment
records by the A.O., he noticed a discrepancy in the amount of stock appearing
in the statement of profit and loss and in the notes to financial accounts. The
A.O. issued a notice u/s 154 to the assessee as regards the difference. The
assessee submitted that the amount stated as closing stock at the time of
preparation of accounts had been inadvertently missed out to be corrected
post-finalisation of accounts and stock reconciliation. The assessee also
submitted that after reconciliation the mistake was detected and corrected. The
A.O. made an addition for the amount of difference in the amounts of closing
stock stated at different values.

The assessee preferred an appeal with the CIT(A).
However, the CIT(A) did not agree with its contention and stated that under the
provisions of Explanation 3 to section 147, the A.O. was justified in assessing
/ reassessing the income which had escaped assessment. Further, there was
nothing wrong in the A.O. rectifying the mistake in the order under sections
147 / 143(3). The assessee then filed an appeal with the ITAT.

 

HELD

The issue relating to the discrepancy in the
value of closing stock was not taken up by the A.O. at the time of reassessment
proceedings u/s 147. A reading of section 147 shows that it empowers the A.O.
to assess or reassess income in respect of any issue which had escaped
assessment, irrespective of the fact whether such aspect was adverted in the
reasons recorded u/s 147. The A.O. had resorted to section 154 to make addition
in respect of the issue of discrepancy in closing stock on conclusion of the
reassessment proceedings. The powers under Explanation 3 to section 147, if
extended to section 154, would empower the A.O. to make one addition after the
other by taking shelter of Explanation 3 to section 147. It was also not the
case that the A.O. had invoked section 154 with respect to the original
assessment finalised u/s 143(3).

 

Thus, the powers of Explanation 3 to section
147 cannot be extended to section 154, and the addition made by the A.O. for
discrepancy of closing stock values upon conclusion of reassessment proceedings
was beyond his jurisdiction.

 

The appeal filed by the assessee was
allowed.

 

M/s JSW Steel Ltd. vs. Dy. CIT; [ITA Nos. 33, 34 & 35/Mum/2015; Date of order: 28th September, 2016; A.Y.: 2008-09; Mum. ITAT] Section 153A – Once the assessment gets abated, the original return filed u/s 139(1) is replaced by the return filed u/s 153A – It is open to both parties, i.e., the assessee and Revenue, to make claims for allowance or disallowance – (Continental Warehousing Corporation 374 ITR 645 Bom. referred)

16. The Pr. CIT-2 vs.
M/s JSW Steel Ltd. (Successor on amalgamation of JSW Ispat Steel Ltd.) [Income
tax Appeal No. 1934 of 2017]
Date of order: 5th
February, 2020 (Bombay High Court)

 

M/s JSW Steel Ltd. vs.
Dy. CIT; [ITA Nos. 33, 34 & 35/Mum/2015; Date of order: 28th
September, 2016; A.Y.: 2008-09; Mum. ITAT]

 

Section
153A – Once the assessment gets abated, the original return filed u/s 139(1) is
replaced by the return filed u/s 153A – It is open to both parties, i.e., the
assessee and Revenue, to make claims for allowance or disallowance – (Continental
Warehousing Corporation 374 ITR 645 Bom.
referred)

 

The assessee is a widely-held public
limited company engaged in various activities, including production of sponge
iron, galvanised sheets and cold-rolled coils through its steel plants located
at Dolve and Kalmeshwar in Maharashtra. The company filed its original return
of income on 30th September, 2008 for A.Y. 2008-09 declaring loss at
Rs. 104,17,70,752 under the provisions of section 139(1) of the Act.

 

During pendency of the assessment
proceedings, a search was conducted u/s 132 on the ISPAT group of companies on
30th November, 2010. Following the search, a notice u/s 153A was
issued. In response, the assessee filed return of income declaring total loss
at Rs. 419,48,90,102 on 29th March, 2012. In this return, the
assessee made a new claim for treating gain on pre-payment of deferred VAT /
sales tax on the Net Present Value (NPV) basis for an amount of Rs.
318,10,93,993 as ‘capital receipt’.

 

This new / fresh claim of the assessee
was disallowed by the A.O. while finalising the assessment u/s 143(3) r/w/s
153A of the Act by considering the same as ‘revenue receipt’ instead of
‘capital receipt’. The reasoning given by the A.O. was that the assessee had
availed of the sales tax deferral scheme and the State Government had permitted
premature re-payment of deferred sales tax liability on the NPV basis.
Therefore, according to the A.O., the assessee treated this as capital receipt
even though the same was credited to the assessee’s profit and loss account
being the difference between the deferred sales tax and its NPV.

 

However, the
primary question that arose before the A.O. was whether the claim which was not
made in the earlier original return of income filed u/s 139(1) could be filed
and considered in the subsequent return filed by the assessee in pursuance of
notice u/s 153A of the Act (which was consequent to the search action conducted
u/s 132). The A.O. held that the assessee could not raise a new claim in the
return filed u/s 153A which was not raised in the original return of income
filed u/s 139(1). Thereafter, the claim was disallowed and was treated as
‘revenue receipt’.

 

Aggrieved by the aforesaid order, the
assessee preferred an appeal before the CIT(A) who upheld the order passed by
the A.O.

 

Still aggrieved, the assessee filed an
appeal to the Tribunal. The Tribunal held that the assessee could lodge new
claims, deductions, exemptions or relief (which the assessee had failed to
claim in his regular return of income) which came to be filed by the assessee
under the provisions of section 153A of the Act.

 

But the Revenue, aggrieved by the order
of the ITAT, filed an appeal to the High Court. The Court held that in view of
the second proviso to section 153A of the Act, once assessment got
abated, it meant that it was open for both the parties, i.e., the assessee as
well as Revenue, to make claims for allowance, or to make disallowance, as the
case may be. That apart, the assessee could lodge a new claim for deduction,
etc. which remained to be claimed in his earlier / regular return of income.
This is so because assessment was never made in the case of the assessee in
such a situation. It is fortified that once the assessment gets abated, the
original return which had been filed loses its originality and the subsequent return
filed u/s 153A of the Act (which is in consequence to the search action u/s
132) takes the place of the original return. In such a case, the return of
income filed u/s 153A(1) would be construed to be one filed u/s 139(1) and the
provisions of the said Act shall apply to the same accordingly. If that be the
position, all legitimate claims would be open to the assessee to raise in the
return of income filed u/s 153A(1).

 

The Court further emphasised on the
judgment passed by it in the case of Continental Warehousing (Supra) which
also explains the second proviso to section 153A(1). The explanation is
that pending assessment or reassessment on the date of initiation of search if
abated, then the assessment pending on the date of initiation of search shall
cease to exist and no further action with respect to that assessment shall be
taken by the A.O. In such a situation, the assessment is required to be
undertaken by the A.O. u/s 153A(1) of the Act.

 

In view of the second proviso to
section 153A (1), once assessment gets abated, it is opened both ways, i.e.,
for the Revenue to make any additions apart from seized material, even regular
items declared in the return can be subject matter if there is doubt about the
genuineness of those items, and similarly the assessee also can lodge new
claims, deductions or exemptions or relief which remained to be claimed in the
regular return of income, because assessment was never made in the case /
situation. Hence, the appeal filed by the Revenue is liable to be dismissed.

 

DCIT-1(1) vs. M/s Ami Industries (India) Pvt. Ltd. [ITA No. 5181/Mum/2014; Date of order: 28th August, 2016; A.Y.: 2010-11; Mum. ITAT] Section 68 – Share application money – The assessee had furnished PAN, ITR of the investors to prove genuineness of the transactions – For credit worthiness of the creditors, the bank accounts of the investors showed that they had funds – Not required to prove ‘source of the source’ – Addition is justified [PCIT vs. NRA Iron & Steel 412 ITR 161 (SC) distinguished]

15. The Pr. CIT-1 vs. M/s Ami
Industries (India) Pvt. Ltd. [Income tax Appeal No. 1231 of 2017] Date of
order: 29th January, 2020 (Bombay High Court)

 

DCIT-1(1) vs. M/s Ami Industries
(India) Pvt. Ltd. [ITA No. 5181/Mum/2014; Date of order: 28th
August, 2016; A.Y.: 2010-11; Mum. ITAT]

 

Section 68 – Share application money –
The assessee had furnished PAN, ITR of the investors to prove genuineness of
the transactions – For credit worthiness of the creditors, the bank accounts of
the investors showed that they had funds – Not required to prove ‘source of the
source’ – Addition is justified [PCIT vs. NRA Iron & Steel 412 ITR 161
(SC)
distinguished]

 

In the assessment proceedings, the A.O.
noted that the assessee had disclosed funds from three Kolkata-based companies
as share application money amounting to Rs. 34.00 crores (Parasmani Merchandise
Pvt. Ltd. Rs. 13.50 crores; Ratanmani Vanijya Pvt. Ltd. Rs. 2.00 crores and
Rosberry Merchants Pvt. Ltd. Rs. 18.50 crores).

The A.O. issued a
notice to the assessee on the ground that the whereabouts of the above
companies were doubtful and their identity could not be authenticated. Thus,
the genuineness of the companies became questionable.

 

After considering the reply submitted
by the assessee, the A.O. treated the aforesaid amount of Rs. 34 crores as
money from unexplained sources and added the same to the income of the assessee
as unexplained cash credit u/s 68 of the Act.

 

Aggrieved by the order, the assessee
preferred an appeal before the CIT(A). The CIT(A) held that the assessee had
discharged its burden u/s 68 by proving the identity of the creditors; the
genuineness of the transactions; and the credit worthiness of the creditors.
Consequently, the first appellate authority set aside the addition made by the
A.O.

 

Being aggrieved by the order of the
CIT(A), the Revenue filed an appeal to the Tribunal. The Tribunal noted that
the A.O. had referred the matter to the investigation wing of the Department at
Kolkata for making inquiries about the three creditors from whom share
application money was received. Though the report from the investigation wing
was received, the Tribunal noted that the same was not considered by the A.O.
despite mentioning of the same in the assessment order; besides, he had not
provided a copy of the same to the assessee. In the report by the investigation
wing, it was mentioned that the companies were in existence and had filed income
tax returns for the previous year under consideration but the A.O. recorded
that these creditors had very meagre income as disclosed in their returns of
income and, therefore, he doubted the credit-worthiness of the three creditors.

 

Finally, the Tribunal held that as per
the provisions of section 68 of the Act, for any cash credit appearing in the
books of an assessee, the assessee is required to prove the following: (a)
Identity of the creditor, (b) Genuineness of the transaction, and (c)
Credit-worthiness of the party. In this case, the assessee had already proved
the identity of the share applicants by furnishing their PAN and copies of
their IT returns filed for the A.Y. 2010-11.

 

Regarding the genuineness of the
transaction, the assessee had filed a copy of the bank accounts of the three
share applicants from which the share application money was paid and the copy
of the account of the assessee in which the said amount was deposited and which
had been received by RTGS. Regarding the credit-worthiness of the parties, it
has been proved from the bank accounts of the three companies that they had the
funds to make payments for the share application money and a copy of the
resolution passed in the meetings of their Boards of Directors. Regarding ‘the source
of the source’, the A.O. has already made inquiries through the DDI
(Investigation), Kolkata and collected all the materials required which proved
‘the source of the source’, though as per the settled legal position on this
issue the assessee need not prove ‘the source of the source’. The A.O. has not
brought any cogent material or evidence on record to indicate that the
shareholders were benamidars or fictitious persons, or that any part of
the share capital represented the company’s own income from undisclosed
sources. Accordingly, the order of the CIT(A) was upheld.

 

Aggrieved by the order of the ITAT, the
Revenue filed an appeal to the High Court. The Revenue submitted that it cannot
be said that the assessee had discharged the burden to prove the
credit-worthiness of the three parties. Further, it contented that the assessee
is also required to prove ‘the source of the source’. In this connection, the
Department placed reliance on a decision of the Supreme Court in Pr. CIT
vs. NRA Iron & Steel Pvt. Ltd.

 

The assessee submitted that from the
facts and circumstances of the case, it is quite evident that the assessee has
discharged its burden to prove the identity of the creditors, the genuineness
of the transactions and the credit-worthiness of the creditors. The legal
position is very clear inasmuch as the assessee is only required to explain the
source and not ‘the source of the source’. The decision of the Supreme Court in
NRA Iron & Steel Pvt. Ltd. (Supra) is not the case law for
the aforesaid proposition. In fact, the said decision nowhere states that the
assessee is required to prove ‘the source of the source’. Further, it is also a
settled proposition that the assessee is not required to prove ‘the source of
the source’. In fact, this position has been clarified in the recent decision
in Gaurav Triyugi Singh vs. Income Tax Officer-24(3)(1)2 dated 22nd
January, 2020.

 

The Court found that the identity of
the creditors was not in doubt. The assessee had furnished the PAN, copies of
the income tax returns of the creditors, as well as copies of the bank accounts
of the three creditors in which the share application money was deposited in
order to prove the genuineness of the transactions. Insofar as the
credit-worthiness of the creditors was concerned, the Tribunal had recorded
that the bank accounts of the creditors showed that they had funds to make
payments for share application money and, in this regard, resolutions were also
passed by the Board of Directors of the three creditors. Although the assessee
was not required to prove ‘the source of the source’, nonetheless, the Tribunal
took the view that the A.O. had made inquiries through the investigation wing
of the Department at Kolkata and collected all the materials which proved ‘the
source of the source’.

 

In NRA Iron & Steel Pvt. Ltd.
(Supra)
, the A.O. had made an independent and detailed inquiry,
including survey of the investor companies. The field report revealed that the
shareholders were either non-existent or lacked credit-worthiness. It is in
these circumstances that the Supreme Court had held that the onus to establish
the identity of the investor companies was not discharged by the assessee. The
aforesaid decision is, therefore, clearly distinguishable on the facts of the
present case. Therefore, the first appellate authority had returned a clear
finding of fact that the assessee had discharged its onus of proving the
identity of the creditors, the genuineness of the transactions and the
credit-worthiness of the creditors, which finding of fact stood affirmed by the
Tribunal. There are, thus, concurrent findings of fact by the two lower
appellate authorities. Under these circumstances, the appeal is dismissed.

 

Section 56 r/w Rule 11UA – Fair Market Value of shares on the basis of the valuation of various assets cannot be rejected where it has been demonstrated with evidence that the Fair Market Value of the assets is much more than the value shown in the balance sheet

22. [2019] 75 ITR (Trib.) 538 (Del.) India Convention & Culture Centre (P)
Ltd. vs. ITO ITA No. 7262/Del/2017
A.Y.: 2014-15 Date of order: 27th September,
2019

 

Section 56 r/w Rule 11UA – Fair Market
Value of shares on the basis of the valuation of various assets cannot be
rejected where it has been demonstrated with evidence that the Fair Market
Value of the assets is much more than the value shown in the balance sheet

 

FACTS

The assessee company issued 70,00,000 equity
shares of Rs. 10 each at a premium of Rs. 5 per share. The assessee company had
changed land use from agricultural to institutional purposes owing to which the
value of the land increased substantially. It contended before the ITO to
consider the Fair Market Value (FMV) of the land instead of the book value for
the purpose of Rule 11UA. However, the ITO added the entire share premium by
invoking section 56(2)(viib). He computed the FMV of shares on the basis of
book value instead of FMV of land held by the assessee company while making an
addition u/s 56(2)(viib) r/w Rule 11UA.

 

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal
to the CIT(A) who confirmed the action of the A.O. The assessee then preferred
an appeal to the Tribunal.

 

HELD

The Tribunal observed that the assessee took
refuge of clause (ii) of Explanation (a) to section 56(2)(viib). The counsel
for the assessee argued that the lower authorities have wrongly computed the fair
market value of the shares on the basis of the book value ignoring the fair
market value of the land held by the company; since the assessee had obtained
permission of the competent authority for change of land use from
‘agricultural’ to ‘institutional’ for art, culture and convention centre, its
market value increased substantially. The Tribunal, convinced by the fact of
increase in market value of land, held that valuation of the shares should be
made on the basis of various factors and not merely on the basis of financials,
and the substantiation of the fair market value on the basis of the valuation
done by the assessee simply cannot be rejected where the assessee has
demonstrated with evidence that the fair market value of the asset is much more
than the value shown in the balance sheet.

 

The Tribunal allowed the appeal filed by the
assessee.

 

Section 68 r/w/s 194J – Merely because an amount is reflected in Form 26AS, it cannot be brought to tax in the hands of the assessee where an error was made by a third person

21 [2019] 75 ITR (Trib.) 364 (Mum.) TUV India (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT ITA No. 6628/Mum/2017 A.Y.: 2011-12 Date of order: 20th August, 2019

 

Section 68 r/w/s 194J – Merely because an
amount is reflected in Form 26AS, it cannot be brought to tax in the hands of
the assessee where an error was made by a third person

 

FACTS

The assessee filed return of income,
claiming Tax Deducted at Source (TDS) of Rs. 6.02 crores whereas TDS appearing
in the AIR information was Rs. 6.33 crores. During the course of scrutiny
assessment, the ITO concluded that the assessee had not disclosed income
represented by the differential TDS of Rs. 30.88 lakhs. The income was
calculated by extrapolating the differential TDS amount (ten per cent of TDS
u/s 194J) and was taxed as undisclosed income in the hands of the assessee.

 

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal
to the CIT(A), claiming that the difference was mainly due to the error made by
one of the clients by wrongly furnishing Permanent Account Number (PAN) of the
assessee instead of that of one of their (other) clients. The assessee produced
all possible evidence to prove that the same was on account of a genuine error
made by its client. The CIT(A) deleted the addition partially and confirmed the
rest of the difference, on the ground that the same was irreconcilable.

 

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal
to the Tribunal.

 

HELD

The Tribunal observed that the assessee’s
client had erroneously quoted the assessee’s PAN in its TDS return owing to
which higher TDS was reflected in the assessee’s Form 26AS. However, the
assessee duly filed all the details to explain the difference between the TDS
amounts before the ITO during remand proceedings as well as before the CIT(A).

 

It produced evidence by way of emails
exchanged with its client to prove that the error took place while filing TDS
returns by the client. It also filed a revised TDS return as well as ledger
account of the client in the assessee’s books, as well as reconciliation
statements, and offered party-wise explanations. Thus, the assessee discharged
its primary onus as cast under the Income Tax laws.

 

Neither the ITO nor the CIT(A) conducted
necessary inquiries despite having all information in their possession
submitted by the assessee during appellate / remand proceedings.

 

It further observed that the assessee has no
control over the database of the Income-tax Department as is reflected in Form
No. 26AS and the best that the assessee could do is to offer bona fide
explanations for the differential which the assessee did in this case during
appellate / remand proceedings. The CIT(A) / ITO ought to have conducted
necessary inquiries to unravel the truth, but asking the assessee to do the
impossible is not warranted. No defects in the books of accounts are pointed
out by the authorities below nor were the books of accounts rejected by them.
No cogent incriminating material was brought on record by the authorities below
as evidence / to prove that the assessee has received / earned any income
outside its books of accounts.

 

Another important aspect which the Tribunal
considered was that though the principle of res judicata was not applicable
to assessment proceedings under Income tax law, from the assessment orders for
other assessment years indications can be drawn as to the behaviour pattern of
the taxpayer and modus operandi of the taxpayer adopted to defraud
Revenue / conceal income, if any. No such incriminating information is brought
on record by Revenue. Therefore, considering the totality of facts as well as
on the touchstone of preponderance of probabilities, the Tribunal held that no
additions to the income are warranted in the hands of the assessee on account
of the above difference.

 

The ground of appeal filed by the assessee
was allowed.

 

GOOGLE MAPS – GETTING BETTER AT 15!

Google Maps is the gold standard
as far as maps are concerned. Wherever you want to go, in any part of the
world, Google Maps guides you through accurately and, in some cases, even
beyond your imagination.

 

On its 15th birthday,
Google has announced further updates to this winner App. Here are some of the
updates it has announced. If you do not see some of them in your Google Maps
app, please be patient – they will be selectively rolled out when you refresh
the App from the Play Store within the next few weeks (plans are afoot to roll out in March, 2020), depending upon where you reside.

 

Google Maps thrives on the data
that it collects through crowd-sourcing, i.e., each of us who has Google Maps
installed, is directly or indirectly supplying data to the Google Maps central
server, to enhance the user experience for the entire population; for example,
when you look for the time estimate to reach a particular destination in real
time, Google has already collected data from thousands of commuters who are
already on that route, or have recently completed their journey. This data is
aggregated and then served to you as an estimate of how much time you will take
to reach your destination. And we all know how accurate that is. The updates
that Google Maps proposes to take this crowd-sourcing of data to the next
level. Let us see what the actual updates are going to be like:

 

Currently, there are three tabs
at the bottom of the App – Explore, Commute and For You. These
are now transformed into five tabs – Explore, Commute, Saved, Contribute
and Updates. Let us see what they represent and how they are different
from the existing tabs.

 

EXPLORE
AND COMMUTE

These remain largely unchanged.

 

Explore
allows you to explore places around you, at the current location. If you are
looking for a place to have lunch, go for a movie or to play games, Explore
will help you find the best place close by. Ratings, reviews and pictures of
more than 200 million places around the world are available, including nearby
attractions and city landmarks.

 

Commute
checks traffic around you and gives you the estimated time to reach your
favourite destination. If you are at work, it will show you the Commute
time to your home and vice versa. This happens in real time. There is also a
‘crowded-ness’ feature which tells you how crowded public transport is likely
to be at a particular time of the day.

 

Saved
this new tab helps you locate your saved places instantly. Users have Saved
more than 6.5 billion places on their individual apps. This tab will help in
planning trips and making travel plans. It will also recommend places based on
the user’s map history.

 

Contribute: Here, again,
Google is looking at making crowd-sourcing more direct and interactive. You can
share information about a local area, traffic jam, diversions, reviews (for
hotels and businesses), photos, addresses, etc. You can add missing places,
too, and enrich the content of the maps. All your contributions would then be
pooled for the benefit of the entire user community. This could make sites and
apps like Yelp, TripAdvisor, etc. redundant.

 

Updates will
present to the user the latest trending and must-visit places near him / her.
The latest real-time Updates will always be available so that you do not
miss out on any of the new, popular places. In addition to discovering, saving
and sharing recommendations with your friends and family, you can also directly
chat with businesses and get more information about them.

 

To help you plan your journey,
Google has also added some cool new features such as:

 

Temperature
you can check the current temperature at the destination before you start;

Women’s section
this will help in commuting in areas where there are special sections for women
in the transportation system. For instance, it will indicate trains which have
women’s compartments, women’s specials, etc.;

Security
this feature will guide you about security cameras, helpline numbers and
security guards available in a particular area;

Accessibility
differently-abled people can find accessibility option also listed on the
places they plan to visit, such as special ramps, seating arrangements,
accessibility in public transport, etc.;

Live View – is a built-in feature, which
helps people to quickly decide which way to go, when they start walking with
Google Maps on. By combining StreetView’s real-world imagery, machine learning
and smartphone sensors, it can show you the way, using augmented reality.

Some of the above features are
available only in certain countries, depending on the information available in
the public domain or supplied by the users in their reviews.

 

In India, Google Maps now
provides information about public toilets around a particular location. The
company is also looking to introduce a mixed-mode commute feature across cities
in India that will show multiple public transportation modes available for
commuting to a specific destination.

 

Meanwhile, Alphabet and Google
CEO Sundar Pichai has sent his wishes through social media.

 

‘Happy 15th Birthday @GoogleMaps! Reflecting today on some of
the ways it’s been helpful to me, from getting around more easily to finding a
good veggie burrito wherever I am:) Thanks to the support of our users, Maps
keeps getting more helpful every day,’ Pichai tweeted.

 

 

 

WHEN LEARNING, RECREATION AND NETWORKING GO HAND-IN-HAND A REPORT ON 53RD BCAS-RRC

A brainchild of the BCAS, the RRC has metamorphosed into an outstanding avenue for collective learning, recreation and networking. The BCAS-RRC has constantly evolved with the changing times; it has brought many refinements over the past several years in its format, content and structure. The depth of technical content, the multi-faceted, integrated approach to burning issues, the experience of professional stalwarts and the actionable knowledge insights made available ensure that every event delivers far, far more than expectations. Now the flagship event of the BCAS, it is an ideal breeding ground for interactive learning where participants with varied seniority and from vastly different cultures, geographies and experiences come under one roof to facilitate some thought-provoking dialogue and discussions.

The 53rd Edition of the Residential Refresher Course (RRC) of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS) was no different. It was held at the pilgrim spot of Tirupati from Thursday the 9th to Sunday the 12th January, 2020. It attracted 138 participants from about 24 cities across the country.

The 2020 BCAS-RRC started with the promise of empowering the participants with the ‘Edge of Knowledge at the Cusp of the New Decade’. The participants reached the temple town of Tirupati on Thursday, 9th January and straightaway plunged into a unique ice-breaking session. This session was aimed at stimulating interaction between the participants in order to enable far greater bonhomie between them over the course of the next few days.

BCAS President Manish Sampat launched the inaugural session by welcoming the participants and giving them a brief overview about the Society. Narayan Pasari, Chairman of the Seminar, Membership and Public Relations Committee, spoke about the RRC and detailed the schedule. The esteemed Guest of Honour, Ashok Dhere, BCAS Past President, delivered an excellent address on Professional Ethics. Suhas Paranjpe, Vice-President, and Pradeep Thanawala, Co-Chairman and Convener of the Committee, also graced the opening session.

The inaugural session was followed by the curtain-raiser Integrated Panel Discussion wherein Umesh Gala, Sunil Gabhawalla and Khozema Anajwala discussed the intricacies of case studies dealing with burning issues across the domains of direct taxation, indirect taxation and accounting, respectively. The panel was steered by Raman Jokhakar, Past President, and Anand Bathiya. At the end of the discussion, a rapid-fire round followed which showcased the wit and astuteness of the panellists in the face of impromptu questions being shot at them.

The second day, Friday, was the one that many were eagerly looking forward to. A visit to Sri Venkateswara Swamy Vaari Temple (Tirupati Balaji) was specially arranged for all the participants and everyone was blessed with the opportunity to have darshan in traditional attire.

Later that day, it was back to business, with V. Ramnath’s presentation on ‘Taxation Aspects of Capital Receipts’. This was followed by a group discussion on ‘Expert Case Studies in Accounting, Auditing and Company Law’ devised by Santosh Maller and presented by Chirag Doshi. The group discussion truly satiated the knowledge needs on the subject at hand and lived up to expectations as one of the most efficient modes of learning.

The Theme of the 2020 BCAS-RRC was focus on ‘Emerging Areas of Practice’. Handpicked thought-leadership sessions were arranged on various emerging areas of practice of (a) Forensic and Fraud Detection by Chetan Dalal, (b) Financial Re-engineering by Shagun Kumar, and (c) Risk Advisory / Internal Audit by Nandita Parekh.

A unique ‘40-Under-40’ open session was held on Saturday evening wherein 40 young CA attendees had an open house town-hall style discussion and obtained some practical insights from Nandita Parekh. Saturday night featured an entertainment event with participants singing and dancing along some popular retro Bollywood and new-age numbers for the musical housie.

On the final day, the participants discussed the paper on ‘Expert Case Studies on Direct Taxes’ written and presented by T. Banusekar. The participants reported tremendous benefit from the challenging case studies and detailed explanations provided by the paper writer. The concluding session witnessed feedback by a few participants, specially the first-timers, and an extensive vote of thanks to all those who helped in the planning, conduct and success of the RRC.

An event like the RRC facilitates various agendas. It is a common ground for knowledge-sharing, networking and exploring. For the organisers and participants, it is an experience of a lifetime. One more successful RRC
to the credit of team BCAS – till the 54th RRC event next year!

REGULATION OF RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS – PROPOSED AMENDMENTS

BACKGROUND AND CURRENT STATUS OF
REGULATION OF RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS


Related party transactions are
transactions by a company with parties that are related to it or to certain
persons having some control over the company. Such transactions present a
classic case of conflict of interest where persons in control of the company
are in a position to approve such transactions where they have interest or
benefit. Related party transactions can thus be termed as a kind of corporate
nepotism. The objective of regulation is to ensure that there is oversight over
such transactions by independent persons, or that they are approved by other stakeholders,
or both. There are requirements also for extensive disclosures.

 

Thus, the Companies Act, 2013 (‘the
Act’) and the Rules made under it contain elaborate provisions for regulation
of related party transactions. SEBI, too, aims at regulating such transactions
independently through the SEBI LODR Regulations (‘the Regulations’). Since both
these sets of laws govern companies, there is obviously some concern about
conflicting provisions and even duplication / overlap which could result in
excessive compliance needs. Although attempts have been made to harmonise the
two sets of provisions,  differences
still remain.

 

SEBI has recently undertaken an exercise
to review the provisions and a report has been released containing
recommendations for change. After receiving feedback and consultation, SEBI
will notify the final changes.

 

SCHEME OF PROVISIONS


While this article concerns itself with
the proposed changes in the SEBI LODR Regulations, it is worth reviewing
briefly the scheme of provisions both under the Act and the Regulations.

 

To begin with, there is the definition
of a ‘related party’. Several persons and entities are listed specifically or
descriptively as related parties. These include relatives and also various
parties with which specified persons in management have control or association.
The Regulations, too, provide a definition which takes the definition under the
Act as the starting point and adds the definition under the relevant accounting
standard.

 

Then there is the definition of related
party transactions. The Act provides a list of transactions which, if
with a related party, would be subject to regulation. The Regulations, however,
provide a generic descriptive definition and thus are wider in nature.

 

Next, we have the manner of regulation.
This is in two forms. The first is the manner of approval required. This is
broadly at two levels. All related party transactions require approval of the
Audit Committee and generally the Board. Certain transactions also require the
approval of shareholders. Where approval of shareholders is required, related
parties cannot vote to approve such transactions. Secondly, there are
requirements for disclosures of such transactions which are extensive and also
supplement the disclosures required under the applicable accounting standard.

 

CONCERNS


The provisions have seen repeated
reviews and changes over the short period since they have been in existence.
SEBI had set up a committee under the Chairmanship of Mr. Ramesh Srinivasan, MD
& CEO of Kotak Mahindra Capital Company Limited, which submitted its report
on 27th January, 2020. SEBI has invited feedback on this by 26th
February, 2020 after which one may expect SEBI to implement the changes by
suitably amending the Regulations.

 

The Committee has reviewed nearly every
major area of the provisions including the definitions of related party and
transactions, the threshold limits, the manner of approval, disclosures, etc.
Amendments, major and minor, have been suggested. The report, apart from giving
a detailed background and reasoning for proposing the changes, also gives the
exact language of the amendments. There are several advantages of these. One
will be able to know the exact language of the proposed amendments in course of
time. Concerns over ambiguities, difficulties, etc. can thus be pointed out
well in advance. Importantly, it will be easier for SEBI to notify the
amendments quickly.

 

Let us see in the following paragraphs
some of the important amendments proposed.

 

DEFINITION OF RELATED PARTY TO NOW
INCLUDE ALL PROMOTERS


Unlike many countries in the West, India
has a very large proportion of its companies promoted and controlled by family
groups. They hold a significant percentage of the total share capital, often
nearly half. Needless to add, generally they control the company for all
practical purposes on most matters.

 

At present, the Regulations define a
related party in two parts. One is the definition under the Act / or applicable
accounting standard, which itself is broad and includes many entities with
which directors / others may be associated. The second part consists of any
promoter who holds 20% or more of the share capital of the company.

 

However, there is an important lacuna
here. Even these wide definitions may still not include many entities connected
with the promoters. It is proposed that all promoters and members of the
promoter group would be now treated as related parties. Further, any entity
that directly / indirectly, along with relatives, holds 20% or more of the
share capital would also be treated as a related party.

 

Interestingly, to be considered as a
related party, the promoter will now not have to hold any shares.
Further, the person holding 20% or more may be a total outsider not connected
with the management at all.

 

There could be difficulties for the
company to compile a comprehensive list of these newly-covered entities. The
list of promoters, of course, should be readily available. However, identifying
persons who hold 20% or more may present some difficulties. Fortunately, a good
starting point would be the disclosures received from persons holding 5% or
more of the shares under the SEBI Takeover Regulations. However, the
definitions under the two laws are different in detail and hence it may still
be difficult for the company to prepare an accurate list of related parties
covered by these amendments.

 

TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN RELATED PARTIES OF
PARENT AND SUBSIDIARIES


Currently, transactions between the
company and its related parties are covered and to some extent between the
company and its subsidiaries. The concern is that certain sets of transactions
may get left out.

 

It is now proposed that transactions
between subsidiaries of the company and a related party either of the company
or its subsidiaries will be deemed to be related party transactions. Thus, the
following would now be related party transactions:

 

(i) Between the company and its related party;

(ii) Between the company and any related party
of any of its subsidiaries;

(iii) Between the subsidiaries of the company
and any related party of the company; and

(iv) Between the subsidiaries of the company
and any related party of any of its subsidiaries.

 

TRANSACTIONS WHOSE PURPOSE IS TO BENEFIT
RELATED PARTIES


It is now proposed to
cover transactions with any parties, ‘the purpose and effect of which is to
benefit
a related party of the listed entity or any of its subsidiaries’.

 

The intention
obviously is to cover those transactions ostensibly carried out with a
non-related party but the intention and also the effect is to benefit related
parties. In a sense, the intention seems to be to cover indirect transactions.
The requirement is that not just the actual effect, but even the purpose
of the transaction has to be benefit to a related party. Arguably, a
transaction with an unintentional benefit to a related party ought not to be
covered. However, this aspect may need clarification.

 

No guidance is given
as to how to determine or even detect such transactions. It is very likely that
the management or person who is the related party would know about the benefit
and thus the onus would be on such person to inform the company.

 

It is also not clear
whether the benefit should be for the entire amount of the transaction or part
of it. For example, a contract may be given to a non-related party X, who may
sub-contract a part of the contract to a related party. If other conditions are
met, it would appear that such a contract should also get covered.

 

MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS LATER TO RELATED
PARTY TRANSACTIONS


Related party
transactions may be approved and transactions initiated but later they may
undergo modifications. At present, unless the modification is in the form of
entering into a de novo transaction, the modification may not get
covered. To ensure that material modifications also get covered, it is provided
that they require approval in the same manner as original transactions. It is
not clear what does the word ‘material’ mean. As this term is not defined, one
will have to adopt alternative definitions and interpretations of this term.

 

In case where the
transaction is by a subsidiary with a related party, the modification will
require approval only if certain specified thresholds are exceeded.

 

PRIOR APPROVAL OF SHAREHOLDERS


Certain material
transactions with related parties that are above the specified thresholds
require approval of shareholders at present. It is proposed that such approvals
should be taken prior to undertaking such transactions. This requirement
will also extend to material modifications to such transactions.

 

MODIFICATION IN CRITERION FOR DETERMINING
MATERIAL RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS


Transactions above a
certain threshold are deemed to be material. It is now provided that the
threshold shall be the lowest of the following:

 

(a) Rs.
1,000 crores;

(b) 5%
of consolidated revenues;

(c) 5%
of consolidated total assets;

(d)  5%
of consolidated net worth (if positive).

 

This will
particularly affect very large companies for whom, as per the present
thresholds, even Rs. 1,000 crores of transactions were not ‘material’.

 

REVIEW REQUIREMENTS BY AUDIT COMMITTEE
AND DISCLOSURES TO SHAREHOLDERS


The Audit Committee
will now be required to mandatorily review certain aspects of the related party
transactions that are placed before it for approval. This, on the one hand,
provides guidance to the Audit Committee as to what specific factors to take
into account. On the other hand, it places responsibility on the Audit
Committee to go into these details.

 

It is also proposed
that the notice to shareholders for approval of material related party
transactions should give specific items of information. This again increases
transparency and enables the shareholders to take an informed decision on the
transactions. Interestingly, whether or not the Audit Committee approval was
unanimous has to be stated.

 

CONCLUSION


There are other
amendments proposed, too. And there are some other aspects of the amendments
apart from those discussed above. The final amendments as notified would be
worth going into in detail taking into account all the amendments.

 

As mentioned earlier,
SEBI has given some time for feedback on the proposed amendments. Considering
the past track record of SEBI, it is likely that the amendments may be notified
soon thereafter. It will have to be seen whether the amendments are put into
place immediately or phased out and also whether they are made applicable to
all companies or only to some.

 

The
responsibility of the company, and particularly of the Audit Committee, will
only increase after such amendments. Related party transactions are a source of
concern and even wrongdoings such as siphoning off profits / assets of
companies. The amended provisions may result in increased accountability by all
parties concerned.

 

For the Board
generally and for the Independent Directors / Audit Committee in particular, it
is not easy to determine whether all related party transactions are covered.
Ideally, the primary onus should be on the management / promoters and
particularly those persons with respect to whom the related party connection
exists with a counter party. If they fail to disclose their interest and
connection, it is possible that others may not even come to know. However, this
is not readily accepted in law and the Board / Independent Directors / Audit
Committee and even the Auditors will have to exercise diligence and care as
expected respectively from them. Their responsibility, and hence liability,
will only increase.
 

 

WORKPLACE SPIRITUALITY

Workplace spirituality is a novel
concept with potentially strong relevance to the well-being of individuals,
organisations and societies. The common problems faced by most of the corporates
are stress, absenteeism, organisational politics, absence of teamwork and so
on. And all these can be attributed to the absence of spirituality in the
workplace. Although the term spirituality in the workplace has increasingly
gained popularity in the past few years, there still seems to be too much of a
misconception, predominantly among managers, confusing spirituality with
religion.

 

However, Workplace Spirituality
(WPS) and Religion are distinctly separate. WPS is more focused on the theme of
tolerance, patience, the feel of interconnectivity, purpose and acceptability
to the norms of the organisation, all of these integrated to shape personal
values; religion, on the other hand, is marked by a specific belief system, a
particular system of faith and set of beliefs1.

 

A study undertaken by MIT
University, USA, way back in 2010, wherein they interviewed senior executives,
HR executives and managers, defined ‘spirituality’ as ‘the basic feeling of
being connected with one’s complete self, others and the entire universe’. If a
single word best captures the meaning of spirituality and the vital role that
it plays in people’s lives, that word is ‘interconnectedness’. Those associated
with organisations they perceived as ‘more spiritual’ also saw their
organisations as ‘more profitable’. They reported that they were able to bring
more of their ‘complete selves’ to work. They could deploy more of their full
creativity, emotions and intelligence; in short, organisations viewed as more
spiritual get more from their participants, and vice versa. They believe
strongly that unless organisations learn how to harness the ‘whole person’ and
the immense spiritual energy that is at the core of everyone, they will not be
able to produce world-class products and services.

 

Benefits for the organisation
that adopts workplace spirituality:

(a) Enhanced trust among people;

(b) Increased interconnectedness;

(c)  Motivated organisational culture leading to
better organisational performance;

(d) Job satisfaction;

(e)  Positive task output;

(f)  Community sense.

 

Eventually, it leads the
organisation towards excellence.

 

It will be wrong to say that only
for-profit organisations need to adopt WPS. Contrary to conventional wisdom,
working in a non-profit organisation (NPO) does not automatically make a person
more spiritually inclined. Many NPOs have specific political goals and are even
more concerned with obtaining hard results in the secular world than many
for-profit corporates. Whether an organisation is more or less spiritual
depends on the specific organisation, not its profit status.

 

What do organisations such as the
Tata Group, HUL, Wipro or Dabur have in common? Apart from other
characteristics, they are among a growing number of organisations that have
embraced workplace spirituality.

 

Spiritual organisations bring in
a strong sense of purpose to their members. They connect with the values of the
organisation. This helps develop a sense of job security, trust and openness.

 

Spirituality in leadership also
helps organisations fulfil their goal of effectiveness. When the leader in an
organisation is spiritually strong, it means that the culture prevailing in
that organisation would also be healthy and he
would act as a bridge between the managers and employees (partnership) to
communicate effectively and to feel themselves to be equally responsible for
organisational goals.

 

One wonders why such an important
topic has been neglected. Though more and more organisations are now accepting
this theory, the academic research gap is vast. It is time that we embrace
Workplace Spirituality at each one of our organisations to achieve overall
organisational, personal and community well-being.
 

 

_______________________________________

1 A study by Afsar & Rehman in 2015